Why Trump needs to maintain immigration ban: expand it

Trump banned immigration from seven countries involved in Islamic terror: Iran, Yemen, Libya, Iraq, Sudan, Syria and Somalia. He needed to include Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Ethiopia and Afghanistan.

While thousands of naïve Americans demonstrated against the ban, more and more Muslims chanted Allah Akbar with them. Please notice the sheer delight in the American Muslims’ eyes watching Americans push for their own cultural and religious suicide. The more Muslims import their own kind, the more they can push for Sharia Law. Once Sharia Law installs itself, women’s rights and everyone’s rights spiral down the drain.

Quran (5:33) – “The punishment of those who wage war against Allah and His messenger and strive to make mischief in the land is only this, that they should be murdered or crucified or their hands and their feet should be cut off on opposite sides or they should be imprisoned; this shall be as a disgrace for them in this world, and in the hereafter they shall have a grievous chastisement.”

One look at Europe should scare the living daylights out of any American, but, in fact, all those demonstrators at our airports welcomed Muslims. It’s beyond me how utterly stupid those kids prove themselves. Once in power, Muslims don’t mess around. They conquer host nations without any moral consciousness whatsoever. The rape rates and female assaults in Europe have turned those countries into fear-cages in every city Muslims inhabit.

Quran (8:12) – “I will cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve. Therefore strike off their heads and strike off every fingertip of them” No reasonable person would interpret this to mean a spiritual struggle. The targets of violence are “those who disbelieve” – further defined in the next verse (13) as “defy and disobey Allah.” Nothing is said about self-defense. In fact, the verses in sura 8 were narrated shortly after a battle provoked by Muhammad, who had been trying to attack a lightly-armed caravan to steal goods belonging to other people.

A European wrote to me: “I was thinking just something nuts over here with Norwegians and Swedes and German females marching around with hijabs and screaming Allah Akbar, and standing with their Muslim sisters and all that good crap. Which just makes the dying of Norway and Europe even more clear and coming soon enough.

“But now, seeing this stupidity on Facebook of American women doing the same thing, makes me sick to my stomach. And the power structure of the USA working to get these Muslim savages in, non-stop. Okay, and even more so, western democracy in the end, we did it to ourselves and are doing a fine job of it and even when this starts to overwhelm us in a big rape and killing way, there will be these Norwegians or Swedes or Germans or Americans out in the street marching and screaming Allah Akbar until it finally comes crashing down on them. It’s difficult to see my own country fall to Islam in my own lifetime. God help all Western countries from committing suicide. Once Muslims take over, there is no coming back to the light of freedom.”

Quran (9:73) – “O Prophet! strive hard against the unbelievers and the hypocrites and be unyielding to them; and their abode is hell, and evil is the destination.”

Does anyone think France, UK, Denmark, Holland, Norway, Germany or Sweden will survive their Muslim populations? You would prove yourself a brainless twit if you thought they might survive.

Muslims force horrible sociological changes on host countries. First with peaceful pushing for Sharia Law. Next, with greater numbers, more violence. Third, their numbers become so great, they force Sharia Law with the vote. Fourth, they become the new dominant political-economic-religious paradigm. They create parallel societies that expand and conquer.

The More Muslims in America, The Faster They Conquer

It’s as simple as this statement:

Unfortunately, the more Muslims we import, the more terror events. It’s the nature of the religion. It’s not going to change, because, as their numbers grow, so does their push for Sharia Law. There’s no way to soften their prime directive: “Convert or kill all non-believers.” One look at Europe shows you our future.

Journalist Daniel Greenfield wrote, “When you turn on the evening news and see a running death toll, it’s happening more and more often. The new brand of Islamic terror only needs one thing… Muslims. Lone wolf terrorism operates off the existing Muslim population in a particular country. The bigger the Muslim population, the bigger the risk. The FBI or other law enforcement agencies cannot monitor even a fraction of the Islamic settler population sympathetic to terror. As the Muslim settler population in the country increases, the number of cases will grow.” (Source: Right Side News, Stop Lone Wolf Terrorism by Ending Muslim Immigration, August 2, 2016)

If you notice, the mainstream media broadcasts “puff” pieces on the plight of the Muslims caught in the airports and Trump’s ban. Little do they realize they play into Muslim hands that, in the end, would chop off their heads if they reported the truth. Muslims do not allow free speech, women’s rights, gay rights, children’s rights, animal rights and religious choice.

As you read this column, Keith Ellison, a U.S. House of Representatives member from Minnesota maneuvers to become the chairperson of the Democratic Party. As a full Muslim, and a member of the Muslim Brotherhood, he stands ready to force more Muslims into America. He forces “soft jihad” into America until Muslim numbers reach huge numbers that will enforce Sharia Law in specific cities. Once that occurs, you will see cities falling into Sharia Law. One look at Europe shows you our fate, IF we fail to support Trump and ban all Muslim immigration.

In the end if we hope to survive as Americans with freedom, we need to ban all immigration into the United States. If not, your kids will be bowing five times a day to Mecca and calling out Allah Akbar. In between that nightmare, your kids will be speaking Spanish with the Mexican invasion from the south.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Five actions Ben Carson must take to control HUD’s tyranny

After twenty four years of a relentless drive for centralized government power through Clinton, Bush and Obama, finally there is a chance to roll back some of the destruction to our Republic. Donald Trump has an historic opportunity to fulfill his promise to “drain the swamp,” meaning getting rid of the corruption, the power grabs, and the disregard for Constitutional law.

It’s vital to understand that federal agencies are basically operating without oversight, free to create thousands of rules and regulations that become the force of law. These rules come complete with threats of legal action and intimidation. Much of this enforcement is done behind the scenes, away from the public eye. But the result can destroy property, business, and lives.

To take effective action against this situation and fulfill on his promise, President Trumps must set a very specific priority for federal policy:

1. Assure the complete protection of private property rights for every American.
2. Immediately begin the process of reigning in the power, over reach, and illegal policies of every federal agency. One of the worst offenders of federal overreach and intimidation is fully represented in the day to day operations of the agency for Housing and Urban Development (HUD.)
HUD pretends to be the agency that represents low income citizens to assure they have “fair housing” choices and are protected from discrimination. In reality HUD’s policies do massive damage to the poor and steal away their ability to improve their station. After years of HUD intervention in development policy, the net result is more poor, bigger ghettos and less hope of improvement.

If President Trump intends to end poverty and help rebuild American wealth and restore the hopes and dreams of the poor and middle class, then private property ownership is the single most effective way to achieve it. Welfare and government programs will not do it. The poor simply have no avenue available to build personal wealth. All that is provided to them is a routine government handout which assures lifelong servitude to the government.

Right now HUD is enforcing a program called Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing (AFFH) to destroy the property rights and property values of the middle class in communities across the nation. In the campaign candidate Trump promised to end this program. Now he must do it!

HUD is using the program for pure social engineering to change the very culture of the nation, and destroy the concept of property ownership. In the process, AFFH is using law suits and intimidation to destroy the founder’s concept of local rule in communities by taking away their freedom of self determination and development.

Now Trump has appointed Dr. Ben Carson as the new HUD Secretary. Many say he’s not qualified to run such a massive agency. Does he understand the problems he faces with this agency’s unrelenting assault on property rights and local home rule? What must he do to reign in this renegade agency? Here are a few immediate steps Carson can take to stop this assault on property owners and local communities, while actually helping the poor.

First. Stop the grants. HUD and other agencies dangle federal money in front of local communities as a trap to force them to impose the HUD policies. These grants come with specific strings attached that make the communities spend more money and create more rules and regulations. The end result is that local rule is compromised, property rights and values are destroyed and cities are eventually transformed into politically correct, environmentally propagandized stack and pack utopian nightmares.

To help curb this federal assault on local communities Dr. Carson must greatly diminish availability of grant programs and make sure the remaining programs are written in precise, straight forward language clearly outlining the rules for use of the grant.

Second. Stop the drive for the establishment of regional non-elected governments. They force on communities a “one-size-fits all” approach and take government further from the people. Only the representatives chosen by the people should make policy for the community.

Under AFFH rules, HUD is automatically placing communities into specific regions and enforcing a once size fits all policy. Many times local officials are not even informed that they are placed in such regions. Regionalism is the most effective tool for controlling private property, using rules and regulations from a ruling body no one voted for and no one can challenge or questions its policies.

Third. Work with Congress to write specific legislation that limits the Agency’s ability to create regulations beyond the intended scope of the programs. Over the years Congress has deliberately written legislation in near neutral language, leaving it up to the agencies to make their own rules. This failure to define exactly the meaning and intent of the legislation has allowed the bureaucracy to impose hundreds of thousands of rules and regulations that help to destroy the economy while building the power of the agency.

Fourth. Encourage whistleblowers to report on bad policy inside the agency. Who knows the situation better? Allow them to speak. Reward them for new, workable ideas for cutting costs and streamlining agency practices. Everyone knows that the federal bureaucracy is a mess in inefficiency, overreach and waste. The agency should be rewarded for cutting its budget rather than engaging in the annual “spend it or lose it derby” that encourages waste and spending to avoid budget cuts.

Cut the HUD budget to a point that it can only conduct the programs intended, thereby stopping its over reach, using congressional oversight to assure it remains under control.

Fifth. Move immediately to close down the Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing Rule. Federal agencies are to be of assistance to local communities, not a threat. Under AFFH law suits are becoming a way of life for local officials. It is the very definition of tyranny from the federal juggernaut. If Donald Trump wants to drain the swamp, AFFH is the number one alligator to be eliminated. Senator Mike Lee of Utah has already introduced legislation to de-fund it. He is ready, willing and able to work with Secretary Carson to get it done.

These guidelines are a good start and should be Carson’s goal for the first 100 days. Then he might want to consider starting a serious effort to eventually abolish HUD completely. It’s a socialist dinosaur and a threat to limited government in a free America.

© 2017 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved




Trump Inauguration: an eyewitness report “is this heaven, no it’s Iowa”

There are times in all of our lives when monumental events take place that require our attendance. The days of January 20th and 21st of 2017 were such a time, compelling many thousands of Americans to Washington, D.C., for the inauguration of Donald J. Trump as President of the United States.

The faithful, knowing the significance of what was to take place, would not allow the issues of home, business, job, travel, and money to keep them away. They were richly rewarded for their sacrifice.

We arrived Thursday evening for Friday’s inauguration and left Saturday evening after the feminist rally. What an eventful two days!

I assume the inauguration and its activities were no different than any others. The day was filled with the usual snafus of losing relatives in large crowds, long lines for almost everything, security everywhere, mazes of fences. It took 30 minutes to walk two blocks. Phones were dead by 2:00pm. Cold, wet, lack of sleep, tickets that didn’t work, and being late for everything.

But none of the inconveniences mattered because we all came, not so much to witness another inauguration, but to witness history.

THE CEREMONY

We arrived in the red section by 7:15am for the program that was to begin at 9:30. Being my first presidential inauguration, I was quite impressed with all of the pomp and splendor of the ceremony.

I agreed with all political persuasions over the impressive display of our Constitution in action with the 220 year tradition of the peaceful transfer of power for the office of chief magistrate – the president. There was a real sense of American pride in the ceremony because nothing in life, especially in politics, lasts 220 years.

As the ceremony got closer to the swearing in of the new president, things became more emotional because of who soon would be given the oath of office. It wasn’t the usual globalist-controlled establishment candidate of either party. It was Donald Trump, the true American nationalist.

It was then that I thought, “Is this really happening? I can’t believe it. Maybe it really is!” With the emotion came a Field of Dreams moment, “Is this heaven?” While meditating on what seemed to me to be a miracle of a Donald Trump presidency, on the big screen came the next speaker, Chuck Schumer. Then reality set in and, “No, it’s Iowa.”

After a good round of booing for Senator Schumer, which came from the cheaper seats in the back and then moved toward the front, came the time for Donald Trump to take the oath of office and become the 45th president of the United States.

FROM PARADE TO K STREET

From the ceremony we moved as quickly as possible to the parade checkpoints where we were met with a line that took 90 minutes to get through. Our parade bleacher ticket was useless because security would not allow any crossing of Pennsylvania Ave. So we spotted an open area near 11th and Pennsylvania.

On the way we had to go through a gauntlet of protesters who did not seem to like my Trump hat and proceeded to put their signs in my face, complemented by a barrage of unpleasant language.

We were fortunate to see the new president and his family in his short inaugural walk. While waiting, we heard the stories of riots on K Street, windows being smashed and cars burned. Between the option of finishing the parade or checking out the action on K Street, we decided to head toward the riot area. There’s something about being a teen in Wisconsin in the 60’s that compels one towards riots. It’s just part of our upbringing.

On the way to K Street and the protest at Franklin Park, we saw the broken windows at McDonalds, Starbucks, and Wells Fargo. From there, we came upon the Washington Post building with a completely burnt stretch limo in front.

I couldn’t help but laugh to see the 90+ riot police having to guard the entrance of the Washington Post, a national newspaper which for decades has encouraged leftist revolutionary activity, and who now needed riot police to protect their building from the revolutionary anarchists they helped create. The same goes for the damage at Starbucks – well known as a business icon of political correctness. Sometimes anarchists just don’t know when to stop.

One other humorous note, something I didn’t notice until I viewed the pictures, was the ‘for lease’ sign at the ground floor level of the Washington Post. What has happened to America’s former #2 newspaper? Riots, police protection, and now having to lease out office space?

DIXIE VISITS D.C.

Visiting the District of Columbia from here in North Florida, ten minutes from the Georgia line, was a little more intense than when Andy, Aunt Bee, and Opie visited Raleigh. I was not aware that we were twice going to engage in heated arguments on the D.C. metro line.

Friday night, decked out in our tuxes and headed to the ball, we took the metro from Maryland. On the second stop, an older man entered and, seeing our tuxes, let out a blast loud enough for everyone to hear: “Donald Trump is a fascist pig!” To which I followed with equal volume, “What university did you attend to learn to talk like that?” After a few more exchanges we ended our discussion.

After the ball, we made our way across Chinatown to the metro station only to witness an old Cadillac speeding down the street being chased by six cop cars. I guess this is what happens on Friday night in the nation’s capital.

After midnight, we barely caught the last metro back to Maryland. On our next stop, two female protesters in their mid-20s entered. We struck up a conversation with them about feminism and it went south when I asked the question: “Don’t you girls eventually want to find a husband who loves you, have babies, raise a family, and have grandchildren you can enjoy in your old age?” Well, when I mentioned the baby word, one of them became enraged and followed my question with, “You can take your f______ Bible, beer and ________, and put it up your _______.” From there, I sued for peace and wished them well as they left.

I need to be a little better prepared for the metro on my next visit to D.C. But, all things considered, it was a very difficult week for the inhabitants of the nation’s capital.

THE BALL

As in all inaugurations, there must be a plethora of inaugural balls, and to my surprise, my ticket to the Freedom Ball actually did work. We arrived around 9:00pm and were able to see the new president speak and dance with the first lady. Fittingly, they danced to Sinatra’s “My Way.”

I asked an older couple from Alabama, “Is this a political victory celebration party or a beauty contest?” I witnessed one dolled-up beauty after another. In light of Saturday’s D.C. invasion of feminists, it was wonderful to see conservative, female, Trump supporters, who not only like real men, but delight in the fact that God created them to be the fairer sex. My thought from the ball was that Trump’s people need to use photos of the ball as a recruiting tool to pluck out the last few remaining men in the Democratic Party.

UNDERCOVER AT THE RALLY

Some time Saturday morning, after breakfast with friends, we decided to take the Doobie Brother’s 1976 advice by “Takin’ It to the Streets,” and spy out the Women’s March on Washington.

Near the capital, we were met with a huge crowd of feminists shouting and carrying their homemade signs. We heard the noise of the rally speakers so we worked our way through wall-to-wall protesters. After 90 minutes, we finally got within 120 feet of the stage. On the way, we took in every possible sign. My favorite was two older ladies holding duplicate signs with the Mad-Man actress January Jones on the bottom and a text above which read, “I can’t believe we are still having to fight this s___.”

So much of the signage was filled with vulgarities and female sexual anatomy. It was disheartening to see young girls holding up these kinds of signs that their mothers had made. It is such a tragedy to see them so radicalized at such a young age.

Soon after we arrived near the stage, out strolled the 60’s revolutionary icon and Communist Party leader, Angela Davis. Instead of “where have you gone, Joe DiMaggio?” I changed Simon and Garfunkel’s lyric to, “Where have you been, Angela Davis?” Angela, it’s been 45 years! Her revolutionary activity now seems to be directed at the perceived evils of male patriarchy. Oh well, it was still an experience to see her in person.

Soon after Davis, to the podium came the 58 year old Madonna, looking fit and energized. Her infamous reputation was not damaged in the least by her behavior.

The word “profane” is not enough to describe the “material girl.” Out came one vulgarity after another to the delight of the crowd. The worst the language, the louder the cheers. Her threat to blow up the White House has now gotten her into trouble with the Secret Service.

After three hours inside the modern feminist movement, it was time to leave. I left thinking of the great disservice these feminists did to themselves and their cause with all of the foul language, signage, anger and radical rhetoric. What normal woman would join such a foul movement?

THE SPEECH

In advance of the inauguration, I wondered what the text of the inaugural speech would be. Would it be an olive branch offered to his many enemies with conciliatory language? Or would Trump seek a text with flowery language and try to come across as some kind of new American statesman? We ended up with neither.

Trump’s inaugural address was epic; a speech for the ages. It was unique to Trump and will prove to be one of the greatest of all presidential inaugural speeches. It was classic Trump – nationalist to the core. A speech for his people and one easily understood. The most striking thing in his talk was the gauntlet he threw down to those who follow the legacy of his predecessors, and those in the platform of both parties. It was also a declaration of war on all things Establishment. A war, he explained, against those who use government to enrich themselves at the expense of the American people.

Trump’s war is one where he will gladly be the leader of the forgotten people of America: the middle class. It will be a war against the global establishment for the prosperity of the American people.

Instead of softening his campaign rhetoric, he doubled down on anything and anyone who was anti-American. It was pure, classic, Trump Americana. So much could be said about his speech. Two of the best articles on this subject would be recent ones by Peggy Noonan and Joseph Farah.

The great fear of the enemies of America is not so much the speech, but the man Trump, who they know will deliver on his promises.

CONCLUSION

Having attended the Republican convention in August, an accurate comparison between Cleveland and D.C. would be that Cleveland was a carnival with displays of protests, while D.C. was a war.

For the attendees visiting the inauguration in Washington, D.C. came a realization of what President Trump is up against in the battle against the forces of globalism, and in his efforts to drain the D.C. swamp.

His most challenging internal enemies who will seek to oppose his reforms will not be the Democratic Party, but will be Paul Ryan and other establishment Republicans within his own party.

I am writing this article 5-days into the Trump presidency, on Wednesday of his first work-week, I’m still trying to sort out all the great things he accomplished on Monday. A friend called and said, “it’s like Christmas every day!” What a start for our new “America reformer.”

In his first week in office, I was taken again with another Field of Dreams moment: “Is this really happening? Is this a miracle from heaven?” Then I watched a replay of his inaugural speech and saw Paul Ryan sitting in the background and came back to reality, “No, it’s Iowa.”

Yes, the reality of “Iowa” and our present national condition should prompt from us two immediate actions:

• We must aggressively pray for the protection of our new president and seek to help him in his grand efforts to reform the federal government.

• We must also never forget that the realm of civil government is a limited realm. Our new “American reformer” can only do so much because his sphere of authority is a limited sphere. But what is unlimited are the reforms initiated by individual Americans, Christian organizations, and the church. My reference here is to the realm of culture where we all live. This realm is unlimited.

Some of the areas where we need to labor are the reform of local government, the family, the rejection of feminism and the restoration of true womanhood, the vision for large families, the rejection of government schools, giving our children a Christian education, and teaching our people a thorough and comprehensive Christian worldview so they can take their gifts and callings into the culture and change it to the glory of God.

We’ve been given a reprieve in Trump – a reprieve we don’t deserve. We have experienced a historic political awakening that has given us President Trump with a new and better political vision for America.

The greater and more important awakening that has not come yet is the awakening of Christian people. This is an awakening that will someday take place where the Christian people will set aside all their religious games and activities for a new vision to expand Christ’s rule and Kingdom in the earth; a vision where the church can once again be the greatest and guiding influence within the nations and peoples of the world.

We are still “in Iowa.” Do not look to our new president as some sort of cultural savior. We need to get to work while there is still time. Western Civilization is a creation of applied Christianity and its restoration cannot come politically. It must come in the culture and in the lives of the people.

© 2017 Thomas Ertl – All Rights Reserved




We must not trust agent Trumpovsky

By Paco the Toad

(Servando is on vacation visiting friends in Rwanda and Burundi. This article was written by his colleague Paco the Toad. Paco is Pepe the Frog’s twin brother. He lives in Commiefornia.)

Humor and satire are the second-best tools to fight tyranny. — Servando Gonzalez.

I really liked Donald Trump. I never doubted his intention of making America great again. Nevertheless, after knowing that John McCain, a real American hero who never told a lie and a true conservative who has never found a war he didn’t like, is accusing Trump of being a secret agent of the Communist tyrant Vladimir Putin,[1] I have to confess that now I have some serious doubts about Tump.

Moreover, after doing some research on the Internet I found disturbing facts that have compounded my doubts. Why does Trump refuse to show his birth certificate? Is it true that he never drives because he doesn’t have a valid driver’s license? Why has he ordered to seal all his student records? Why does he have a Social Security card from Oklahoma, a state where he has never lived?

The idea that Donald Trump is nothing but an impostor and Putin’s secret agent may seem a little difficult to accept, but actually it is the only one that can fully explain why Trump won the election. Evidently, Trump stole the election from Hillary Clinton thanks to an anti-democratic feature called the Electoral College. Some people suspect that it was introduced in the American electoral system by Putin’s agents. Adding to the suspicion is the fact that, as I found in WikiLies, the term “electoral college” is actually the literal translation of the Russian term “electaralnya callegya,” a concept introduced to the Soviet Constitution in 1929 by Communist leader Vladimir Lenin.

What if McCain is right? What if, as some Liberal progressive CIA officers suspect, Donald Trump is actually Ivan Ivanovitch Trumpovsky, a KGB sleeper[2] who has been pushed to the White House by Putin’s KGB hackers? What if agent Trumpovsky’s true goal is not to make America great again, but to destroy America as we know it and turning it into a Communist dictatorship?

These are very serious concerns we should consider.

Now, if agent Trumpovsky wants to destroy America, how he will do it? What measures he would take? His KGB controllers most likely have already given him a cell phone and a pen. What Executive Orders he would sign?

Well, the very first thing he will do is to destroy America’s integrity as a sovereign country by opening the borders to a veritable invasion of illegal aliens, some of them people who don’t share America’s values and some who are outright criminals. Another thing he may do is bringing to the country thousands of “refugees” from Muslim countries.

Then, to guarantee that eventually the alien invaders take control of America by sheer force of their numbers, he will promote abortion among American women. To this effect he will create a pro-abortion organization he will duplicitously call Planned Parenthood.

Moreover, to guarantee the destruction of the family, he most promote feminism and the right of women to work. This will leave the children in the hands of Communist militants to be educated as anti-Christian Communists.

In coordination with the above, agent Trumpovsky will turn our schools and universities into centers of Communist indoctrination. In order to avoid criticism from American patriots he may also create the concept of “palitichesky karrectnyesni” [Russian for political correctness]. Also, under the false idea of multiculturalism he may encourage the substitution of American values for other values [or lack of them]. This is very dangerous, because, as John McCain and other conservative patriots know, Vladimir Putting has turned Russia into a Communist anti-Christian nation. So, Christianity is one of the things agent Trumpovsky will try to eradicate in America.

Also, if he wants to destroy the American middle class and the U.S. economy as a whole, Trumpovsky may encourage big corporations to close their factories here and outsource the jobs to lower-paying countries such as Mexico and China. He may also pass laws allowing the corporations to avoid paying taxes for earnings abroad.

In order to force Americans to lower their standard of living without being blamed for it, he may use the mainstream media and corrupt scientists to convince the people that the planet is warming up, the Polar bears are dying, Miami will soon be under 30 feet of sea water, and the only way to stop the catastrophe is by eating less, driving less, and becoming dirty poor.

One sure thing agent Trumpovsky may try is to impose on Americans an ineffcient system of public health. He may call it the Affordable Communist Care Act — which will prove to be totally unaffordable for most Americans.

Also, following the principle of “divide and conquer,” agent Trumpovsky may foment racial hatred and discontent among minorities. He will easily accomplish this by allegedly fighting against racial prejudices and discrimination.

Another thing this KGB agent will surely do is change the U.S. military, a fine-tuned fighting machine, into a lab for social engineering. Soon after we will see gay flags flying at the Pentagon.

If agent Trumpovsky really wants to destroy America’s love for freedom a sure thing to do is to create, under the pretext of protecting us from terrorists, a KGB-operated Transportation Security Administration. The TSA would be an efficient tool in turning Americans into sheep. In a short time we will have generations of American sheeple who cannot conceive boarding a plane without taking their shoes off and being groped by a commie pervert.

Communists detest freedom, so, a thing agent Trumpovsky most likely may try is to create a false flag attack on a big American city and blame foreign terrorists for it. This attack may justify his creation of a Stasi-like organization he may name the Officialnyi Homelandsky Securichestvy (Office of Homeland Security). After this, he may militarize the police and change America into a police state very similar to what a country occupied by the Russian Army would look like.

Also, in coordination with the Communists-controlled CIA, agent Trumpovsky will launch a disinformation campaign to make Americans believe that the 9/11 attacks were carried out by Muslim terrorists, not by members of the anti-American organization Communists for Revolution (CFR) infiltrated in the U.S. government. People who questioned this will be called “conspiracy theorists.”

Last, but not least, one thing agent Trumpovsky surely will do is ban guns in the hands of law-abiding Americans.[3] Guns are the people’s last line of defense against tyranny, so the Russian Communists will try to deprive Americans of their guns before invading and imposing their Communist totalitarian dictatorship upon us.

Well, all of this is very scary.

I don’t know about you, but as a true Liberal progressive I am awash in frustration, anger, hopelessness, confusion and fear. It seems that agent Trumpovsky’s goal is to destroy our cherished democracy and force us to live in fear without even a semblance of honor, dignity and safety in a communist representative Republic guided by a Constitution written long ago by white male rich Communists.

Finally, one of the things that will give us a clear indication if agent Trumpovsky is pushing America into the road of Communism is the composition of his Cabinet. If his Secretary of State, National Security Adviser, Secretary of Defense, Secretary of the Treasure, CIA Director, UN Ambassador and Chief of Staff are members of the dreaded Communists for Revolution (CFR) organization, this would be a danger red flag. The CFR is a treacherous anti-American organization whose ultimate goal is turning America into a Communist country.

So, if you see any of those things I have mentioned above beginning to happen in America, it would be a clear signal to run for the hills and rebel against agent Trumpovsky and his evil master, Communist atheist Vladimir Putin.[4]

[EDITORS NOTE: The opinions expressed in this article are solely the opinions of Paco the Toad and are not necessarily the opinions of NewsWithViews.com, its employees, representatives, their pets, or other contributing writers, including Servando Gonzalez.]

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.

© 2017 Servando Gonzalez – All Rights Reserved




California’s big threat to protect illegal aliens

That waste of human skin who killed that innocent woman claims he was using the stolen gun to shoot at sea lions and hit her instead. I guarantee you if that illegal alien had succeeded in killing a sea lion all hell would have broken loose in outrage by the same useful fools who defend protecting illegals. They would have turned on him in a NY minute.

While Americans continue to be murdered, robbed and raped by ILLEGAL aliens, the U.S. Congress regardless of which party controls both chambers, have played politics. The criminal impostor who just left the White House could care less about a white female being murdered in the City of Sodom. If the victim had a been black, Barry Soetoro aka Obama would no doubt have released a statement saying he/she could be my son or daughter.

The Carnage Continues

Fullerton (California) Police Looking For Undocumented Immigrant Suspected Of Sexually Assaulting Girl, 5, January 11, 2017. My grandparents were immigrants. Illegal aliens are not immigrants, but according to the mentally ill PC police, calling them what they are is racist.

Illegal Alien Convicted of Murder After Stabbing Father of Two to Death, Ripping Out His Liver

Sheriff: MS-13 Gang Brings Machetes, Rape, Scalping to Texas

“We are inexperienced in seeing the level of brutality, savagery that MS-13 is doing here in Texas,” the south Texas sheriff told the listeners. “There are many cases in the Houston area. And out of 20,000 gang members in Houston, about 800 of them are MS-13, Mara Salvatrucha.”

They came mostly from Guatemala but many are also from Mexico.

17 Colombian Nationals Arrested for Burglarizing Houston Communities (4 are being detained by ICE meaning they are likely illegal aliens not undocumented immigrants)

Report: Illegals Committed 600,000 Crimes in Texas in 6 Yrs

PJ Media reveals that over a span of about 6 years, illegal immigrants in the state committed over 600,000 crimes and were involved in nearly 3,000 homicides.

Steven Mnuchin Donated To One Democrat In 2016 – The Woman Who Declined To Prosecute His Bank

Donald Trump Has an Enormous and Very Dangerous Wall Street Blind Spot, highlighted the fact that the bank run by Trump’s Treasury Secretary nominee, Steven Mnuchin, was given a pass by California attorney general Kamala Harris, despite the discovery of over a thousand legal violations. Kamala Harris has since been (s)elected to the U.S. Senate. Here’s what we’ve learned:” (Rest at link)

All to protect the parasites feeding off the host. That would be illegals sucking off the paychecks of hard working Californians protected by elected officials now in positions of power:

L.A. Mayor Sets Up Justice Fund to Protect Criminal Aliens

READ this column I wrote on April 30, 2010. It’s far worse now.

shouting at U.S. citizens at an Independence Day rally in Los Angeles. In other words and also politically incorrect, they’re going to out breed everyone else.

see my column here.

SF Archbishop: Church Will Help Illegal Aliens ‘Know Their Rights’. Really? The only rights illegal aliens have is humane treatment on the way back across the border. Shame on the Catholic Church for aiding and abetting illegals.

Sanctuary Sheriff Faces Removal From Office For Aiding Criminal Illegals

Over 300 Sanctuary Cities Are Costing State and Local Taxpayers over $7,000,000,000 Annually

illegals do NOT get birth certificates.

go to my archives here.

Trump to start deputizing sheriffs for illlegals enforcement: “To build his highly touted deportation force, President Donald Trump is reviving a long-standing program that deputizes local officers to enforce federal immigration law.”

American Communist Lawyer’s Union [ACLU] immediately jumped into the fray. Two judges have temporarily blocked Trump’s efforts to try and keep terrorists out of our country. However, their rulings don’t strike down Trump’s executive action. It simply means more BS Congressional hearings. There are bound to be some glitches and there have been, but they are being fairly resolved.

Refugees Welcome! Sweden: Two Afghan Muslim migrants revealed as those who streamed 3-hour rape on Facebook

Remember the San Bernadino killers? The husband and wife team? Think those San Bernadino killers swam here from Afghanistan? Now they can fly into Canada posing as refugees. We know from factual and documented incidents too many Muslim terrorists pose as refugees. OUR national security and the safety of the people of this country take precedence, as Col. Sellin said above, over ’emotionally satisfying gestures’.

On Trial: Lawsuits Against Trump On ‘Muslim Immigration Ban’ Will Fail Fast

then let him knowThe White House now has a comment line. He who shouts the loudest gets heard.

Time To Rescind 1965 Immigration Reform Act

(My radio show airs live Mon, Wed and Fridays. For details on tuning in, just go to my web site)

Links:

Thank God Texas is a state where the Second Amendment rules:

Texas state report: ISIS is on our borders
OUR treasury is overdrawn almost $20 TRILLION dollars and we keep getting raped to protect and coddle illegals:
2 – Govt spends $100 million ferrying illegal immigrant children around country
3 – Germany Downplayed Threat of Jihadists Posing as Migrants
4 – German journalist: Assassination of Trump would end ‘tragedy’:
Editor of German newspaper says murder a quick method to remove President Trump from the White House.
5 – The Illegal-Alien Crime Wave – Why can’t our immigration authorities deport the hordes of illegal felons in our cities?
(Why? It’s all about politics: getting them registered as members of the Democratic/Communist Party USA)
6 – Trump orders weekly publication of crimes committed by illegals in sanctuary cities
7 – GOP senator recycles ‘Gang of 8’ amnesty push
8 – NYT Editorial Board Horrified That Trump Wants To Fight ‘Radical Islamic Terrorism’

Taking Politics Out of Solutions is now available. The most important issues destroying America are presented along with constitutional solutions neither the Republicans or Democrats will pursue. Get your copy now. Excellent discounts for 2 or more books, or on bulk orders.]




Liars label Trump a liar on election fraud

According to the so-called “press,” Trump and his team are “lying” with their assertions that massive election and/or voter fraud has taken place in the United States. Members of the “press” have repeatedly stated that “Trump is lying” about voter fraud in U.S. elections, referring to those claims as “untrue, unfounded or unsubstantiated” alleging that “no evidence exists” to support these claims of fraud.

Keep in mind that they rushed to report “unsubstantiated” lies about Trump and Russia, but refuse to report known facts concerning highly substantiated election fraud.

It is on this foundation of quicksand that “press” outlets like CNN are working to undermine President Trumps credibility. It’s not just the Commie News Network (CNN) though. Shep Smith at Fox News is on board, as is the New York Times, Salon and many other outlets. It doesn’t stop there though… Republican Senators like Lindsey Graham and John McCain are also out on that limb.

For the record – mass election fraud has gone on in the USA for a long time and it is at record levels in the 2016 elections and everyone knows it.

1. Illegal Alien voting is election fraud – California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Hawaii, Illinois, Maryland, Nevada, New Mexico, Tennessee, Utah, Vermont and Washington all issue state photo IDs to illegal aliens. None of these states issue a license that identifies the driver as an “illegal alien.” Most, if not all of these states, also use the Department of Motor Vehicles to register voters at the same time they issue a driver’s license. Because these illegal aliens have a) proof of residence; b) a government issued photo; and c) appear on the voter registration rolls… they can and do vote in our elections. – This is “election fraud” as it is illegal for any non-citizen to vote in any U.S. election.

2. Motor voter laws – can allow someone to register to vote and cast their vote at the same time. This allows individuals to register to vote whether they are legally eligible or not, in multiple districts and vote immediately. By the time the system catches someone registered illegally, the election is long over and never reversed. Governor Kasich’s Ohio leads the way on this trick!

3. More votes than voters is election fraud – Although all of the national press outlets refused to report it, local news outlets have reported numerous accounts of election fraud, such as these reports in 37% of Detroit districts in 2016 of more votes than voters in those districts. This is verified evidence of election fraud. Dead voters are all too common in many districts across the country.

4. Obama’s Refugee Resettlement fraud – Most Americans do not know that when someone enters our country as a “refugee” (regardless of their real status at entry), our government gives them a fast track to U.S. citizenship, including voting rights. Today’s refugees are tomorrows U.S. voters. This is one of several methods used by politicians to alter U.S. voter demographics.

5. Foreign Campaign Donations – It’s no secret that both Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton relied heavily on international campaign donations. Under U.S. Law, foreign donations to political campaigns, used to influence U.S. voters, are illegal. Foreign campaign financing is election fraud and it has happened in the hundreds of millions of dollars for numerous democrat politicians, including funds laundered through “bundlers” and the Clinton Foundation.

6. Democratic Party operatives bussed voters to multiple districts – Caught on hidden camera admitting bussing voters to multiple districts to vote multiple times. Just because the “press” denies it, does not mean it didn’t happen. The evidence is overwhelming. Voting in multiple districts is election fraud.

7. Disrupting opposition campaigns – using violence and intimidation intended to silence free campaign speech and threaten voters is election fraud. Again, the evidence of these acts are well-known and widely reported, in particular, the shutting down of Trump rallies in 2016.

8. Paid protests – by the extreme left intended to create the false impression of an organic uprising by “the people” when in fact millions of dollars are poured into these paid riots by known financiers of anti-American activism, like George Soros, is an overt effort to subvert U.S. law and incite riots, vandalism and violence against innocent Americans. These are not legal forms of political electioneering. This is fraud as well.

I could keep going for an entire book on this subject, using known verifiable facts and vetted evidence to make the case that election fraud in America is quite real. So, the people lying about this subject are not Donald Trump or his administrative staff. Most of these FRAUD tactics are the result of The National Voter Registration Act of 1993 under Bill Clinton and a Democrat controlled Congress.

All eight of the above items present very real evidence of massive election fraud. But in case that isn’t enough for the “press” who acts like they are entirely unaware of these facts, here’s a video of California Governor Brown and then President Barack Obama telling illegal aliens to “get out and vote.”

According to then President Obama, because our voting system is confidential, illegal aliens can vote… “if you vote, you are a citizen” even if you are NOT a citizen of the USA, according to Obama. Listen to that again! In fact, only three days before the 2016 election, Barack Obama encouraged illegal activity in the upcoming election.

ICE agents have even testified that they routinely arrest illegal aliens with voter registrations on them at the time of the arrest.

So, clearly the “press” is lying about the subject of massive election fraud in America. With so much evidence in plain public view, how do they think they can get away with such a bald-faced lie, all designed to undermine President Trump and his agenda to secure America from all sorts of illegal invaders?

Hitler’s propaganda minister Joseph Goebbels answers this question very precisely…

“If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.”

So, unless and until “the people” wake up and reject all lies by all the “press,” the lies will continue until the people believe those lies or end them. It worked for Hitler and it is working against millions in America right now! Just look at the enemy in our streets! The current “press” is just another swamp that must be drained.

If this concerns you, contact The North American Law Center…

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved




Trump promises tougher policing in Chicago

Rahm Emanuel Rather Have More Gun Control

President Donald Trump once again warned Democratic Party officials in Chicago — especially Mayor Rahm Emanuel — and the news media that if they can’t stop the Windy City’s climbing murder and violent crime rate, Trump’s Washington, D.C. team will take action to protect the people — whites, blacks, Latinos and Asians — from the street predators, gang-bangers and other criminals.

Mayor Emanuel said that he welcomes the chance to partner with federal agencies to curb violence in Chicago. Then he said that illegal immigrants are welcome, as well and his city will remain a sanctuary. He also blamed the high crime rate on the relative ease with which the people in Chicago purchase illegal weapons including assault rifles. He blames other states in the region that have less-stringent gun control policies.

While a number of conservatives claim that policing and crimefighting policies and actions — the police function — are relegated to the individual states, it has become commonplace for the U.S. Department of Justice to go into cities, towns and counties to investigate local cops and police agencies.

Trump believes that these so-called police racism and misconduct cases are at best unnecessary, at worst they are fraudulent based on political correctness and the liberal-left’s anti-police, anti-military standards.

Trump spoke about The Windy City’s crime and violence after the Chicago Police Department released year-end crime stats on New Year’s Day. It showed that Chicago’s homicide numbers were worse than the larger cities of New York and Los Angeles combined.

“Chicago murder rate is record setting – 4,331 shooting victims with 762 murders in 2016. If Mayor can’t do it he must ask for Federal help!” the future White House occupant tweeted.

During his campaign against race-baiting Democrat Hillary Clinton, Trump often highlighted the plight of blacks in Chicago. He promised them a safer, economically sound community free from gangs, drugs and violence. Whenever he asked for their votes, Trump would say, “Give me a chance [as president]. What have you got to lose?”

2016 Chicago Crime Statistics Released

Chicago, Illinois, released its annual crime report for 2016, arguably one of the most violent years for big cities in more than a decade. According to the statistics, there were 762 homicides in 2016 with a daily average of two murders. It is the most killings committed in that city in more than two decades.

Chicago, which has the third largest city population in the country, also witnessed upwards of 1,000 more shooting incidents than it experienced in 2015, according to statistics provided by the beleaguered Chicago Police Department.

“The numbers are staggering especially the dozens of shootings and monthly death tolls that weren’t seen in perhaps 20 years. The increase in last year’s homicides compared to 2015, when 485 were reported, is the largest spike in 60 years,” noted Chicago’s Top Cop Edward “Eddie” Johnson.

Police Superintendent Johnson said during a press conference on New Year’s Day, “Chicago is among many U.S. cities that have [seen] a spike in violence, including [a spike] in attacks on police.”

He told reporters that the anger at police over their alleged use of excessive force, especially deadly physical force, has actually “emboldened criminals” to commit even more violent crimes.

While Johnson doesn’t say it — being a good Democrat in a city practically bought and paid for by the Democratic Party Machine — many believe that President Barack Obama, Attorney General Loretta Lynch, former Attorney General Eric Holder, and former Obama White House minion, now Chicago’s mayor, Rahm Emmanuel may share a large part of the blame for increased friction between minorities and law enforcement.

He also said it’s becoming clearer to criminals that they have little to fear from the criminal justice system, which is run by mostly liberal Democrats. For example, not a week goes by without a news story describing another large-scale prison release by Obama, including those illegal aliens released after serving time for violent crimes who remain on the streets of Chicago, New York, Los Angeles and other large U.S. cities.

Ironically, it’s those cities that consider themselves “sanctuary cities” that are seeing the highest increases in street crime. But rather than address that issue, Attorney General Loretta Lynch spends millions of tax dollars and man-hours investigating police departments and officers.

Also on Sunday, the CBS News show 60 Minutes made “some outlandish, and illogical accusations” against the Chicago Police Department: The report blamed the police officers for the increase in Chicago’s murder rate and violent crimes such as armed robberies, rapes, aggravated assaults and other serious offenses.

According to officials at the organization Blue Lives Matter, “The introduction to the [60 Minutes] segment described Chicago as being a city that more closely resembles a ‘war zone’ as opposed to one of America’s great cities.” They also said, “It’s [being] widely reported that Chicago had 762 murders, and 1,400 people wounded by gun shots during the year 2016. And 60 Minutes described the Chicago Police Department as being an agency on its heels.”

Blue Lives Matter is a media company, founded and run entirely by active and retired law enforcement officers.

“The segment was hosted by CBS Correspondent Bill Whitaker who wasted no time pinpointing what he described as being an “alarming cause” for the drastic uptick in murders on the streets of Chicago. Whitaker passionately (some might say ignorantly) placed the full blame at the feet of the courageous men and women who proudly wear the badge and patrol this described “war zone that is Chicago,” the group wrote in their statement.

Blue Lives Matter’s officials stated:

“Bill Whitaker revealed some statistics that were obtained from inside the Chicago Police Department. The data reveals an annual comparison of 2016 and 2015 pertaining to the police activity levels. It also showed that in August 2015 police officers stopped and questioned 49,257 people as a result of pro-active policing measures. A year later that number decreased to 8,859, which is about an 80% decline in people stopped and questioned.”

The data used by Whitaker can be found in the full transcript provided by CBS 60 Minutes.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved




The Federalist Society, friend or foe

My view is that regardless of whether you think prohibiting abortion is good or whether you think prohibiting abortion is bad, regardless of how you come out on that, my only point is the Constitution does not say anything about it. It leaves it up to democratic choice. Some states prohibited it and some states didn’t. What Roe vs. Wade said was that no state can prohibit it. That is simply not in the Constitution. —Justice Antonin Scalia

Our new President is doing what he promised he’d do, and his first week has been absolutely thrilling. He told us that a top priority is to place pro-life justices on the Supreme Court. We need to help him do that, thus the reason for this article. 

Judge Gorsuch’s Pastor Attends Women’s March

Susan Woodward Springer is senior Pastor to Judge Neil Gorsuch, and on participating in the Women’s March said, “I have never felt so connected to humanity.” Judge Gorsuch is an usher at her pro-abortion church. Remember, there were no pro-life women allowed at the Women’s March. Does Gorsuch sound like a Scalia to you?

An independent, published ranking of judges said Gorsuch is not even in the top 100 most conservative federal appellate judges. See this important article, Judged by the Company You Keep.

Pro-Life Supreme Court Justices

Our new president gave us a list of 21 justices for the Supreme Court to replace Antonin Scalia. His plan was to fill the vacancy with a strong originalist and pro-life justice. The Federalist Society was instrumental in providing the list of names, along with the Heritage Foundation. Not many of their suggestions were pro-life, and top that off with all of them being very young, which would give the court a justice who could rule for abortion another 40 years. 

Some candidates would be terrific, while others are like David Souter. The Federalist Society leaders helped rally support for Senate confirmation of “Obamacare is a tax,” Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr., but they also rallied support for Alito.

Latest Contender to Replace Scalia, Judge Neil Gorsuch, is Not Pro-Life.

 

Let’s take a quick overview of the Federalist Society, who founded them, who is on their board, and just exactly who funds them, which will shock you. Here is their 2015 Form 990.

Founders of the Federalist Society

As I mentioned in my previous article, the Federalist Society began at Yale Law School, (home of Skull and Bones), Harvard Law School (that bastion of higher liberal learning), and the University of Chicago Law School, (home of Bill Ayers and where protestors disallowed Trump rally). It originally started as a student organization which challenged what its members perceived as the orthodox American liberal ideology found in most law schools. These three Ivy league schools are known as having a Marxist agenda.

David Schizer who clerked for Ruth Bader Ginsberg; and Alex Kozinski, former Chief Judge of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.

Robert Bork; former Indiana Congressman, David McIntosh, now head of pro-amnesty and anti-Trump Club of Growth; Lee Liberman Otis; Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham and Steven Calabresi.

Let’s take a look at just a few of them.

Edwin Meese

In 1967, when Ronald Reagan was Governor of California, legislators introduced a therapeutic abortion bill which allowed abortion, “when it would gravely impair the physical or mental health of the mother,” the latter of which opened the door for many more abortions. His legal affairs secretary, Edwin Meese, and press secretary, Lyn Nofziger supported it and urged Reagan to sign it. 

Chester Finn.

 

Spencer Abraham

National Council of La Raza for his efforts on the immigration issue of blocking supposed cuts to legal immigration. He is also a fellow of the Hoover Institute.

Steven Calabresi

Libertarian Calabresi is the Chairman of the Federalist Society, and is pro same-sex marriage.

In his essay posted on SSRN, Calabresi’s primary originalist case for a right to same-sex marriage runs something like this. Laws forbidding same-sex marriage violate principles of freedom and equality, and therefore they violate the Fourteenth Amendment, which of course was one of the Reconstruction-era constitutional amendments. [Link]

Calabresi also endorsed Rudy Giuliani for president. Despite my respect for Giuliani, Rudy is pro-choice. One wonders if that was the reason for Calabresi’s endorsement.

David McIntosh

McIntosh is the co-chairman of the Federalist Society. The former Indiana Congressman now heads Club for Growth. He was an avid NeverTrumper. In fact, his organization spent $1million in a Trump smear campaign in Iowa which featured lies and fabricated information. Why? Because Club for Growth is avidly pro-amnesty. They also begged Trump for a million dollars, and he turned them down. McIntosh backed both Cruz and Rubio in the 2016 campaign. The pro-abortion Koch brothers have funded Club for Growth, and the Club sponsors the pro-Constitutional Convention American Legislative Exchange Council.

And…McIntosh is the disgraced former Congressman who was caught forging the letterhead of Alliance for Justice, and manufacturing a phony news release. Caught red-handed, he eventually admitted that he’d issued the fake release which included false AFJ financials. His apology to House Dems and to the AFJ was not accepted.

Stephen Moore was the original founder of Club for Growth and a recent fellow at the Heritage Foundation. He is now one of President Trump’s economic advisors. 

Ed Whelan

Andy Schlafly’s attempt to fulfill our President’s pledge for pro-life justices. Whelan pretends that Gorsuch’s book against assisted suicide gives him pro-life credentials. It doesn’t. All the pro-aborts on the Supreme Court voted against a constitutional right to assisted suicide. Gorsuch is no better.

Leonard Leo

Leonard Leo, is executive vice president of the Federalist Society, and let’s make it clear, it is not a pro-life organization and has never had a pro-life presentation at its annual conference for decades. Mr. Leo is steering Trump away from his pledge to nominate a pro-life justice to the U.S. Supreme Court.

This ostensibly pro-life adviser to Trump, Leonard Leo, is not even helpful in honoring the pledge and has recommended candidates who are not pro-life and who will not overturn Roe v. Wade. Mr. Leo even stated on Bloomberg Law radio that he does not envision the new Court, with Trump-nominated justices, overturning Roe v. Wade. [Link]

The Federalist Society Donors

In 2013, the Federalist Society held their annual dinner with guest speakers Supreme Court Justices Alito and Thomas, and Federal Appellate Judge Diane Sykes. This was a $200-per-plate black-tie fundraising dinner, funded in part by the Koch brothers. [Link]

“By headlining this fundraiser, Judge Sykes is clearly in violation of the Code of Conduct for U.S. Judges and Justice Thomas would be as well—if only the Supreme Court was bound by an ethical code,” Rep. Louise Slaughter (D-NY) said in a statement. The ethical codes are there to ensure that outside interests do not sway judicial decisions.

Here is a list of the sponsors for this dinner. Recognizable names are Chevron, Verizon, Google, Facebook, and Time Warner, none of whom are pro-life standard bearers.

Take a gander at the list of donors who attended this dinner. Among those who gave $100,000 are the following:

Koch Industries, David Koch, and their Claude Lambe Foundation each gave $100,000. David Koch is pro-abortion.

Google and Microsoft are among donors who gave $100,000 or more, according to the society’s annual report for 2015. I dare say, neither Google nor Microsoft have ever promoted pro-life.

The Sarah Scaife Foundation is a big donor. Sarah Scaife was the mother of wealthy businessman Richard Mellon Scaife, who donated up to $30 million to the Heritage Foundation. Richard Mellon Scaife funded Planned Parenthood, and even took an ad out in the WSJ promoting taxpayer funding. [Link] His mother, Sarah, had Planned Parenthood founder, Margaret Sanger, into her home every Sunday afternoon for tea. [Link]

Trump campaign manager Kellyanne Conway and her husband, George, gave between $50,000 and $100,000. Why? Because they are pro-life, and there are great pro-life people within the Society. Kellyanne Conway has done great things for our new president, a president we’ve not seen the likes of since Calvin Coolidge. 

George Conway is a New York lawyer and Federalist Society member, and has been nominated for Solicitor General in Trump’s administration. They are both soundly pro-life. [Link]

Those donating $25,000 to $49,000 included:

Amway Multi-Marketing Richard and Helen DeVos Foundation. These are the in-laws of Betsy DeVos, nominated for education secretary.

Verizon and Google also donated.

In the final category is Delta Airlines, Google, ExxonMobil Corporation, Facebook, GlaxoSmithKline, and Pepsi, Co. None of whom support life.

Conclusion

The Federalist Society obviously has overstepped its proper role in this process, pushing some of the members’ own agenda in an unprecedented way. If published reports are correct, all the finalists are young, Federalist Society candidates who are not as qualified (or as pro-life) as other candidates our President should be interviewing and choosing.

I am thrilled with the election of Donald J. Trump as our 45th President, and his promise to choose pro-life justices gained many endorsements and votes. If we eliminate Judge Gorsuch, the next judge who will be floated by the pro-abortion portion of the Society will be Judge Thomas Hardiman.

 

Phyllis Schlafly was one of the first to endorse him. Her son, Andy Schlafly, should be contacted by our President because he has done the research on all of these candidates.

The most dangerous thing President Trump did on January 20th

Friday January 20th was quite a day. The drama and excitement, the parade, the celebration, the pomp, formalities, tradition and pageantry as well as the dinners and gala balls, it was quite a spectacle. But what was most important on inauguration day? A mere 30 seconds, those critically important moments when Donald Trump took his oath of office to become the 45th President of these United States.

Video of the Sermon

Nothing else was more important on that momentous day. Those 35 words spoken by Donald Trump are the only thing that was required on that day. And it took about all of 30 seconds.

Our Constitution requires the President and all elected and appointed repre-sentatives, judges and other officials of the Federal government to take an oath. Only the President’s oath is actually spelled out in the Constitution.

Why did our Founders require an oath? To hold each person in office to the highest level of accountability, not to the people (I’m not sure that our Presi-dent fully understands this as he spoke of his oath in terms of loyalty to the people) the oath is not to the people but to God and the perspective is that of judgment day when God will evaluate our performance regarding that oath. Our founders knew that given fallen human nature, the tendency of anyone who is granted power will tend to abuse that power unless they are held in check. Knowing that it is not possible for We the People to constantly monitor and check every action of one who represents us, they required by oath that the office holder place themselves before God who sees all and knows all. He can discern every action, thought, word and even motivation. Consider what God’s Word tells us about the oath.

Ecclesiastes 5:4-6 “When thou vowest a vow unto God, defer not to pay it; for he hath no pleasure in fools: pay that which thou hast vowed. Better is it that thou shouldest not vow, than that thou shouldest vow and not pay.

Suffer not thy mouth to cause thy flesh to sin; neither say thou before the angel, that it was an error: wherefore should God be angry at thy voice, and destroy the work of thine hands?”

One of our founders Noah Webster understood that words may be perverted and twisted over time. So he wrote the very first American dictionary to give to future generations a clear understanding of what these words in our founding documents actually mean. Websters 1828 “OATH, n.

“A solemn affirmation or declaration, made with an appeal to God for the truth of what is affirmed.

The appeal to God in an oath, implies that the person imprecates His venge-ance and renounces His favor if the declaration is false, or if the declaration is a promise, the person invokes the vengeance of God if he should fail to fulfill it. A false oath is called perjury.” So an oath is a dangerous thing. If one takes an oath but then violates that oath, by that very oath they have instructed God to bring His curses down upon their sorry heads.

That this why the hand of the oath taker is placed on the Bible, implied by that action is “May the curses contained in this book fall upon me if I fail to fulfill this oath I am now taking.” President Trump swore his oath with his hand on two Bibles, one was the “bible he was given by his mother when he graduated from Sunday Church Primary School at First Presbyterian Church in Jamaica, New York, in 1955,” and the other one used by many Presidents in the past.

• US Con Art II Sec 1 states, “Before he enter on the Execution of his Office, he shall take the following Oath or Affirmation:–“I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute the Office of President of the United States, and will to the best of my Ability, preserve, protect and defend the Constitution of the United States.” Our founders recognized the great value of oaths and that the Republic they were designing would never succeed if all the people did not consider oath taking a very serious business.

• Washington’s Farewell Address (once read by every school child and con-sidered to be the most important political statement in the whole history of our country) states plainly, “Let it be simply asked where is the security for prosperity, for reputation for life, if the sense of religious obligation desert the oaths, which are the instruments of investigation in the Courts of Jus-tice?” Washington knew that once people began disregarding the true meaning of an oath as a solemn vow before Almighty God for which He will hold each oath taker fully accountable the Republic would be lost.

Subscribe to NewsWithViews Daily Email Alerts

Email Address *
First Name
*required field
• In 1 Timothy 2:1-2 we are instructed, “I exhort therefore, that, first of all, supplications, prayers, intercessions, and giving of thanks, be made for all men; For kings, and for all that are in authority; that we may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and honesty.”

• We should pray for President Trump that he will fulfill the oath he has made, otherwise he is bringing harm upon himself. And knowing the con-dition of Washington, D.C. I believe it will be extremely difficult for him to keep the oath which he has made.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Rev. David Whitney – All Rights Reserved




What the politicians you elected have done to America Pt. 4

In this series we need to look at what our politicians have done to us concerning the food we eat. Our FDA has allowed Genetically Modified Organisms, GMO, to be introduced into our food supply. These foods are genetically engineered to resist Roundup® weed killer. The theory is this crop will survive being sprayed with Roundup® for better weed control of products. What I believe is these companies that produce GMO products do so so that they will control the world’s food supply. They say it is to produce more food to feed the world. A few facts from the 1970’s proves that GMO’s are not necessary. In the 1970’s the United States had 6% of the farmable land in the world. Russia had 30%. Russia couldn’t feed themselves and we feed the world.

In independent studies GMO foods are not shown to be safe for human or animal consumption. Monsanto’s study says they are. The government seems to only pay attention to Monsanto’s study. Many nations refuse to accept America’s GMO products and some won’t allow GMO’s to be grown in their countries. Well over 90% of corn grown in America is GMO. Around 92% of the soy grown in America is GMO. Tomatoes, potatoes, apples and other products grown in America are GMO. The FDA has just approved GMO salmon raised on GMO feed to be sold.

Consumers have been fighting to at least get GMO products labeled for years but the lobbyists for the GMO producers dump millions of dollars into the coffers of politicians to stop the bill. The worst part of this is the House passed a bill that bans States from requiring the labeling of GMO products EVEN if the State already had a law that required it. This is called the DARK Act: Legislation dubbed the Deny Americans the Right to Know, or DARK Act (H.R. 1599), passed the House of Representatives yesterday by a vote of 275-150. The bill preempts state and local authority to label and regulate genetically engineered (GE) foods. A Senate version of this bill has not yet been introduced.

The bill, backed largely by House Republicans, codifies a voluntary labeling system approach, blocks the U.S. Food and Drug Administration from ever implementing mandatory GE food labeling and allows food companies to continue to make misleading “natural” claims for foods that contain GE ingredients.

A number of farm state Democrats joined House Republicans in passing the bill. Twelve Republicans voted against the bill citing infringement of states’ rights and local control.

“It’s outrageous that some House lawmakers voted to ignore the wishes of nine out of 10 Americans,” said Scott Faber, senior vice president of government affairs for Environmental Working Group (EWG). “Today’s vote to deny Americans the right to know what’s in their food and how it’s grown was a foregone conclusion. This House was bought and paid for by corporate interests, so it’s no surprise that it passed a bill to block states and the FDA from giving consumers basic information about their food.”

More than 300 organizations, companies and food industry and social justice leaders oppose the DARK Act in the face of massive spending and lobbying by big chemical and food companies, according to EWG. Polls show a large majority of people in key states and across the country support mandatory GMO labeling. [1] Notice that it was the Republicans that pushed this bill!

Many independent studies have proven that GMO’s are not fit for human or animal to eat. David Suzuki a world renowned geneticist, PHD, LLD, CC, OBC has stated “Any politician or scientist who tells you these [GMO] products are safe is either very stupid or lying.”[2] There are too many questions and not enough answers. The head of the US Department of Agriculture for the last 6 years is Tom Vilsack, a Obama nominee, who supported Obama’s agenda which included the proliferation of GMO products in the market. Vilsack was the origin of the seed pre-emption bill in 2005, which many people here in Iowa fought because it took away local government’s possibility of ever having a regulation on seeds- where GE would be grown, having GE-free buffers, banning pharma corn locally, etc. Representative Sandy Greiner, the Republican sponsor of the bill, bragged on the House Floor that Vilsack put her up to it right after his state of the state address.

* Vilsack has a glowing reputation as being a schill for agribusiness biotech giants like Monsanto. Sustainable ag advocated across the country were spreading the word of Vilsack’s history as he was attempting to appeal to voters in his presidential bid. An activist from the west coast even made this youtube animation about Vilsack. [3]

The dangers of GMO products are being ignored for the sake of corporate profits. “Most studies with GM foods indicate that they may cause hepatic, pancreatic, renal, and reproductive effects and may alter haematological [blood], biochemical, and immunologic parameters, the significance of which remains to be solved with chronic toxicity studies.” – Dona A, Arvanitoyannis IS. Health risks of genetically modified foods. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2009; 49: 164–175 [4]

There are three possible sources of adverse health effects from GM foods:

• The GM gene product – for example, the Bt toxin in GM insecticidal crops – may be toxic or allergenic
• The GM transformation process may produce mutagenic effects, gene regulatory effects, or effects at other levels of biological structure and function that result in new toxins or allergens and/or disturbed nutritional value
• Changes in farming practices linked to the use of a GMO may result in toxic residues – for example, higher levels of crop contamination with the herbicide Roundup are an inevitable result of using GM Roundup Ready® crops (see Sections 4, 5).[5]
These studies show abnormal growths in lab rats that the FDA ignores. Mice and rabbits also showed very negative health effects from GMO food: Mice fed GM soy showed disturbed liver, pancreas and testes function. The researchers found abnormally formed cell nuclei and nucleoli in liver cells, which indicates increased metabolism and potentially altered patterns of gene expression.

• Mice fed GM soy over their lifetime (24 months) showed more acute signs of ageing in the liver than the control group fed non-GM soy.
• Rabbits fed GM soy showed enzyme function disturbances in kidney and heart.
• Female rats fed GM soy showed changes in uterus and ovaries compared with controls fed organic non-GM soy or a non-soy diet.[6]
You have to ask yourself why our politicians refuse to look out for the safety of the American people when so many other nations have banned GMO products? With mounting scientific evidence about the human and environmental costs of GE foods and industrial agriculture, 64 nations now require the labeling of foods containing GE ingredients.

Many nations have banned GE crops altogether, including parts of the EU, Austria, China, India, Germany, Hungary, Luxembourg, Greece, Bulgaria, Poland, Italy and Russia.

With so many rejecting GE foods, major U.S. exports of soy and corn have lost international trade value. One expert estimated $200 to 300 million per year are lost in European exports alone.

With regard to China, U.S. corn exports dropped 85 percent in one year (2013 to 2014), according to the trade association, which bases its estimates on data from export companies.

In Europe, the GMO tug-of-war continues, as 58 GE foods remain legal for import, with 17 new ones added in April 2015 (maize, cotton, soybean, oilseed rape, sugar beets, and carnations). 4 Individual EU states are granted the option of opting-out.

Here in the U.S., industry’s greed rages on. Corporate leaders and government officials refuse to heed GMO warnings — even from their own scientists.[7]

I haven’t even scratched the surface of the GMO controversy. I could do 10 columns and not cover half of it all. I want to show you that it is vitally important that we send competent people to Washington that will do things that benefit and protect us not just line their pockets. Right now the majority are there for themselves and to promote the global agenda. This election proved that we can change that.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. House passes dark act banning states from requiring gmo labels on food.
2. David Zuzuki speaks out against genetically modified food.
3. Six reasons why obama appointing monsantos buddy.
4. GMO Myths and Truths.
5. GMO Myths and Truths.
6. GMO Myths and Truths.
7. Food dangers.




Sanctity of life sunday – should be every day

Because the Supreme Court Can Be Ignored

On Saturday, feminist abortion rights activists gathered to protest the inauguration of President Donald Trump. The following day, pro-life Americans celebrated the Sanctity of Human Life, a day celebrated as a tradition started in 1984 by President Ronald Reagan in response to the 11th anniversary of Roe v. Wade, in which the Supreme Court issued an opinion that denied the right to life to an unborn child.

Regrettably, even with the efforts of pro-life Americans and presidents, abortion is NOT disappearing in this country and I believe this is, in part, because we are using the WRONG METHOD to attack it; for example, by “trying to overturn Roe v. Wade.”

Why do you say this, Jake? Well, for starters, Article 1, Section 1 of the U. S. Constitution states that ALL legislative authority rests with Congress. The Supreme Court, as part of the Judicial branch, does not make law, but merely rules on their opinions. Those opinions are relative ONLY to the parties involved, not to the nation.

Congress, who makes law in accordance to the Laws of Nature and Nature’s God, has NEVER passed any legislation to “legalize” abortion, THEREFORE THERE IS NO LAW TO OVERTURN.

Even if Congress did pass such “law,” it would be what our founders called “pretended legislation” as it violates the Laws of Nature and Nature’s God.

Unbeknownst to most Americans, previous horrendous Supreme Court decisions have dissolved because they were ignored, not overruled or overturned. Here are two examples:

Dred Scott: This was a War-Between-the-States-era decision ruling that people of African descent were property and could not be U. S. citizens. Clearly this opinion of the court had no practical or legal authority so it was ignored.

Buck v. Bell (1927): Championed by Oliver Wendell Holmes, the court ruled that incompetent/imbecilic women should be sterilized. Almost 70,000 were sterilized before this was stopped. It was stopped because of public opinion, not because the decision was overturned.

Founding father and First Amendment architect Fisher Ames knew decisively the importance of establishing MORALITY as the heart of public opinion.

“Constitutions,” said Ames, “are but paper; society is the substratum of government.”

I submit that to stop abortion, going through the courts is irrelevant and even lend credibility to the murderous Roe v Wade decision, which has never had legal legs to stand on.

Instead of lawsuits, it is imperative we increase our efforts in educating the public on the immorality of killing innocent children of any age, including in the womb.

Truth must define the terms and set the parameters of the argument. For example, if the Supreme Court ruled it was okay to kill any child under the age of three for any reason, would that make it okay? Would their ruling make it legal? How many children would be killed because of a “terrible-2-year-old’s bad day”? How would we view parents who did such a thing?

With the narrative on this foundation of questioning, no legislation is needed. Moral outrage will ensue in the hearts of the people and their representatives, and Roe v, Wade will fade into history, just like Dred Scott and Buck v Bell, while state governors and attorney generals will again enforce the law of our land which protects the right to life and criminalizes abortionists.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and his Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved




Why the left has no credibility

The other day, information came my way about the fate of Yazidi girls and women at the hands of ISIS. The Yazidi are a Kurdish people indigenous to what was Mesopotamia. They live primarily in what is now the Nineveh Province in what is now northwestern Iraq, although there are Yazidi communities in both Syria and Turkey. Their religion is a blend of Zoroastrianism, Islam, Judaism and Christianity, with links to Sufiism.
They had already been caught between U.S. troops and Iraqi insurgents. Not being Muslims and being a peaceful people, they were sitting targets for the Islamic State.

ISIS militants came to the Yazidi region of Shingal on August 3, 2014. Thousands of Yazidis were killed, kidnapped, or sexually enslaved. The article I received spoke of Yazidi girls being “sold” for a few packs of cigarettes.

Mirza Ismael, who chairs the Yazidi Human Rights Organization-International, said, “Some of these women and girls have had to watch 7-, 8-, and 9-year-old children bleed to death before their eyes, after being raped by ISIS militia multiple times a day. ISIS militias have burned Yazidi girls alive for refusing to convert and marry ISIS men. Why? Because we are not Muslims and because our path is the path of peace. For this we are being burned alive: for living as men and women of peace.”

There is, of course, a massive international slave and “sex worker” trade in that part of the world. Girls who have not yet entered puberty, some of them kidnapped, are repeatedly gang raped by ISIS militiamen many of whom are pedophiles. If the girls cry out in protest, they are beaten bloody, often to death. Those who try to escape and are caught can have their noses or ears or hands or feet cut off.

Radical Islam, of course, sees women as less than property. It is illegal in countries controlled by Radical Islam for women to receive an education. Most can’t read or write their native language. They are forbidden to leave their houses without male approval.

I present this live horror show as the perfect backdrop for these highly-touted (by Western corporate media, anyway) women’s marches in Washington and other major Western cities following the Trump inauguration, protesting actions they seem to believe the Trump administration is about to undertake.

There were many speakers at these events. One of them, actress Ashley Judd, read a poem in which she asked why “tampons are taxed when Viagra and Rogaine are not.”

In this one query, given all we reviewed above, you should see the reasons why the American Left has no credibility — none whatsoever. It had none before the Donald Trump era began on January 20. But now the fact (and it isn’t an “alternative fact”) is out in the open, or should be.

People like Ashley Judd, other celebrities including far wealthier and more famous ones like Madonna, live in a bubble of privilege — and I don’t mean that leftist invention, “white privilege.” I mean the privilege of being able to open their mouths and be heard by millions despite their utter cluelessness.

One of the criticisms I sometimes hear of U.S. citizens is that when all is said and done, we know little of what goes on outside our borders. I doubt most Americans have heard of the Yazidi, or know that ISIS overwhelmed them on August 3, 2014. After all, I’m sure Kim Kardashian did something that week!

It is unclear how many women participated in these grandiose marches. What is clear is that they have no idea how well off they are compared to their counterparts elsewhere in the world. As children they were taught to read and write. They went to school alongside boys. As adults they can come and go as they please, without asking permission. They can go to college and pursue careers. They can gain visibility (with or without actual talent). Some of the world’s wealthiest celebrities are American women.

Yes, yes, yes, I know there were women who struggled and fought for those rights. I saw a list on the Left-leaning Medium site just the other day. I also know that today’s whiners aren’t qualified to polish those women’s shoes.

One of their biggest fears seems to be that under the Trump administration and the new GOP-controlled Congress they might lose the “right” to kill their unborn children and have the U.S. federal government pay for it if they can’t pay for it themselves, which means taxpayers, some of whom are pro-life, will continue being coerced into helping fund the killing of unborn babies.

They are afraid Planned Parenthood might be defunded and shut down. I have the feeling, though, that the Madonnas and Ashley Judds of the world have enough money between them — that there is enough money in the community of celebrity women generally — that they could keep Planned Parenthood open, privately funded, and serving women’s legitimate health needs. I wonder if this has occurred to any of them. Probably not. They would have to stop whining, get up off their celebrated duffs, and start doing something useful.

Why do I keep mentioning Madonna?

Because the other day she was quoted as having thought about “blowing up the White House.” When I read that, what raced through my mind was, “Why isn’t that a terroristic threat?”

Then Secret Service started looking into the matter. She did some of her fanciest backpedaling, saying her remark was taken out of context. I don’t believe she meant it literally, of course. She was just doing what Left-leaning celebrities do best, which is shoot off their mouths. But with the thought now out on the table, who knows what one of her fanatic followers might do?

The American Left has lost control of the public narrative. Other voices, including from alternative media with alternative narratives, are now being listened to. Leftists can’t stand it, and are reacting as they typically do when they can’t have their way: getting verbally abusive and violent.

Outside the now-infamous Deploraball [sic.] in Washington the night before the Inauguration, writer James Allsup, a Trump supporter from Seattle, was targeted outside the event by leftist protesters along with some of his fellow attendees. Pushing and shoving ensued. After hearing someone yell, “Die, Nazi!” Allsup was punched while others filmed it, then struck in the head with a metal flagpole. He had to go to the ER for stitches.

This was only one example, and it is hardly an outlier. We reported on the harassment of Trump supporters and attendees of his rallies as far back as last spring, when thousands of University of Illinois at Chicago students took to the streets, compelling Trump to cancel a scheduled appearance out of public safety concerns.

It was not Trump supporters, moreover, who began to shut down major thoroughfares and interstate highways trying to block attendees from reaching Hillary Clinton rallies.

Now there is abundant evidence that the Left is in total meltdown mode. A friend of mine who lives in Texas sent me this the other day.

I know that was painful. She either didn’t know she was being filmed or didn’t care.

Do these people have any idea how silly they look and sound?

Author and blogger Charles Hugh Smith has a brilliant essay about what happened to the Left. He goes further into the history of Marxism then we need to worry about here, but what it boils down to: their obsessions with political correctness and identity politics cost the Left the support of the American working class.

For all practical purposes, they threw this support away, because so many American workers are straight white Christian males, and straight white Christian males are history’s biggest villains, didn’t you know?

A lot of Democrats have yet to figure out that had they not throw this obviously important segment of the electorate under the bus, their candidate might have won!

That wouldn’t have given the Left credibility. The Clintons sold out to the postmodern religions of money and power years ago; neither would know any other reality if it walked up and bit them. Hillary’s arrogant refusal to campaign in certain states was a dead giveaway: she didn’t think she’d need the white working class vote to defeat Donald Trump.

She lost each of those states to Trump. Reality always gets the last laugh.

Now, Bernie Sanders has offered to work with Trump on trade issues. Sanders just might be getting it (maybe, I hope).

The American Left’s ignorance may be exceeded only by its volume and its capacity for violence, but leftists are not Donald Trump’s most formidable enemies.

The globalists — or the superelite, the global elite, or the international financial cartel, call them what you will — are Trump’s most formidable enemies. Those paying attention know they just held their annual World Economic Forum confab in Davos, Switzerland. The number one topic: “populist” insurgencies in Europe (think: Brexit, Geert Wilder in the Netherlands, Marine Le Pen in France) as well as in the U.S., i.e., the growing resistance to their economic domination of the planet, with all its externalities which include the wanton destruction of advanced nations’ middle classes and mass migrations caused by their incessant wars. Globalists, incidentally, like wars! Wars are very profitable! Ask those in the upper echelons of Halliburton!

The proximate cause of the European “populist” insurgency is Muslim mass migration which is tearing their countries apart. France, reeling from multiple terror attacks over the past couple of years, has a problem dwarfing anything the U.S. has to worry about.

I’ve long thought Trump misplayed his hand with Mexicans. He could have pointed out that Mexico’s agricultural workers were hurt as badly by NAFTA as the U.S. manufacturing base. He would have had Hispanic communities on his side, as he moves to renegotiate or scrap superelite-driven “free trade” deals and enforce U.S. immigration laws just as Mexico enforces its immigration laws.

Muslims from places where ISIS is now established are far more dangerous. When a leftist whines about Islamophobia — among all the fake phobias the Left has invented over the years, that one has to be the stupidest! — I want to ask her how many more San Bernardino type workplace shootings or Orlando type nightclub massacres she would countenance, and what she would say to families of innocent people killed by newly transplanted Muslim immigrants who turned out to be ISIS sympathizers?

I’m sure the pseudo-intellectuals who championed Europe’s open borders policies didn’t think they’d be dealing with violent, unassimilable populations destroying neighborhoods in France, Germany, Hungary, Sweden, and elsewhere. So please don’t somebody write me and tell me nothing like that could happen in the U.S.

Well, under Donald Trump’s watch it won’t happen. I think — I hope! — we can be assured of that!

The problem, though, remains the globalists, the superelite. They haven’t gone away, and I don’t believe for five seconds they are willing to allow one rogue “blue collar billionaire” to upend plans they’ve been working on longer than most of us have been alive without trying to do something about it — something possibly worse than anything Madonna might have thought up. Just keep in mind: Trump has inherited a mammoth stock market bubble; global debt has never been higher; the only thing standing between the present world and a massive depression is continued money printing by central banks. Were there a planned economic downturn — the Meltdown of 2008 on steroids! — given their control over corporate media, and given the gullibility the Left regularly displays, for globalists to get away with blaming Trump and other “populists” would be child’s play!

These are the things that worry me the most right now! Plus the fact that everything the Left is saying and doing to try and weaken and delegitimize Donald Trump plays right into the hands of the globalists.

If the Left wanted to make itself useful, its members would forget their marches and start monitoring pro-globalist sites on the Internet. There are quite a few, actually, like The Economist, Foreign Affairs, Foreign Policy Magazine, Bloomberg, and Project Syndicate. Globalists, in their hubris, cannot keep their mouths shut, either. Across the aisle, survivalist author Brandon Smith has useful advice on how globalists think. My book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is still in print, as is my “The Real Matrix” series. The latter is incomplete, but not terribly dated.

In other words, now that Donald Trump is President there is work to be done informing those who care about where the real danger lies. And frankly — I hate to be blunt about it, but — leftists, you are in the way!

© 2017 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved




D.C. Rioters face stiff penalties – it’s about time

WASHINGTON, D.C. –The days of a gentle slap on the wrist accompanied by whispering, “Naughty Naughty,” are over. There’s a new sheriff in town who takes a different approach to thuggery. Two hundred and thirty of the masked rioters who tried to invade the Inauguration of the new President were arrested, charged with Felony Rioting by the U.S. Attorney and face 10 years in prison along with a $25,000 fine. At last, justice will be served for political criminal activity.

All welfare benefits should be cancelled for those involved in the riots with the intention of interfering with the constitutional process of electing a president and causing destruction. Every penny of the fine should be paid in full before release, and that sentence should be 10 years of hard labor which is not unreasonable. Justice Department, please take note.

The protesters seem to have plenty of stamina and physical strength to throw things around, swing sledge hammers into store windows to smash them, set cars on fire along with trash bins that they threw into the streets and set ablaze. They also publicly burned the American Flag. So they are not lacking physical strength to work. These hoodlums should not be collecting welfare or other benefits. They owe US. We owe them nothing. They are perfectly able to work and earn their keep.

It is a new day in America. There is no more coddling criminals, no more ‘political correctness’ but instead, stern punishment for lawlessness and creating havoc.

A Presidential inauguration Ceremony is supposed to be a distinguished event. That is how it was designed. Communist Leader George Soros paid protesters to disrupt this transfer of power in D.C. in an attempt to spoil the most important event in the country. He did not succeed.

These paid imbeciles attacked people trying to get to the inauguration, harassed attendees (actually striking some), set cars on fire, tried to block entrances to the ceremony, and broke store windows. They set a stretch limo on fire and spray painted, “We the People” on the side of the burning limousine. They smashed TV trucks which is strange since the main payoff for these nitwits is television attention. That shows how bright they are.

TV personality Larry King was in his studio doing a program. When he came out he found that all the windows of his SUV had been smashed.

The anarchists were dressed head to toe in black with faces covered so as not to be identifiable, which is illegal. One of the rioters draped himself or herself in a rainbow flag.

Soros not only set up various organizations to carry out these ‘protests,’ but also worked with 50 organizations, mostly sponsoring Muslim organizations, to put together the national women’s march throughout the U.S. the day after the inauguration to make it appear that nobody liked Trump. Not so. Millions upon millions of people love President Trump and are happily relieved that he is now our Commander-in-Chief.

And by the way, the trash these women left strewn in the streets was the worst to ever be seen. They did not have the decency to clean up their mess since they have no decency.

What has NOT been adequately reported is the LOOTING that has become a mainstay of such anti-American events. They kept that quiet so as not to make the looters look bad and cause stereotyping. Store windows were broken as Black Lives Matter participants, as usual, grabbed what they could. They should have their welfare benefits cancelled as well.

This rampage by anti-Americans took place only two blocks from the White House. Six police officers were injured by being hit with rocks thrown at them. It is of interest to know that “Bikers for Trump,” a sturdy looking group was on hand to deal with some of the protesters. The anarchists held back in the presence of the bikers knowing full well that the bikers were ready and more than willing to do serious battle.

A note to President Donald Trump. BRAVO! Yes withdraw all welfare and other government benefits from everyone who took place in those third world style riots. And this should include everyone who is a part of Black Lives Matter, another creation of Soros. Begin proceedings to charge George Soros with Treason and Sedition. There is more than enough evidence to show that he is a traitor and it is time to deal with him as such.

His home country Hungary is preparing to take actions against him. Russia would love to get their hands on him and Israel wants him in their hands. He needs to be dealt with and removed from the scene. His enormous wealth can be confiscated to repair the damage he and those he hired have caused not only to America, but countries throughout the world whose economies have been wrecked by Soros as well as currencies around the world being devalued due to his manipulation.

When you think of the recent events, one must ask, where’s the beef? The new President wants America to again be prosperous, our military strengthened in order to protect us from enemies, and better relations with the world and for Christians to not have to hide their faith or Who they worship .He wants better job opportunities for America and for families to live in peace.

He wants to turn Obama’s misrepresented health care plan around and replace that with affordable health care for everyone. He wants to do more for our veterans and military (he just gave military personnel their first raise), actual education for our children, and to carefully vet anyone who wants to come here from other countries. And he will block all efforts to prevent citizens from saying, Merry Christmas during the Holiday season.

So what can be objectionable to this agenda? Absolutely nothing. It is something to be desired for all with the exception of these ignorant misinformed bums who think they will be better under Communism, better known as The New World Order. I have seen what life under Communism is like. Believe me, you do NOT want that. And President Trump believes in the celebration of life for all.

Yes, we have a new sheriff in town and millions of people are backing him and praying for him. We have been ushered, by God, into a new era…a new day. With God’s help, we have taken back our country. Let us never forget What God has done for us. Christians, be visible.

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

© 2017 Rev. Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved




Trump And Putin Have First Official Phone Conversation




Mr. Trump now president of the United States

On January 20th, 2017, in an Inauguration Day ceremony full of tradition, Donald Trump was sworn in as President of the United States.

Two years ago, who would have believed this? Trump had talked about running for president before, and even had considered running against Obama in the latter’s re-election campaign in the 2012 election.

But it wasn’t until June of 2015 that Trump threw his hat into the ring, and after that moment, the American political scene was not the same.

Pundits and politicians had confidentially assured their listeners that Donald Trump couldn’t win. And yet, he did.

Bernie Sanders, who ran against Hillary Clinton in the Democratic primaries, recently recognized Trump’s Triumph. Quoth Bernie, “Trump took on the Republican establishment, he took on the Democratic establishment, took on the media establishment, and he ended up winning the election to become President of the United States. And that is an extraordinary accomplishment. And it talks about perseverance, it talks about very strong political instincts, it talks about a way to connect with people.”

It’s true. My family and I went to see Trump twice in rallies in the state in which I reside. Trump had a way of connecting with people. Despite being a billionaire New Yorker, he could relate to working class folks and rednecks throughout the country, including in the South, the Midwest and the Upper Midwest, which helped push him to a majority in the electoral college.

Trump’s forthright way of speaking can get him into trouble, but it also served him well, as he smashed conventional paradigms and brought taboo subjects into the mainstream.

For example, there was the proposed ban on Muslim immigration, which he backed off somewhat. But the very fact that he raised it put it on the mainstream front burner.

On foreign policy, Trump’s campaign brought a new perspective, making it possible to consider a new approach.

It’s been twenty-five years since the Cold War ended, and the world has changed. Yet many American policy-makers seem stuck in the Cold War.
Russia, for example, is no longer communist and is a great nation. Doesn’t it make sense to improve relations with Russia? This does not mean we will always see eye to eye or that there are no differences. But pretending that Russia is a world threat as it was during the Cold War is a serious error when we should be looking at common interests.

On immigration, Trump’s campaign brought up subjects that some of us have been writing about for years, and which some have been dealing with for decades. But the Republican establishment didn’t want these issues really dealt with and continued to placate the Cheap Labor Lobby.

Trump began by talking about illegal immigration, but before it was over his campaign had actually moved into the area of legal immigration as well. These are issues of public policy that Americans have a right to discuss. Election night was a great one, as by early a.m. of November 9th it became obvious even to the Mainstream Media that Donald Trump had triumphed. What a great night.

Several months later, on January 20th, 2017, Donald Trump was inaugurated as President of the United States.

The Inauguration ceremony is a part of American history and civic life, and is always interesting to watch. And this time, we were able to see the inauguration of Donald Trump, a man who defied the odds and the political establishment and who, we hope, can move our country in a different direction.

I was at school during the ceremony, so I showed it in my classroom. It was a great day.

My 17-year old son David was actually at the inauguration in Washington, D.C, attending as part of a 4-H Club trip.

David had already been selected for the trip even before the nomination. So he could have wound up being at Hillary’s inauguration!

But, Trump triumphed and that’s good, as David is an avid Trumpster even though he wasn’t quite old enough to vote.

David had a great time in Washington, and returned with various sorts of Trump presidential paraphernalia: President Trump caps, t-shirts, flags, newspapers, keychains, a stocking cap, a button, a Donald Trump bobblehead, a stocking cap and even a pair of President Trump socks!

To conclude: Donald Trump is now the 45th President of the United States. Let us hope he makes great strides to improve our national situation, and let us do our part as well.

© 2017 Allan Wall – All Rights Reserved




In the new white house, even the bear rug fears to move

During Obama’s eight years in the White House, notice half the country that didn’t vote for him, did not riot, burn cars, march with obscene signs, break windows or burn buildings. No one threatened to “blow up the White House” as Madonna promised. No one said, “Someone needs to take that dude out” as TV newscaster Rachel Maddox said. No Muslim-American threatened Obama’s life like one did this week at the Council for Islamic-American Council.

Such threats equate to: sedition and punishable by imprisonment.

In the past week, David Muir made a mockery of journalism by being extremely rude to President Trump. Some responses:

Melissa Earl said, “David, you used to show such compassion and thoughtfulness in your reporting. Last night, all you showed was contempt. It backfired. It was not a good interview for you and trump owned you. Get back to your grass roots journalism of telling the truth instead of spreading propaganda.”

In the first week in the White House, President Trump moved with lightning speed. He destroyed the TPP. He locked out immigration from eight violent Islamic countries. He proceeded to build a wall on the Mexican border. He called for meetings with the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom and Canada. He addressed the Mexican president. He set a course to add 5,000 new Border Patrol agents. He’s renegotiating NAFTA in favor of American workers. He’s about to change unfair trade agreements with China to benefit Americans. He met with top auto manufacturers about keeping plants in the USA or face tariffs.

One reader said, “If that bear rug in the Oval Office was alive, the bear would be afraid to move in fear of Trump.”

Admittedly George W. Bush created a bogus war against Iraq and drove our country into financial chaos. Barack Obama created Benghazi, Chicago, Ferguson, Fast and Furious, free money to Iran and slipped $221,000,000.00 (million) into Palestine to help Muslims war against Israel. Obama created the worse racial divide in this country since the 1960s. He took $85 million in vacations from taxpayer money. He watched 3 out of 4 African-American children arrive out of wedlock and into welfare poverty—but did nothing. He never changed a thing to bring jobs. He watched Chicago become a killing zone.

Today, Trump harkens back to President Teddy Roosevelt. Love him or hate him, threaten him or praise him—this man takes action. He lives an action life. He won’t give up and he won’t give in. He won’t quit. He only knows how to work until he succeeds. That alone makes him the best president of this century, thus far.

As to the Mexican border wall: we suffer paying $50,000,000,000.00 (billion) in hard cash to Mexican drug dealers annually. Their drugs destroy our children. We suffer $120,000,000,000.00 (billion) in cash transfers out of our country annually—effectively bleeding us to death. We’re $19.5 trillion in debt. Obama put us another $10 trillion in debt within eight years. He added over 13,000,000 (million) to our food stamp rolls instead of adding 13 million to jobs.

Bush and Obama along with the Democrats and Republican created Donald J. Trump. They did little to boost the average American family and certainly did nothing to help America’s minorities as to jobs and living standards. They watched our country degrade down the tubes.

And yet, when the country voted for law and order, financial prosperity through jobs—you’ve got nut cases like Ashley Judd, Madonna and the sacred Meryl Streep along with George Clooney—degrading Trump. They foment violence against our president.

The press guns for him at every meeting.

At some point, everyone in this country needs to support President Trump because he sits in the White House ready to serve our country and all our citizens. After watching him for decades, he takes action rather than makes excuses. He boasts, he tweets, he brags and he creates colorful phrases. So what! Obama mastered one word better than anyone: I. But, he failed with two words: action and results!

For the past 30 years, Congress and its career corrupt politicians screwed the American people as to jobs, unsecured borders, destructive free trade bills, illegal immigration, anchor babies that our tax dollars support, and failed to maintain the middle class. They caused Donald J. Trump.

Personally, I think he will prove the most effective president since Theodore Roosevelt. Let’s find out by giving him a chance and supporting him on his journey. Why? Because we’re all in the same boat: the United States of America.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Spiritual deception of the new age

We are seeing the words of Scripture play out in living color before our very eyes every single day now, though the unsaved world can not comprehend it. With all we have to contend with, it’s easy for us to get distracted, focusing on the things we see in this physical world every day, and forgetting about the invisible, spiritual world all around us. But this is where the REAL war is actually being waged.

The abominations we SEE on this earth are actually just the manifestations of intense warfare being played out in the spiritual realm. Ephesians 6 tells us, “We do not wrestle against flesh and blood, but…against the cosmic powers over this present darkness, against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly places.” There is a whole SPIRITUAL WORLD “out there” that we do not see while we live in these earthly bodies, yet it is as just as real as the ground we walk on. And these “spiritual forces of evil” are working overtime against all of us. Peter warns us to be aware of this. “Be alert and of sober mind. Your enemy, the devil, prowls around like a roaring lion, looking for someone to devour.”

Scripture tells us that these last days will be times of great deception and delusion. People will have seared consciences and reprobate minds — they will be unable to think or discern truth any longer, because they have chosen — get this: they have CHOSEN to deny God!

You may think that “all” I do is publish a Christian newspaper, and broadcast a Christian commentary program on the radio. I won’t go into ALL I do, but part of my work includes taking and responding to prayer requests that we receive here by mail, email, telephone and through our website. We get a lot of prayer requests, we always have. But now increasingly, the prayer requests are for matters pertaining to spiritual warfare, demonic attack, loved ones denying God, following strange religions, cults and demonic deception. There is a pattern to this and it is increasing at an alarming, exponential pace.

I’d like to share some of these prayer requests with you here. I am not giving any names or betraying any trust here, but I want to share some examples of what I’m talking about. This first one came from a concerned mother and grandmother in Minnesota: “Please pray for my son and his son. Please pray against witchcraft attacks through the birth mother of my grandson. There has been intense spiritual warfare over my grandson since he was born 15 years ago. His mother is heavily into the occult.”

From a young woman in Wisconsin: “Please pray for me. I grew up going to church but for the past ten years I have been studying a lot of different religions, mainly practicing Wicca for the last few years. Recently I have been reading your newspaper and the Bible and have had intense mental anguish over all this. I feel like the devil is pulling at me with a dark presence I can’t explain.”

From a man in South Dakota: “My wife and I were married in a Christian church ten years ago, but we haven’t been following God for most of our marriage. I’ve been more serious than she has, and now I just really feel like I need to get right with God again and I wish we could do this together. My wife has been into New Age stuff for a while now, like earth worship and native American spirits, and she has gotten more and more hostile to Christianity. She says if I want to be a Christian that’s fine, but Christianity doesn’t ‘work’ for her, and she is happy doing her own thing. But the closer I get to God, the meaner she gets toward me. I even have to hide just to read my Bible if I don’t want a fight…”

The great spiritual battle rages on: it is God, our Creator versus Satan, the deceiver. Where did it all start? Satan rebelled against God by refusing to worship Him, and by demanding to be worshiped himself. God cast him out and so now he seeks revenge. His greatest revenge is achieved by destroying the lives and souls of God’s precious children — you and me. He preys on the ignorant, the weak and vulnerable. He lies, he tempts and he leads his victims to eternal damnation. The worst thing anyone could ever do to me would be to hurt one of my kids. Surely any loving parent would feel the same. How much more must our Heavenly Father be crushed when His own dear children are led astray and slaughtered.

Now, if you don’t know God and understand Scripture, I’m sure this sounds as ridiculous, as primitive and superstitious as tales of Greek mythology. But I assure you, the story is true. And frighteningly real. In our human arrogance, we think we have “evolved,” that our intellect has expanded and our knowledge increased. We think we understand things now, because we’ve opened our minds to an amazing “universal consciousness,” through the teachings of the New Age.

Of course, most everyone believes in a Creator, a higher power. The true atheist is rare, indeed. But those who practice “New Age Spirituality” believe that all paths lead to God. Like the spokes of a wheel, leading to a central point. All peoples of the earth have their own traditions, their own understandings of who God is. God reveals Himself to all of us in many different, but “loving” ways, and it is our job to find, and then embrace the path that “works” for us, …accepting that all people are given their own special path to God, the ‘Great Spirit’ — and each one is equally valid and true.

Do not judge anyone by the path they choose, because we are all “one,” we are all on this journey together, and regardless of how we choose to get there, we will all eventually take our own personal path and arrive at the center of the “wheel,” as long as we embrace this journey with love. We will all find God in our own way, and that’s ok.

Have you heard this before? These are the modern teachings of the “New Age.” This “New Age” spirituality manifests in many ways and goes by many names… but the root of all these false teachings is the same: Lucifer, Satan, the devil. Now, I am sure that statement sounds terribly narrow minded and exceedingly arrogant. But please, if you are as open minded and loving as you claim to be, my enlightened New Age friends, I challenge you to hear me out.

Many New Agers delight to find some secret knowledge, perhaps even “ancient” wisdom that the world has long forgotten. Perhaps ancient wisdom that has been suppressed by self-serving religious leaders (namely Christians) who have hidden this knowledge away to maintain their own power over the people. Now, New Agers revere all sorts of writings and books, and often the older a book of knowledge is, the better. Yet they will recoil at the thought of reading God’s Holy Word, the Bible, which, ironically, has been proven beyond the shadow of a doubt, to be the most reliable work of antiquity the world has ever seen. Friends, know this: just because the Bible is freely available and not some “secret, hidden thing” does not mean it is not true. It simply means that no matter how much Satan and evil men through the centuries have tried to destroy it, it is still here. Miraculously and lovingly preserved by God for all generations, so we can know Him in a personal way, …if we really want to.

The first incidence of Lucifer deceiving mankind was in the Garden of Eden. There, he approached Eve, the first woman, when her husband was not around. This is significant. I am not being a “male chauvinist” when I say that God’s plan for a man included protecting and defending his wife. Not because women are stupider or more incompetent than men. Because Satan specifically targets women for abuse and deception. He goes after them deliberately and intensely because he hates women. Why? Perhaps it has something to do with the fact that God’s Son, Jesus Christ, would be born of a woman. Scripture tells us that there is enmity between Satan and women. He hates them intensely and he targets them directly.

The first thing Lucifer did to deceive mankind was to get Eve to question and doubt God. The lure was the promise of becoming “like God” with great knowledge and wisdom. This is the same lie that is told today in the form of “New Age Spirituality” — some forms of this religion even promise that you can become your own god when you evolve high enough spiritually and are reincarnated enough times.

Ever wonder why, in our culture today, it is “cool” to talk about all kinds of religion and spirituality — EXCEPT Jesus? The daytime talk shows are replete with pagan spirituality. Wicca, Transcendental Meditation, Yoga, Gaia worship, along with channeling, reincarnation, shamanism, occultism. Anything goes. EXCEPT Jesus. And if they DO speak of Jesus, I guarantee it will be by a teacher or author with some “new” concept of God and Christ that goes directly AGAINST the teachings of Scripture. They will claim to have some profound new way of looking at God, some brilliant new enlightened insight, but it is a lie. You see, God doesn’t change, and Satan doesn’t care which god you worship, as long as it isn’t the real one.

The Bible tells us in 2nd Timothy that these false teachers will go after women specifically, just as Satan does. In Chapter 3, Verses 6 & 7 we have this: “They…worm their way into homes and gain control over gullible women, who are loaded down with sins and are swayed by all kinds of evil desires, always learning but never able to come to a knowledge of the truth.” Once again, I am not bashing women here, nor is God’s word. But it is significant that Oprah, Ellen and other shows of this nature are watched mostly by women. And the content of these shows is often glorifying of New Age, false spirituality, NEVER true Christianity. This is by design. Because Satan hates women and he targets them purposely. These women love this stuff, and if you are one of them, I dare say you find my message today particularly offensive and possibly even cruel. But just as the Scripture tells us, you love studying these alternative spiritual practices, don’t you? They challenge your mind and excite you. You find it fascinating. You can’t get enough. But read the Scripture again: These false teachers have wormed their way into your home; they have gained control over your thoughts and your mind so that you will reject the God of the Bible and believe it is really YOUR idea, making your own choice; just as the Scripture says, you are “always learning, but never able to come to a knowledge of the truth.” In short, biblical Christianity “doesn’t work” for you. You don’t get it.

Another great lie of the devil is that “all you need is love.” If your “spiritual path” is done in love, then it is peaceful, good, pure and right, and all such beautiful paths will take you ultimately to God. But this is contrary to the Bible. What did Jesus say? “I am the way, the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father, except by Me.” Since both concepts cannot be right, one must be wrong. The seeker sees two options: all paths are equally valid as long as they are loving. Except the Christian path, which is arrogant. Result: reject the Christian path… it is not loving or inclusive. Satan is big on counterfeit love. Currently, he is having a field day with the deception that “love is love” and that marriage can even be between two men or two women if that’s what you want; after all, if no one is hurt by it, why not?

This is another satanic deception. The theme of the Wiccan religion is: “if it hurts no one, do what you will.” Many of those practicing paganism and Wicca believe they are operating in love and benevolence. They see themselves as “good” witches, practicing “white” witchcraft. They really believe and embrace the freedom of, “if it hurt no one, do what you will.”

But have you heard of Aleister Crowley? He is one of the most famous satanists in history, and the author of the satanic “Book of the Law.” He channeled the book while on a trip to Egypt with his wife in 1904. While in a trance, he was given the words by a mysterious spirit who said, “I am the snake that giveth knowledge. To worship me, take wine and strange drugs whereof I will tell my prophet (Crowley)… and ‘Do what thou wilt’ shall be the whole of the law…”

And so here is the serpent, the snake, Lucifer, Satan admitting who he is. He comes promising to give knowledge. His succinct message: “Do what thou wilt.” To the Wiccans he says, “If it hurt no one, do what you will.” To Eve he said, “Did God really say…?” “You won’t surely die; for God knows that when you eat of it, your eyes will be opened and you will be like God, knowing good and evil.”

Satan is still promising to give knowledge and wisdom. He is still promising you can do as you please, that all paths lead to the same promise of god, and he even cloaks his demonic claws in a disguise of love. Scripture tells us he appears to us as an angel of light, so that we will believe him. If you’re caught up in strange spirituality that goes contrary to the Word of God, I challenge you to think on these things today. There is so much more to learn on this subject, and I will continue this teaching next time. Meanwhile, please, consider this: If what you THOUGHT you knew about your spirituality turned out to be WRONG, WHEN would you like to know?

Audio versions and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com. Ask for message number 152.

© 2017 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved




The people’s president, Donald J. Trump

President Donald J. Trump’s Inauguration Speech

What an amazing day for America! The media and politicos said he couldn’t do it, and he did! He did it in spades…he won massively. Why? Because the grassroots Americans came out and voted for the brilliant businessman who spoke their same language.

Our 45th President was sworn in with his hand on the Bible given to him as a child by his mother upon his graduation from Sunday Church Primary School in 1955, and beneath it was the Bible of Abraham Lincoln. 

Our first non-globalist President in decades said, “A new vision will govern our land, it’s going to be America first!” And it’s because he has a connection with the working families of America, more than any other candidate who has run for decades…he’s a blue-collar billionaire. He knows the pain we’ve suffered with free-trade, foreign labor, taxes, Islamic refugees, and illegal immigration.

Donald J. Trump said we’re a nation protected by God. He talked about people in Detroit or Nebraska going to bed at night and feeling safe and blessed. He assured us that we are protected by our great military and law enforcement, and most importantly we are protected by God. He said that no matter our color, black, brown, or white, we all bleed red.

The Inauguration Speech

Short as the speech was, it nevertheless was power packed. Trump reiterated his campaign promises. And when he spoke, you knew the globalists were cringing. Our socialist media called it radical, but our new President was speaking directly to the people who elected him.

My dear UK friend, Shirley Edwards, who also writes for NewsWithViews, wrote a great note to me and our publisher. Here’s a portion of what she said…

I just wanted to let you both know that some of us Brits are standing with America today and praying for God to bless your new president.

I have just watched the speech, thought it was wonderful, and even stood up in my living room for the anthem.

What a relief when the helicopter took off with Obama. 

I felt his speech contained a lot of hope, and he brought back strength, dignity and grace to America. I also loved the prayers and that God was brought right back to the forefront.

He never wavered and stood strong, whilst all those twitching globalists sat around him. I enjoyed watching them look uncomfortable.

The comment about our twitching globalists had me laughing because she hit the nail on the head! Especially when it came to “We now have no hope,” Michelle Obama.

Tears of Joy

Unlike other inaugurals, this one was something special. You could feel the emotion of the people, not only those who gathered in DC, but all of us around the country who supported our new President. It’s because so many of us felt so passionate about this man. We cried, we prayed, and we laughed.

I watched the entire day, all through the parade, and to the Liberty and Freedom Ball where our new President and his beautiful wife took to the dance floor to Frank Sinatra’s, “I Did It My Way.” How perfect!

Anarchists

During the entire inauguration, there were only pockets of demonstrators. Media reported 10 or 15 people here and there.

Jeanine Pirro interviewed Chris Cox, head of Bikers for Trump, and he stated that he engaged several protestors because of their aggressive behavior. He asked them, “Is anyone here being paid by George Soros, raise your hand?” “All 15 of the guys with their ski masks on raised their hands.” Cox stated that they actually engaged about five different protestors and they came out on the short end of the stick. He said, “One guy had his earring knocked right out of his nose after spitting and throwing his middle finger at the biker’s face, and the police talked to him, and later he said, ‘Okay sir.’”

However, following the inauguration, protesters started a fire on the street, burning what appeared to be garbage and a plastic newspaper stand. These were not protestors, but black masked anarchists, who were destroying private property, breaking windows of Starbucks, McDonalds and the Bank of America. These were the same people paid by the likes of the Socialist left and George Soros who destroyed Ferguson, Missouri and Baltimore, Maryland.

 

Socialist Media

At Obama’s last press conference, he told the media not to be sycophants, to be skeptics! So, despite being his sycophants, he now wants them to be skeptics with Trump, as though they haven’t railed against Trump since he announced his candidacy.

Communist News Network (CNN) host, Wolf Blitzer asked his audience, “What if an incoming president and his immediate successors were wiped out on day one?” In CNN’s analysis, most of the people who would take over in the worst-case scenario would keep the Obama administration in power, at least indirectly. This hostile and antagonistic leftist was whistling for the loons to do what Blitzer was questioning.

CNN contributor Marc Lamont Hill says that only “mediocre Negros” support Donald Trump, this just one day after the President-Elect met with Martin Luther King the 3rd, son of Martin Luther King Jr., the famous Civil Rights leader. Media analyst Mark Dice has the story. There were many black Americans who attended the inauguration, two of whom drove all the way from Alaska to be there. I highly doubt they’d consider themselves “mediocre Negroes.” The same goes for wonderful Republican conservative and pro-life activist, Alveda King, who is the niece of Martin Luther King.

Talladega College’s marching band received more than three times what it needed to get to Washington, D.C., for President-elect Donald Trump’s inauguration celebrations. The historic black college in Alabama needed to raise $75,000 for travel, lodging and other expenses. Through a GoFundMe page, more than 7,600 people donated $420,000 in just 13 days. These are not “mediocre Negroes,” they are proud young Americans who were overjoyed to march in Donald J. Trump’s inauguration parade.

Shameful Behavior

Unable to admit defeat nationwide, and unable to accept the rejection of their entire globalist plans, the Democratic Socialists stooped to childish and unpatriotic behavior, ignoring their Constitutional oath to our representative Republic and their own constituents. Their world has been turned upside down because an outsider destroyed them, and is on his way to destroying their globalist plans and Socialist media. Their actions are those of childish spoiled losers.

Sixty-Seven Democrat Representatives refused to go to the inauguration of our 45th President, failing miserably to accept the peaceful transition of power. The majority of them are from the Socialist blue state of California. [Link

In a shameful act of political theatre on a day designed to be non-partisan and uniting for America, Representative John Lewis refused to attend the inauguration claiming he’s never missed one during his three decades of public service. He even stated Trump was an illegitimate president because of Russian hackers, of which there is absolutely no proof, and is fake news. Problem is, Lewis was lying. He said and did exactly the same thing with George W. Bush’s inauguration. Adding to the fact that he lied, he has also allegedly failed to pay taxes on his pricey DC townhouse. Voter ID would stop it…it’s all insanity.

Only two nominees have been confirmed so far, Generals Mattis and Kelly. The Democrat Senators and many of the left leaning Republicans are childishly immature and whiny over every confirmation. They are purposely slowing the process when they know they don’t have the votes to derail Trump’s choices. Obama had six nominees and George W. seven nominees confirmed the day of their inauguration.

Senator Cruz Excoriates Democrats

During Senator Jeff Sessions’ Attorney-General confirmation hearing, Senator Ted Cruz pointed out numerous Democratic hypocrisies that have been manifested in the past few years and during the hearing. Democrats on the committee, especially Dianne Feinstein, had been grilling Sessions on whether he would uphold abortion laws if he becomes Attorney General. Senator Patrick Leahy interrogated Sessions on LGBT rights, questioning whether Sessions would uphold civil rights laws as Attorney General.

But did the Democrats care when Obama routinely flouted the law? We know the answer, and Ted Cruz wasn’t having any of it, and shot back. This is a must see video to truly understand how bad and hypocritical the Democrats are.

I’m not a fan of Senator Cruz, but he did a great job with this, even if he was rebuilding his own reputation after the RNC Convention. Credit where credit is due.

Tolerance Only Applies to Leftists

We’ve got the so-called tolerant leftists of Hollywood applying pressure to anyone who meets with President Trump. Of course, their tolerance is only for those who spew the same doctrines they believe in. The real fear of the globalist Socialist left is that our new President will succeed, and sadly, even half the Republicans feel the same way. The Socialist left is already feeling their irrelevance, and with Trump in our White House, they’re more than afraid for their futures. [Link]

The Democrats have made fools of themselves by not showing up at the inauguration, and Hollywood has made fools of themselves by thinking we care one whit what they think about their liberal politics. Hopefully, Trump supporters will stop going to their movies.

We Won, Get Over It

Look you sniveling Socialists, we suffered through eight years of one of the worst Marxist and pro-Islamic presidents this country has ever seen. We never rioted, we never destroyed towns, we never marched and burned. We dealt with it. You need to now do the same.

I think you all conveniently forget that race relations were far better prior to Barack Hussein Obama. He has put us back farther than the 1950s. Remember Ferguson and Baltimore, both were created by Obama’s own actions and inactions.

Don’t forget Fast and Furious where to this day, more than 1,000 guns remain missing as a result of this scandal. 

How about Benghazi, where other countries withdrew their diplomatic presence from the region, but Secretary of State Hillary Clinton forced Americans to stay in a compound that did not have adequate security measures. She also ignored multiple requests for additional security from Stevens in the final moments of his life while he and his companions were in the midst of a deadly terror attack.

And how about when Obama pretended the massive Louisiana oil spill wasn’t happening and headed off to vacation. Remember when eleven Deepwater workers died, and Governor Jindal declared an emergency? 

What about the Hurricane tragedy in Louisiana? Trump was there, Hillary and Obama were nowhere in sight.

Obama took two weeks to visit San Bernardino after terrorists killed 14 people, and how about calling Ft. Hood “Islamic terrorism,” instead of “workplace violence.” In February of 1992, Donald J. Atwood, deputy secretary of defense under President George H.W. Bush, signed Department of Defense (DoD) Directive 5210.56, making military bases gun free zones. God help us…why???

And don’t forget Orlando, Florida, where a Muslim convert murdered 50 folks in a gay bar, and Obama said it was because of gun violence and homegrown terrorism. Right Obama!

What about the rollout of Obamacare…nationalized healthcare that destroyed our chances of keeping our doctors, our health insurance, and now soaring costs and huge deductibles? It is so much more now that many cannot pay the premiums, and we have death panels, and a website that never worked properly because Michelle Obama’s Princeton friend was given the contract.

I suppose too that the leftists think it’s just swell that Obama’s tax collectors targeted conservative groups and got away with it.

 

What about unlimited immigration, Obama’s lack of seriousness about terrorism, his release of Islamic terrorists from Gitmo, his Iran deal and giveaway of billions of dollars to the number one terrorist promoting country in the world, our national debt doubled under Obama, his permanent changes to society, his packing the courts with leftists, his lack of care for our veterans, and on and on.

Our New President

Donald J. Trump is the 45th President of the United States of America because we were sick of decades of leftists on both sides of the aisle, and Barack Hussein Obama was the catalyst that put us over the edge. In rode Donald Trump on a white horse to save the day, and the American grassroots rallied to support him. It’s up to us to help him reach the goals he’s promised, and that means we must be in the war with him. The battle has just begun! So, Dear Lord, give our President protection, strength and Your Wisdom!




You will either be bitter or better

I recently went against my vow to not attend a Hollywood movie because of the unrelenting bias against everything good and decent exhibited by most those who are involved in the movie industry. But being a lover of history, especially when it involves stories of ordinary people that accomplish extraordinary goals in spite what appears to be impossible odds to overcome.

The curiosity bug got the best of me. So as the old saying goes, never say never. So I gave in and agreed to go see the movie Hidden figures along with my wife who had been enthusiastically looking forward to viewing the feature film. I must admit that my interest in the movie was aroused over the true story nature content.

Hidden figures is an incredible story about to say the very least. Three outstanding Americans who only happened to be black and decided not to allow any barriers to prevent them from succeeding. They relied on both their own determination and Providential guidance. The phenomenal untold story of mathematicians Katherine G. Johnson, Dorothy Vaughan and Mary Jackson working for NASA at a time when black men were not even hired there to sweep floors in nothing short of miraculous.

The ladies served as the real brains behind one of the greatest adventures ever. It was the launch of astronaut John Glenn into orbit around earth. It was a stunning achievement that renewed our republic’s confidence, turned around the space race and galvanized the world. The visionary never give up trio overcame every Virginia democrat party racist inspired act of bigotry. Despite the unending insults and unwarranted indignities, the three women overcame trials and inspired generations to dream big. They showed us all how to never succumb to the sick desires of those who want to see people fail.

The movie headliners, Taraji P. Hensen as Katherine G. Johnson, Octavia Spencer as Dorothy Vaughan and Jannelle Monae’ as Mary Jackson and their supporting cast reminded me of worthy advice my Dad gave to me when I was a little boy suffering from severe asthma and struggling physically. He said: ‘son you can overcome and find a way win this battle of illness.” Little did I know while struggling to draw breath that I would one day overcome the asthma and obtain a high level of physical fitness, that I still maintain today.

When I turn on the tele and view mobs of brutish Americans and illegal immigrants mixed in for good measure grumbling about whatever issue their paymaster George Soros has them focused on, I have great concern for our republic.

But while I was watching the Hidden Figures movie, I could not help but be inspired to fight harder to succeed in what is my calling and purpose. Without giving away too much of the movie details, I am amazed at how those three pioneers and coworkers never allowed bitterness to overtake their lives and inhibit their ability to turn evil setbacks into advancements.
The crybabies of today fail to realize that as my Dad explained to me, life is a series of challenges no matter your station in life. I marvel at how those ladies chose greatness over America hating bitterness. In addition they didn’t run around complaining to whomever would listen either. Complaining doesn’t really help anyway. The Biblical definition of complaining means to be left behind. Most of the street complainers are literally left behind economically, intellectually and spiritually.

The ladies featured in Hidden Figures seemed to understand something I came to realize years ago. Despite the awful treatment they endured, they were still blessed to be in the United States where there were great opportunities worth fighting for. Not many nations back then or even today offer opportunities for even the more privileged citizens such as those in caste system nations like India during the 1960s.

Have you noticed how in today’s America certain people exaggerate problems and make authentic situations much worse for others by trying to destroy businesses, block traffic and ruin public spaces. The difference between people like those great ladies of NASA who fought the right way to obtain an authentic life of success and were prepared for opportunities and achieved greatness and the gruesome progressive gumps of today is astronomical. The rioters of today do not have a real leg to stand on when they yelp about oppression except maybe if they would refer to the economic oppression of eight years of the Obama administration. Obama’s policies destroyed or diminished economic opportunities for most Americans.

The big culprit in the inability of people today to comprehend or care about authentic issues like the three ladies of NASA could is the government school system. It has seriously damaged the capacity of many people to comprehend right from wrong, up from down or in some cases they prefer evil over good, while pretending to be standing up for “justice.” In fact the so-called victims of today cannot perceive reality while many collect paychecks from George Soros to help create bigger problems than the ones they complain about.

I am thankful that God has heard the prayers of millions of Americans over the past few years and has mercifully allowed a serious chance for the restoration of American greatness, power leadership in the world as a land of opportunity for all who desire to be all that God has called us to be. Thank you Katherine G. Jackson, Dorothy Vaughan and Janelle Monae’ for showing us how to overcome evil without becoming evil yourselves. God Bless You, God Bless America and May America Bless God. Please join me Tuesdays & Thursdays at 5:06 AM and Saturdays at 4:06 AM on The Captain’s America Third Watch nationwide via flagship station AM 860 WGUL Tampa, Florida or www.am860theanswer.com

Don’t miss a page from The Edwards Notebook commentary overnights on the Captain’s America-Third Watch, simply the best Live overnight radio show broadcasting across the United States from flagship radio station AM 860 The Answer. Also via the internet on Conservative radio, iHeart, Freedom in America Radio, Net Talk World and more.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved




Fourty-four years and sixty million dead babies

Last Sunday, January 22, was the forty-fourth anniversary of the Roe v Wade and Doe v Bolton Supreme Court decisions legalizing abortion-on-demand. Since those dreadful decisions, nearly sixty million helpless, innocent unborn babies have been mercilessly slaughtered in the wombs of their mothers.

Think about it: an American fifty years of age or younger has no conscious recollection of a country where abortion-on-demand was NOT legal. And the truth is, both major parties and the vast majority of America’s pastors and churches are equally culpable for this slaughter of innocents.

The Republican Party touts itself as being “pro-life.” The claim is so much hot air. The GOP controlled the entire federal government for six of G.W. Bush’s eight years in office. They did nothing about Roe. This in spite of the fact that every year Congressman Ron Paul would introduce the “Sanctity of Life” Act; and every year the GOP leadership in Congress let the bill collect dust in the document room and die. And President Bush never once voiced his support for the bill. NOT ONCE. The bill was never voted on by a congressional committee, much less by the Congress as a whole.

Had Dr. Paul’s bill become law it would have 1) defined life as beginning at conception, and 2) under Article. III. Section. 2. of the U.S. Constitution, completely removed abortion from the jurisdiction of the Court, thereby overturning Roe v Wade. All of this talk about “nothing can be done about abortion-on-demand until some magical configuration of the Supreme Court” is just smoke and mirrors. Congress and the President could end abortion-on-demand anytime they wanted to. Plus, never forget that the Supreme Court has been dominated by Republican appointments ever since the Roe decision in 1973–and still nothing. NOTHING!

To add insult to injury, these national “pro-life” organizations like the “National Right To Life Committee,” “Focus On The Family,” and the “U.S. Conference of Catholic Bishops”–and their affiliates at the State level–have consistently OPPOSED Dr. Paul’s “Sanctity of Life” Act and State personhood bills. Their reasoning goes something like this: “Since it was a Supreme Court ruling that instituted abortion-on-demand, we must wait for the U.S. Supreme Court to issue a ruling reversing the decision.” Such reasoning is Balderdash!

In 1857, the Supreme Court issued a ruling that African slaves were “so far inferior, that they had no rights which the white man was bound to respect; and that the Negro might justly and lawfully be reduced to slavery for his benefit. He was bought and sold, and treated as an ordinary article of merchandise and traffic, whenever a profit could be made by it.”

Now please tell me, when was the Dred Scott decision EVER reversed by the Supreme Court? It wasn’t! The Supreme Court NEVER reversed the Dred Scott decision. It was reversed by the passage of the 14th Amendment in 1868. And as you know, a constitutional amendment is an act of the U.S. Congress proposing and the individual states approving an amendment. In other words, the Supreme Court wasn’t involved in the remedy AT ALL.

It is the responsibility of each branch of Congress to serve as a check and balance to the other two branches. In other words, when the Supreme Court issues an unconstitutional ruling (which the Roe and Doe decisions certainly were), it is the duty of the other two branches, especially Congress, to correct the abridgments of the judicial branch. Why else would Article. III. Section. 2. (along with other provisions) even be in the U.S. Constitution? To suggest that the Supreme Court is the final arbiter of the Constitution is antithetical to the sacrosanct doctrine of the separation of powers, which America is founded on.

I submit that if the Supreme Court is the lone arbiter of the Constitution, the oaths that a President and members of Congress take to “preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of the United States” are absolutely moot and meaningless. Why take an oath to something you have no obligation to or responsibility for? If the Supreme Court alone is the arbiter of the Constitution, the other two branches of government are totally unnecessary.

Here is what Thomas Jefferson wrote regarding this fallacious doctrine of judicial supremacy:

“The Constitution . . . meant that its coordinate branches should be checks on each other. But the opinion which gives to the judges the right to decide what laws are constitutional and what not, not only for themselves in their own sphere of action but for the Legislature and Executive also in their spheres, would make the Judiciary a despotic branch.” (Thomas Jefferson to Abigail Adams, 1804)

“The question whether the judges are invested with exclusive authority to decide on the constitutionality of a law has been heretofore a subject of consideration with me in the exercise of official duties. Certainly there is not a word in the Constitution which has given that power to them more than to the Executive or Legislative branches.” (Thomas Jefferson to W. H. Torrance, 1815)

“In denying the right [the Supreme Court usurps] of exclusively explaining the Constitution . . . then indeed is our Constitution a complete [act of suicide]. For intending to establish three departments, coordinate and independent, that they might check and balance one another, it has given, according to this opinion, to one of them alone the right to prescribe rules for the government of the others, and to that one, too, which is unelected by and independent of the nation. . . . The Constitution on this hypothesis is a mere thing of wax in the hands of the judiciary, which they may twist and shape into any form they please.” (Thomas Jefferson to Spencer Roane, 1819)

“To consider the judges as the ultimate arbiters of all constitutional questions [is] a very dangerous doctrine indeed, and one which would place us under the despotism of an oligarchy. Our judges are as honest as other men and not more so. They have with others the same passions for party, for power, and the privilege of their corps. . . . And their power the more dangerous as they are in office for life and not responsible, as the other functionaries are, to the elective control. The Constitution has erected no such single tribunal, knowing that to whatever hands confided, with the corruptions of time and party, its members would become despots. It has more wisely made all the departments co-equal and co-sovereign within themselves.” (Thomas Jefferson to William C. Jarvis, 1820)

These so-called pro-life organizations have been waiting around for forty-four years for the magical configuration of the Supreme Court to reverse Roe. And in the meantime, nearly sixty million unborn babies have died. And again, I remind you that the Republican Party has dominated the appointments to the Supreme Court during the years following the Roe and Doe decisions in 1973–and continue to dominate the makeup of the Court today.

Also digest this: these national “pro-life” organizations commonly have retirement benefits built into the contracts of their staff. What does that tell you? It tells you that these organizations have no intention or expectation of Roe being reversed. I personally believe these “pro-life” groups care NOTHING about ending abortion, because if that actually happened, they wouldn’t be able to continue to suck millions of dollars annually from pro-life Christians and conservatives and, thus, keep their plush jobs intact.

At the national and State levels, these so-called pro-life organizations lobby AGAINST personhood bills and bills such as Ron Paul’s “Sanctity of Life” Act. They–as much as liberal Democrats–are responsible for our federal and State legislatures doing NOTHING to reverse Roe. Legislators like it because it allows them to tout themselves as being “pro-life” to their constituents back home without sticking their necks out, and “pro-life” organizations like it because it allows them to keep up their fundraising efforts–which allows them to stay employed in a cushy lobbying job without having to produce anything.

This past Sunday, I brought a message to our fellowship entitled “I Formed Thee In The Belly,” taken from the first chapter of Jeremiah. Let me ask you: how many pastors across the country even bothered to address the Roe decision this past Sunday? How many bothered to bring a detailed exegesis on what the Bible teaches regarding the right to life, when life begins, and God’s laws and principles regarding the killing of unborn children? Come on, be honest. How many of you who attended church last Sunday heard more than a two-minute soundbite about abortion–if even a mention at all?

To watch my message from last Sunday, go here: “I Formed Thee In The Belly”

I also have a video presentation entitled “The Case For The Life Of The Unborn.” And should you order the video, we will also give you a printed copy of President Ronald Reagan’s masterful treatise, “Abortion And The Conscious Of The Nation.”

To order this video, go here:

Combo: “The Case For The Life Of The Unborn” DVD Message By Dr. Chuck Baldwin And “Abortion And The Conscience Of The Nation” Treatise By President Ronald Reagan

I urge you to share this video with your friends and kinfolk. And don’t assume for one minute that your Christian friends and relatives understand the scriptural teaching about abortion. According to recent surveys, some 70% of the women and girls who have abortions identify themselves as Christians; and some 40% of the women and girls who have abortions attend church regularly. What does that tell you? It tells you that pastors are doing a lousy job of teaching their churches the core principles of Biblical Natural Law truth.

I dare suggest that a majority of professing Christians have never heard the material presented in the videos mentioned above. Who knows? These messages might help save a baby’s life. If pastors were preaching the truth, the lives of untold numbers of babies could be saved.

In my message last Sunday, I read a letter from a lady who told me that after watching my messages at Liberty Fellowship that explain the Biblical position of abortion, she pleaded with her pregnant daughter to not abort her child after being told that the baby might have Downs Syndrome. The mother was able to help the daughter come to understand the issue, and, thankfully, the daughter made the decision to not abort the baby. Today that child (yes, it has Downs) is home and being raised by a loving mother and grandmother. And both mother and grandmother say the child is “God’s perfect gift to us.”

You and I both know that the only reason the slaughter of innocents has gone on this long in our country is because the vast majority of pastors and churches are completely silent and apathetic on the subject. Pastors and churches are the nation’s moral compass and conscience, and when they are indifferent to a national moral crisis, the nation itself (especially our politicians) remains indifferent.

Culpability for the slaughter of millions of unborn babies lies on the doorstep of the American church and clergy, on the doorstep of the so-called pro-life organizations, and on the doorstep of the Republican Party as much as on the doorsteps of Supreme Court justices and liberal Democrats who openly supported (and continue to support) legalized abortion.

Yes, I know that President Donald Trump issued an Executive Order reinstating the “Mexico City Policy” that denies U.S. taxpayer funds for overseas abortions. I applaud that decision. (I like all of the executive orders I have seen that Trump has issued so far.) However, I will add: if Donald Trump truly wanted to start draining the swamp, he would stop ALL foreign aid–including aid to Israel. In the meantime, I remind you that the reinstatement of the “Mexico City Policy” does NOTHING to stop a single abortion here in the United States.

Just like in the Bush II presidency, the Republican Party will completely control the entire federal government for the next four years. How many of you want to wager that four years from now the Roe decision will be overturned and abortion-on-demand made illegal in this country again?

The famed French political thinker and historian, Alexis De Tocqueville, said this about our country: “America is great because she is good. If America ceases to be good, America will cease to be great.” As long as the U.S. is aborting almost 4,000 unborn babies EVERY DAY, she is NOT good.

I don’t care how many walls Donald Trump builds; I don’t care how many jobs Donald Trump brings back; I don’t care how many wars Donald Trump fights on behalf of Benjamin Netanyahu. As long as America continues to legally sanction the wanton killing of unborn babies, God’s judgment against this country will continue.

[If you appreciate this column and want to help me distribute these editorial opinions to an ever-growing audience, donations may now be made by credit card, check, or Money Order. Use this link.]

[I also have many books and DVDs available for purchase online. Go to Chuck Baldwin Live Store]

© 2017 Chuck Baldwin – All Rights Reserved




America’s enemies on parade

As the 45th President and Vice President of the United States were sworn into office, America’s enemies within took to the streets and it was pure evil and ignorance on parade. From DisrputJ20 to the so-called “women’s rights” advocates, the enemies within could not wait to demonstrate just how messed up many in American society are after decades of leftist indoctrination.

The protesters for peace were anything but peaceful. The young and foolish who worry that “Trump will destroy America” were busy destroying America themselves, as they broke out windows of retail stores, office buildings and hotels. These are not protesters, they are pure anarchists.

They claim to be protesting the election and inauguration of Donald Trump. But why? On what basis were these indoctrinated, trained, funded and mobilized malcontents protesting a man who has never done anything to deserve such hate and fearmongering?

In cities across America and as far away as Madrid, women were out in force to protest someone they clearly know nothing about. What was it about his inaugural speech that set them in motion? What caused these women to identify themselves as mere vaginas? Who is behind the so-called women’s rights operation? Why were they protesting Donald Trump?

Do these protesters (aka anarchists) object to Trump’s foundational promises? – “We, the citizens of America, are now joined in a great national effort to rebuild our country and restore its promise for all of our people.” Do they not include themselves as “citizens of America?”

Was it this? – “Today’s ceremony, however, has very special meaning because today, we are not merely transferring power from one administration to another or from one party to another, but we are transferring power from Washington, D.C. and giving it back to you, the people.” – Do they not include themselves among “the people” to whom Trump promised to return governmental powers?

Why do these so-called protesters object to such all-American ideas?

Why are anarchists protesting “the power of the people” responsible for the Trump Revolution, in favor of tyrannical central power in D.C. under Obama’s pen? Why are women displaying themselves as nothing but a vagina complete with “p**syhats” – demanding their right as women, to become men, to kill their young, to destroy the family unit and the basic fabric of any decent society?

As a man, I would never wear a penis hat anywhere I wanted to be taken seriously!

Why is a woman in Madrid flashing her breasts in public, calling for all women to “grab patriarchy by the balls?” Is Trump the new president of Madrid? Why did Madonna threaten to “blow up the White House” as women cheered her on? Blow up the White House? For what possible reason?

Contrast with Obama never-ending self-adulation, Trump was saying “It belongs to everyone gathered here today and everyone watching all across America. This is your day. This is your celebration. And this, the United States of America, is your country.” Why did this upset Americas enemies within?

Trump was elected based on specific promises he appears on his way to keeping. Which of those promises is causing this backlash from the media, women and anarchist kids?

• We, the citizens of America, are now joined in a great national effort to rebuild our country and restore its promise for all of our people.
• For too long, a small group in our nation’s capital has reaped the rewards of government while the people have borne the cost. Washington flourished, but the people did not share in its wealth. Politicians prospered, but the jobs left and the factories closed.
• What truly matters is not which party controls our government, but whether our government is controlled by the people.
• January 20th, 2017 will be remembered as the day the people became the rulers of this nation again.
• The forgotten men and women of our country will be forgotten no longer.
• At the center of this movement is a crucial conviction, that a nation exists to serve its citizens.
• We will follow two simple rules; buy American and hire American.

Or was it this promise that upset the snowflakes? “From this day forward, it’s going to be only America first, America first.”

Only anti-American zealots here or around the globe would object to anything Trump has promised to do over the coming four years. There is nothing in Trump’s campaign promises or Inaugural statements that any true American or real woman should or would find objectional.

Enemies within

What rights do men have in America that women don’t have? How can women pretend to be a minority interest when they make up a majority of American citizens, 52% to be exact? What anarchist would find objection with Trump’s promise to return our Federal Government to – of, by and for all Americans?

Why do these anti-American zealots refer to our Constitutional Republic as a mere mob rule democracy, and then act out in totally undemocratic manner and method, opposing a democratic election process?

These people are not just enemies of Donald Trump. They are enemies of all Americans and all American principles and values. They are anti-American at their core and foundation.

Besides the right to be men, marry each other and kill American children for their own convenience, what do the women in this movement really stand for? Women are born in control of “reproductive rights.” 99.9% of the time, violent rape being the exception, women control all reproductive rights with a simple YES or NO. Men cannot bear children without them… Nor can women bear children without men.

So, what is this really all about?

Just as the left did with minority race groups, minority gender and sexual preference groups and unionized labor have been tricked, coopted, indoctrinated, trained, funded and mobilized to oppose all foundational American principles and values in the name of their special interest items, so have a significant number of women in America been hijacked.

In the late 60s and early 70s, a group of anti-American terrorists operating under Weather Underground issued an operational manifesto titled Prairie Fire, written about extensively in a FIVE STAR book about the 2016 people’s revolt against the establishment, TRUMPED The New American Revolution.

Prairie Fire lays out the strategic plan of the anti-imperialist global left to hijack and co-opt every minority special interest group in America and use them to destroy America from within by simply indoctrinating these groups against American principles and values and convincing them that the political left is working for them… when in fact, they had all of these groups working for their cause, global Marxism in America.

Today, some call it progressive, but there is nothing progressive about Democratic Socialism, a modern term for Marxism, a gentler term for communism.

The people rioting in the streets over the past few days are not anti-Trump. They are anti-America… They do not believe in or support a constitutional inalienable right to Life. They do not believe in or support freedom or individual liberty. They do not support the right of every American citizen to define and pursue happiness under their own dreams and energies… They do not believe in a morally and ethically fit society capable of self-governance… They oppose ALL these things, openly!

It is these things they protest, not Trump. Trump is the target simply because he has proclaimed these things as the foundation of his personal beliefs, his campaign and his administration. They hate Trump simply because he has taken a stand for these things…

Everyone who voted for Trump believes in those same principles and values… which makes the anarchists in our streets, enemies to us all.
When will the Americans who oppose all of these anti-American zealots rise up and shut them down? When will we stop them from destroying our cities, our people and our country? When will enough be enough?

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved




Politically correct sin

A group of twenty of my buddies and I just returned from Washington DC where we spent the weekend engaging folks with the Gospel of the Kingdom of God. Despite what you might have heard the Inauguration and parade was a very peaceful and inspiring event. Although there were episodes of violence initiated by the anarchists, they had very little impact on what was actually happening on the National Mall or along the parade route.
Now the Million Feminazi March on Saturday was another story. Femininity was in short supply but it does seem as if the women who attended have been successful in attaining their main goals. They claim to want to be treated equally with men and from what I witnessed I would have to say that they have been very successful.

Their goals can be whittled down two issues. They want to be free to act as vulgar and nasty as men, and they want to have sex without any consequences. Their foul mouth and vulgar signs accomplished the first goal, while abortion secures the second. Women love sex. And just like men they want to be free to sleep around.

We are watching the suicide of womanhood.

Our goal in travelling to Washington was to awaken the conscience of a nation to how comfortable we have become with sin. The failure of the church to call out sin has led to an epidemic of it in our nation. Calling certain behaviors sin is not a very popular activity these days and is sure to draw the ire of both sinners and saints in today’s who-are-you-to-judge culture.

So we created a T-Shirt that all of our guys wore when we journeyed to the parades. They were the single greatest Gospel-conversation starter I have ever used.

On the Front the shirts said TRUTH SOUNDS LIKE HATE. The back of the shirt declared JESUS IS THE JUDGE and then listed some of the most prominent sins in America. Take a look and I’ll explain how they work.

One of the most common retorts we hear when we are ministering on the streets is YOU GUYS ARE HATERS!! We simply point to the front of the shirt and smile. TRUTH SOUNDS LIKE HATE.

The next volley they fire is WHO ARE YOU TO JUDGE? We simply turn around and show them the back of the shirt which declares that Jesus has already passed judgment…therefore…

• ABORTION IS MURDER
• HOMOSEXUALITY IS SIN
• ISLAM IS A LIE
• EVOLUTION IS A DELUSION
• FEMINISM IS REBELLION
• LIBERALISM IS FALSE RELIGION
• CONSERVATISM IS PRETEND SALT
The shirts led to hundreds of Gospel conversations and hundreds of cell phone pictures. The average person is not used to such straight-forward communications.

Donald Trump has driven a stake through the heart of Political Correctness. It is time for Christians to unashamedly declare the Truth of the Bible. The acceptance of sin IN THE CHURCH has caused the average Christian to become “good for nothing except to trodden under the foot of man.” Only a return to calling sin by its real name will allow the Spirit of Truth to penetrate the heart of the sinner. They don’t call the Bible the “SWORD OF THE SPIRIT” for nothing.”

It is time for an end to politically correct sin. The Bible uses the term Sodomy…not Gay. It calls sleeping around fornication. Telling an untruth is not misspeaking, it is lying. The killing of an unborn baby is murder, not choice.

As is often the case the ones who take the most offense to our shirts are church goers who tell us that we should “love the sinner but hate the sin.” That sounds nice, but that was a quote that came from Gandhi…not Jesus.

The Bible tells us that we “shall know the Truth and the Truth shall make us free.” Why are we so afraid to speak the Truth? Why do we want to soften the message and use politically correct words to describe what the Bible calls sin? Why do we want to turn the salt of the earth into sugar?

What is written on the front of the shirt is only part of the message. As we found out again this weekend in DC…The Truth Is Hate To Those Who Hate The Truth.

Jesus is the Truth. It is time we started calling things the way HE sees them.

If you are courageous enough to wear one you can get a shirt of your own by going to https://coachdavelive.com/donate.

Jesus is the Judge. Truth only sounds like hate. Only the truth will set others free.

© 2017 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved




This is our chance

Within mere seconds of Donald Trump’s swearing-in as president last week, all references—repeat, all—to Climate Change/Global Warming/Whatevuh were deleted from the official White House website. Adios, sayonara, don’t let the door hit you in the kiester on your way out. In the words of John Coleman, founder of the Weather Channel: “Hooray!”

This is the kind of shot across the bows that also takes off the prow of the ship. This is a declaration of war on the whole one-world, globalist, far-left utopian project. There is wailing and gnashing of teeth in Davos. John Kerry is in sackcloth and ashes—or would be, if he knew what it was.

A year ago, it would have all been inconceivable. We, the people, were licked. Sure, we kept electing Republicans to Congress, because they promised to stop Obama—and then they didn’t. They sat there dremmeling while the Far Left tore open our southern border, ordered little girls’ bathrooms opened to grown men, betrayed our allies while aiding and comforting our enemies, and did everything in its power to “fundamentally transform” this country into a Third World hellhole. Who could stop them?

Well, we did. We, the unwashed, the deplorables, the bitter clingers, the lowly peasants of flyover country. All it took was just one leader, just one—Donald Trump, of all people—to stand up to the monster and say, “No!” Something that regular Republicans just couldn’t do. And all he had to do was beat the Democrats, the Republican establishment, the entire nooze media, Hollywood, the entire “education” establishment, the labor unions, and the international whoopee crowd.

And so he did. Because we, the undefended regular people of America, we, the despised, stood by him. No matter what they threw at him, they couldn’t take him down—because God gave him the courage and we stood by him.

Some of us don’t yet understand what we’ve won. This is the Day of Liberation. It’s gonna take some time for that to sink in.

That’s why Trump’s instantaneous disowning of Climate Change was so important. “Save The Planet” was the best excuse the secular utopians ever cooked up, an excuse for doing virtually anything. “Climate Change” was supposed to scare the whole world into subservience. And so arrogant, so sure of themselves were they, the globalists, that they paraded their private jets, their limousines, their mansions, their posh vacations and all the rest of it—like 19th-century maharajahs pondering down the street on jeweled elephants, they paraded their power and wealth right up into our noses. They hardly even bothered to conceal the lies, the cheating, the intimidation of their critics. Why should they? The media was on their side.

“Save The Planet” was supposed to give them everything they’d ever dreamed of—government meddling in every aspect of human life, taxation like you’ve never seen before, suppression of dissent on a global scale, and, ultimately, a world government with themselves, the enlightened ones, towering over the defenseless masses. All for our own good, of course.

That’s what the Climate Change scam was supposed to give them—but our new president said “No!” Boy, are they going to have a terribly difficult time trying to carry out their little project without the participation of the world’s largest and most advanced economy. And every populist hero and heroine in the rest of the world is going to be thinking, from now on, “If Donald Trump can do it, why can’t we?” Go, go, go, Marine Le Pen!

This is what we have to understand. Against all the odds, against all expectation, we suddenly have a God-given opportunity to crush liberalism in America. We now have a president who’s more than willing to do it. He will need the cooperation of the Republicans in Congress, and it’s our job, as voters, to scare them into giving it.

For it turns out that the Left is not as powerful as they thought it was, the movie stars are not as well-loved as they think they are—how easily we could replace them!—and causes like feminism, abortion, open borders, race-hustling, and transgender bathrooms are not as popular as President *Batteries Not Included and Nancy Pelosi thought they were.

Deplorables, stand tall! This is our chance!

Let’s make the most of it.

I have discussed these topics, and others, on my blog, http://leeduigon.com, throughout the week. Please stop by and read! All it takes is just one click to get you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved




Coming to a sanctuary city near you

Last week we described how “Sanctuary Cities Slap Every Lawful American in the Face.” But sanctuary cities are just a symptom of a much larger problem. That larger problem lies in the grossly negligent, if not criminal mismanagement of the existing immigration system and immigration law, by the federal government. It is also embodied in the unconstitutional, irrational compassion displayed by liberal Americans and politicians over the plight of the nation’s poor, minorities, or illegal immigrants, millions of whom want to live off billions of American taxpayer dollars through government-enforced charity.

In reality, most, if not all of the problems of America can be solved with fairly simple solutions, if it wasn’t for the fact that those problems were obfuscated and clouded by a special interest agenda, or a bunch of politicians looking to pander to some group for votes, money, or an easy path to re-election. Never mind common sense or constitutional principles, or what a normal, reasonable and prudent person knows what is right.

Only government can make things complicated, ambiguous and essentially impossible to implement, much less understand. Only government can take a simple solution and convert it into 2,000 pages of double speak, political correctness and legal mumbo-gumbo, that would take a gaggle of outrageously high-paid lawyers to unravel, or find fertile grounds for never-ending lawsuits. Only government can manufacture a complex solution when there is already a simple solution available to us by just enforcing current laws.

Such is the case with illiterate, non-English speaking, illegal aliens that are pouring into this country by the millions, taking jobs, importing drugs, sexual slaves and other crimes, bringing in diseases America has eradicated years ago, over-whelming every social service offered by government and adversely “coloring” the political landscape.

Prior to Trump becoming President, we had an exchange with a gentleman who took issue with our stand on illegal immigration. This exchange illustrates the wide divide between opposing positions and perhaps why the problem hasn’t been resolved. To set the stage, this gentleman is a farmer and a recent legal immigrant from Europe and probably a liberal. Perhaps these characteristics are a window to his position and bias. The following message outlines the basis for his arguments. Our response follows his message.

“I do not have to remind you that the 6 million Jews were exterminated through rounding them up through the help of employers, regulated by the government. Visit the Anne Frank house in Amsterdam, if you will, but if you deny 12 million people (or more) to make a living, they will resort to begging and stealing!!”

“So here is the simple solution: All of the illegal immigrants have to get a sponsor who will take care of them so that they are not a burden to society. (Employers will find a way to organize that) They can get citizenship (under some formula) if they do the following: pay their taxes, learn English, integrate in someway in US society, pay their debts and stay out of trouble (legally). So what is wrong with 12 million people who are working hard, which we need, because we do not want the jobs they do and which become citizens in due time?”

“The ‘illegal immigrants’ have become legal because of us not acting earlier.”

“Anyway, quit whining about it, but come up with the solution.”

We responded to this gentleman with the following:

“You have two biases that “color” your position. First, you are a farmer and second, you are a legal immigrant. But the American farmer is used to getting all kinds of government handouts for about 8 decades now from the American taxpayer, thanks to FDR. Maybe not you personally, but way too many farmers are receiving subsidies from our government that we get to pay for, when most farmers are profitable and do not need a subsidy. And even if they weren’t profitable, there is nothing in our Constitution that grants farmers the right to taxpayer-funded subsidies.

Now, the farmers get an additional handout from our government by a failed immigration policy that tolerates illegal immigration because illegal aliens will supposedly take jobs (in the agricultural industry) that Americans don’t want. That, of course, is pure bunk as they are also taking jobs in all kinds of other industries that Americans would definitely take ….. construction for one. Why? Cheap labor!

Long before illegal aliens came here to pick crops, as kids, we picked strawberries, loganberries and apples to earn pocket money. There are still a lot of American kids out there who would do the jobs at low wages, if those jobs weren’t being sucked up by illegal aliens, or regulated out of existence.”

“And to equate the situation with illegal aliens with what Hitler did in rounding up the Jews, is absolutely insulting, uncalled for and without merit.”

“The hard truth is that millions of Americans are tired of paying billions of their tax dollars every year to subsidize a group of people who seem to find it perfectly OK to thumb their collective noses at our laws and come here, uneducated and jump on America’s social services because they get paid so little by the agriculture industry, while educated immigrants who come here legally must wait years for citizenship. Further, illegal aliens come here with a socialist mindset and in large numbers are sure to turn this country socialistic if it wasn’t for the fact we are there already. How dare they come to this country illegally, trample on our laws and then protest in the streets by the hundreds of thousands for civil rights, amnesty and government services, all the while waving a Mexican Flag.”

“Do you have any idea what happens to a citizen of another country entering Mexico, protesting in the streets for government handouts? The Mexican government wouldn’t tolerate for one second what our Government tolerates daily, the cost of which is charged to the American taxpayer. It’s ludicrous, if not patently unjust! Americans cannot bear the entire burden of the third-world poor on their paychecks.”

“And your last comment about ‘quit whining’ is also insulting. Many of us have offered solutions to the problem because it isn’t rocket science. All we have to do is enforce our current laws. However, we have five solutions that will provide almost immediate relief to this problem.”

1) Close and protect our borders from infiltration by illegal aliens, drugs and terrorists, by whatever means, including physical force. If there were severe penalties for crossing our borders, there would be less of it.
2) Enforce current law.
3) Immediately deport all illegal aliens that are caught without documentation, no hearings, no nothing. They are not entitled to due process and no right exists that entitles them to driver’s licenses and government services.
4) Punish employers who hire illegal aliens and make them responsible for proving citizenship of their employees. As an employer, we took validating citizenship very seriously. If there was any question, we investigated.
5) As some states are doing now, stop all social benefits, education, bilingual services, emergency services and social services to any individual or family that is not a legal citizen of the United States unless here on a valid visa or green card and watch how fast they will self-deport.

“It is a tough stance but in the end we have learned that tough love is the best love and produces the best results, especially for an addiction by illegal aliens to American taxpayer-funded generosity. If these five things were vigorously implemented, the magnet for the illegal aliens coming here would mostly go away and so would the problem. A few states have already demonstrated that these solutions work. But then, when did our federal government do anything that was in the best interests of the American taxpayer, except pass laws to extract more taxes from them?”

“Your solution to get an American sponsor for 12 to 20 million illegal aliens is pie in the sky. It isn’t going to happen. In short, as we stated in our LAST ARTICLE, any benefits derived from illegal aliens are far outweighed by the negatives they cause and it has to stop or we will be overrun, if we haven’t been already.”

“We are not about to turn over America to people who break our laws and think they now deserve amnesty because they are allegedly hard working and industrious. If illegal aliens are allowed to break our laws, while legal Americans are forced to obey them (and pay through the nose for those who break the law) then the law becomes meaningless. When the law becomes meaningless chaos reigns. With chaos comes a police state.”

“And just because our government has tolerated the law breakers for all these years, does not justify continued law breaking and it does not eradicate the crime for those who committed them.”

Now some of you may agree with the good farmer, but the questions he raises are based on false premises and irrational compassion and the solutions he offers will lead to chaos and the eventual destruction of freedom and American sovereignty. Anyone who can’t see this is living in a virtual reality. We are not anti-immigrant, we are anti-breaking-the-law and rewarding lawbreakers with amnesty and unlimited social services that they don’t deserve and that legal Americans have to fund. When do you get it folks? Government has made you an indentured slave, at the point of a gun, to every illegal immigrant that crosses our borders and sucks up your tax dollars. If this continues, then Americans are nothing but chumps and puppets of an out-of-control, tyrannical government.

Illegal immigration has been festering in America since the ink was dry on the Constitution. Racial bias and ethnic purity, along with financial, economic and security fears have driven immigration policy right, left, up, down and inside out for well over 150 years, every time a wave of immigration hits American shores.

Government always reacts to immigration woes. It is never proactive. Government policies can inhibit or enhance legal and illegal immigration. Since President Johnson’s 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act, government’s policies have essentially created several magnets to illegal immigration. President Reagan’s granting amnesty to over 3,000,000 illegal aliens without the enforcement of and severely penalizing illegal employment, just added to the magnets. President Obama’s immigration executive orders have just accelerated illegal immigration.

But the worst magnet was the bastardization of the 14th Amendment that created what is now known as “Anchor Babies” where any child born in America, from anywhere on the planet, automatically becomes a citizen of the United States, allowing extended families to legally join the “baby.”

Why do they come here? That’s simple. They are leaving hopelessly crime-ridden, socialist countries where war, poverty, hunger and corruption impact their daily existence. Consequently, when they come here, their mindset is already socialist and they are looking for free handouts from government because they believe that government owes them. Democrats are all too willing to use “our” money to oblige them, ever since FDR re-invented the Constitution in his own socialist image.

Like most liberals, those hundreds of thousands of women and others marching last Sunday against a Trump presidency, say they want “justice.” But their idea of justice is “free stuff” for free loaders and illegal aliens, on the back of the American taxpayer. Irrational compassion, at any cost, or for votes, will be the downfall of the American Republic.

Why aren’t these illegal aliens stopped at the borders? Because the federal government, especially under the Obama Administration, refused to adequately protect our borders and enforce our laws. Hopefully, Trump will reverse this long, expensive, tragic injustice perpetrated on lawful, tax-paying Americans. We wish him well and we sincerely hope he can break up an over 100-year old, fully entrenched, liberal “System” ….. before it’s too late.

[EDITORS NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

© 2017 Ron Ewart — All Rights Reserved




Say no to Neil Gorsuch for Supreme Court

One of the reasons I changed — one of the primary reasons — a friend of mine’s wife was pregnant, in this case married. She was pregnant and he didn’t really want the baby. And he was telling me the story,” Trump told Brody. “He was crying as he was telling me the story. He ends up having the baby and the baby is the apple of his eye. It’s the greatest thing that’s ever happened to him. And you know here’s a baby that wasn’t going to be let into life. And I heard this, and some other stories, and I am pro-life. —Donald J. Trump

Our 45th President told us he would put pro-life judges on our Supreme Court. However, those who helped him with the list of conservative judges were both the Federalist Society, and the Heritage Foundation (called Heretic Foundation by many of my well-educated friends). 

Neil Gorsuch is Not Pro-Life

The pro-life movement has only a few hours or days to object, protest, criticize, and veto the nomination of this pro-choice candidate. Trump floats these trial balloons to see if people object. We must strongly object, and please speak out loudly now.

not pro-life.

More information, including how Gorsuch opposes overturning precedent even when it is wrong, is here. He supports special rights for transgenders, too. And he is no Scalia, as Gorsuch was not even on the Law Review in law school.

Evangelicals spoke out and vetoed the previous top choice, Bill Pryor. Now it is urgent that pro-lifers speak out immediately and veto Neil Gorsuch. 

These choices are coming from the Federalist Society and Heritage Foundation. The Federalist Society is attempting to get a pro-Roe judge chosen instead of another Scalia.

Who is the Federalist Society?

The Federalist Society began at Yale Law School, (home of Skull and Bones), Harvard Law School(that bastion of higher liberal learning), and the University of Chicago Law School, (home of Bill Ayers and where protestors disallowed Trump rally). It originally started as a student organization which challenged what its members perceived as the orthodox American liberal ideology found in most law schools. Doesn’t this actually make you laugh when these three Ivy league schools are known as having a Marxist agenda?

Pro-Lifers Need to Respond

There are ways to respond, and as my friend Devvy Kidd said, “We have to flood the White House with calls, tweets, emails. This has worked in the past if enough people do it.”

The comment phone number is: 202-456-1111. 

The caller simply needs to say:

I strenuously object to Neil Gorsuch as a supreme court justice nominee. He is not pro-life. I urge President Trump to nominate:

Judge Jennifer Elrod or Judge Edith Jones

You can also tweet Donald Trump, Kellyanne Conway, Jeff Sessions, Mike Pence, Mike Pompeo, Sean Spicer, etc. Simply tweet, “Gorsuch is not pro-life. Choose true pro-lifers…Charles Canady, Judge Elrod or Edith Jones.”

You can email the White House here

You can comment on Face Book here.

WH fax: 202-456-7890

Conclusion

It is up to the American people to let our President know where we stand. Life is God given, and the Lord said in Deuteronomy, CHOOSE LIFE! Let President Trump know we want Pro-Life Justices!




Warning rejected – curse now in place

The LORD shall bring a nation against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flieth; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not understand; A nation of fierce countenance…” -Deuteronomy 28:49-50

In May of 2011, I had the opportunity to give the opening prayer to the House of Representatives at the state capital in Minnesota. That door was opened at the request of a local representative named Ernie Leidiger R-District 47 A, to which I gladly responded.

Now, let me set the stage for you here.

As I entered the Capitol chambers, I was introduced to Speaker of the House Kurt Zellers as “the guy that gets things done around here.”

Before my prayer, I had asked the chaplain if I could provide a preface to my prayer to bring understanding by using an analogy. He approved, and off I went to the podium to give up my heart to God and to man (1 John 5:2).

Here is the entire transcript of my prayer, as supplied by the DFL Caucus media department:

When I arrived at the Capitol today I noticed all the writings upon the inside of the walls. On the Supreme Court Chambers you have Moses awaiting the Ten Commandments, God’s divine law. You have George Washington quotes, Thomas Jefferson quotes speaking of unalienable rights given unto us by our creator. And when I looked at that I thought what an awesome building and those in this chamber are very privileged to be here and I’m honored to be here as well … And if I can give a small preface to my prayer so my prayer has meaning. I remember when I was a young man. I had a friend who founded a company in Fridley, Minnesota.

This man built this company from the ground up as he blueprinted everything in great detail. He put his sweat, tears, everything into it until he established a great company. Nobody understood what sacrifice he put into his company except those that helped him along. The company grew in such a proportion that he could now sell the company and he did. On the sale of his company the buyers agreed to keep him on to run the company for them and in the process the company sold. And when it was sold the buyers went against the contract and fired the founder. How foolish could they be? They thought once they had control of the company they could run it their own way and still prosper. And they failed miserably. [Excuse me]

And it sounds much like America today. America has the longest standing Constitution in the history of the world. And might I remind everyone here that we have one Constitution so let us come together and unite ourselves under its directives. Because we all know the problems didn’t come into our country in 1776, they came when we wandered from the founder of the company and tried running it our own way.

So let us pray.

Father God I just thank you Father for what you have bestowed upon us and through the sacrifice of our brothers and our sisters. Father God to ratify the Constitution of the United States. Father God, the fight, the bloodshed, and the sacrifice. From World War One to World War Two to Korea, Father. To Korea and Iwo Jima and Vietnam. And Father God, Iraq and Afghanistan. And I think about their sacrifice when I go, Father God, to Arlington Cemetery and I think that’s the reason I that fight. That’s the reason that I stand, that I encourage my brothers to do the same thing. They died so we could have the freedoms that we have today. And they ratified that Constitution and sacrificed their all for it. And I end with this. I know this is a non-denominational prayer in this Chamber and it’s not about the Baptists and it’s not about the Catholics alone or the Lutherans or the Wesleyans. Or the Presbyterians the evangelicals or any other denomination, but rather the head of the denomination and his name is Jesus. As every President up until 2008 has acknowledged. And we pray it, in Jesus’ name. [YouTube Link]

Right after I finished praying, one “hypocrite” chaplain came up to me and did his best to reprove me for using the “J” word (Jesus) in the House chamber, as if to suggest that I was to check my faith at the door before calling upon the God who gave us government (Exodus 18:21).

Apparently, he had been around enough whores and hirelings to believe that I was to follow in close pursuit. What a fool. I will never, by the grace of God, ask for permission from corrupt man to obey a just and holy God (Acts 5:29; Matthew10:33).

First, I was labeled the “anti-gay preacher.” Then I was called the “bigot.” And then when the people figured out that I said nothing about homosexuality, they tried to figure out why there was such an uproar over my prayer.

Also, keep in mind that after this prayer was over, there were over 2,000 outlets that reported on it within 10 minutes.

This worked out in my favor because it exposed the state-controlled media for who they are and how they operate (Proverbs 26:27; Psalm 7:15).

Minutes after my prayer, and on cue, Speaker Zellers apologized on the House Floor:

Then tagged off to his little buddy Terry Morrows to follow up with their attack.

When their little show was over, they were swiftly removed from office as promised by our Heavenly Father (Psalm 2).

Over and over and over again, I have warned what was coming behind the homosexuals, which are being used as nothing more than a political battering ram to give way to America’s sworn enemies, the Muslims!

Muslims are systematically following the homosexuals line upon line. Barack Obama appointed 225 homosexuals and then stacked governmental positions with Muslim terror-tied individuals. Sound familiar?

Now, after the damage is done, everyone is starting to make the correlation.

On the same podium that I gave my Christian prayer, in the same rotunda, Somalian Ilhan Omar was sworn in to uphold the Constitution on a Koran, as an Imam prayed aloud in his foreign tongue. It was a staged event with 100 Muslims who cheered and put forth Allah as their god (1 Timothy 4:1). All this was done with the full support of the representatives and state-controlled media in the State of Minnesota.

After all was said and done, not a word of opposition was voiced.

You would think with all the light that has been brought to the American people concerning the crimes against God and humanity by these Muslims, this would come to a swift and speedy end, but we find that the opposite has been true.

This is what “the sheep being led to the slaughter” means. America, you are undoing yourselves at every given step by what you tolerate in disobedience to the God so many of you professors claim to love. I have literally hazarded my all to bring this to the American people and in honor to God concerning these issues. I am free of the blood of my brothers and sisters. You have been duly warned (Ezekiel 3:19).

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved




The perfect storm descending upon america: Your actions

Part 1: Immigration onslaught. Part 2: Sociological impact of jamming cultures together. Part 3: Environmental impact. Part 4: Your actions to change course for America.

This question needs to be circulated around the entire social media network. Anyone think we will survive these numbers?

Question: as fractured as our country is in 2017, can you imagine how fragmented we will be in 2050 when another 100,000,000 (million) more legal immigrants reach our shores. Former U.S. Senator Teddy Kennedy created this situation via the 1965 Immigration Reform Act, which continues to this day.

Will we still possess a functioning civilization? How will we contend with 100 million people from 190 countries with 190 different world views, 190 different languages, 190 different cultures and heaven knows how many contentious religions that have no affinity to America or our ethos? This alone is the single best reason to stop all immigration. I am ready to start a national debate on our fate.

If the first three parts of this series didn’t sober you to what your children face, I suspect nothing will inspire you to take action. This immigration-juggernaut will descend upon your children like an avalanche, like a hurricane that won’t stop, like an endless blizzard. In other words, no matter what your class, race, creed or color—your kids will be engulfed in the phenomenon known as “human population overload and environmental overshoot of resources.”

Once it lands, your children possess few choices. Few options! Few escape routes! Few alternatives!

If we don’t stop it today, it’s a mathematical fact that it will hit your children and future generations. Again, I use the metaphor of the RMS Titanic in April of 1912. Unsinkable! Biggest ship in the world! Astounding technology! Hallowed as a hallmark of humanity’s invincibility!

It steamed toward its future with arrogance, with speed, and with a certain sense that God ordained it to manifest the destiny of the human race.

One rather small iceberg, totally unnoticed, waited to create the Titanic’s ultimate destiny. Within hours, it sank humanity’s greatest technological marvel of the 20th century.

Does anyone under 50 reading this series think they (we) can escape the accelerating aspects of endless immigration-driven population growth? Allow me to remind you that NO ONE in the main stream media allows a discussion on this topic. Do you think your kids will thank you when they swim with an added 138,000,000 (million) more people added to this country within 33 years? Again watch the video to see our Titanic-like fate:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

Dear reader and fellow American. This scenario is not “if”, but a definite date with our own Titanic-like fate if we fail to stop all immigration into America. Think of every single new immigrant, not as an evil person, but as a gallon of water flooding into the Titanic. The immigrant, like water, doesn’t care about the fate of the United States. The ocean water didn’t care about the fate of the Titanic.

So, if you were Captain Smith of the Titanic, what would you do? Slow down? Change course? All engines in reverse?

At this point, we enjoy choices. I offer you to engage the finest population-environmental speakers in the USA to put them to service to call attention to our predicament.

Today, you enjoy the power to make the USS America change course. If you fail to take action, you will become a victim by 2050 or sooner as we sail toward an added 138,000,000 (million) people to grow from 300,000,000 to 438,000,000 (million) within 33 years.

You can force a national discussion by taking the following actions. Imagine of 100,000 emails reached top media people! They would be forced to take action. If they don’t receive thousands of letters, they will do nothing.

Write this letter to the top media people in the country with addresses below. Write this letter to your senators and congress critters.

Dear Mr. Hannity, Mr. O’Reilly, Oprah Winfrey, Mr. Dickerson, Mr. Stephanopoulos, Mr. Lauer, Ms. Terry Gross, Ms. Leanne Hanson, Mr. Pelley, Mr. Holt, Ms. Megyn Kelly, Fox and Friends, Judge Jeanine, Tomi, etc.

Attn: please address this issue with top experts to create a national discussion as to what our country faces if we fail to come to terms with a logical-rational immigration-population-environmental policy that assure a viable and sustainable future for our children.

In 2006, we reached 300,000,000 (million) people. If we continue with the 1965 Immigration Reform Act for another 33 years, we face a destiny of 438,000,000 (million) people. And on to 625 million people!

We cannot sustain those numbers with quality of life or standard of living. We cannot sustain our environment or biosphere as to water, energy and resources.

Please interview the following population experts to create a national-international discussion on America’s future and the world’s.

Thank you,

Your name

Top experts to interview:

1. Diana Hull at www.thesocialcontract.com – dianahull@cox.net ; Dianahull@cox.net
2. William Ryerson, director at ryerson@populationmedia.org
3. David Paxson at www.worldpopulationbalance.org
4. Frosty Wooldridge author, “America on the Brink: Next Added 100 Million Americans” www.frostywooldridge.com, frostyw@juno.com
5. Kathleene Parker, population/immigration/environment— thundermesa111@gmail.com
6. Roy Beck director www.numbersusa.org – roy@numbersusa.org
7. Richard Heinberg at richardheinberg@postcarbon.org “Peak Everything”
8. James Howard Kunstler at jhkunstler@mac.com “The Long Emergency”
9. Chris Clugston: Following is a high level summary of a detailed analysis of America’s “predicament” and it’s inevitable consequences. The complete analysis and associated models, evidence, and references can be found at www.wakeupamerika.com/PDFs/On-American-Sustainability.pdf. On American Sustainability—Anatomy of a Societal Collapse (Summary) coclugston@comcast.net
10. Bromwell Ault, Eminent Disdain: Triumph of Cynicism Over Integrity in 21st Century America, bromwellault@gmail.com
11. Dr. Otis Graham, Unguarded Gates: History of America’s Immigration Crisis, graham@history.ucsb.edu
12. Juggernaut, Growth on a Finite Planet; Too Many People, Lindsey Grant
13. Dr. Jack Alpert, www.skil.org, systems model designer on sustainability.
14. Dr. Steve Camarata, sc@cis.org or www.cis.org
15. Bob Dane, communications director, www.fairus.org
16. Dell Erickson, environmentalist, writer & speaker on energy, population, and sustainability; Director of Research, Minnesotans For Sustainability http://www.mnforsustain.org

Send those requests to top media people:

• Hannity: Hannity@foxnews.com
• Bill O’Reilly: Oreilly@Foxnews.com
• 60 Minutes : 60m@cbsnews.com
• Bob Siegel at NPR: talk@npr.org
• Terry Gross at NPR: TerryGross@npr.org
• Scott Pelle CBS: Pelley@cbsnews.com
• David Muir: Muir@abcnews.com
• Charlie Rose at PBS: charlierose@pbs.org
• Brett Baier: Baier@foxnews.com
• Tomi Lahren: the blaze.com
• Erin Burnette: Burnette@cnn.com

Those are just a few. Send to all that you can find addresses. With 10,000 emails sent to those top media people, we stand a chance of not repeating the Titanic’s mistakes. If we fail to take action, our children will be on board of the USS America when it hits the population iceberg in 2050—a scant 33 years from now.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Into the jaws of main stream media’s ongoing deceptions

A free press guarantees a free country. Take it away, and a free country loses its voice, its courage, and its ability to function against government corruption.

President George Washington said, “Government is not reason; it is not eloquence; it is force. Government is like fire; it is a dangerous servant.”

Unfortunately, today in America our free press may be considered slanted, aristocratic, biased and prejudiced against bringing the unvarnished facts to the American people.

MSNBC’s Mika Brzezinski said, “It’s the media’s job to control how Americans think.”

As a citizen journalist who lives at the ground level of America, who has been a math-science teacher, 18-wheeler long haul trucker in the summers, bartender, heavy equipment safety officer, volunteer instructor for the handicapped and pool cleaner—I see the MSM manipulating the public “sway” by reporting stories they deem in their own best interest and not in favor of the American people.

In other words, you won’t hear the facts or the truth from CNN, NPR, NBC, ABC or CBS—but you will receive their bias to serve their ends.

They deflected the real reason that British citizens voted to reject the European Union: endless third world immigration displacing their British language, culture and civilization. (Brexit vote)

The MSM’s easy corruption spreads across three decades in a dance that appears to cajole the American people into accepting senseless and endless immigration—as if it’s our responsibility to save the rest of the world’s desperate masses. By the way, that remains mathematically impossible. The MSM reports on mind-numbing violence from demonstrators who claim racism. The MSM reports on total appeasement of illegal immigration into the tens of millions. It NEVER reports on our own citizens’ desperate situations, i.e., the entrenched poverty of our minorities.

How many American understand that we fail to deal with or solve the desperate conditions of 60,000 homeless veterans, 1.5 million dispossessed Americans, 13 million American children living under the poverty line and 350,000 illegal anchor babies annually that we pay for with our taxes?

Is it not inequity at the least or insanity at the most that 48,000,000 (million) Americans subsist on food stamps? And now, we face a $19.5 trillion national debt!

The MSM muffles any reports on the infrastructure failing across this country. Instead the media focuses on the Russians hacking our voting systems, which proved inconsequential to the vote.

In fact, American citizens pulled the lever for Trump because they sickened of the endless degradation of their country via Barack Obama’s policies and outright treason against our U.S. Constitution. They revolted at the United Nations forcing Syrian refugees upon America. They cringed at Muslim terror attacks from 9/11 to San Bernardino to Orlando—facilitated by endless Muslim immigration into America.

Whatever the Main Stream Media wants us to think, their ploys prove obvious. We do not support Globalization of America. We do not want endless legal or illegal immigration destroying the bedrock of our culture, language and ethos.

One media example: when Barack Obama purported to be a Christian so as to secure his presidential bid, he immediately removed the bust of Churchill in the Oval Office. The MSM said not a word about racism, or about documented Muslim hate for Churchill for his words exposing Islam.

In 1899, Churchill said, “How dreadful are the curses which Mohammedanism lays on its votaries! Besides the fanatical frenzy, which is as dangerous in a man as hydrophobia in a dog, there is this fearful fatalistic apathy. The effects are apparent in many countries, improvident habits, slovenly systems of agriculture, sluggish methods of commerce, and insecurity of property exist wherever the followers of the Prophet rule or live. A degraded sensualism deprives this life of its grace and refinement, the next of its dignity and sanctity.

The fact that in Mohammedan law every woman must belong to some man as his absolute property, either as a child, a wife, or a concubine, must delay the final extinction of slavery until the faith of Islam has ceased to be a great power among men. Individual Muslims may show splendid qualities, but the influence of the religion paralyses the social development of those who follow it. No stronger retrograde force exists in the world. Far from being moribund, Mohammedanism is a militant and proselytizing faith. It has already spread throughout Central Africa, raising fearless warriors at every step; and were it not that Christianity is sheltered in the strong arms of science, the science against which it had vainly struggled, the civilization of modern Europe might fall, as fell the civilization of ancient Rome.”

Since Obama won the White House, he committed his resources to advancing Islam into America via refugees and eight White House aides advancing Sharia Law. All of it in violation of the McCarran-Walter Act of 1952. This ruling outlaws the Muslim Brotherhood, Council for American Islamic Relations, Islamic Society of North America and dozens of other Islamic organizations bent on furthering Sharia Law in America.

Obama followed the Quran’s dictates that force every Muslim to lie to gain access and further conquest of Islam in a host country, i.e., the Malik’s of San Bernardino or Mateen of the Orlando massacre. Later, Obama admitted in several interviews, “…my Muslim faith and respect for the holy Quran.”

Born to a Muslim father and raised in his early childhood by a Muslim stepfather in a Muslim nation, where he registered in school as Muslim, Barack Obama remains true to his Islamic childhood.

This video shows Obama Islamic faith

Obama lied about being a Christian in order to gain the White House. No one would have voted for him if he admitted to being a Muslim. Ultimately, he would destroy the U.S. Constitution in favor of Sharia Law and the Quran. The prime directive of the Quran: “Convert or kill all non-believers.”

The MSM said nothing and filed it away from the American people.

When President Donald Trump reached the Oval Office, the first scandal surfaced because a reporter claimed that Trump removed the bust of Martin Luther King. In fact, the bust remained, but the MSM created a 7.5 earthquake uproar of racism, xenophobia and bigotry.

Whether you look at “Meet the Press” with Chuck Todd’s bias, “Face the Nation” with John Dickerson’s slanting the truth or CNN’s Jake Tapper’s gradient viewpoint—all of them conform to MSNBC’s Mika Brzezinski when she said, “It’s the media’s job to control how people think.”

The American people sicken of the bias and the outright fabrication of the MSM. More Americans choose citizen journalists like Devvy Kidd, Kimberly Dvorak, Lloyd Marcus, Chip Mclean, Jim Kouri, John Wallace, Dennis Cuddy, Kelleigh Nelson, Shirley Edwards, Laurie Roth, Robert Owens, David Haggeth and Anita Hoge.

As the MSM loses more and more of its grip on the American people, let us gather our hearts, minds and bodies in defense of our country by listening to what’s factually occurring and by standing up, and speaking out for America. It’s our precious country. We must stand for the rule of law and our U.S. Constitution. Anything less, and we drift into the morass of national suicide much like Europe.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Please Mr. President, stay who you are

A few days before Inauguration day, my 89 year old black preacher dad said God is responsible for Trump becoming president. I thought about the scripture in which God says, “My ways are not your ways.” Frustrated with Obama declaring America no longer a Christian nation while cramming the Left’s ant-God and anti-America agenda down our throats, millions have been intensely praying for our country. If I were God, I would have answered Americans’ prayers by making Ted Cruz president. But God is smarter than me.

Trump is exactly what America needs at this point in time. No traditional politician could get away with confronting anti-American Leftist operatives in the media, calling out Washington establishment corruption and boldly vow to put America first. Few Republicans would have the cojones to even try.

As usual despicable Leftist media distorted Trump’s awesome Inaugural Address, saying Trump’s speech was reminiscent of Hitler.

Meanwhile, Americans were crying tears of joy. They have not heard such common sense patriotism in a very, very long time. The Left still does not understand who they are dealing with in Trump and why We the People chose him over Hillary. Standard Leftist tactics for silencing, destroying, intimidating and blocking Republicans (calling them racist, sexist and homophobic) have failed miserably on Trump.

Unlike most pro politicians, Trump has not been neutered in the politically correct school of politicking 101. Our 45th president is simply a patriotic brilliant businessman following his instincts to make America great again.

Here are a few vows Trump made in his Inaugural Address that are as repulsive to the Left as showing Dracula the cross.

“…we are transferring power from Washington, D.C. and giving it back to you, the American People.”

“This American carnage stops right here and stops right now.”

“From this day forward, a new vision will govern our land. From this moment on, it’s going to be America First.” Them’s fightin’ words to the Left (Democrats, Hollywood and mainstream media).

“We will get our people off of welfare and back to work…” The Democrats’ insidious scheme is to always hand out more welfare checks, getting as many Americans as possible addicted, enslaved and dependent upon government.

“I will fight for you with every breath in my body — and I will never, ever let you down.”

“For many decades, we’ve enriched foreign industry at the expense of American industry; subsidized the armies of other countries while allowing for the very sad depletion of our military; we’ve defended other nation’s borders while refusing to defend our own; and spent trillions of dollars overseas while America’s infrastructure has fallen into disrepair and decay.” Leftists barfed.

“America will start winning again, winning like never before.” Leftist heads exploded.

Trump vowing to govern according to the best interest of our country is basic common sense. And yet, it sounded extraordinary and cause for celebration because Obama’s governing has been the complete opposite.

I strongly encourage President Trump to stay who he is. Keep fearlessly pushing back when attacked by deplorable racially divisive democrat hacks like John Lewis and Maxine Waters.

Keep tweeting Mr President. It is a highly effective way to speak directly to the American people, bypassing democrat operatives disguised as mainstream media.

By the way, I LOVED it when Trump exposed CNN as a propaganda outlet, calling them fake news during his press conference. sunk to a new low, incredibly sowing seeds to inspire the assassination of Trump. This is why it blows my mind that some on our side are offended that Trump does not play by the Left’s dictates for Republican behavior. Trump realizes that it is absurd to respect, try to reason or work with unreasonable evil people obsessed with plotting your demise.

Extreme times require extreme measures. It is not the case that the Left loves America, but simply disagrees about how to make her great. The Left hates America and is repulsed by Trump’s desire to make her great. Therefore, the Left must be defeated.

Mr President, please to do not succumb to the Left’s mantra that you should dial-back your behavior; becoming more presidential. This is their trap to control you; trick you into abandoning your instincts which won you the presidency with a majority of Americans in your corner, watching your back.

Bottom line: Mr President, We the People are with you. Please, please, please stay who you are. God bless you and your family. And may God continue blessing America!

Lloyd Marcus, Proud Unhyphenated American
Chairman – CampaignToDefeatObama.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved




The renewed drive to exit the United Nations

Alabama Congressman Mike Rogers has introduced a new bill (H.R. 193) to end U.S. membership in the United Nations. The bill is the reintroduction of his American Sovereignty Restoration Act (H.R. 1205) from the last Congress. And of course, that was basically the same bill introduced year after year by former Congressman Ron Paul.

In the past, both Paul’s and Roger’s bills have been ignored by Congress, but things are changing. Americans are beginning to understand the UN threat. Obama has actually stood before the UN General Assembly and called for Americans to surrender our national sovereignty to this world body.

As Obama worked feverishly to build UN intrusion into our lives through actions like Agenda 21 and by joining the UN’s Strong Cities Network to militarize our police, the rest of the world has started to revolt against UN global policies that are destroying their national independence and economies.

The Brexit vote in England was the shockwave heard around the world. The European Union is the first such organization of the UN’s goal to create such unions in every region of the world, including North and South American Unions; an Asian Union and so forth. The EU was to be the wave of the future. England struggled under its shackles until it could no longer stand it and so revolted. As the vote came in suddenly other members of the EU started thinking ? if England can escape, why not them? Sudddenly the global New World Order juggernaut has begun to show cracks.

Meanwhile France is about to elect its own Trump-style president ready to pull back its global policies as Italy rebels in its own way. Worst of all for the UN globalists, their one excuse for power, Climate Change, is being discredited as President Elect Trump prepares to throw out the Paris Treaty along with the TPP.

However, it was the most recent Obama shenanigans in allowing a massive UN attack on Israel over its settlements in favor of a non-existent Palestine that has created the strongest ever anti-UN sentiment in the U.S. Pulling back on paying UN dues has been expressed by several in Congress as support for such a sentiment has begun to grow across the nation. Without the United States and its money the UN is nothing. It will cease to exist in a very short time, just as did the old League of Nations.

Now, to feed that growing sentiment Congressman Rogers has again introduced the legislative means to make it happen. This time more and more Americans are listening.

To help readers understand why the UN is such a threat to our nation and freedom-loving people everywhere, I am reissuing my opening statement given in a debate over the UN before the 200 year old English debating society, Cambridge Union in 2006. At the time I was debating the former UK Ambassador, Lord David Hanney; the head of the Liberal Party and member of Parliament, Simon Hughes; and the head of the UN Millennium Project, Salil Shetty.

Rep. Mike Rogers’ H.R. 193 must now be seriously considered and passed by Congress. The time is finally here to make a strong stand to get the United States out of the United Nations.

OPENING STATEMENT
BY TOM DEWEESE

BEFORE THE CAMBRIDGE UNION SOCIETY

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY
October 26, 2006

“This House believes that the United Nations is a dead loss.”
It is reasonable that honest, compassionate people seek a means for governments to come together to discuss and air their differences.

It is also reasonable that honest, compassionate people should desire some way to voluntarily pool resources to provide charitable aid to those who are starving or are victims of natural disaster.

Indeed this is the image of the United Nations that has been sold to the world since its inception.

It is not, however, the reality.

The world is in chaos and, quite frankly, it’s the UN’s fault. It gives validity to zealots and petty bigots. It helps to keep tyrannical dictators in power. It gives a voice to international terrorists.

Delay. Negotiate. Recommend. Study. Reconsider. Do nothing. This is the game the UN has played in nearly every international crisis.

It is the reason North Korea remains a threat after 50 years.

It is the reason Zimbabwe’s murderous Robert Mugabe is able to steal his election and then steal the land of white property owners, drive the nation into economic ruin and starvation without an international protest, boycott, or sanction. Instead, Mugabe is given a voice in the UN’s Sustainable Development conference in South Africa.

It is the reason why the Chinese government is able to ignore UN rules not to its liking — while growing as an international military and economic threat.

And it is the reason why a terrorist nation like Syria can be given a seat on the UN’s Human Rights Council.

The United Nations, internally, is a mess. It now finds itself buried under scandals.

It has Oil-for-Food scandals. Smuggling scandals. And theft scandals.

Peace keeping missions actually bring fear to the local citizens they are supposed to protect. Rob, rape and pillage seem to be the UN’s modus operandi. How can we be surprised by such revelations?

Who has the power to oversee and control its actions? The people don’t vote on UN actions. The media has little access behind the scenes. Who audits the accounting books?

Of course, even its supporters will readily agree that such problems exist. They are quick to jump in and call for “reform.” However, when talking reform, one must be very careful of what the word may mean.

UN reports on reform don’t indicate a simple desire to plug holes in UN spending — or to clear up scandals. Quite the contrary. According to Kofi Annan, Maurice Strong and many others, reform means global governance.

Since its inception, the UN has advocated the desire to eradicate sovereign nations — while imposing what it calls “world-mindedness.” A 1949 UNESCO document said, “nationalism (is) the major obstacle to the development of world-mindedness.” In the 1990’s, Maurice Strong said, “it is not feasible for sovereignty to be exercised unilaterally by individual nation/states, however powerful.”

There in lies the true goal of the United Nations. And that belies its public image as simply a place where nations may come to air their differences and act responsibly. Instead, the UN is openly working to gain power for itself in order to become independent and supreme over its member nations.

To do that it needs the power to tax. On September 19th (2006) plans were approved to begin the creation of a global tax, mostly through airline tickets to help pay for the treatment of aids. They of course euphemistically call it a contribution.

There are several other tax schemes on the UN wish list, including a carbon tax on Co2 emissions, a currency tax on transactions of foreign currency exchanges, and taxes on the Internet, to name a few. If the UN gains the power to tax and the enforcement power necessary to collect them, then the UN will become an unstoppable force in the world. A monster free from its chains.

And, of course, the UN wants its own military. It already has its own court.

These three things; the ability to collect taxes to provide nearly unlimited funds from independent sources; the ability to enforce its will with a military force; and a court system to impose its own brand of justice, are all that is required to create a government.

Imagine a world run by the justice of China, with the economics of Cuba and the military might of the United States. Such is the world of the future under United Nations global governance.

Public relations propaganda aside, clearly, the United Nations wants to be much more than a place where nations can come together to air their differences under a voluntary membership association.

The truth is, today, fifty years after the inception of the United Nations, the international community is a dangerous place. Today the world has more wars, more poverty and more suffering that anytime in human history.

Obviously, the United Nations is irrelevant as a body to deliver world peace. Just as obviously, the UN is more interested in meddling in the sovereign affairs of nations, seeking to impose its own agenda over development, production and what it calls social equity in a drive to set itself up for global governance.

Using images of dire environmental emergencies or life-threatening diseases or starving children, the UN promotes an agenda which really seeks to redistribute the world’s wealth. Its only answer is government control – and confiscation of individual wealth and property.

Nowhere is there mentioned in a single UN document that I have read an advocacy for the right to own private property. In fact, quite the opposite is the case as nearly every UN document, report, working paper, program, treaty, protocol, declaration and resolution is dedicated to the confiscation, redistribution, regulation and tax of someone’s property.

It is a fact that the inability to own private property creates poverty. It is also a fact that confiscation of private property never helps to eradicate poverty. It is bad economic policy. Yet that is the UN’s only solution to the massive suffering throughout the world. Take it from one source to give to another. And that, I contend, is the very root of the suffering – not the solution.

The UN was wrong from its very beginning and wrong now because it has always sought to interfere with national sovereignty rather than to provide a unique forum to help keep the peace.

The United Nations is not “dysfunctional” as some “reformists” have claimed. It is a criminal enterprise in which no moral nation should ever participate, let alone perpetuate.

© 2017 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved




Anarchists, Nihilists, Racists, Communists and fellow travelers

A peculiar assortment of radicals descended on Washington, D.C. to disrupt the inauguration of President-Elect Donald Trump. His platform of “America First” reforms appeals to a large segment of Americans forgotten over the last eight years: those who believe in free markets, meritocracy, the rule of law, American exceptionalism, a strong national defense, a foreign policy that advances American interests, and border security. In short, those who love their country and wish to restore its constitutional limits on power and protections for individual freedom of choice are increasingly a minority, a minority embraced by Donald Trump.

Those anathema to America’s patriots form a diverse array of protestors who aim to tear down business and government or seek government ownership of and control over all things private, silence all with whom they disagree favoring censorship over freedom of speech, and obtain special privileges and government handouts at the expense of those who earn a living. Those protestors were well represented at the inauguration but well contained to minimize their propensity for violence and destruction.

In the end, the protests staged by the radicals have a greater effect on their opponents than on those who sympathize with their cause. For the forgotten Americans remembered by Trump, the radical protestors are proof of the necessity of the President’s reforms, of the unwise deviation of the Obama years which gave license to these radicals and increased their number and influence. For others, they are a stern reminder of how low American can devolve into an abyss of mediocrity when it departs from its constitutional moorings and embraces European style governments, administrative rule, and managed economies. Very few thinking Americans find inarticulate rants and random acts of violence laudable or persuasive.

Among the groups protesting President Trump were anarchists who aim to destroy private property, bring down government, and create mayhem for no apparent reason beyond mindless discontent. Then there are Nihilists who eschew all morality and religion, apparently believing that loud complaints and tantrums from a spoiled generation can beget the same response from government that came from their doting parents: acquisition of property without the need to pay for it, misbehavior without the need to take responsibility for it. Then there are the new racists, the Black Lives Matter protestors and those of like ilk, who believe racism exists in everyone, even in Blacks who pledge allegiance to the United States, and who think everyone and every institution in our society a product of racism and irredeemable.

Unlike Martin Luther King who had a dream of interracial harmony, they have a dream of racial separatism, much like the early Malcom X, wherein they endorse attacks on public and private institutions, from the police to retail establishments. Communists and socialists also partake in the protests.

Unlike the anarchists, nihilists, and racists, they seek to use government to gain ever greater control over markets and to redistribute the wealth of the successful to those who are not, thus establishing universal mediocrity.
They, like Obama, are apologists for America, who believe the nation an oppressor, who believe America’s enemies and those who wish to do the nation harm need to be embraced, trusted, and invited to live among us, and who shed far more tears for those they mistakenly think America has “oppressed” than they do for the brave men and women who serve our country and defend it against evil every day: law enforcement, the military, and the intelligence services.

The anarchists, nihilists, racists, communists, and fellow travelers harbor a perennial pessimism that has failed throughout history to win out against the positivism and uplifting power of freedom and free enterprise. They are here to condemn but offer no workable alternatives. They are here to protest what they do not like about America, not to celebrate American achievements.

They repulse even those with whom they more closely associate because negativity and contempt are the elements of defeatism, not the building blocks of success and persuasion. They drive away; they do not attract. And yet it is these losers in society who cannot lead that the present Democratic Party has embraced and reflects. Consequently, during the confirmation hearings liberal Democrats who reflect this discontent and lack the ability to articulate a competing vision of success relied on all manner of scurrilous attacks, innuendo, and insinuations to call into question people of great talent, achievement, and intelligence—but to no avail.

In a narrow escape from the corruption and decline into the trash heap of history that Hillary Clinton would have brought with her to the White House, less than a majority of voters nationwide but a majority of the electoral college rose to save the nation for one more day, rejecting continuation of the failed Obama presidency.

President Trump is fast making good on his pledges to bring back American greatness by restoring a vibrant free enterprise economy, reducing individual and corporate taxes, revitalizing America’s military, re-establishing strong ties with Israel and our allies, abrogating Obama’s unilateral ties to, fawning over, and cowing to Iran and our enemies, attacking Radical Islamic terrorism around the world, building new defenses against invasion of America by Radical Islamists, and restoring respect for law enforcement. We are indeed fortunate. Those of us who love our country should be very grateful but on our guard with an eye toward achieving even greater gains in the 2018 mid-term elections.

© 2017 Jonathan W. Emord – All Rights Reserved




Exposed! The power behind the women’s march

The most persecuted group in the world today is Christians. Christians in Nigeria, Egypt, Syria and other nations are murdered, raped, kidnapped, enslaved and persecuted on a daily basis. The reason for the vast majority of all of this violence is that they are Christian among Muslims.

But their abuse does not stop with the violence. The perpetrators of violence are measured in the thousands, but the greatest abuse is at the hands of those who should demand that the violence stop. The silence in the face of this persecution is denial and justification. The persecutors are few, but the deniers are in the billions. —Professor Bill Warner

Pro-Palestinian Islamic Heads the Women’s March

Sarsour is a Palestinian-American activist who is the executive director of the Arab American Association of New York. This group will receive $10 million over the next five years, awarded to them by the Mayor of New York City. [Link] Sarsour is very vocal about her support for Palestine and her utter hatred for Israel. She was recently spotted at a large Muslim convention in Chicago posing for pictures with an accused financier for Hamas, the terrorist group.

In 2016, Sarsour endorsed Socialist Senator Bernie Sanders for President of the United States, and attended the Democratic Convention as a delegate from the State of New York. 

The women in this march celebrate abortion on demand at any stage of pregnancy. No pro-life feminists were allowed. Yet, the Islamic National Co-Chair, Sarsour, and her Muslim brethren have an average of 6.2 children per family. Their goal is to outnumber Jews and Christians via population growth.

An Obama White House “Champion of Change,” Sarsour spoke at the 15th annual convention of the Muslim American Society and Islamic Circle of North America. While there, she posed for a picture with Salah Sarsour, a member of the Islamic Society of Milwaukee and former Hamas operative who was jailed in Israel in the 1990s because of his alleged work for the terrorist group.

Linda Sarsour is very active on Twitter. She is pro Sharia law, and a couple of her tweets even have a seditious tone to them where she romanticizes Sharia law and hints at it taking over America whereby we would have interest free loans. (Islamists do not pay interest on loans).

She tweeted this picture of American women tying on hijabs in solidarity with Islam.

So, women of America, how do you like the fact that the organizer of your march advocates for Shariah Law, has ties to the terrorist group, Hamas, is considered a second class citizen because she’s a Muslim woman, and is leading your pro-rights Women’s March? 

Here is a list of the so-called celebrities attending the Women’s March, which includes Planned Parenthood President, Cecile Richards, daughter of former Democratic Governor of Texas, Ann “Ma” Richards.

And of course, once again, this march is being funded by the Soros groups

Truly, have these women lost their minds?

Seditionists at Women’s March

A photograph was taken by an observer of the Women’s March in Washington D.C. that shows a participant holding a sign that calls for the assassination of President Donald Trump. The sign reads, “Someone should chop Trump’s head off & burn it in the ashes of everything he loved. 666”
This is sedition, calling for the assassination of our duly elected President, but even worse, signing it with the number of the anti-Christ is telling. And he’s smiling!

Heather Lowrey

Heather Lowrey, who described herself as a Louisville vixen and aspiring wrestling diva on her Twitter profile, before going into electronic hiding, tweeted the message on January 17, “If someone was cruel enough to assassinate MLK, maybe someone will be kind enough to assassinate Trump. #bekind #trump #lovetrumpshate.” 

Her employers soon after fired Lowrey and issued public statements distancing themselves from her threatening tweet.

Madonna

Donning a black p***y hat, the music icon dropped the F-bomb four times, sparking a slew of apologies from broadcasters airing the protest live. 

Ashley Judd

“Our pu**ies are for our pleasure, for birthing new generations of filthy, vulgar, nasty, proud, Christian, Buddhist, Muslim, Sikh, generations of nasty women.” [Link]

She went on to rant and rave about her monthly periods and why Tampax is taxed whereas Viagra and other men’s erectile dysfunction prescriptions are not. I guess she doesn’t realize that one is a physician’s prescription and the other is an over-the-counter convenience for women. 

Patriotism vs. Classless Morons

Samuel Adams said, “He therefore is the truest friend to the liberty of this country who tries most to promote its virtue, and who, so far as his power and influence extend, will not suffer a man to be chosen into any office of power and trust who is not a wise and virtuous man…The sum of all is, if we would most truly enjoy this gift of Heaven, let us become a virtuous people.” Virtue was absent at the Women’s March.

 

And Thomas Paine stated, “Those who expect to reap the blessings of freedom, must, like men, undergo the fatigue of supporting it.” President Trump has given up a life of ease to take on the huge task of righting our beloved nation, not just for his own descendants, but for all of the Americans he loves and cares about.

And like President Trump, singer Lee Greenwood is the epitome of true patriotism. Back in 2015, when Lee Greenwood crossed paths with the U.S. Army Chorus, they shared a profoundly patriotic moment in the tunnels of Nationals Park, Washington, D.C. In honor of Lee and the amazing patriotic impact his music has had on our nation, here is the video. And may God Bless you, Sir, and God Bless the USA!

There’s a New Sheriff in Town

Those days have now come to an end, and the liberal Socialists are rebelling.
Journalist Daniel Greenfield said it far better than I ever could, “There were those who celebrated and those who mourned the fall of the USSR. So too there are those who celebrate and those who mourn the end of Obama. The tears of leftist hipsters crying over Obama are no different than those of the old women holding up Stalin’s portrait on May Day in the Red Square.”




Trump protesters against creating jobs & nat’l. Security

What were they protesting? Donald Trump becoming the 45th president of these united States of America. They want to stop him from carrying out his campaign promises. And, what would those be?

2. Putting pressure on the incompetent, corrupt Congress(Americans just reelected 94% of them) to harness out of control agencies that have put so many new regulations on businesses along with the criminal, Obama, through the use of Executive Orders that have been killing businesses. Unnecessary regulations that have cost jobs, lots of jobs.

3. Securing the southern border in an effort to stop the flow of illegal aliens coming into this country stealing our jobs, resources and committing heinous crimes. And, stopping terrorists from crossing the border along with the tons and tons of heroin, cocaine and meth.

4. Clean out the corruption in Washington, DC and use the power of his office to get the U.S. Congress to get things done instead of just talk about it.

Watters ask three young males why they were there. One said their lives were in danger now that Trump is president. Watters ask how are their lives in danger? Yep. The blank face like a deer in the headlights. No clue.

Translated: Donald Trump has wet dreams about his daughter, Ivanka. Can you imagine if someone said that about Barry Soetoro aka Obama and one of his daughters? Of course it would never happen as I am firmly convinced Obama is a homosexual.

Classless Judd went on to yell to the masses:

Sadly, too many of those females brought their children to watch and hear such filth.

One very popular sign once again displayed the complete and total ignorance of the female carrying it:

As for the males marching with that legion of mindless sisters of victim hood, give me William Wallace any day of the week.

The last time I went to the movie was in 2012 to see ARGO. I made an exception. The movie starred Ben Affleck, a rabid Obama/Hillary supporter. But, I had never heard or read the story of how those hostages made it out of Iran and so I went to see that movie and it was very well done.

Hollywood employs a lot of people and I want to see Americans keep their jobs. Over the years I’ve received a fair amount of email from good, decent Americans who work in some capacity in the film industry and/or television. They hate the toxic environment and tell me they keep their mouth shut or lose their job. If you’re for unborn babies, against the filthy sexual habits of homosexuals (having sex in each others poop) and Christian you keep your mouth shut. Very, very wrong.

Masters of Seduction

Evolution and Destruction of the Original Electoral College. Wednesday night the 25th, my guest is Dr. Edwin Vieira. Click here for details.)

Links:

 Photos of Ugly Left at the Inaugural: Satanists, Pussy, and Red Fists
 Women’s march baffles women attending Trumps inauguration

Taking Politics Out of Solutions is now available. The most important issues destroying America are presented along with constitutional solutions neither the Republicans or Democrats will pursue. Get your copy now. Excellent discounts for 2 or more books, or on bulk orders.]




Democrats fear Trump’s CIA Chief Mike Pompeo

Pompeo will dig into Obama’s suspicious intel practices

U.S. Senate Democrats, led by New York’s Chuck Schumer, the minority leader, argued that a CIA director are dragging their feet on confirming Rep. Mike Pompeo. They — Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vermont, Sen. Richard Blumenthal, D-Connecticut and others –claim Pompeo has “controversial views on surveillance and other issues that need to be debated on the floor.” But more than one observer, such as former military intelligence officer and police commander Larry McIntire, believe they fear a CIA run by Pompeo because of the shenanigans by President Barack Obama’s CIA appointees and supporters.

“Democrat lawmakers appear to be concerned – even fearful — that one of their fellow members of Congress will be confirmed to head of the Central Intelligence Agency. But it will take an Obama-sized ‘skeleton in his closet’ to stop U.S. Rep. Mike Pompeo’s rise to the government position he has worked his entire life to achieve,” said the now retired McIntire. “I’d say that Pompeo may open a new can of worms especially when it comes to the Obama and [Secretary of State John] Kerry nuclear weapons agreement with Iran,” he noted.

The great fear many Democrats have is that Pompeo may attempt to finish a probe as the Director on Central that he started while he served on the House Intelligence Committee: the big pay-off to Iran.

But the Democrats are having a hard time finding something to put the kibosh on the confirmation. The Republican congressman possess quite a resume.

Pompeo while still a teenager shined as a cadet at the United States Military Academy at West Point. In fact, he graduated first in his class from the academy in 1986. According to his official biography, he also graduated from Harvard’s School of Law and easily passed the bar exam.

His military record includes serving as a cavalry officer patrolling the Iron Curtain before the fall of the Berlin Wall. He also served with the 2nd Squadron, 7th Cavalry in the Fourth Infantry Division. He served his last tour of duty in the first war against Saddam Hussein’s Iraq. The 7th Cavalry is considered an elite unit going back to the Indian Wars in the 1800s.

As a House Intelligence Committee member, Pompeo said only a few weeks ago that he has additional evidence that the Obama administration weaseled its way around U.S. sanctions law when it sent $1.7 billion to Iran, according to news reports.

Rep. Pompeo is on the record stating disclosures made to him by the Treasury Department in a letter that the first $400 million cash payment to Iran was wired to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and then electronically-transferred to an account at the National Bank of Switzerland.

The Federal Reserve followed up by “withdraw[ing] the funds from its account as Swiss franc banknotes and the U.S. government physically transported them to Geneva” before overseeing the handover to an Iranian central bank official.

GOP lawmakers have been probing the legality of the payments for months to determine if the money was ransom for the release of American prisoners who were held hostage in the Islamic Republic, but Pompeo says, “[This] administration has not provided most of the information [being sought] by the committee members. By stonewalling our inquiries, President Obama seems to be hiding whether or not he and others broke U.S. law by sending $1.7 billion in cash to Iran,” Pompeo told the news media at the time.

“Americans can plainly see that the Obama administration laundered this money in order to circumvent U.S. law and appease the Islamic Republic of Iran,” He accused.

Other critics of the transfer, such as the American Action Forum, say that Iran has used tens of millions of the $1.7 billion it received from the U.S. to bolster its worldwide terrorism operations, including giving funds to organizations which have murdered American citizens.

As a teenager, he enrolled at the United States Military Academy at West Point. He graduated first in his class from West Point in 1986. According to his official biography, he then served as a cavalry officer patrolling the Iron Curtain before the fall of the Berlin Wall. He also served with the 2nd Squadron, 7th Cavalry in the Fourth Infantry Division. He served his last tour in the Gulf War under President George H.W. Bush.

The House Intelligence Committee member says he has additional evidence that the Obama administration skirted U.S. sanctions law when it sent $1.7 billion to Iran, according to reports.

Rep. Mike Pompeo said disclosures made to him by the Treasury Department in a letter, after he requested details of the money transfer, show that the first $400 million cash payment to Iran was wired to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRBNY) and then moved to an account at the Swiss National Bank.

FRBNY then “withdrew the funds from its account as Swiss franc banknotes and the U.S. government physically transported them to Geneva” before overseeing the handover to an Iranian central bank official.

Congress has been looking into the legality of the payments for months to determine as well if they were ransom for the release of Americans who were held in the Islamic Republic, but Pompeo says the administration has not provided most of the information they seek.

“By withholding critical details and stonewalling congressional inquiries, President Obama seems to be hiding whether or not he and others broke U.S. law by sending $1.7 billion in cash to Iran,” Pompeo told the Free Beacon.

“But Americans can plainly see that the Obama administration laundered this money in order to circumvent U.S. law and appease the Islamic Republic of Iran.”

Other critics of the transfer, such as the American Action Forum (AAF), say that Iran has used tens of millions of the $1.7 billion it received from the U.S. to bolster its worldwide terrorism operations, including giving funds to organizations which have murdered American citizens.

In her report, AAF’s Rachel Hoff wrote: When the Obama Administration sent Iran a total of $1.7 billion in cash earlier this year, many questioned if these payment constituted a “ransom” for the release of American prisoners. The State Department, however, insists the payment was only used as “leverage” to ensure the prisoners were released. (The United States has a longstanding policy that it does not pay ransoms for American prisoners or hostages.) The nature of the cash transfers to Iran is an important question, but it is also worth considering the payment itself.

Iran recently passed a law requiring that the $1.7 billion U.S. payment be directed to the Iranian military. Previous AAF research reported that Iran reports spending 65 percent of its military budget on the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC), the Iranian elite paramilitary force. The IRGC actively supports terrorist organizations throughout the Middle East, spending millions of dollars every year to support the Houthis in Yemen, Hezbollah in Lebanon, and Hamas in Gaza. Iran also sends billions of dollars every year to the Assad regime in Syria.

It is unlikely that Iran accurately reports its military or paramilitary spending, but the reported budget figures are useful as a minimum baseline. Applying the official spending levels to the U.S. payment to Iran, the $1.7 billion could mean $1.1 billion for the IRGC. Paying ransoms in exchange for Americans held abroad is one bad policy—indirectly funding terrorism is another.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved




Federal takeover of the state police departments is dangerous Myopia

Myopia is nearsightedness and it “is the most common refractive error of the eye…If you are nearsighted, you typically will have difficulty reading road signs and seeing distant objects clearly.”[1] But there is another form of nearsightedness; seeing the items right under your nose, but missing the truly significant items in the distance. That nearsightedness can bring disaster. One example occurred this Thursday in the Baltimore City Council.
“The consent decree just approved on Thursday … cements into place the next step toward a virtual federal takeover of the Baltimore Police Department (BPD).

The decree itself provides all the damning evidence. First, the incident: the death of Freddie Gray in 2015, followed by riots incited by a Marxist group funded by a billionaire. Those riots were followed by charges that the BPD used illegal measures to ensure public safety.

The U.S. government illegally and unconstitutionally investigated those charges, concluding that something must be done. Under implied threats, the consent decree was born, with obligations and mandates and changes to be enforced by a federal judge.” And sadly Baltimore is not the first city to surrender to Federal tyranny. “During the Obama administration, similar consent decrees have been implemented in 15 cities, including New Orleans, Oakland, Los Angeles, and Albuquerque.”[2]

The actions of the City Council were myopic in this regard. When the police powers are not directly accountable to the people, which our State Constitution requires, history shows an inevitable record – the God given rights of the people will not be protected by the police. When the local police nationalized history shows they become the tools of tyranny and the people are helpless to stop it especially when they have been previously disarmed and thereby unable to protect themselves. Study the history of the Gestapo, or the Red Terror of NKVD (Soviet secret police) or The Tiananmen Square massacre, along with multiple examples where hundreds of millions were murdered by their own government using the nationalized police to kill them.

The Twentieth Century was the bloodiest century in all of history; but the two World Wars and numerous violent, bloody revolutions did not even contribute to the largest number of deaths.

“Let’s start with a number: 262 million. That’s the number of unarmed people the late Prof. R. J. Rummel estimated governments murdered in mass killings he termed “democide” during the 20th century. “This democide murdered 6 times more people than died in combat in all the foreign and internal wars of the century,” he wrote.

Unsurprisingly, the bloodiest body count was run up by totalitarian regimes, though authoritarians were busy stacking up the corpses, too, if in smaller piles. Democracies were also responsible for unjustifiable deaths, especially in subduing resistance in their colonial possessions (think: Belgian Congo) and in indiscriminate bombing of civilian targets during wars (think: Hiroshima), but to a far lesser degree than Communists, Nazis, and overdecorated generalissimos….So keeping any sort of government on a short leash is just good sense.” It is myopic not to do so.

Now you might think, not to worry, a police state wouldn’t trouble you, after all you are a law abiding patriotic citizen. But think of this, “Heritage Foundation warns that “the number of criminal offenses in the U.S. Code increased from 3,000 in the early 1980s to 4,000 by 2000 to over 4,450 by 2008., [currently at over 22 million words and that is not to mention the Federal Regulations created by administrative edict]” Those laws, originally limited to obvious crimes, now touch on areas of life that most people would never guess to be of interest to prosecutors and law enforcement officers.

Civil liberties attorney Harvey Silverglate made a similar point in his 2009 book, Three Felonies a Day. He says that laws have not only proliferated, but they’re applied in unpredictable and arbitrary ways, so that it’s virtually impossible for Americans to avoid subjecting themselves to potential arrest, prosecution, and imprisonment. That’s to say, you can break a law by accident, and end up behind bars…Radley Balko wrote 2013’s Rise of the Warrior Cop to document the increasingly military-style weapons, attitudes, and tactics of the nation’s police forces as they enforce those myriad laws and keep the prisons stuffed to the brim. Last year he wrote ‘too many cops today have been conditioned to see the people they serve not as citizens with rights, but as an enemy.’”[3]

I believe that history teaches it is extremely myopic to hand over the local police powers to a centralized government authority. But there are many other examples of myopia; consider how most people live their lives. They study hard to achieve the degrees and certifications to find a good job. They put some money aside for when they reach that stage of life when they can no longer work. But as they move toward retirement they rarely lift their eyes higher than that goal, they don’t think about their own departure from this world, they don’t ask what lies beyond. That is myopic. This life on average lasts for seventy or eighty years, but what lies beyond that is so much greater than eighty years that the comparison is comical. Myopia about eternity is very prevalent today. Turn to Titus 1 where Paul addresses this myopia.

Titus 1:2 “Paul, a servant of God, and an apostle of Jesus Christ, according to the faith of God’s elect, and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness; In hope of eternal life, which God, that cannot lie, promised before the world began; But hath in due times manifested his word through preaching, which is committed unto me according to the commandment of God our Saviour;”

Subscribe to NewsWithViews Daily Email Alerts

Email Address *
First Name
*required field
Paul lived in the hope of eternity, he never let it out of his view. That perspective is what we need for ourselves, our families, our churches and our country.

And Not a Shot Is Fired: Baltimore City Council Assents to Federal Consent Decree Over Its Police Department

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Rev. David Whitney – All Rights Reserved




What the politicians you elected have done to America Pt. 3

As we continue to look at what our politicians have done to America we have to wonder just what their objective is. When we look at it closely we can see that it isn’t the best for Americans. In the early 20th Century we began to see a shift from natural remedies to chemical controlling of diseases that target the results of a disease instead of targeting the reason for the disease.

As an example let’s look at diabetes. I know of no one that is born with diabetes. I know that there are many causes for the disease, heredity, diet, lack of exercise and other things but my point is something caused it. Why mask the results instead of addressing the cause? Simple. Money! Some may say that I am wrong and you have a right to your opinion but facts are facts. The American Diabetes Association (Association) released new research on March 6, 2013 estimating the total costs of diagnosed diabetes have risen to $245 billion in 2012 from $174 billion in 2007, when the cost was last examined.

This figure represents a 41 percent increase over a five year period.

The study, Economic Costs of Diabetes in the U.S. in 2012, was commissioned by the Association and addresses the increased financial burden, health resources used and lost productivity associated with diabetes in 2012. The study includes a detailed breakdown of costs along gender, racial and ethnic lines, and also includes a breakdown of costs on a state-by-state basis.

The total estimated cost of diagnosed diabetes in 2012 is $245 billion, including $176 billion in direct medical costs and $69 billion in reduced productivity.

The largest components of medical expenditures are:

• hospital inpatient care (43% of the total medical cost),
• prescription medications to treat complications of diabetes (18%),
• anti-diabetic agents and diabetes supplies (12%),
• physician office visits (9%), and
• nursing/residential facility stays (8%).
People with diagnosed diabetes incur average medical expenditures of about $13,700 per year, of which about $7,900 is attributed to diabetes. People with diagnosed diabetes, on average, have medical expenditures approximately 2.3 times higher than what expenditures would be in the absence of diabetes.[1]

There is an effort, I believe, by big pharma to create the need for some kind of medicine from them so they have a good bottom line. Their concern is their pocket, not your health. Pay attention to the next commercial about a medication. There are more side effects that are worse than the disease!

They get away with it because they warn you about them. Many cause cancer! But they have drugs for that too, but most of the time these very expensive drugs don’t work. Dr. Peter Glidden cites a recent study that concludes better than 97% of the time, chemotherapy does not work. Yet it’s one of the main treatments in the battle against cancer. Dr. Glidden explains why that’s still the case. Cancer is the second leading cause of death in the developed world, and yet we are still in the dark ages when it comes to treating and understanding it.

The colossal failure of conventional cancer treatments reflects a fundamental misunderstanding of what cancer – the “enemy” – actually is. For one, chemotherapy and radiotherapy are both intrinsically carcinogenic treatments. The only justification for their use, in fact, is that they are highly effective at damaging the DNA within cells – with the hope that the cancer cells will be more susceptible to being harmed than the healthy ones (sadly, not always true).

The reality, however, is that the “collateral damage” from treatment is inevitable; it is not a matter of “if,” but to what degree the damaging side effects will occur. As in real modern warfare, the decision to strike is often based on deciding how much collateral damage to “civilian” populations is deemed acceptable. This is not unlike the fixation in toxicological risk assessments for drugs, environmental pollutants, food additives, etc., where determining “an acceptable level of harm” (a rather horrible oxymoron) to the exposed population is the first order of business.

Chemo Agent Classified by the WHO as Carcinogenic

The DNA-damaging, or genotoxic effects of chemotherapy and radiotherapy, according to the prevailing wisdom, are the #1 cause of cancer initiation and promotion. This is known as the “Mutational Theory” of cancer, and has been the dominant explanation for half a century.[2]

What doctors seem to ignore is that cancer cannot survive in an alkaline environment they, for the most part, ignore this and go with chemicals that literally kill everything in hopes that it kills the cancer before it kills the patient. A doctor uses two standard household items and has had great success with patients that were terminal. 185 out of 200 lived at least 15 more years CANCER FREE! after being diagnosed as terminal.[3] This is a ‘natural’ cure which in many cases has been outlawed.[4] Why would they do this? Population control. Remember in an earlier column in this series I state that the elites want the world’s population to drop from six billion to 500,000,000.

If this seems hard to believe that our government would do this but time and time again we see the government raid a natural supplement supplier with swat teams, take products, computers, research materials and in many cases never charge the company with anything. They never get their computers, research materials and inventory back either. It is just a show of force to let the industry know that they are not going to put up with keeping people healthy. Here’s a brief overview of some of the campaigns of terror the FDA has initiated against natural healers, nutritional supplement companies and other organizations. Many were conducted using armed agents wielding assault rifles and automatic weapons, dressed in body armor. All of them were intended to destroy natural medicine, thereby protecting the profits of drug companies and conventional medicine practitioners.

1987: The Life Extension Raids

The Life Extension Foundation (www.LEF.org) has long been targeted by the FDA. It is a non-profit organization that publishes information about the healing power of nutritional supplements and genuine anti-aging breakthroughs from the world of natural health.

On February 26, 1987, approximately 25 armed FDA agents and U.S. Marshals burst through the glass doors of the Ft. Lauderdale offices of the Life Extension Foundation with guns drawn. A second group of FDA agents simultaneously attacked the LEF warehouse, where they detained LEF founder William Faloon at gunpoint.

1990 – The El Cajon pet food store raid

In 1990, FDA agents raided the pet food store of Sissy Harrington-McGill, a 57-year-old pet lover who was guilty of the “crime” of claiming that vitamins would help keep pets healthy. Without a search warrant, FDA agents ransacked her store, confiscating products and literature.

She was later tried and convicted of violating the Health Claims Law, a law that did not exist at the time of the raid and was never passed by the U.S. Congress. Nonetheless, likely due to FDA pressure on the presiding judge, she was sentenced to 179 days in prison and fined $10,000 for daring to say that vitamins are good for puppy dogs![5]

We haven’t even begun to talk about pesticides, Monsanto and the whole GMO debacle.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

 

Footnotes:

1. Cost of diabetes.
2. Chemotherapy doesnt work 97 of the time video.
3. Health/holistic alternative medicine.
4. Herbal Medicine Illegal.
5. Tyranny in the USA: The true history of FDA raids on healers, vitamin shops and supplement companies.




The first presidential inauguration of these United States

This week I had the privilege to attend the inauguration of President-elect Donald Trump. While this is truly an honorable day and tradition for Americans, did you know there are seven distinct religious activities in the first presidential inauguration that have been repeated in whole or part during every subsequent inauguration? They include:

1- The use of the Bible to administer the oath
2- Solemnifying the oath with multiple religious expressions (placing a hand on the Bible, saying “So help me God,” and then kissing the Bible)
3- Prayers offered by the president himself
4- Religious content in the inaugural address
5- The president calling on the people to pray or acknowledge God
6- Church inaugural worship services
7- Clergy-led prayers

The first inauguration under our current Constitution occurred in New York City, which served as the nation’s capital during the first year of the new federal government.

The papers reported the activities:

“[O]n the morning of the day on which our illustrious President will be invested with his office, the bells will ring at nine o’clock, when the people may go up to the house of God and in a solemn manner commit the new government, with its important train of consequences, to the holy protection and blessing of the Most High.”

The ceremony took place on the balcony at Federal Hall with a huge crowd gathered below watching the proceedings.

Washington placed his left hand upon the open 1767 King James Bible, raised his right hand, took the oath of office, then bent over and reverently kissed the Bible.

As the first-ever presidential address, Washington’s precedent began with prayer, explaining:

“It would be peculiarly improper to omit in this first official act my fervent supplications to that Almighty Being Who rules over the universe, Who presides in the councils of nations, and Whose providential aids can supply every human defect – that His benediction may consecrate to the liberties and happiness of the people of the United States a government instituted by themselves for these essential purposes.”[1]

After concluding his address, Washington offered its closing prayer:

“Having thus imparted to you my sentiments as they have been awakened by the occasion which brings us together, I shall take my present leave – but not without resorting once more to the benign Parent of the Human Race in humble supplication [prayer] that . . . His Divine blessing may be equally conspicuous in the enlarged views, the temperate consultations, and the wise measures on which the success of this government must depend.[2]

The next activities were arranged by Congress itself when the Senate directed:

“That after the oath shall have been administered to the President, he – attended by the Vice-President and members of the Senate and House of Representatives – proceed to St. Paul’s Chapel to hear Divine service.”[3]

The House had approved the same resolution,[4] so the president and Congress thus went en masse to church as an official body. As affirmed by congressional records.

So you see our Constitutional Government was birthed and covered with a holy Christian cloak and, while this inauguration will likely be an experience I will never forget, I believe there is something more important than ceremonies. My prayer is that posterity will look with honor on our labor to preserve the indispensable supports of political prosperity that Washington attributed to “Religion and Morality”.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and his Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved




Blissful ignorance

Sadly, the title of this article clearly states how most people prefer to live their lives. Ignorance, like sin, is bliss for a season. I guess there is some pleasure in living in this manner for a brief period (Heb. 11:25).

“There is a tranquility in ignorance, but servitude is its partner.”

“None are more hopelessly enslaved than those who falsely believe they are free.” -Goethe

“Ignorance is of a peculiar nature; once dispelled, it is impossible to reestablish. It is not originally a thing of itself, but the absence of knowledge; and though man be kept ignorant, he cannot be made ignorant.” -Thomas Paine

“If a nation expects to be ignorant and free in a state of civilization, it expects what never was and never will be.” -Thomas Jefferson

“My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge (ignorance) because thou hast rejected knowledge (willful ignorance), I will also reject thee, that thou shalt be no priest to me: seeing thou hast forgotten the law of thy God, I will also forget thy children.” -Hosea 4:6

Just wanted to let you know that I’ve had all the “damned” lies I can handle without standing up, speaking out and exposing to all of us what fools we have become! (Ps. 14:1) A moral and virtuous people, filled with Godly wisdom, will not and cannot blindly pledge “allegiance” to any manmade government that denies the sovereign authority of the God of all creation. A nation ruled by corrupt men who ignore the eternal and immutable laws of Holy God, that demands obedience, or cause the people to err through immorality, depravity, decadence and debauchery cannot be obeyed by a righteous people! (Is. 9:16) Especially so for a nation that once knew the providence and protection of a righteous God. (Ps. 9:17) A nation that consisted mostly of a people who understood and realized that God alone must have preeminence in all things whatsoever in His creation. These people fled to an unsettled land to escape both a political and ecclesiastical tyranny under a corrupt king and a cult called Roman Catholicism. Both separately and together desired to rule the world!

These Godly people understood the authority given them by Christ Himself. (Mt. 28:18-20) They were determined to render to God alone their allegiance. They were determined to set up a “civil authority” that had but one purpose and that was to see that God’s laws alone were to be followed. Evil men were punished, the righteous were blessed with liberty (Rom. 13:1-6). They were willing to dedicate their lives to fulfill this “Holy” calling. These people who greatly desired to be righteous, established the first and truly “Christian” nation in history, that stood for approximately 200 years, from the early to late 1600’s to 1789. Yep, that’s right! 1789! Keep reading!

People who have a sincere desire for truth can find the truth, but they will not find it in the heathen, state run, “public fool” system we have all attended and still send our children to today! You will find very little of it in today’s 501c3 whorehouse we call the church! You can, if you are not too lazy to seek and find it in God’s preserved Word, the 1611 KJV Bible, using a Strong’s Concordance and a copy of the original 1828 Noah Webster’s dictionary. You can find actual copies of our nation’s first colonial covenants (constitutions) to read what our true founding fathers wrote about what our nation was formed for, but that is your call alone.

You may want to stop reading now! If you read any further, you will have your ignorance dispelled beyond repair. Again, the choice is yours. You could lose your ignorant bliss and blind patriotism!

If you will look at the original charters you will find that the colonists swore allegiance to Christ alone, for obedience and to further His Kingdom. To a king or civil authority, only a “limited” submission was given! To a self appointed “divine” leader who called himself Christ’s vicar on earth, no authority or submission was given. This man they knew is and was an antichrist. The colonists were so concerned about this issue, that many of their charters stated that only Protestant Christians could hold any office of authority.

Now, back on the original topic of Blissful Ignorance. How did such a once Godly, intelligent and industrious people become so “damned” ignorant to all things righteous and good? Without going into great detail, let me list just three points that should help us understand a major reason as to what happened.

Number one. Our true founders knew that in the original covenant God penned for men, the Holy Bible, that in the first four words He established His preeminence and sovereign authority over His creation was established and settled forever. The four words are, “In the beginning God..”

Number two. When the first founding fathers were about to come ashore and establish the first truly Christian colony, they realized that they needed a covenant written for all to sign and agree to, for righteous order of their new society. It was called the Mayflower Compact because it was written and signed while still onboard the Mayflower. It began simply with four words that set the standard for all of their society to agree to live by. “In the name of God.” In so stating, they recognized God’s sovereignty and rule of His law over all Creation.

Number three. The beginning of the end of God’s recognized sovereign authority over His creation. The first huge step to a dominant humanistic view in American society. As a matter of fact, this new covenant, compact, charter on constitutions was so inadequate that Patrick Henry would have nothing to do with it and Ben Franklin stated that it was “doomed to despotism”. Why? What could possibly be so out of place? We simply don’t have time to go into detail on these issues now, but here is the problem and destruction of America’s, once Godly, founding and fountain of blessings in three words! “We the people”! From the first, the founders recognized “beginning by, for and in God, in the name of God”, to “we the people” who became their own god. No longer would God’s laws alone be recognized! Now man, with and by his own understanding, could decide right and wrong. From Godliness to humanism in a manner of a few years. No, it didn’t dissolve overnight, but as the people became more and more ignorant of God’s sovereign right to govern in the affairs of men, they became their own gods, determined to govern themselves with their own ignorant devices. So here we are at 1789, 128 years later! Let’s examine the results of recognizing “mans rights”, (an oxymoron – more on that later ), without God’s righteous laws!

1. Countless ungodly wars of federal powers to conquer and control their own people. Huge wars to further the “empires” power and control all over the world that was allowed and tolerated by an ignorant people!

2. A forced state controlled educational system to destroy any recognition of God and His laws in society, to dumb down in order to further produce and control an ignorant people. 1963 was a very good year for this! And for the record, Thomas Jefferson did not produce a writing to keep God out of state affairs, but to keep the state out of church affairs! Separation of church and state is not in any of our nations documents, but it is in Russia’s!

3. 1954. Lyndon B. Johnson used his influence as a US senator to put the churches in America under control of the IRS. With the 501c3 clause giving the church the “privilege” of being tax exempt when they were already tax immune! An ignorant people claiming to understand God’s Word were thrilled to accept this. Ah! Wonderful ignorant blissfulness!

4. 1974. A woman’s “constitutional right” to murder her own child is given viability by a non authority, the US supreme court! This fruit of an ungodly nation has resulted in the torture and death of sixty million, 60,000,000, innocent children! There is no forgiveness for a nation that ignorance or cowardliness allows this atrocity! II Kings 24:4 This is one example of how we the people, as written in our 1789 document called the Constitution, have used mans so called rights to promote and protect evil.

5. 2015. Again, the same non authority stated that sexual predators, perverts and deviants not only have the “right” to exist in our society, but they have the “constitutional right” to marry! Again, an ignorant, cowardly and mostly indifferent society said or did very little.

These are a few of the bigger results and curses of an ignorant people. There are many, many more. They grow in severity as the people become more ignorant, cowardly and indifferent. Some of the lesser that an ignorant people ignored were income taxes, sales taxes, property taxes, licenses, property seizures, child kidnapping by CPS tyrants and on and on we could go!

Most of the above have been established under supposed constitutional, civil or human rights! As I have said before, we have become a people that are straining at gnats and swallowing camels. Mt. 23:24 We protest taxation, gun control, government land grabs, police state tactics and the new world order, yet continue to allow the sacrifices of 4000 babies a day. We tolerate sexual deviants teaching our children in the public hell holes we call schools. God cannot and will not hear our prayers! II Chron. 7:14 does not fit us today!

Let me make one thing perfectly clear! Men do not have rights given to him by anyone, including a Sovereign God! Man was given commandments and duties by a Holy, righteous, totally and completely sovereign potentate King and Magistrate! Mans duties and allegiance is to God and Him alone! If we fulfill His duties, then He grants us blessings! NOT rights! For example, man has the blessing of keeping and bearing arms to fulfill God’s command and duty to protect himself, family and nation! Numbers chapter one, Neh. 4:14, Luke 22:36 and I Tim. 5:8 are a few scriptures to prove this point. Because, through ignorance of God’s Word, we have not fulfilled our duty to God to protect the innocent, we are facing the loss of the blessing, not right, to keep and bear arms. Folks, I could go further, but enough has been said on this issue.

We have, through ignorance and complacency become complicit in the sins of this once Godly nation. I, for one, will never pledge an allegiance to a symbol of a nation that has committed all of the abominations listed above! I am a veteran! I served before I knew the wickedness of this nation! Our young people haven’t died in a Godly war since the Revolution! All the rest were forced upon us from enemies, both foreign and domestic, who hunger for wealth, power and control. Our young people have been used as cannon fodder to further an American empire, not defending our freedoms!

How ignorant we are! Free to murder, pervert and destroy our children’s future! To allow our former pervert and chief in the white house, named Barry Soetoro, alias Barack Hussein Obama, to bestow America’s highest award on a sexual deviant lesbian named Ellen Degeneres!

No thanks! Not me! I am angry at what I see! I will no longer remain silent or soften my words to endeavor for unity! God’s Word is the only real truth on all manners! All of our so called founding documents are but dung without God’s authority recognized as the supreme and final word in all manners whatsoever!

We now have a new president, Donald J. Trump, who pledges to “make America great again.” Let us be hopeful and pray that this will happen, but while we tolerate the slaughter of 1,460,000 babies a year and the perversion of sodomy and lesbianism, God will not heal this land. Let’s be clear on this one indisputable fact!! No nation will be blessed or prosper without obedience to God’s moral laws!! (Ps. 33:12)

You must decide for yourselves who you will serve. You have been told the truth in this article! Joshua 24:15 is my decision. As our ministry name states, this is your “Call to Decision”. Let us no longer fulfill Christ’s warning in Matt. 15:14.

In Christ’s service

Click here to visit NewsWithViews.com home page.

© 2017 Pastor Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved




America dodged a fatal bullet because of President Trump

As I sit here and write this missive today there are 70 rallies going on, all of which are anti-Trump and carrying the same type of message: “Do this
Trump or else!” I am so tired of listening to such rubbish; “Do this or else!”
What do those leftists believe they’re going to do when they say: “Or else!?”
All they can do is “whine” us all to death. They have no idea of the dire fate America was spiraling towards were it not for Donald Trump’s resounding victory. Allow me spell it out so simply and clearly that even the “hard-core left” can understand it.

Former President Obama was a community organizer, then he became a junior Senator while being an ardent follower of Saul Alinsky, and later on followed the philosophies of Frank Marshall Davis, and wrote about Alinsky in his book.

Hillary Clinton wrote her thesis on Saul Alinky and his teachings. Had she become the President the final destruction of America would’ve shortly been forthcoming because of her belief in Alinsky’s teachings.

Again, let’s keep this simple for our leftist friends out there. Who was Saul Alinksky that both Obama and Clinton admired so? He was a community organizer just like Obama. His teachings can best be found in his 1971 book “Rules for Radicals: A Pragmatic Primer for Realistic Radicals.”

What were the teachings which Obama and Clinton so admired as written by Alinsky? He wrote that there are eight steps of control which need to be achieved if you want to create a social state. Here are those 8 steps as penned by Alinsky:

“The first is the most important.

1- Healthcare — Control healthcare and you control the people

2- Poverty — Increase the Poverty level as high as possible, poor people are easier to control and will not fight back if you are providing everything for them to live.

3- Debt — Increase the debt to an unsustainable level. That way you are able to increase taxes, and this will produce more poverty.

4- Gun Control — Remove the ability to defend themselves from the Government. That way you are able to create a police state.

5- Welfare — Take control of every aspect of their lives (Food, Housing, and Income).

6- Education — Take control of what people read and listen to — take control of what children learn in school.

7- Religion — Remove the belief in the God from the Government and schools.

8- Class Warfare — Divide the people into the wealthy and the poor. This will cause more discontent and it will be easier to take (Tax) the wealthy with the support of the poor.”

I’m sure these eight steps must sound familiar now by those with an operative cerebral cortex on the left however, let’s see if any/all of them were being attempted or accomplished by Obama and what would’ve most certainly have been continued by Hillary.

1) Control Healthcare: Can anyone say Obamacare??? What shocks me beyond comparison is when Nancy Pelosi had told members of Congress: “If you want to see what’s in this bill you’ll have to vote for it first.” Wait a second! Since when are we supposed to vote on anything before we see it? And, yet, that’s exactly what had happened. Still, the leftist which I have been seeing on various news stations in the past few days have been chiming, “But Obama got 20,000,000 Americans on Health Care.” Oh, really?! And at what cost? Most of those who got Obamacare had their premiums skyrocket through the roof so much so that most of them have dropped their coverage or lowered their individual level of coverage to where they can afford something. While at the same time those who couldn’t afford Obamacare still remain uninsured to this very day. And that is supposed to be a story of success? Remember, Salinsky said: “Control healthcare and you control the people.”

2) Control Poverty: Under the Obama Administration the poverty level has risen to unheard of numbers. More than 6,000,000 people (that’s a 19% increase or almost 1 in 5 of every adult Americans) have been added to the poverty level under Barack Obama, and the numbers are still climbing. Remember, Salinsky said: “…poor people are easier to control…”

3) Control Debt: Thanks to Obama the National Debt of all previous Presidents has been doubled. The National Debt will hit $20,000,000,000,000 shortly after Donald Trump takes office. Remember, Salinky said: “Increase the debt to an unsustainable level.”
4) Gun Control: In all of American history there has not been a President more determined to take away our 2nd. Amendment Rights then Barack Obama. I don’t even remember all of the new rules and regulations he enforced by bypassing Congress. Remember, Salinky said: “Remove the ability to defend themselves from the government.”

5) Control Welfare: Under Obama’s Administration, the Welfare State has grown by nearly 19% and now costs us taxpayers almost $1,000,000,000,000 extra per year. These are National figures and are factual, yet the other day when I listened to Obama’s Farewell Address to the Nation, he claimed he brought poverty levels down. Well, the facts and figures prove otherwise. Of Welfare, Salinky did say: “Take control of every aspect of their lives (food, housing, and income).

6) Control Education: As a former high school teacher I can honestly say that “Common Core” is the worst educational system I have even seen. It lacks so many of the fundamental tools for successful education that I could write an entire article on that alone. Yet, it was Obama and U.S. Secretary of Education Anne Duncan who shove Common Core down the throat of the American educational system. And, if you wanted to receive your government benefits you would cooperate. Remember, Salinky did say: “Take control of what people read and listen to – take control of what children learn in school.”

7) Control Religion: Can anyone seriously doubt that Obama is a Muslim? His wedding ring has an engraving on the inside which is a Muslim blessing. His preference of observing Muslim holidays over Christian ones (Christianity being the majority in America) has been painstakingly obvious. His condemning of Christianity was made very clear when he stated that “Christianity must not get on its high horse” when he was condemning Christianity for the Crusades. Plus, let’s forget another fact in which Obama claimed that “America is no longer a Christian nation.” Try telling one Obama to the adherents of the number one religion in America which is still Christianity. Consistently Obama has done so much to remove out national claim to Christianity, and has even had crosses removed from chapels in the military. On military bases you’re not allowed to witness of Christ and salvation, and you cannot openly keep a Bible on a desk if you work behind one. And, let’s not his preference of Islam over Christianity. Remember, Salinky said: “Remove the belief in the God from the government and schools.” And haven’t they removed God from the public school as Salinsky wrote of?

8) Control Class Warfare: I have been around since the Eisenhower Administration and in all that time I have never seen one President blame more on the wealthy than Obama. Even Hillary was constantly screaming her disapproval of Donald Trump for being so wealthy while on the campaign trail. And, yet, her so-called charity has somewhere in-between $150,000,000 – $200,000,000 in the bank. And just as bad, if not worse, Obama has been trying to give himself a raise in his retirement funds. This is ludicrous! Former Presidents are making tons of money by appearing at speaking engagements and by writing books. They certainly don’t need to bilk taxpayers out of more money. Even Donald Trump has publicly stated he will not take a pay for being the President. But, Obama had and now he wants even more! Remember, Salinsky said: “Divide the people into the wealthy and the poor. This will cause more discontent, and it will be easier to take (tax) the wealthy with the support of the poor.” So, according to Obama, Hillary and Salinsky we need to punish the wealthy for being successful. How moronic!

Folks, America has indeed dodged a bullet, a fatal one that could’ve very well been the death of America. Salinsky’s plans would’ve destroyed America if Hillary became the President because she is an ardent believer in Salinsky’s writings. Look at what we’ve just endured in the last eight years under Obama, another Salinksy follower. In his first year Obama made a “Global Apology Tour” around the world and apologized for America being so great.

Under Obama, by his application of the Salinsky’s teachings, America’s greatness has become a joke to most nations around the world. Internally America’s greatness is but a shadow of its former glory because of the application of Salinsky’s teachings. And had Hillary Clinton become the next President, dare I say that, America’s greatness would been all but a footnote in the annals of history. However, because of the will of the people, Donald Trump shall be the 45th President of the United States of America. And the one thing he espoused on the campaign trail was to: “Make America Great Again!” And, even though he isn’t the President until January 20, 2017 Donald Trump has already kept to his campaign promise of bringing jobs back to America. He’s already done this twice!

To my leftist friends let me ask this: “Do you really want the “GREAT” nation of America to continue along the Salinsky/Obama/Hillary path where we eventually end up as a socialist, and then a fascist State or, shall we once again bring back the “GREATNESS” that had been America? It doesn’t matter who’s in control of Congress; the Senate and the House of Representatives.

What does matter is that we are governed in such a way that America becomes GREAT again. That can never be achieved by Salinsky’s teachings nor by his followers. So before you even begin to condemn him (which many already have), let’s give Donald Trump a chance. Let’s see what his first 100 days in office will become. Remember, he’s not even the President yet but, Donald Trump has already kept to one of his campaign promises and has brought jobs back to America. Surely that’s not worthy of condemnation, but it is worthy of praise and most beneficial to Americans who want a job.
Let’s be reasonable and give Donald Trump a chance. We did so with Obama. Let’s be reasonable and give Donald Trump’s plans a chance. Afterall, Hillary had no clear cut strategy for America while she was on the campaign trail. And, let’s be reasonable and allow America to be GREAT once again!

© 2017 Doc Marquis – All Rights Reserved




Unashamed anti-zionism and demagoguery of Pastor Chuck Baldwin

It is rare in these days to see such unashamed anti-Zionism displayed loud and proud by a seemingly conservative author, whose language and arguments are, however, more appropriate to the vile socialist left. Mr. Baldwin resorts to demagoguery by mixing together both valid and very invalid issues, i.e., anti-Zionism rants. [Link]

It is surely a valid observation that the spread of homosexuality in America is not confronted enough by our spiritual leaders, and worse, some priests and rabbis pander to and fear the homosexual Mafia more than God.

Yet, it is wrong and ugly to speak about Zionism as though something reprehensible.(*) It is wrong to blame renowned pastors such as John Hagee for their friendliness to the State of Israel and for being a Christian Zionist. In fact, every consistent Christian must be a Christian Zionist as I will explain. And, it is particularly ugly to blame the President-elect Donald J. Trump, for his promises to honor the rights of Israel for her land and capital, while the entire world, pandering to the left and Islam, have turned hatred against the Jewish Homeland.

It is both base and ugly to sarcastically characterize the year 2017 and Trump’s presidency as though it represents “The Year of the Zionists.” Your language, Pastor Baldwin, is no different than that of the Soviet Politburo. What a badge of honor you wear!

Let me clarify some of the basics of Zionism for you, Pastor Baldwin.

1) In a secular sense, Zionism is merely a case of the general formula that “Nation X belongs to people X” just as France belongs to the French, Britain belongs to the Brits, Germany to Germans, Spain to Spaniards, Greece to the Greeks, and yes, Israel to the Jews! Zionism is no different than Frenchism, Germanism, etc., except that the Jews ownership of their land began 3,000 years ago, before France, Britain, and Germany even existed.

2) The restoration of Israel on her ancient land is an act of immense significance in terms of both social and spiritual justice. Since ancient times, Israel has been a victim of colonialism and oppression. Therefore, as a social issue, Zionism is the most justified case of a national liberation movement, one which delivered the Jewish people, victims of extreme oppression and genocide for centuries, to their national liberation and the restoration of their nationhood.

3) As a spiritual issue, Zionism is a realization of God’s plan, an act of the highest spiritual value for Jews and consistent Christians. Yet, Israel is the only nation refused basic justice by the rest of the world, the world which was ready to sacrifice Israel for whatever minute reason, or for no reason at all. Any expectations of justice for Israel from this world are futile (Eric Hoffer).

To be a Zionist is a badge of honor. That is Zionism. To be an anti-Zionist is a mark of baseness.

4) Pastor Baldwin, you are saying that contemporary Israel is not exactly like the model promised by God…fair enough. However, who else is such a model? Whose existence, security, and national interests are questioned and conditioned by other foreign nations? Here is a quote for you. Remember Europe in the 1930s?

Ask yourself this:

• Is it possible for the whole world to be against Jews? Yes.
• Is it possible that the whole world can be wrong? Yes.

• What was the motivating factor then? Antisemitism.
• What is the motivating factor today? Antisemitism.

• Then the world opposed the existence of one Jew.
• Today the world opposes the existence of one Jewish state.

Back then, the world opposed the existence of one Jew. Today, the world opposes the existence of one Jewish State. And yet you are concerned with 2017 being “The Year of the Zionists” for America.

5) America was founded as a Judeo-Christian nation, not anything else. It is a spiritual obligation of America to take the side of Christians and Jews in world affairs. And, it is in America’s national interests to support Israel, the only free nation in the Middle East, and America’s strongest ally in the region.

As Eric Hoffer wrote in 1968 “Israel is our only reliable and unconditional alley. We can rely more on Israel than Israel can rely on us.” [Link] These bitter words are even more true now. And you, Pastor Baldwin, are displeased already about future actions of President Donald J. Trump towards making America a more reliable and honest ally of Israel! Shame on you and your ministry!

(*) It is very puzzling and illogical of the hatred to Israel by Western nations and some of their so-called conservatives. Their actions and reasoning exactly replicate the Soviet Politburo.

Soviets hated Israel for too many reasons. First of all, because she allied with America and the West rather than with the Soviets, and because the Soviets hated the very possibility that some small fraction of their population may even contemplate the idea of leaving the USSR for good, or even to be somehow associated with Jewry in the external world. This is the exact reason that Soviets made Zionism a curse word, and a reason for persecution in the USSR! Even learning Hebrew could trigger criminal prosecution back then.

Indeed, the KGB created the PLO, Arafat and the so-called “Palestinian people,” (trained in various Soviet military camps, including one near Odessa, the city where I lived.) And, indeed, it was Soviets who promoted the UN resolution equating Zionism and Fascism (a gross cynicism in itself). But that was the USSR.

To imagine that anyone in the West would follow the same propaganda line is unthinkable! It is as if the West borrowed the Soviet talking points for bashing the allies of the West such as South Vietnam, South Korea, or West Germany! And yet, the West, and some of western conservatives, did borrow the Soviet talk points to bash Israel. That is a grotesque reality these days.

[NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, advertisers, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

© 2017 Alexander Gofen – All Rights Reserved




View of the inauguration from israel

As the preparations and hype for the inauguration of Friday, January 20, heat up and the anticipation grows, many people across the world are watching. Through live streaming of news from computer monitors or TV screens, the events will be watched by Americans and non-Americans in Israel. Because it’s happening on a Friday, which is Sabbath in Israel, those who are observant will have to wait until Saturday night re-runs, but the interest is still high.
Much has been expressed about the transition from Obama to Trump. All of the major Israeli online news sources are covering stories leading up to Friday’s main event. The biggest issue in Israeli media about Trump is his promise to move the US embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. The big back-story here is that, though it is a law on the books in the US, every president since its passage has utilized a waiver to avoid the controversy which is threatened to erupt if this is done.
Israeli Trump Fans
The problem is that anything that changes the policy on Jerusalem is an excuse for the Arabs in Israel and in the Palestinian Authority to riot and protest. They still think they will be able to steal Jerusalem from the Jewish people as part of their proposed state. However, the issue has been put six feet under by most Israelis, since for 20 years at least, the Arabs have not accepted any offers of land from Israel, other than Jordan. Moving any embassy to Jerusalem is a proclamation that Jerusalem is the capital of Israel. Of course it is the capital and has been for 3000 years. It’s never belonged to any people called “Palestinian”, since they are a new people which was created in 1964 by Yasser Arafat, an Egyptian. Besides, their state is supposed to be Jordan, which was given land from Palestine-Israel decades ago.
The newest update on the Jerusalem issue is that Jerusalem mayor Nir Barkat has begun his own campaign which encourages Israelis to welcome Mr. Trump in his new role as US president. The first part of his campaign is to post a petition online endorsing Mr. Trump’s support of Israel and his promise to move the embassy. The mayor then will present the petition with signatures to the new Trump administration.
Barkat exemplifies the hopes that the new administration is bringing to Israeli citizens. He says, “After the eight dry years, a true friend has come to the White House. And I, along with all the citizens of Israel, welcome President-elect Donald Trump as he is elected leader of the free world, and thank him for his support of Israel and his efforts to move the embassy to Jerusalem.
“The call to sign the petition comes in light of Israel’s enemies’ strong opposition to the move. I’ll direct all sectors of Israeli society [to it] and together, we’ll send a signal to leaders in Washington that the U.S.’s greatest friend is still here.”

It’s interesting to note that Mayor Barkat referred to Mr. Trump’s election as that of “elected leader of the free world.”
Yishai Fleisher, a leader of settlers in Judea, though he lives on the Mt. of Olives which cannot be called a settlement, also expressed hope in the new president. Anyone familiar with the Bible, and particularly the New Testament, realizes how important the Mt. of Olives was to the events revealed in the Bible. Yet to Obama and the UN, the whole area east of Jerusalem is now called an illegal settlement which, along with the Temple Mount and the Western Wall, is Islamic.
Fleisher wrote that “most indications show that he does not share your [Obama’s] contempt for Israel, for Jerusalem and for the Jewish communities in Judea and Samaria. We are looking forward to the next four years.”
After writing the above, I went to a birthday party in my neighborhood. Some of my friends were discussing where the embassy could be built and the length of time it would take to build it. The best solution seems to be the most obvious. A few years ago a new US consulate building was completed in Jerusalem, right smack on top of the imaginary armistice line of 1948. So it is in between Arab and Jewish neighborhoods. It is in the valley and there is lots of room to build more buildings, if other countries wanted to move their embassies there.

As with most things, it’s hard to get definite answers to questions, because when we try to find out if this new consulate building was indeed planned to turn into a an embassy when the time came, we have been told both yes and no. Whatever the plans were, it does seem prudent to just turn the consulate into an embassy. Then Mr.Trump could easily check one major promise off his list. More than that, he would be demonstrating his courage, along with his support for an ally which has been much maligned in the past eight years.

And the Arabs? This would be a major calling of their bluff. The only reason they can protest is the same old argument about borders of their never-gonna-happen state. The building is already there, the personnel are mostly Arab, there would be no change to the neighborhoods or the way of life in the area. So it’s a good guess the Arabs would back down and not start another war which they know they’d lose.
So Israelis have had much to talk about these past two months and the conversation has intensified as the final day of Obama approached. From where I sit in the outlaw territories deemed by the UN and Obama to be illegal for Jews, a great time of celebration will ensue on Saturday night after sundown. At that time we’ll all rush to check our internet, to make sure Mr. Trump is indeed the 45th president of the United States.
© 2017 Cathy Sherman – All Rights Reserved




Why Americans don’t trust main stream media

After 30 years of slanted, biased and false news reporting from major players in the Main Stream Media (MSM) —Americans turn toward more reliable sources—such as citizen journalists writing for Internet news services. Social media features speakers like British speaker Pat Condell telling hungry audiences what’s really happening with the Muslim invasion of Europe.

Whistleblowers such as Julian Assange and Edward Snowden exposed deeper layers of fraud and deception continuing in Washington DC and in Europe.

One look at the talking heads at CBS, NBC, ABC, NPR and CNN shows untenable bias and false reporting on multiple levels. In the past 20 months, prominent news anchors pretty much cut off their noses to spite their faces. Their election polls showed Hillary Clinton winning the White House while major pundits predicted Trump’s collapse.

Pelley, Muir and Holt downplayed Islamic terrorism in America by reporting “lone wolf” Muslims as mentally ill or suffering from depression—when in fact, those terrorists followed the dictates of the Quran while exacting violence. Similar examples abound everyday in the USA and Europe, i.e., rapes, honor killings, female genital mutilation, gay killings and arranged marriages.

For the past 15 years, the anchors at NBC, CBS, ABC, NPR told the American people that 11,000,000 illegal aliens inhabited the United States. After extensive research as to U.S. Census Bureau data by Ann Coulter in her book, Adios Amigo, she noted 31,000,000 (million) illegal migrants living, working and violating America’s laws.

All the while, Dr. Steven Camarata, researcher for Center for Immigration Studies, www.cis.org, discovered that 500,000 illegal aliens jump America’s borders annually. His research shows the illegal population in America exceeds anything the mainstream press purports.

Additionally, while the MSM hounded General Flynn out of a job as National Security Advisor, they decline to report on 22 Islamic terrorist training camps operating in America from New York through Michigan and on to Oregon and California. Would you like to hear about these training camps concerning your family’s protection?

Host Bill O’Reilly reports explicit footages of 22 Islamic jihadist training camps in the USA in this video.

You would never hear about those terror camps from NBC, CBS, ABC, NPR or CNN. Those camps train terrorists to kill you and your family— in your own country. Of course, once they strike and kill countless Americans in Orlando, San Bernardino, Chattanooga or Ohio State, the MSM reports the aftermath of the massacres.

Notice the Boston Marathon bombings: those two Tsarnaev brothers enjoyed major support from other Muslims and the imams at their Boston Mosque, but the MSM assured that no one knew anything about the brothers’ support team.

“Opposition to Islam is no different than opposition to communism, fascism, Nazism or any other belief system that seeks to control human conduct. Every American/Canadian (indeed, every human being on Earth) has basic human rights — the unalienable rights to life, liberty, and property — and every belief system with principles that violate these rights is unjust. In short, anti-communism, anti-fascism, and anti-Islam are the logical justice, whether in America/Canada or anywhere else in the world.” ~ Paul Pauker ~

While we face upwards of 31 million illegal aliens costing taxpayers $113,000,000,000.00 (billion) annually across 15 federal agencies, the MSM refuses to report on thousands of rapes, house break-ins, homicides, drug gangs, shoplifting into the millions of dollars daily, drunk driving deaths and sex-trafficking across this nation. Do you recall MSM regularly reporting on widespread crime committed by illegal migrants? Of course not!

Have you seen investigative journalism exposing employers of illegals such as: Chipotle’s, McDonald’s, Marriott Hotels, Tyson Chicken, Hormel Foods, Holiday Inns and restaurants because somebody pays big bucks to keep the laws from being enforced? How much money keeps mouths shut?

As to the Syrian refugees, you won’t hear anything other than “puff” pieces by 60 Minutes or David Muir or Lester Holt, but average communities like Lewiston, Maine and Minneapolis, Minnesota all the way to Twin Falls, Idaho face massive financial and sociological impact in their cities via violent, illiterate and welfare-abusing immigrants.

Much like the false bias in the election polls showing Trump losing the presidential election, after only 30 days in office, Chuck Todd of “Meet the Press” gleefully showed 79 percent stressed democrats and 59 percent stressed republicans as to our nation’s situation. Chuck Todd, pretending to be a journalist, demonstrates his bias at every juncture.

On “Face the Nation”, John Dickerson repeatedly reported chaos in the White House by choosing “they” and “other sources” to depict Trump as inept. Reince Priebus, chief of staff, sternly corrected Dickerson for giving unnamed sources for such false and hollow stories.

“The real disunity is between a doomed Status Quo and those willing to deal with reality. Right now those willing to deal with reality are few, but they have the distinct advantage of reality on their side, while the Status Quo has only propaganda, artifice, phony political theater and empty promises….Every attempt to lead the public toward the realization that the present is unsustainable will be crushed by a frantic assault of the fiefdoms, cartels and players who will lose power and profits when the Status Quo crumbles under its own weight.”—Charles Hugh Smith “The Shape of Things To Come”

The MSM continues its directive to undermine, delegitimize and destabilize the Trump administration. A report this past week indicated that Trump suffers from mental illness. Intriguing statement, when in fact, President Trump accomplished ten major items of his campaign promises.

President Trump’s first four weeks proved the most active in recent history:

• Executive order to stop Muslim immigration loaded with jihadists coming into America. Creating extreme vetting.
• Stopped the Trans Pacific Partnership.
• Put coal miners back to work.
• Met with three top foreign leaders.
• Started the process for building a wall to stop illegal drugs and migrants from crossing U.S. border with Mexico.
• Increased the Border Patrol by 5,000 agents to stop the $50,000,000,000.00 (billion) in drugs crossing our borders annually from Mexico and 500,000 illegal migrants.
• Negotiated with top CEOs to keep jobs in America.
• Created confidence so much so the Stock Market stands at its highest in months.
• Started rounding up and deporting criminal illegal aliens as promised.
• Moved to replace the failed Obamacare health system that would have collapsed within several years.
• Carried through on his promise to stop funding cities who maintain sanctuary status for illegal alien migrants.
• Selected Neil Gorsuch for Supreme Court Judge.
When you look at the big picture, Congress and the ruling elite of DC enjoyed so much easy corruption for the past 30 years, they think it’s normal to make big bucks and cheat American taxpayers out of money and jobs. They failed to enforce our immigration laws, never passed beneficial trade laws for American jobs and did little for African-Americans as to jobs, education and training.

The elites in Congress failed to stop 350,000 anchor babies being born annually at our expense for food, housing and K-12 education. They cried job creation while pumping 1,000,000 legal and 500,000 illegal immigrants into our country annually without rescinding the 1965 Immigration Reform Act. Meanwhile, they jumped our federal debt to $19.5 trillion.

All of a sudden, they must deal with a president who called them out on their “fake news”. To reporter Jim Acosta of CNN, “…very fake news.” The American people call out those in the MSM to report the facts to us or find yourselves irrelevant.

This is what the press said about President Lincoln in 1861: “Had we any respect for Mr. Lincoln, as a man, or as President-elect of the United States…the final escapade by which he reached the capital would have utterly demolished it…. He might have entered Willard’s Hotel with a headspring and a summersault, and the clown’s merry greeting to Gen. Scott. Here we are! And we should care nothing about it, personally. We do not believe the Presidency can ever be more degraded by any of his successors than it has by him, even before his inauguration.” —November 21, 1861

In reality, Trump proves himself a workaholic for the American people. When they tore down Lincoln, he remained steadfast for the immense mayhem of those times. President Trump remains dedicated to the task ahead.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Unashamed Anti-Zionism and demagoguery of Pastor Chuck Baldwin

 


It is rare in these days to see such unashamed anti-Zionism displayed loud and proud by a seemingly conservative author, whose language and arguments are, however, more appropriate to the vile socialist left. Mr. Baldwin resorts to demagoguery by mixing together both valid and very invalid issues, i.e., anti-Zionism rants. [Link]

It is surely a valid observation that the spread of homosexuality in America is not confronted enough by our spiritual leaders, and worse, some priests and rabbis pander to and fear the homosexual Mafia more than God.

Yet, it is wrong and ugly to speak about Zionism as though something reprehensible.(*) It is wrong to blame renowned pastors such as John Hagee for their friendliness to the State of Israel and for being a Christian Zionist. In fact, every consistent Christian must be a Christian Zionist as I will explain. And, it is particularly ugly to blame the President-elect Donald J. Trump, for his promises to honor the rights of Israel for her land and capital, while the entire world, pandering to the left and Islam, have turned hatred against the Jewish Homeland. 

It is both base and ugly to sarcastically characterize the year 2017 and Trump’s presidency as though it represents “The Year of the Zionists.” Your language, Pastor Baldwin, is no different than that of the Soviet Politburo. What a badge of honor you wear!

Let me clarify some of the basics of Zionism for you, Pastor Baldwin.

1) In a secular sense, Zionism is merely a case of the general formula that “Nation X belongs to people X” just as France belongs to the French, Britain belongs to the Brits, Germany to Germans, Spain to Spaniards, Greece to the Greeks, and yes, Israel to the Jews! Zionism is no different than Frenchism, Germanism, etc., except that the Jews ownership of their land began 3,000 years ago, before France, Britain, and Germany even existed. 

2) The restoration of Israel on her ancient land is an act of immense significance in terms of both social and spiritual justice. Since ancient times, Israel has been a victim of colonialism and oppression. Therefore, as a socialissue, Zionism is the most justified case of a national liberation movement, one which delivered the Jewish people, victims of extreme oppression and genocide for centuries, to their national liberation and the restoration of their nationhood.

3) As a spiritual issue, Zionism is a realization of God’s plan, an act of the highest spiritual value for Jews and consistent Christians. Yet, Israel is the only nation refused basic justice by the rest of the world, the world which was ready to sacrifice Israel for whatever minute reason, or for no reason at all. Any expectations of justice for Israel from this world are futile (Eric Hoffer).

To be a Zionist is a badge of honor. That is Zionism. To be an anti-Zionist is a mark of baseness.

4) Pastor Baldwin, you are saying that contemporary Israel is not exactly like the model promised by God…fair enough. However, who else is such a model? Whose existence, security, and national interests are questioned and conditioned by other foreign nations? Here is a quote for you. Remember Europe in the 1930s? 

Ask yourself this: 

 Is it possible for the whole world to be against Jews? Yes.
 Is it possible that the whole world can be wrong? Yes.

 What was the motivating factor then? Antisemitism.
 What is the motivating factor today? Antisemitism.

 Then the world opposed the existence of one Jew.
 Today the world opposes the existence of one Jewish state.

Back then, the world opposed the existence of one Jew. Today, the world opposes the existence of one Jewish State. And yet you are concerned with 2017 being “The Year of the Zionists” for America.

5) America was founded as a Judeo-Christian nation, not anything else. It is a spiritual obligation of America to take the side of Christians and Jews in world affairs. And, it is in America’s national interests to support Israel, the only free nation in the Middle East, and America’s strongest ally in the region.

As Eric Hoffer wrote in 1968 “Israel is our only reliable and unconditional alley. We can rely more on Israel than Israel can rely on us.” [Link] These bitter words are even more true now. And you, Pastor Baldwin, are displeased already about future actions of President Donald J. Trump towards making America a more reliable and honest ally of Israel! Shame on you and your ministry!

(*) It is very puzzling and illogical of the hatred to Israel by Western nations and some of their so-called conservatives. Their actions and reasoning exactlyreplicate the Soviet Politburo.

 

Soviets hated Israel for too many reasons. First of all, because she allied with America and the West rather than with the Soviets, and because the Soviets hated the very possibility that some small fraction of their population may even contemplate the idea of leaving the USSR for good, or even to be somehow associated with Jewry in the external world. This is the exact reason that Soviets made Zionism a curse word, and a reason for persecution in the USSR! Even learning Hebrew could trigger criminal prosecution back then.

Indeed, the KGB created the PLO, Arafat and the so-called “Palestinian people,” (trained in various Soviet military camps, including one near Odessa, the city where I lived.) And, indeed, it was Soviets who promoted the UN resolution equating Zionism and Fascism (a gross cynicism in itself). But that was the USSR.

To imagine that anyone in the West would follow the same propaganda line is unthinkable! It is as if the West borrowed the Soviet talking points for bashing the allies of the West such as South Vietnam, South Korea, or West Germany! And yet, the West, and some of western conservatives, did borrow the Soviet talk points to bash Israel. That is a grotesque reality these days.

The perfect storm descending upon America: Environmental impact

NewsWithViews.com

Part 3: Environmental impact. Part 4: What is your role in changing America’s future?

After reading parts 1 and 2, you probably scratched your head with consternation. You might even shake your head with exasperation. Some readers feel that this series spells out the future in such dire terms that they cannot fathom a future with another 100,000,000 (million) immigrants invading our country.

If we, the citizens of the United States, fail to change course by our actions, what you see in the graphs and the numbers—will occur within the next 30 years. If we don’t rescind the 1965 Immigration Reform Act, yes, we are doomed to add a total of 138,000,000 (million) more people on our way to 625,000,000 (million) within 80 years. Let’s figure out how to change that when part 4 publishes.

Jacques Cousteau inspired me to start scuba diving back in 1963. He remains one of my environmental heroes.

“We must alert and organize the world’s people to pressure world leaders to take specific steps to solve the two root causes of our environmental crises – exploding population growth and wasteful consumption of irreplaceable resources. Over- consumption and overpopulation underlie every environmental problem we face today.” Jacques-Yves Cousteau, Oceanographer

Cousteau spells it out clearly. But he’s not alone. Another 100 top world experts say the same thing in their own books published in the past 30 years. Yet, world leaders ignore this issue like the Bubonic plague. Why? That’s mystery of the century. Somehow, the world’s elites think none of the consequences will reach them. They would be exceedingly incorrect.

As our immigration-driven population juggernaut smashes into our country by 2050—a scant 33 years from now—we cannot change it at that point. We face devolving into a third world country. Worse, we face the “energy slave” oil exhausting within this century. Oil drives everything. It’s also destroying everything with carbon footprint heating up and acidifying our oceans.

What’s the big deal environmentally? Fact: humans burn 94,000,000 (million) barrels of oil 24/7. We exhaust billions of tons of particulate and carbon that soaks into the ground and absorbs into the oceans. It kills the soil and contaminates the seven seas. Experts tell us that humans expect to burn nearly 200,000,000 (million) barrels of oil daily by 2030—scant 13 years from now. How? China adds 27,000,000 (million) new cars, net gain annually. Experts tell us that China will burn 98,000,000 barrels of oil daily by 2030. (Source: The Long Emergency by James Howard Kunstler)

But look at this catch:

“As we go from this happy hydrocarbon bubble we have reached now to a renewable energy resource economy, which we do this century, will the “civil” part of civilization survive? As we both know there is no way that alternative energy sources can supply the amount of per capita energy we enjoy now, much less for the 10 billion expected by 2050. And energy is what keeps this game going. We are involved in a Faustian bargain—selling our economic souls for the luxurious life of the moment, but sooner or later the price has to be paid.” Walter Youngquist, energy

Can you imagine what’s going to happen when we don’t have gasoline to fill the tractors to plant crops? Harvest crops? Transport food to your table? How about the results with 8.3 million hungry people in New York City that will double to 16.6 million by 2050? Eleven million people in Los Angeles that doubles to 22 million? Another 5 million people in Chicago that jumped to 10 million within 33 years?

Remember: legal immigration drives this nightmare.

Do you honestly think we will be able to solve all our environmental problems with another 138 million more people? How about fresh water? Seven states already face water shortages. How about quality of life in our cities as 35 of them double their populations? What about species extinctions in the USA from habitat loss?

“Upwards of two hundred species…mostly of the large, slow-breeding variety…are becoming extinct every day because more and more of the earth’s carrying capacity is systematically being converted into human carrying capacity. These species are being burnt out, starved out, and squeezed out of existence.. thanks to technologies that most people, I’m afraid, think of as

technologies of peace. I hope it will not be too long before the technologies that support our population explosion begin to be perceived as no less hazardous to the future of life on this planet than the endless production of radioactive wastes.” -Daniel Quinn

As Florida jumps from 18 million to its 36 million people by 2050, how do we solve extinction rates of alligators, puma lions, snakes, butterflies, eagles, egrets, pelicans and marsh hawks?

You got any ideas?

“At this point, it’s almost certainly too late to manage a transition to sustainability on a global or national scale, even if the political will to attempt it existed, which it clearly does not. Our civilization is in the early stages of the same curve of decline and fall as so many others have followed before it. What likely lies in wait for us is a long, uneven decline into a new Dark Age from which, centuries from now, the civilizations of the future will gradually emerge. We are strong and adaptable animals and can certainly make a new life on the hotter Earth, but there will only be a fraction of inhabitable land left. Soon we face the appalling question of whom can we let aboard the lifeboats? And whom must we reject? There will be great clamor from climate refugees seeking a safe haven in those few parts where the climate is tolerable and food available. We will need a new set of rules for limiting the population in climate oases.” -James Lovelock, The Vanishing Face of Gaia: A final Warning

While the media portrays the “symptoms”, the cause and connection escapes them. Ironically, that cause escapes every national leader from the president, congressional members, and state governors—right down to average citizens.

Population equates to a mathematical problem. It is possessed of that same beautiful, and sometimes deadly, precision that we find in E=MC2 and a2 + b2 = c2. Presently, it is still subject to our control, but the passage of time without understanding and action will move it beyond our reach and authority. Let’s begin a national conversation on immigration and a sustainable future for our children.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Supporting Trump through Inauguration Day

Trump’s Inauguration is less than a day away. While president elect Trump appears to be extraordinarily strong dealing with the tsunami of 24/7 vitriol launched at him from the Left and Washington establishment, he is still a human being.

The Bible says when Moses grew tired, “Aaron and Hur held his hands up–one on one side, one on the other–so that his hands remained steady till sunset.”

Folks, it is extremely crucial that we hold Trump’s hands up through Inauguration day. The Left is incensed over the prospect of Trump emancipating us from their 8 years of dictatorial slavery. As delusional as this sounds, the Left hopes to block Trump from being sworn in as the 45th president of the United States.

Numerous left-wing wacko groups including paid protesters vow to ”shut down” the Inauguration.

Nut case, Rosie O’Donnell wants to impose martial law to delay Trump’s Inauguration.

Joseph Goebbels said, “If you tell a big lie enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it.” The Left is relentlessly repeating their huge lie that the Russians hacked the election. They want Americans to believe Russia tampered with the vote count, stealing the election from Hillary. The Left’s lie is absurd.

Concluding that no gutter tactic is too low to stop Trump, CNN and BuzzFeed partnered in promoting an unverified bogus claim that Trump hired prostitutes to urinate on a hotel bed slept in by Michelle and Obama. Yes folks, this is how disgusting and evil the Left’s insanity to block Trump has become.

As I said, at the heart of the Left’s panic, fear and rage is the prospect of Americans liberated from 8 years of Leftists forcing their far-left radical, anti-God, anti-America and anti-traditional values agenda down our throats.

Pray for our president folks. Let’s all join together and hold his hands up high.

Lloyd Marcus, Proud Unhyphenated American
Chairman – CampaignToDefeatObama.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved




The political divide

Recently I was viewing an episode of The O’Reilly Factor with Bill O’Reilly on the FOX Network. Among the topics of discussion was the horrendous race relations in America. FOX News senior political analyst Britt Hume joined OReilly to discuss the great political divide in America. As to the problem with race relations. Of course, race relations could be better. But I am not as pessimistic about current or future race relations in America as some others are. Of course, relations race took a nosedive during the ultra divisive Obama years. In fact, Barak Husein Obama’s administration was the most socially, racially, economically and morally divisive regime in the history of our republic.

Rather than try and encourage Americans of all stripes to build upon America’s many positives, the Obama administration chose to promote negativity. Both individuals and progressive groups were encouraged to show outright disdain for the United States and to never be satisfied with any possible solutions to problems often complained and exaggerated about, such as the tired racist behind every doorknob complaints. Obama’s minions like Black lives matter and code pink, preferred to either block traffic or berate others in order to feel better about themselves. Such sad sacks that they are.

In fact, despites what Obama said, he was no more interested in solving problems in America than the members of the negro thought police Congressional Black Caucus, which prides itself on only complaining about problems, including those that no longer exist like separate drinking fountains and slavery. Basically, the satanic inspired anti American instructed those warped enough to abide by his dogma to constantly agitate for “justice,” but as I stated before never ever be satisfied. No matter what, the agitators are programmed to never accept authentic solutions to problems they complain about.

For example, the negro thought police, their white progressive masters and the street gumps are all focused on turning America into a brutal lower rung on the ladder nation. The nations they admire most are Cuba, Venezuela and others of that ilk. Congressional Black Caucus members have for eons taken annual visits to Cuba to learn from that nations dictators how to undermine America from within. For years, progressive blacks and others have complained that republicans seeking political office do not visit black neighborhoods or address black gatherings. Yet when Donald Trump went to more black neighborhoods than Mrs. Clinton could have nightmares about to explain his positive vision for America, the negro thought police complained from the heights of heaven, to the depths of hell. Of course they also reamed black Americans like Steve Harvey for listening or Dr. Ben Carson for accepting a position in the Trump Cabinet. I must say, my observation of their hypocrisy is 100 percent correct.

Progressive Congressional Black Caucus member John Lewis has said that Donald J. Trump is an illegitimate president. If we go by Mr. Lewis’s point of view or standard, then he himself should be judged as an illegitimate congressman. He does not support any policies that would promote actual economic growth and equal opportunities for those he claims to represent. Both he and his fellow Black Caucus members supported the gang violence and destruction of property and blocking traffic throughout America, but rail against any ideas to help black people help themselves without the need for government handouts.

Another reason to conclude that Rep. John Lewis and others are nothing but hypocrites is how they demand tolerance for different points of view, ways of life, etc, etc. Yet, if you are a republican who simply wants to protect our borders, rebuild every good aspect of American life, leftists like Lewis simply scorn you and consider you not worthy of any cooperation. Such a small-minded lot are they.

But enough of the obvious negative stuff, the good news is that in spite the current racial divide I see a nation that will soon live up to it’s creed of “One nation under God indivisible with liberty and justice for all.” I see “We the People” of this republic working together to stand beside her and guide her through victory after victory over whatever evil plots, plans, tricks and traps the progressives may set.

I see America reconnecting with her true allies around the world, including the apple of God’s eye Israel. I implore you dear reader to get ready to be amazed at the dramatic positive changes that will unfold in America over the next few years in every aspect of our republic including the inner cities. I believe that even our enemies will once again respect the United States of America who will once again deal with our rival nations from a position of strength. In spite of even those enemies from within, America the beautiful shall soon be great again and united in the grace of God.

Don’t miss a page from The Edwards Notebook commentary overnights on the Captain’s America-Third Watch, simply the best Live overnight radio show broadcasting across the United States from flagship radio station AM 860 The Answer. Also via the internet on Conservative radio, iHeart, Freedom in America Radio, Net Talk World and more.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved




The bravest movie producer I know

[NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, advertisers, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

To find the industries that are doubtless the most culpable for the overall deterioration of the American republic (besides churches, which are at the top of the list), look no further than the Hollywood movies and the New York media (collectively, the Mainstream Media). These industries reach into the minds and hearts of the American people on a daily and almost hourly basis. Without a doubt, these two industries are largely responsible for the collapse of our nation’s political, social, economic, and cultural health.

No other institutions directly shape the values, philosophies, ideas, and lifestyles of the American people more than the mainstream media and entertainment industries. And what most folks would be shocked to learn is that both of these industries are controlled by a very small handful of people. I mean VERY SMALL.

That’s right: a small group of people are almost single-handedly disassembling the traditional values, philosophies, and ideals of the American nation and replacing them with their own radical socialistic, amoral, globalistic ideas.

More and more people are awakening to the duplicity and dishonesty of the mainstream media, as evidenced by the election of Donald Trump. People who voted for Trump openly defied the national media and Hollywood elite and voted for a man who campaigned as an anti-establishment outsider. So, the subject that I am addressing today could not be any timelier.

Most of us realize how rare it is for anyone inside the mainstream media and entertainment industries to be willing to stand against the elites who control these institutions. Trying to find movie producers, directors, actors and actresses, news anchors, producers, directors, reporters, etc., who are NOT liberal socialists or big-business neocons is like trying to find hens’ teeth or pigs that can fly.

However, once in awhile someone will come along with the courage and grit to challenge the establishment. Such people are rare gems indeed. One such man is a longtime movie producer, director, writer, and editor. In his early days, he worked as a production still photographer, camera operator, assistant editor, music editor, script analyst, assistant producer, etc. He has worked inside the industry at almost every level.

This man worked on projects for The Carpenters, Peggy Fleming, Sonny & Cher, Tom Jones, NFL Films, CNN, Errol Flynn Enterprises, Columbia Pictures, CBS, actors Angie Dickinson, Barbara Hershey, Gregory Peck, and many more. This man has seen the mainstream entertainment and media industries up close and personal for most of his life.

I am talking about Mr. James Jaeger. This man is the bravest movie producer I know. Let me tell you why.

After working many years in Hollywood and on the East Coast, James broke away from mainstream narrative dramatic features and entered the world of independent documentaries. His first documentary, FIAT EMPIRE: Why the Federal Reserve Violates the U.S. Constitution, featured Congressman Ron Paul and was released in 2005. This documentary won a Telly Award and hit #1 on Google Video (forerunner to YouTube) for six months.

Following “FIAT EMPIRE,” James produced such notable films as “MOLON LABE: How The Second Amendment Guarantees America’s Freedom,” “MIDNIGHT RIDE: When Rogue Politicians Call For Martial Law,” “SPOILER: How A Third Political Party Could Win,” “CORPORATE FASCISM: The Destruction Of America’s Middle Class,” “CULTURAL MARXISM: The Corruption Of America,” and “ORIGINAL INTENT.”

As you can tell by just the titles of the above films, Mr. Jaeger has been willing to bravely wage a frontal assault against the sacred cows of the liberal establishment in a way no one of his stature in the film industry has before. Now, he is about to release what I believe is his most courageous film of all. This film goes for the jugular of the mainstream media and entertainment establishments like no film has ever done.

Not only is James Jaeger’s newest film his most courageous undertaking, it is also his most dangerous. In my opinion, Jaeger is literally risking his financial and professional future with this latest film. Believe me, not many men are willing to do what he is doing. I mean very few. I mean hardly anyone.

I know what it means to literally risk your financial and professional futures. At the age of 58–at the peak of my professional career and enjoying both financial and professional security–when most men are looking for financial security, occupational retirement, and physical comfort, I crossed the bridge of no return into financial uncertainty, fallow occupational territory, and physical hardship. That was in the fall of 2010. I know how frightening it is; I know how risky it is; I know how dangerous it is.

With the release of this new film, James Jaeger has decided to cross that bridge of no return into a world of financial and professional uncertainty. Again, he is the bravest movie producer I know.

The name of his new film is “MAINSTREAM: How Hollywood Movies And The New York Media Are Promoting The Globalist Agenda.” This film explicates the MAINSTREAM MEDIA (Hollywood movie studios and the New York networks) like no film has ever done before.

In my opinion, Jaeger is literally risking his professional future with this latest film because Hollywood, contrary to ongoing media propaganda, still blacklists producers and talents that do not conform to its interests and values or who speak out about its unethical and often-times illegal business practices, Jewish domination, and predatory behavior. Believe me, not many are willing to do what Jaeger is doing, and he tells me that there is a long list of celebrities, mainstream media opinion leaders, and Hollywood power brokers that he has invited to interview for MAINSTREAM but who all declined, ignored the invitation, or bowed out. This list includes directors Steven Spielberg and M. Night Shyamalan; Catholic League executive director Bill Donohue; former ADL executive director Abe Foxman; and former FOX President of Production Sherry Lansing. Also, it didn’t help that MAINSTREAM is inspired by the works of entertainment/securities attorney and author, John W. Cones, because Cones’ 17 books on the movie industry lay out the most extensive academic study of the industry ever done. This is another reason anyone connected with Hollywood or the New York media is terrified to participate in this film.

As you can see, this film sticks a BIG thumb in the eye of the media and entertainment elite. I believe this film has the potential to awaken the people of America to the evil agenda of the media and entertainment elite like no film before it–especially in the wake of the November elections.

Not only does this film have the courage to name names within the entertainment and media elite, it dares to touch the THIRD RAIL. I mean it dares to tackle the issue that NO ONE dares to broach. The film confronts the reality of the massive influence that a few powerful Zionists have over the media and entertainment industries. I know of no one else of James Jaeger’s credentials that is courageous enough to tackle this issue. Now do you understand why I say he is the bravest producer I’ve ever known?

Now, imagine how difficult it is for Jaeger to obtain funding for such a film. In fact, he has already lost several sources of funding due to the subject matter of the film.

The movie MAINSTREAM will cost over $100,000 to produce. That might sound like a lot of money to you, but it’s a very modest budget when one compares it to standard Hollywood documentary budgets. For example:

Michael Moore spent $160,000 making “Roger & Me,” his first film. Moore spent $4.3 million making “Bowling For Columbine,” $6 million for “Fahrenheit 9/11,” $9 million for “Sicko,” and $20 million for “Capitalism: A Love Story.” As you can see, liberals have no problem raising huge sums of money for projects that promote socialism and Marxism and that mock traditional Christian values.

All of Jaeger’s films are pro-Constitution, pro-liberty, pro-America, pro-free market, and pro-Christian values. But does Hollywood distribute these films? No, not at all. And this is one of the reasons MAINSTREAM is necessary: to expose the U.S. mass media oligopoly and how it refuses to allow the dissemination of ideas and values important to a free society. This film will literally assault the gates of Hell. As James likes to say: “We need to address the Media Trolls on the Bridge to Liberty.”

Here are but a few of the notables who are featured in this film: Edwin Vieira, Jr. (author, constitutional attorney), G. Edward Griffin (author, producer), John Cones (author, entertainment attorney), and Richard Gage (producer, Architects & Engineers 9/11 Truth). And, yes, yours truly is also featured in this film. Let me hasten to say at this point that none of the film’s participants (including yours truly) receive any remuneration for our part in the film. None!

I am asking my readers to give to the support of this new film. I understand that James needs at least an additional $25,000 to finish production of this fantastic film. But in truth, he could use DOUBLE that. There are additional shots in LA and New York that are still needed, the narration must be completed, new music rights must be purchased, and he has to get through many months of editing. Plus, I am confident that the readers of this column are more than capable of meeting this need.

Some of the most intelligent, patriotic, committed, and wide-awake people in the country read this column. I know you folks. You are very awake to the modern scourge of corporatism and globalism. This is your opportunity to give to a project that has the potential to awaken people to the gamemakers who control the mainstream media and entertainment industries. You know I would not use this column to promote Jaeger’s newest film if I did not wholeheartedly support it.

Here is the start of the film: MAINSTREAM Titles And Start Of The Show

Here is a trailer of the film: MAINSTREAM Trailer

And here is one of my clips from the film: Pastor Chuck Baldwin On Anti-Semitism

Will you give a one-time donation to help Jaeger produce this phenomenal film? Will you be as generous as you can? And when you donate, please tell him that you heard about the film from my column.

Here is the online address to donate to James Jaeger’s newest film, “MAINSTREAM: How Hollywood Movies And The New York Media Are Promoting The Globalist Agenda”: MAINSTREAM Donate Form

Again, I receive no financial benefit from the production of this film. And I am receiving no financial benefit by asking you folks to contribute to the production of this film. I volunteered to do this because I believe in James Jaeger and I am excited about this film and the potential it has to awaken the hearts and minds of the American people to this much-needed truth.

Please make a donation to the support of this film. Whether your gift is large or small, it will help James finish production of this great film. America really needs to see it.

Again, here is the link to donate: MAINSTREAM Donate Form

Thank you! And thank you, James!

[If you appreciate this column and want to help me distribute these editorial opinions to an ever-growing audience, donations may now be made by credit card, check, or Money Order. Use this link.]

[I also have many books and DVDs available for purchase online. Go to Chuck Baldwin Live Store]

© 2017 Chuck Baldwin – All Rights Reserved




Senator Mike Lee is not Supreme Court material

In early October, 2016, Senator Mike Lee said to Trump, “I respectfully ask you, with all due respect, to step aside. Step down, allow someone else to carry the banner of these principles… rather than weighing down the American people.”

Really Senator? What banner of principles are you talking about? How is Mr. Trump weighing down the American people with his policies, when he is solidly with working Americans…and is…

The first candidate who actually stated the problems Americans have been talking about for years? The first candidate who actually said he can fix these problems and save our country, and make America great again? The first candidate who actually wants to get rid of the rotten trade deals and bring back jobs? The first candidate who wants to repeal Obama’s nationalized healthcare? The first candidate who wants to close our borders and stop the illegal alien migration? The first candidate who wants to vet Syrian and Somali Muslims before they come into our country? The first candidate who wants to take good care of our veterans and see that they get proper healthcare? The first candidate who is gung ho to protect our second amendment rights? The first candidate who is not a globalist and who is sick and tired of the permanent political class?

And Senator, what about the companies who are deciding to stay and expand in the US before Trump is even inaugurated? [Link

There will be a great many more who will stay and expand once Trump is in office.

Senator, what comes to mind when I look at your hatred of Donald Trump is a verse from God’s Word. John 8:7 “He that is without sin among you, let him first cast a stone at her.” Doubtful that you are without sin, Senator, and doubtful that you would stand for the same Constitutionally conservative principles Donald Trump stands for, since you’ve made your hatred of Trump so visceral!

Mike Lee on Supreme Court List

I say, “Good!” We do not want you on the Supreme Court Senator Lee, because you are nothing at all like Antonin Scalia.

Lee’s Attempts to Derail Trump

In the October, 2016 video you actually posted on Facebook where you told Donald Trump to step down and let someone else carry the banner of the Republican party, who did you want to carry it? Who else did you think was capable, your good buddy, Ted Cruz who has allegedly had affairs and who didn’t sue the National Enquirer for their story on same? Or maybe you liked Jeb Bush, Rubio, Kasich or Graham since you never endorsed Donald Trump. We know you voted for your fellow Mormon, Evan McMullen as a protest voteagainst Donald J. Trump

Donald Trump is not perfect Senator Lee, but neither are you! And for sure, neither is your buddy, Ted Cruz, who I’ve exposed in more than a dozen articles. 

Why didn’t you endorse Donald Trump and the truly conservative policies he espouses? The only reason I can think of is that you’re just like the bunch from William F. Buckley’s old National Review rag who swore they’d never vote for Trump. That same group, which included George Will, Michael Barone, David Brooks, Charles Krauthammer, Bill Kristol, Lawrence Kudlow, Peggy Noonan, and editor Rich Lowry, gathered together in an exclusive meeting with President Obama in 2009 to sing his praises after the ’08 election. [Link] I can only surmise that you would be happier if Hillary Clinton had become the 45th president.

Lee Pushes Trade

wide-ranging powers to impose tariffs. 

The aide said a bill could be introduced as soon as Trump takes office, and it may require the new President to go through Congress to use tariffs. 

 

The staffer emphasized that the bill is not just a push against Trump on trade, but part of a broader effort to transfer more legislative power to Congress from the executive branch…and if you believe that, I’ve a bridge to sell you.

Lee’s Rubio/Cruz Alliance Attempt

In the week before the Florida Republican primary in March, Lee headed early to the GOP presidential debate there with a mission: to convince one Senate friend, Marco Rubio, to ally with another, Ted Cruz, and form a unity ticket to block Donald Trump from winning the Republican nomination. But at the last minute, as Lee prepared to board his plane, Rubio backed out of the meeting. [Link

Smart decision by Rubio, but Senator Lee, your hatred of Donald J. Trump is over the top. Again Senator, you seemingly would have been happier with one of the left leaning Republicans who would continue the globalist agenda. 

RNC Convention Attempts to Derail Trump

Senator Mike Lee and his wife, Sharon Lee were rules committee members at the RNC, both of whom supported Ted Cruz and hoped to change the rules to derail Trump. That did not happen.

Ken Cuccinelli of the Senate Conservatives Fund and Mike Lee sold out grassroots conservatives so they could make a spectacle on the floor of the Republican National Convention as part of the last dying breaths of the “NeverTrump” collective. 

According to Breitbart, Ken Cuccinelli, of the Senate Conservatives Fund, and Lee were offered two packages that had almost everything they wanted in them, but they turned it down. As they planned to take their already losing “NeverTrump” battle to the Convention floor, Priebus offered them a similarly lucrative pro-grassroots package. But Cuccinelli and Lee turned down these packages from Priebus and the RNC that would have significantly increased the power grassroots conservatives have over the Republican Party, and they did it so as to create a show on the floor of the convention.

“He never had any intention of doing anything but trying to create a scene,” a senior Republican strategist said of Cuccinelli. “He’s been working with the NeverTrump folks, and they’ve been saying, ‘Oh no we’re not a part of that.’ Bulls**t. They have been a part of that from day one.”

‘Pro-Life’ Senator Lee Fine with Flint Babies Drinking Poison Water

Every once in a while, there is a thing that one would assume that all Americans, regardless of political affiliation, would support.

Senator Mike Lee, is fighting tooth and nail to prevent any federal funding from going to help the city of Flint, Michigan replace the old lead pipes that are causing their water to be contaminated. Back in September of 2016, Lee was one of only three Senators to oppose a $10 billion water bill that included $100 million in aid to Flint — specifically because of that part of the bill. In March, he blocked another $220 million emergency aid package to Flint. He currently supports a Republican stopgap budget that includes aid to flood victims in four states, but not the aid to Flint. [Link]

Lee claims he’s pro-life, but Flint, Michigan families and children apparently don’t count.

Lee Short-Sells Home

The Deseret News says Mike Lee has lost credibility to speak on financial issues…

Back in 2012, Senator Lee was forced to sell his million-dollar Alpine home. The Senator bills himself as a fiscal conservative. He advocates for financial responsibility, a balanced budget, lower government spending, and a reduction of national debt, but apparently, those responsibilities belong only to others, not to Mike Lee.

He knew what his salary as a Senator would be before he bought this home.
In the short sale, the bank agreed to take a loss of up to $400,000 on the senator’s home. Certainly, there’s always risk involved in a purchase, but true integrity is that we own our choices and are accountable for the consequences. In this case, the bank is taking the loss and Lee is walking away.

There are millions of Americans who have negative equity in their homes. If they all did what Lee has done, the entire nation would fall into a catastrophic depression.

Lee has repeatedly denounced the U.S. government for not living within its means. Now, the senator is the recipient of his own personal bailout. He has torpedoed his ability to speak with credibility on issues of financial and fiscal responsibility.

Why Lee Said He Wouldn’t Vote Trump

In an interview with Newsmax’s Steve Malzberg, Lee slammed Trump for pushing a conspiracy theory that Texas Sen. Ted Cruz’s father, Rafael, was involved in the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, and said the candidate’s comments about Muslims are “religiously intolerant.” 

Sorry Senator Lee, but Roger Stone, author of The Man Who Killed Kennedy, confirmed that Rafael Cruz was involved with Lee Harvey Oswald. Stone also told me personally that he had come across Rafael Cruz’s name when doing research for his book.

As for negative comments about Islamists, Trump has stated time and again that before Muslims are allowed into our country, they need to be vetted. Why? Just take a look at some of the documented Islamic terrorist attacksagainst Jews and Christians. 

Mike Lee and Islamic Immigration

Lee also supported legislation that would bring more Muslims into America. No wonder he is anti-Trump! Obviously, Senator, you and Hillary would get along quite well with allowing hundreds of thousands more non-vetted Muslims into our country.

In January of 2015, a handful of Senators quietly introduced new legislation in Congress that would allow for virtually unlimited Muslim immigration into the United States – lifting caps entirely on several categories of visas favored by immigrants from Muslim countries. The Mark Zuckerberg-backed legislation, S.153, is called the Immigration Innovation Act (or I-Squared). [Link]

The I-Squared bill is significant for a second reason. One of the Senators who introduced the bill, former Presidential candidate, Marco Rubio, just won reelection to the Senate in Florida. Remember the infamous Gang of Eight?

In August of 2015, Senators Cruz, Grassley, and Sessions were all lobbying for legislation that would enact a mandatory minimum prison sentence of five years for immigrants who try to re-enter the country illegally after being deported. This was in response to the murder of Kathryn Steinle after Juan Francisco Lopez-Sanchez, an immigrant from Mexico who had repeatedly re-entered the United States illegally after being deported, allegedly fired the shot that killed the 32-year-old woman on July 1, 2015.

According to Politico, Mike Lee was aligned with liberal Democratic Sens. Patrick Leahy of Vermont and Dick Durbin of Illinois to ease mandatory minimums for certain crimes, and is uncomfortable with such binding punishments for immigration offenses. He even threatened to oppose sanctuary cities legislation that includes mandatory minimums.

Conclusion

Senator Lee’s hatred of our new President, who has brought grassroots Americans renewed hope for the future, is hard to fathom when Lee claims to be a Constitutional conservative. His desire to destroy Donald Trump lines up with the likes of the Democratic controlled main stream media, the Clintons, and the Obamas. Would I trust Mike Lee on our Supreme Court? My answer is obvious.




The solution to healthcare reform

As the Republicans in Congress struggle to present a workable replacement to Obamacare, the solution is staring them in the face. It’s called free enterprise.

The only reason we need massive insurance programs today is because of government meddling in healthcare. It started with Medicare in which government dictated percentages it would pay for services. Insurance companies followed suit. Therefore, forcing doctors and hospitals to raise prices to make more money from those established percentages. To prove that fact, simply go to a hospital as an uninsured patient and observe how much they deduct from your final bill. Insurance would have had to pay the higher price.

Then, with the intrusion of government came the inevitable paperwork. Lots of it. Today, under the Affordable Care Act doctors and hospitals need full time staffs just to fill out the paperwork. That costs money. Eliminate it.

Now there are rules and regulations on who must be treated and what procedures must be used. Of course, like all things government, these rules and regulations haven’t been written by doctors, but by bureaucrats serving various special interests who stand to gain financially. Eliminate them.

What’s the solution? It’s simple. Get government completely out of the healthcare industry where they don’t belong. Don’t try to write whole new policies. Let the insurance companies create policies to fit the market’s needs. Let them advertise for customers. Let them fight it out among themselves in the market place and let the customers choose which company has the policy that fits their needs.

Repeal Obamacare with no government replacement and watch how fast and creatively these insurance companies rush to the solution, just like every industry, including car insurance.

Oh, but wait. You can’t do that, say the liberals with great compassion. We have these poor who can’t afford to pay for insurance. Well, there is a solution and it’s full of compassion.

In the America of the past we had a great legacy of charity. Americans are a generous people. We used to have community funds, service clubs and churches dedicated to helping the less fortunate. What happened to them? Nearly everyone has been replaced by a government program. Instead of people helping voluntarily according to their ability and interest, they have been ruthlessly and unrelentingly taxed to the point of suffocation. As a result, they have stopped giving to charities which subsequently have disappeared.

Yet, there is still a fantastic example of human generosity, concern and caring that exists today, even in the socialist world of control. Organizations like St. Jude Children Center and the Shriners Hospital collect money from private donations and provide services free to families in need. Imagine how such programs would soar and fulfill the needs of every American if we were all simply allowed to make our own choices with our own money.

Congress, just repeal Obamacare and let the free market work for everyone. Now, let’s get on with draining the rest of the swamp!

© 2017 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved




Listen to the bad guys

Our secular humanist overlords keep dropping hints about what they’ve got in mind for us, and we ought to pay attention. Put them all together, and the message they add up to is quite clear.

For instance, did you know the German legislature—well, its Green Party members, at least—is considering a plan to subsidize trysts with prostitutes? Okay, it’s not free ho’s for everybody. Just for “the elderly and the disabled,” and others in need of “sexual relief.” They tried to sneak this into the National Health in Britain a few years ago, but the public didn’t like the idea of their tax dollars paying for other people’s dates with hookers. And in the Netherlands a night in the cat-house is a deductible medical expense.

So maybe this scheme—they could call it “Fornicaid”—is an idea whose time has come. You know Obamacare would be a lot more popular if the government were fixing its dependents up with prostitutes. Oh, excuse me—we’re supposed to call them “sex workers.”

When we’re not visiting the sex workers, our rulers would kind of like us to be eating nice, healthy, tasty, sustainable… insects. Remember, to create their secular utopia, they will need absolute power over every aspect of our lives—including what we eat: right, Michelle? And they would like us to eat bugs. It has something to do with Saving The Planet.

No, not Barack Obama, John Kerry, any Clinton, or any of that Davos crowd eating bugs—good grief, no! It’s you who ought to eat bugs. They get the Kobe beef. They also get to keep their air conditioners, mansions, private jets, etc. Shut up and pay your taxes—and here, have a crunchy fried palmetto bug.

All the while they’re degrading us, destroying our self-respect with bugs and hookers, our lords and masters would also like to drive us crazy. Evidence of this has emerged in northern Spain. There, with the backing of the local governments, posters are being hung in many towns and cities—posters that proclaim that “Some girls have penises and some boys have vaginas.” Illustrated with frontal nude pictures of little kids with mixed-up body parts, the posters are being paid for by “an anonymous American donor” whose initials are, I suspect, G.S. Not that he’s the only reprobate who could be guilty.

The whole project of the worldwide Left originates with Satan, the author of confusion. Its whole aim is to overthrow God’s created order and replace it with an order created by moral imbeciles and lunatics. That’s what this whole transgender thing is all about.

How badly do they wish to confuse us? Try “totally.”

Toward that end, the European Parliament is pondering legislation to declare robots “electronic persons,” complete with certain “rights” and “obligations.” No blame to you if you think this ridiculous story is a hoax; but alas, it’s not. The EU big shots are that far gone.

A few thinkers are a tiny bit concerned that we might lose track of the difference between robots and human beings. Robots, for instance, can be programmed to simulate human emotions. That doesn’t mean they have those emotions. But try telling that to the poor schnook who’s madly in love with a vending machine. But what the heck: our sages don’t study nature anymore, but study computer models that they’ve created, and the simulation tells them whatever they want to hear about Climate Change. So who needs the real thing when you’ve got a simulation?

Study the message. First they’ll debauch us, then make fools of us, then plunge us into utter confusion—and finally replace us. Oh, I think they’d rather keep us around: there’s no fun in being a tyrant if you don’t have people to tyrannize, and bullying a lot of machines, well, that just doesn’t cut it. The secular humanist dream has always been a handful of elite rulers and scientists lording it over an enormous mass of ignorant, defenseless serfs. For their own good, of course.

Don’t say they haven’t warned us.

I have discussed these topics, and others, on my blog, http://leeduigon.com, throughout the week. Please stop by and read! All it takes is just one click to get you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved




Sanctuary cities slap every lawful American in the face

It’s not just cities that are providing a safe haven for illegal alien lawbreakers that include aliens who have been deported, murderers, robbers, thieves, rapists, pimps, con artists, drug smugglers, human trafficking perpetrators, terrorists and others of a deplorable nature, and yes, some non-criminal individuals and families. There are several states, as well as multiple counties in almost every state that defy Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) with their sanctuary policies. About 300 jurisdictions in America have been identified by ICE as having a policy, or are non-cooperative when it comes to immigration enforcement. Many cities, like Seattle, Portland, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Chicago and New York are in open defiance of federal immigration law, with their respective mayors publicly thumbing their collective noses at immigration authorities.

From sources we learned that from January 1, 2014 to September 30, 2015 these sanctuary jurisdictions rejected more than 17,000 detainers for illegal immigrants, 11,800 of which had a prior criminal history. A detainer is issued by ICE to gain custody of specific criminal aliens for deportation, being held in another law enforcement jurisdiction. These illegal alien criminals are free to commit their crimes with impunity, thanks to illegal sanctuary policies. Who are their victims ….. lawful American citizens?

The illegal immigration problem is massive. One in four inmates in American prisons are illegal immigrants. In 2014, 36.7% of all felony convictions were illegal immigrants. Regarding the cost to taxpayers, the Heritage Foundation reports that: “in 2010, the average unlawful immigrant household received around $24,721 in government benefits and services while paying some $10,334 in taxes. This generated an average annual fiscal deficit (benefits received minus taxes paid) of around $14,387 per household. This cost was borne by U.S. taxpayers. Amnesty would provide unlawful households with access to over 80 means-tested welfare programs, Obamacare, Social Security, and Medicare. The fiscal deficit for each household would soar.”

Most illegal immigrants have less than a 10-year education and are among the lowest wage earners, thereby contributing the least amount to taxes, compared to the benefits they consume.

Sanctuary states, counties and cities exacerbate these statistics by protecting criminals, undesirables and those illegal immigrants that have violated our laws by coming here illegally, raising the total cost to taxpayers for illegal immigration by billions of dollars.

In open defiance of their mandated duties and swearing to uphold the law of the land, an official of the Department of Justice of the Obama Administration confirmed in 2010 that the agency would not take any action against cities, or other sanctuary jurisdictions, that defy the “Illegal Immigration and Reform and Immigration Responsibility Act of 1996.” (Pub. Law 104-208) True to their word, they haven’t taken any action.

There is an unwritten policy on the Democrat side of the federal government who purposely look the other way on illegal immigration and are not concerned that our borders are as porous as Swiss cheese. The rationale is that these illegal immigrants will eventually receive legal status and will vote Democrat because most of them come from socialist countries, thereby securing perpetual Democrat control of power in America. The Democrats compassion rationale is hollow and only results in more illegal immigration.

Federal Law (8 USC 1227) describes in detail who is a deportable person and the list is lengthy.

But one of the provisions in the law “(2)(A)(i)(I)(II) “General Crimes” states that:

(i) Crimes of moral turpitude

Any alien who — (I) is convicted of a crime involving moral turpitude committed within five years (or 10 years in the case of an alien provided lawful permanent resident status under section 1255(j) of this title) after the date of admission, and (II) is convicted of a crime for which a sentence of one year or longer may be imposed, is deportable.

Moral Turpitude is a very broad term but has been defined in greater detail by court decisions and “refers generally to conduct that shocks the public conscience as being inherently base, vile, or depraved, contrary to the rules of morality and the duties owed between man and man, either one’s fellow man, or society in general” and includes murder, voluntary manslaughter, involuntary manslaughter, rape, spousal abuse, child abuse, incest, kidnapping, robbery, aggravated assault, mayhem, animal fighting, theft, fraud, and conspiracy, or attempting to, or acting as an accessory to a crime.

In every sanctuary city, county and state in America there resides thousands of illegal immigrants who are guilty of moral turpitude under federal immigration law, as defined, and as such are deportable. In a flagrant, criminally negligent act, ICE released 86,288 illegal immigrant criminals into the general population from 2013 to 2015, according to ICE Director Sarah Saldana in written testimony to Congress. Those persons in our government, who made the decision to release known criminals, violent or otherwise, should be in jail themselves.

When illegal immigrant criminals are released into the general population, or come here illegally, where do you think they go? They migrate to sanctuary cities, counties and states of course, where the criminals will be shielded from federal prosecution by the governor of the state, or mayor, the city or county council, prosecuting attorneys, judges and law enforcement, by specific written or verbal sanctuary policies. Kate Steinle was a victim of and killed by one of those illegal alien criminals who had been deported 5 times and ended up in San Francisco, a sanctuary city.

ICE issues what are called detainers for illegal immigrants that are subject to deportation. Most if not all illegal immigrants are subject to deportation under 8 USC 1227, whether criminal or not. Under this statute, deportable persons are defined as:

“Any alien who is present in the United States in violation of this chapter or any other law of the United States, or whose nonimmigrant visa (or other documentation authorizing admission into the United States as a nonimmigrant) has been revoked under section 1201(i) of this title, is deportable.”

One can safely conclude that anyone who has entered the U. S. illegally is deportable, unless they are seeking asylum for reasons covered under the law, subject to judicial review.

What seems to have gone unnoticed here is that the leaders of these sanctuary states, counties and cities are guilty of harboring fugitives from justice and potential terrorists by their policies, written or verbal and are “principals” under 18 USC Section 2, making them personally liable for their actions. Federal law 18 USC 1071 covers this harboring of fugitives by sanctuary cities wherein it states:

“Whoever harbors or conceals any person for whose arrest a warrant or process has been issued under the provisions of any law of the United States, so as to prevent his discovery and arrest, after notice or knowledge of the fact that a warrant or process has been issued for the apprehension of such person, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than one year, or both; except that if the warrant or process issued on a charge of felony, or after conviction of such person of any offense, the punishment shall be a fine under this title, or imprisonment for not more than five years, or both.”

Under the “harboring” statute, 18 USC 1071, a “process” would be construed as an ICE detainer. It is logical to assume that sanctuary city leaders, or local law enforcement, have been issued those detainers, or had knowledge of them and flagrantly ignored them. In fact an ICE “detainer” was issued to the Sheriff of San Francisco County for Kate Steinle’s killer, which said Sheriff promptly released the illegal immigrant criminal, purposely ignoring the ICE detainer. Therefore, the Sheriff directly violated 18 USC 1071. The San Francisco city and county leaders indirectly violated the statute by establishing the policy. Each of them should be tried for criminally violating federal law and held personally liable for their complicity in Kate Steinle’s death. San Francisco’s sanctuary city policy was a direct contributing factor in her death.

The Kate Steinle murder by an illegal immigrant criminal is just the tip of the proverbial iceberg. A website was established to memorialize those Americans who were killed by illegal aliens HERE. It is not a complete list and it doesn’t include those tens of thousands of Americans that were or will be severely injured or killed by other illegal aliens. The list is long and grows by the day because the federal government has allowed millions of illegal aliens to enter America, criminal and otherwise, with little or no penalty, thereby creating a magnate for further illegal immigration. As a result of government’s negligence to properly manage our immigration system and our borders, there are somewhere between 11,000,000 to 30,000,000 illegal aliens residing in America (no one knows for sure). Hundreds of thousands of those illegal aliens are dangerous criminals and potential terrorists, preying on lawful Americans. Any sanctuary policy that shields illegal aliens, is a direct threat to national security.

It is possible that a Trump Department of Justice (DOJ) under Senator Jeff Sessions, the incoming U. S. Attorney General, will reverse the Obama Administration policy of coddling illegal aliens and start a vigorous enforcement of immigration law inside America and on her borders. Part of this vigorous enforcement should be a full frontal attack on sanctuary states, counties and cities by cutting off federal funding and bringing to trial those state, county and city leaders that harbor illegal criminals in violation of 18 USC 1071.

But we aren’t waiting for the Department of Justice, or the Congress, to take on sanctuary states, counties and cities. We will be filing a formal Complaint and Request For Investigation with the U. S. Attorney in multiple districts, against these state, county and city leaders, under 18 USC 1071, with a copy forwarded to the incoming U. S. Attorney General, Jeff Sessions. This could take us several days to reach all of the relevant U. S. Attorneys. We have posted a sample of our Complaint on our website HERE. Our single Complaint, by itself, may not trigger an investigation, much less indictments. However, if hundreds of our readers used our sample Complaint and Request for Investigation and filed their own Complaint with specific U. S. Attorneys and the U. S. Attorney General, it is more likely that an investigation would commence into this open, festering, illegal alien wound that slaps every law abiding American in the face.

Each American citizen is required to obey the law or face penalties, fines and even imprisonment for violation of the law, depending on the severity of the violation. If you screw up your income taxes, or make a mistake, or don’t pay what they think you owe them, or don’t file, the IRS will be all over you and it could take years to get them off your back. Why isn’t ICE just as relentless on illegal immigrants as the IRS is on taxpayers?

In fact, why are sanctuary jurisdictions thumbing their noses at federal immigration law while the rest of us must obey the law? Why do not their sanctuary actions fly in the face of justice, fairness, equity and the law? Why are illegal aliens, especially criminal ones, above the law and are entitled to sanctuary, or a status superior to lawful Americans? Why is it OK for lawful Americans, hapless victims of criminal and non-criminal illegal aliens due to government negligence, be forced to pay for those same illegal aliens that are sucking up government benefits and committing the crimes? Why indeed!

In a nation of laws, if laws aren’t enforced equally across the board, then there is no law, only injustice and eventually anarchy and chaos.

When are the people of America going to rise up against sanctuary jurisdictions? When will they revolt against government-instituted injustices and crimes committed by illegal immigrants? If you are as incensed as we are against sanctuary states, counties and cities in America and you truly want to make a difference, please join with us in filing your own Complaint and Request for Investigation with multiple U. S. Attorney’s offices and the U. S. Attorney General, as we are doing. All it will cost you are a few stamps, some paper, some envelopes and some of your time. Everything you need is on our “SANCTUARY” website page, including interactive maps and the U. S. Attorneys list. Or, view our new “Sanctuary City Video.”

If you would like to receive a Microsoft WORD copy of our Complaint and Request for Investigation by e-mail, please click HERE. Be sure to include your name, county and state you live in. We will not e-mail the Complaint to blind mail addresses.

[EDITORS NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

© 2017 Ron Ewart — All Rights Reserved




The american politician: yes, we are corrupt

“You can’t get rich in politics unless you are a crook.” -President Harry S. Truman

The first president of the United States, George Washington, warned long ago concerning those who represent the American people that “few men have the virtue to withstand the highest bidder.”

As we take a look at what is happening in the arena of politics today, we can see that his warnings have been largely ignored by the people that he was addressing.

Today, Americans are betrayed on a daily basis by corrupt politicians, and that with a kiss (Luke 22:48).

To prove the point, have you ever wondered about the politicians who are to serve “We the people” enter office with little to nothing and before you know it, they have garnered great wealth? As a matter of fact, 268 of the 534 members are millionaires. One has to ask the question, who are they working for, especially knowing that their salaries do not match their accumulated wealth.

How is it that America has experienced so much un-godly and un-constitutional change (Proverbs 24:21) over the last 50 years in this country? Yet, we wonder why America is being turned into hell (Psalm 9:17).

Perhaps it is because there have been senators in this government that have been serving themselves, as well as special interests groups that have literally been conspiring against the American people for years such as Robert C. Byrd (D-WV). Don’t forget about Daniel K. Inouye who served 49 years, Storm Thurmond 47 years, Edward Kennedy 46 years, Patrick J. Leahy 42 years, and the list goes on and on.

I can just here the media-minded, modern day conservative say, “This is not right!” or “Where did you get this information from? Go ahead and back it up Bradlee!”

I say, “I always have in the past, and so I will do again.”

Here is a list of politicians that have admitted that money controls politics.

• Jesse Unruh, Speaker of the California Assembly in the 1960s and California State Treasurer in the 1970s and 80s. He said,

“Money is the mother’s milk of politics.”

“[T]he millionaire class and the billionaire class increasingly own the political process, and they own the politicians that go to them for money. … we are moving very, very quickly from a democratic society (America is a Republic), one person, one vote, to an oligarchic form of society, where billionaires would be determining who the elected officials of this country are.”

• Socialist Bernie Sanders, US senator from Vermont, said many similar things, such as, “I think many people have the mistaken impression that Congress regulates Wall Street. … The real truth is that Wall Street regulates the Congress.”

In other words, the dog is not wagging the tail, the tail is, in fact, wagging the dog.

• Vice President Joe Biden said “You have to go where the money is. Now where the money is, there’s almost always implicitly some string attached. … It’s awful hard to take a whole lot of money from a group you know has a particular position then you conclude they’re wrong [and] vote no.”

• “Today’s whole political game, run by an absurdist’s nightmare of moneyed elites, is ridiculous – a game in which corporations are people and money is magically empowered to speak; candidates trek to the corporate suites and secret retreats of the rich, shamelessly selling their political souls.” – Jim Hightower, former Democratic agricultural commissioner of Texas.

• “People tell me all the time that our politics in Washington are broken and that multimillionaires, billionaires and big corporations are calling all the shots … it’s hard not to agree.” — Russ Feingold, three-term Democratic senator from Wisconsin, in 2015 announcing he’s running for the Senate again.

• “Lobbyists and career politicians today make up what I call the Washington Cartel. … [They] on a daily basis are conspiring against the American people. … Career politicians’ ears and wallets are open to the highest bidder.” — Sen. Ted Cruz, R-Texas.

• “I can legally accept gifts from lobbyists unlimited in number and in value … As you might guess, what results is a corruption of the institution of Missouri government, a corruption driven by big money in politics.” — Missouri State Sen. Rob Schaaf

• “When you start to connect the actual access to money, and the access involves law enforcement officials, you have clearly crossed a line. What is going on is shocking, terrible.” – James E. Tierney, former attorney general of Maine.

• “There are two things that are important in politics. The first is money and I can’t remember what the second one is.” — Mark Hanna, William McKinley’s 1896 presidential campaign manager and later senator from Ohio, in 1895.

• “Behind the ostensible government sits enthroned an invisible government, owing no allegiance and acknowledging no responsibility to the people. To destroy this invisible government, to dissolve the unholy alliance between corrupt business and corrupt politics is the first task of the statesmanship of the day.” — 1912 platform of the Progressive Party, founded by former president Theodore Roosevelt.

• “I had a nice talk with Jack Morgan [i.e., banker J.P. Morgan, Jr.] the other day and he seemed more worried about [Assistant Secretary of Agriculture Rexford] Tugwell’s speech than about anything else, especially when Tugwell said, ‘From now on property rights and financial rights will be subordinated to human rights.’ … The real truth of the matter is, as you and I know, that a financial element in the larger centers has owned the Government ever since the days of Andrew Jackson … The country is going through a repetition of Jackson’s fight with the Bank of the United Stated — only on a far bigger and broader basis.” — Franklin D. Roosevelt in a 1933 letter to Edward M. House.

Listen to what Daniel Webster said to the American people only to reinforce Presidents George Washington and Harry S. Truman’s statements:

“I apprehend no danger to our country from a foreign foe. Our destruction, should it come at all, will be from another quarter. From the inattention of the people to the concerns of their government, from their carelessness and negligence, I must confess that I do apprehend some danger. I fear that they may place too implicit a confidence in their public servants, and fail properly to scrutinize their conduct; that in this way they may be made the dupes of designing men, and become the instruments of their own undoing. Make them intelligent, and they will be vigilant; give them the means of detecting the wrong, and they will apply the remedy.”

Remember, America, prevention is better than cure (Isaiah 26:9).

Corrupt Politicians

The Good, Bad and the righteous

© 2017 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved




Investigation exposes plots for sabotage, criminal activity at Trump inauguration

In a newly released video, renowned investigative journalist James O’Keefe continued his far reaching probe of the Democratic Party’s connections to anti-Trump, anti-GOP activities many of which border on criminal action, perhaps even acts of terrorism.

O’Keefe, famous for bringing down President Barack Obama’s top supporter known as ACORN, uncovered a secret organization calling themselves the DC Anti-fascist Coalition who are planning an attack using Butanoic cid at the National Press Club during the Deploraball event scheduled for the evening of Thursday January 19.

The substance has also been used as a stink bomb by animal-rights groups to disrupt whaling crews, as well as by pro-life activists to disrupt operations at abortion clinics.

Although the evidence doesn’t point to any direct connection with the Democratic Party or its minions in the news media, some suspect that those members of the U.S. Congress such as Rep. John Lewis, Rep. Luis Gutierrez and Rep. Keith Ellison, are boycotting the inauguration on Friday because they are aware that there will be violent incidents by Democrat-supported protesters and want to maintain their deniability.

“Anyone who is a student of history recognizes these anti-Trumpers as being very much like the Nazi Party ‘Brown Shirts’ who created havoc that helped the rise to power of Adolf Hitler. Also, look for these people to seek creating a ‘martyr’ to hold up to the people of American with the help of less-than-honest news media organizations,” said former NYPD detective and U.S. Marine Michael Snopes. [YouTube Video]

SECURITY FOR INAUGURATION

According to news analysis by former law enforcement official, Jim Kouri, appearing on the Conservative Base, security surrounding the inauguration of Donald Trump is proving to be the most challenging in recent history, according to senior officials involved in its planning, largely because of the same forces of political rancor that shaped the race for the presidency.

The dozens of government and contracted agencies responsible for security at the Jan. 20 festivities are preparing for the possibility of large numbers of protesters pouring into the capital, along with what may be nearly 1 million supporters of Trump. For example, there is talk of one group of anti-Trump “potheads” who are claiming they will handout thousands of marijuana “joints” for protesters to smoke while protesting the inauguration.

In 2009, Obama’s inauguration was the first transfer of power in the post-9/11 era — and the first in which an African-American was taking the oath of office. Obama faced a rash of racist threats, as well as concerns about a terrorist plot that ultimately proved unfounded but sent the president-elect and top aides scrambling on the eve of his swearing-in.

Even so, Obama did not face the kind of large-scale protests expected to greet Trump when he officially arrives in Washington. The 2009 crowd of nearly 2 million people, a record, included few, if any, protesters and did not lead to a single arrest, according to Christopher T. Geldart, the director of homeland security for the District of Columbia.

A vast planning board of intelligence analysts, military personnel, and law enforcement officers numbering in the tens of thousands will be working to protect the inauguration and related activities.

In total, more than three dozen different agencies spread out across the capital will be working to prevent the occasion from becoming a platform for individuals or groups looking to do harm. Their work, begun months ago, has taken on a new urgency since Election Day and will soon include the imposition of a security perimeter around the Capitol, the Mall, and large parts of the city. [YouTube Video]

Soldiers and airmen from the South Dakota National Guard are preparing for joint support of the 58th Presidential Inauguration in Washington, Jan. 20, 2017, according to Air Force Master Sgt. Christopher Stewart.

“They will join hundreds of National Guardsmen from across the country to assist with security, crowd control and traffic management throughout the national capital region when President-elect Donald J. Trump takes the oath as the 45th president of the United States,” Sgt. Stewart wrote. “This joint service security group is preparing with refresher training on the safe and secure movement of civilians prior to, during and after inauguration events.”

“The purpose of the training is so that the two branches can blend together and work together as a cohesive team,” said Army Sgt. Kurtis Brown, 235th Military Police Company team leader. “For a joint operation like the Presidential Inauguration we all want to be on the same page.”

Instructors from a local air ambulance service provided medical training on Dec. 3 that was focused on medical issues civilians might develop at the inauguration.

“The practice was needed and beneficial to all of us, said Air Force Lt. Kristopher King,” 114th Security Forces chief of information protection. “It’s a great opportunity to make sure everyone is speaking the same language and using the same techniques.”

The costs of security alone are expected to exceed $100 million.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved




The perfect storm descending upon America: Sociological impact

Part 1: Immigration onslaught. Part 2: Sociological impact of jamming cultures together. Part 3: Environmental impact. Part 4: What is your role in changing America’s future?

Author Samuel P. Huntington, Clash of Civilizations, said, “It is my hypothesis that the fundamental source of conflict in this new world will not be primarily ideological or primarily economic. The great divisions among humankind and the dominating source of conflict will be cultural. Nation-states will remain the most powerful actors in world affairs, but the principal conflicts of global politics will occur between nations and groups of different civilizations. [Inside those nation states] The clash of civilizations will dominate global politics. The fault lines between civilizations will be the battle lines of the future.”

As an American living in a high speed, highly technological society—how would you respond when all of a sudden someone flies you out of your home and transports you to an African village in Sudan or Somalia? What if a plane lifted you out of Chicago, Illinois and transported you to Calcutta, India?

What would you do when you arrived? First of all, no housing, no toilets, no safe food and no clean water! No jobs, no familiarity with a radically different culture and no ability to speak the language. No matter how smart, old or skilled, you would stand in shock of being injected into a third world society. You would huddle with your own until rescued. But if not rescued, you would live in oblivion.

Fast forward: what if you were a Somalian, Sudanese, Ethiopian or Congolese citizen transported by the U.S. Government to save you from starvation and war—that has become a part of your culture through tribal heritage? You arrive in America with no skills, no job, no language ability and a culture diametrically opposed to your own. You carry a 68 IQ. (Source: IQ and the Wealth of Nations, www.iq-resarch.info) Your “saviors” force you to live in a country with the average IQ at 100 and millions over 120.

Once in America, because you lack any qualifications for work, you enjoy free food, free housing, free medical, free education, free car, free gasoline, free clothing—all paid for by working Americans who didn’t ask for your burden.

From there, your kids fail in school because education standards run beyond their intellectual horsepower. You combat new ideas of women’s rights, free choice of religion, free speech and try to cope with living in an ultra-high-speed society. Because you lack skills, educational abilities and a comprehension of American culture—you live in enclaves with your fellow immigrants and become permanent wards of the state. Today, legal immigrants cost American taxpayers $113,000,000,000.00 (billion) annually with no end in sight. (Source: www.TheSocialContract.com)

Also, this fact must be realized: today, American industry increases robotics for redundant jobs at an astounding rate of speed. Inventions make fast food completely without human hands. Automobile assembly lines via robots complete 90 percent of car manufacturing. Crops see machines plant and pick everything going to market.

Let’s look ahead to 30 years from now if the U.S. Government continues the 1965 Immigration Reform Act that imports 110,000 unskilled refugees every 30 days to total 1.5 to 1.7 million legal and illegal refugees annually.

In the next 30 years, that equates to our country adding 100,000,000 (million) legal immigrants from 190 different countries with 190 different world views. That means we import 100 million people with 190 different cultures, 190 different religions and 190 different languages.

Do think we stand a chance of surviving this human juggernaut?

We cram them into America in three short decades—so fast that they cannot and will not assimilate. They form tribal enclaves like Minneapolis, Minnesota where 120,000 Somali immigrants created “Somaliland” where Americans avoid visiting. The majority of immigrants exist on permanent welfare. Additionally, Dearbornistan, Michigan with 350,000 Middle Eastern immigrants where Arabic dominates and schools teach out of the Quran and do not subscribe to anything American. They practice honor killings, female genital mutilation, women as property, four wives, arranged marriages and killing of gay people. Additionally, the majority live on welfare.

Welcome to Dearborn, Michigan. [YouTube Link]

Yet, the United Nations, Lutheran Churches, Catholic Churches and others force those refugees into every town that features a welfare office—knowing full well those refugees cannot and will not become functioning parts of the American workforce. Additionally, they will never integrate into American society. And worse, those organizations understand that such places like Africa, India and Indochina continue adding 80,000,000 (million) new babies, net gain, annually—so the line of refugees never ends.

View this video to see uselessness of endless immigration. It solves nothing, but in fact exacerbates population growth:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself.

As you can see from the video, no amount of immigration will solve the starvation, misery, suffering or hopelessness of people around the world. Why? Because developing countries keep adding 80 million, net gain, annually.

But on a sociological level, America, Europe, Canada and Australia find their countries becoming “Everybody Else’s Countries.” Whether it’s the impact of cultural conflict, religious conflict or linguistic chaos—first world countries will not survive the “Clash of Civilizations” described so clearly in Huntington’s book.

As stated, all cultures and ethnic groups compete for dominance. With 100,000,000 added immigrants from 190 different countries by 2050, the USA finds those millions pulling for their own culture, ethos, language and religions. America today, already fractures and fragments in the big cities with Black Panthers and Black Lives Matter calling for a separate Black Country. With the advent of more terrorist Muslims, you will see them demanding Islamic caliphates in the USA much like Europe.

Our country faces ultimately pulling apart at the seams. It will not be able to hold in the center as “Americans.” Again, those 100 million immigrants will be pulling in their direction because this will no longer be America. It will be a massive polyglot of religious, linguistic and cultural conflict.

Any culture that will not defend itself against displacement through mass immigration faces extinction. That includes both time-tested and successful cultures. Embracing diversity results in cultural suicide. America’s multicultural path guarantees its destruction via cultural clashes and conflict with Islam, Mexican and African cultures that diametrically oppose American culture. The more diverse a country, the more destructive and broken-down its future. The more people, the more it destroys its quality of life and standard of living. The more it adds immigrants, the more destruction to its environment. The more it imports refugees, the faster America, Canada, Europe and Australia lose their own ability to function and worse, their identities. Exponential growth of any civilization leads to ultimate collapse. You see it in Africa, India and China today. You will see it in Europe, Canada, Australia and America in the coming years, “IF” Western countries don’t stop all forms of immigration.

If you don’t want a Paris, France, San Bernardino, Orlando or Fort Lauderdale event in your community, it’s time to call for a total “Immigration Shutdown Now.”

Call your senators and House rep: 1 202 224 3121 or 1 888 995 2086. Demand a stop to all immigration and stop to any Syrian immigration.

Definition of slogan: “Immigration Shutdown Now means the American people want a total shutdown on all legal and illegal immigration. That means we want all illegal immigration stopped by arresting, prosecuting and jailing employers of illegal aliens. We deport all illegal aliens by taking their jobs away and as we catch them. We want English mandated as our national language. We demand a cessation of Muslim immigration in order to protect our culture, language and way of life. We can’t save the world but we can save or destroy our civilization. We demand a stable population that allows everyone to live, work and thrive into the 21st century. Especially our children.” FHW

(Permission to republish this population graph by Roy Beck, www.NumbersUSA.org )

Muslims cannot in any way become Americans. The Koran forbids it. Their entire context of religious-political Sharia Law demands subjugation to their religion with no allegiance to the U.S. Constitution. The Koran forbids women’s rights, marital choice, free speech, gay rights and religious rights. Our way of life remains completely out of bounds to Islam. This 4-minute video explains our plight.

That’s why you need to take action. Send this series to everyone in your network. Educate them. Urge them to take action by joining these websites to become faxers of prewritten letters and phone callers. We must force Congress into an “Immigration Shutdown Now!”

Share these videos all over America:

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself.

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

Take action by joining for free: America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacity.org

Canada: – United Kingdom: – Australia: Sustainable Population Australia

To obtain buttons, jerseys, mugs with the logo visit: “Immigration Shutdown Now”

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




The fake news – fake narrative epidemic Pt. 1

The CIA and FBI say Russian hackers influenced, or tried to influence, last November’s election, with Vladimir Putin himself directing the covert cyber-attacks. These claims have been made without evidence to back them up. There have now been tens of thousands of references to “Russian hackers” in mainstream media over the past month. Most of these, as a lawyer would say, assume facts not in evidence. I guess repetition counts as evidence these days, however.

Fifteen years ago the CIA said Saddam Hussein had weapons of mass destruction, and that there was a real and living threat he would use them against the U.S. This evidence-free claim led, back in 2003, to the worst foreign policy blunder of the new century, as Bush II launched the Iraq War. Saddam’s regime was brought to its knees in less than a month. But then what? An insurgency began; over 4,000 Americans ended up losing their lives; tens of thousands of Iraqis were also killed, with tens of thousands more people displaced as war spread across the region, today’s hotspot being Syria. Small wonder Donald Trump could call U.S. foreign policy “complete and total disaster.”

No weapons of mass destruction were ever found in Iraq. This turned out to be the fake news story of the decade.

Fake news is the order of our times. In mid-2015, when Trump first announced, his candidacy was a joke. The “experts” said so. He would never be taken seriously. Then, of course, he was. The “experts” went on to say he had no chance at the nomination. Then, as one by one, his empty-suited competitors fell, he did. Trump, who was invoking issues the GOP base cared about such as outsourcing, immigration, globalism, and jobs, began racking up delegate votes, until Ted Cruz was his only opponent. Then he won the GOP nomination. He still had no chance against the Clinton machine. The pundits said so. The major polls all said so. Then Trump won the Presidency!

The rationalizations began. It was “whitelash” (said Van Jones). Then it was James Comey’s fault and Email-gate. Then it was fake news on Breitbart, Facebook, and Twitter. More recently it became Russian hackers. One could make a case for the first of these. Many white people are fed up with political correctness. They have had it with being told they have “privileges.” They are fed up with official narrative on race, gender, homosexuality, and so on. Trump actually said little about these, but what he did say appealed to the white working class. Ergo, he’s a racist, a sexist, and so on. This is Exhibit A in the decline of critical thinking skills amongst the “experts” of our era, and certainly among so-called progressives. At one point, Trump told black America, “Your schools are terrible.” This is the truth. Most public schools are terrible. Some are worse than others, though, and those of the inner cities border on dysfunctional.

We are awash in fake narratives, promulgated in universities and government as well as major media. Fake narratives form the backdrop that gives mainstream media fake news credibility. If the subject is race, the fake narrative begins with the premise that America is a structurally racist society, that what is harming blacks today is the legacy of slavery, not their own behavior; that they continue to face unjust discrimination; that their visceral hostility and violence is to be blamed on the “white majority,” and that more “education for diversity” is the cure.

If you don’t agree, then you’re a “basket of deplorables” racist, “irredeemable” and possibly even a “white nationalist” or “white supremacist.”

Thus you will not read about black crime in any general way, even if a few dramatic incidents like the four blacks who kidnapped and tortured the autistic white kid in Chicago might be covered. You will read that Black Lives Matter, but you will be told that to respond, “all lives matter,” is to be racist. You will not read that blacks are 13% of the population but commit well over 50% of all violent crimes in the U.S., and in big cities, this number rises to over 90%, most of it against other blacks. There is far more violent crime by blacks against whites than by whites against blacks. There is far more hatred of whites by blacks than there is hatred of blacks by whites. These, too, do not fit the fake narrative, any more than does the occasional black conservative who has figured all this out. Thus if you assert them, you must again be a “deplorable” and possibly a “white… Well, you get the idea.

Or take gender, that “social construct” (i.e., academic superstition) that is something other than biological sex. Women are held back by the “glass ceiling”; never mind that one just ran for president and would have won had it not been for the Electoral College. Women, it seems, face hostile environments, because everywhere they go, they face the “patriarchy.”

Universities have a “rape culture” where one in five (one in six? one in four?) girls can expect to be sexually assaulted at some point. Another fake narrative. Recall the “campus rape” story at the University of Virginia fraternity house that Rolling Stone reported? Completely discredited, this sordid tale owes its existence to the fake “rape culture” narrative. The article has been taken down. I am not surprised. It is embarrassing. Read (I copied and saved portions of it):

“Jackie was sober but giddy with discovery as she looked around the room crammed with rowdy strangers guzzling beer and dancing to loud music. She smiled at her date, whom we’ll call Drew, a good-looking junior – or in UVA parlance, a third-year – and he smiled enticingly back.

“Want to go upstairs, where it’s quieter?” Drew shouted into her ear, and Jackie’s heart quickened. She took his hand as he threaded them out of the crowded room and up a staircase….

Drew ushered Jackie into a bedroom, shutting the door behind them. The room was pitch-black inside. Jackie blindly turned toward Drew, uttering his name. At that same moment, she says, she detected movement in the room – and felt someone bump into her. Jackie began to scream.

“Shut up,” she heard a man’s voice say as a body barreled into her, tripping her backward and sending them both crashing through a low glass table. There was a heavy person on top of her, spreading open her thighs, and another person kneeling on her hair, hands pinning down her arms, sharp shards digging into her back, and excited male voices rising all around her. When yet another hand clamped over her mouth, Jackie bit it, and the hand became a fist that punched her in the face. The men surrounding her began to laugh. For a hopeful moment Jackie wondered if this wasn’t some collegiate prank. Perhaps at any second someone would flick on the lights and they’d return to the party.

“Grab its [sic.] m********* leg,” she heard a voice say. And that’s when Jackie knew she was going to be raped.

She remembers every moment of the next three hours of agony, during which, she says, seven men took turns raping her, while two more – her date, Drew, and another man – gave instruction and encouragement. She remembers how the spectators swigged beers, and how they called each other nicknames like Armpit and Blanket. She remembers the men’s heft and their sour reek of alcohol mixed with the pungency of marijuana. Most of all, Jackie remembers the pain and the pounding that went on and on….

When Jackie came to, she was alone. It was after 3 a.m. She painfully rose from the floor and ran shoeless from the room. She emerged to discover the Phi Psi party still surreally under way, but if anyone noticed the barefoot, disheveled girl hurrying down a side staircase, face beaten, dress spattered with blood, they said nothing. Disoriented, Jackie burst out a side door, realized she was lost, and dialed a friend, screaming, “Something bad happened. I need you to come and find me!” Minutes later, her three best friends on campus – two boys and a girl (whose names are changed) – arrived to find Jackie on a nearby street corner, shaking. “What did they do to you? What did they make you do?” Jackie recalls her friend Randall demanding. Jackie shook her head and began to cry. The group looked at one another in a panic. They all knew about Jackie’s date; the Phi Kappa Psi house loomed behind them. “We have to get her to the hospital,” Randall said.

Their other two friends, however, weren’t convinced. “Is that such a good idea?” she recalls Cindy asking. “Her reputation will be shot for the next four years.” Andy seconded the opinion, adding that since he and Randall both planned to rush fraternities, they ought to think this through. The three friends launched into a heated discussion about the social price of reporting Jackie’s rape, while Jackie stood beside them, mute in her bloody dress, wishing only to go back to her dorm room and fall into a deep, forgetful sleep. Detached, Jackie listened as Cindy prevailed over the group: “She’s gonna be the girl who cried ‘rape,’ and we’ll never be allowed into any frat party again.”

This story began to unravel almost at once. Efforts were made to identify “Drew,” something “Jackie” had refused to do from the start. There was no evidence he existed. And are we really supposed to believe that these people rolled around in broken glass for three hours? Or that following a brutal gang rape, she and her friends would be pondering the future of their social lives?

It turned out that when someone checked its calendar, the Phi Kappa Psi fraternity had not held an event the night of the alleged “gang rape.” As “Jackie’s” friends were located, they had different stories of what happened that night, leaving investigators with an incoherent mess. “Jackie” stopped cooperating. Surprise, surprise.

Had this “gang rape” actually happened as described, would there have been the slightest doubt? Ever knocked a drinking glass to your kitchen floor by accident? Of course you have; we all have. You locate the pieces and pick them up gingerly, unless you want to sustain a few painful cuts. For part two click below.

© 2017 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved




The fake news – fake narrative epidemic Pt. 2

A girl on her back in broken glass being raped is going to end up with more than a few cuts. She would have been dripping blood and leaving an easily-followed trail as she left the house. The first passersby she encountered outside would probably have called for an ambulance, as obviously she would have needed immediate medical attention. The police would have gotten involved, and probably nailed the boys involved as they’d also have a few gashes of their own. (It was pitch dark in there, remember? How would they have avoided all that broken glass?)

This was fake news. It didn’t happen. But it fit the fake narrative (the campus “rape culture”). That it was published is more testimony to collapsing critical thinking skills at major publications. Rolling Stone used to be a good source for information I’d not see elsewhere. I don’t know that I’d trust them now. They may have learned their lesson, given the lawsuits they’ve faced including from a university administrator contending that her career was badly damaged by “Jackie’s” allegation that she didn’t take the campus “rape culture” fake narrative seriously enough.

Fake narratives give rise to fake news about “hate crimes” (by, e.g., Trump supporters against minorities) that never happened. Fake narratives are frequently promulgated by intellectually dishonest means. Note how many “phobias” we have now. Homophobia, xenophobia, transphobia, Islamophobia … did I miss any? A phobia is an irrational fear, of course. There are legitimate phobias, such as claustrophobia and agoraphobia. You don’t argue with their sufferers, you try to cure them or manage their conditions if you can.

But try to challenge one of the fake phobias, or fake narratives more generally, and something quite interesting happens. Basket of deplorables type remarks allude to it.

Around the end of the 1980s, I tried on several occasions to reason with my fellow academics about “affirmative action.” Silly me, thinking that arguments (in the sense of logic: presenting conclusions backed up with evidence) were what mattered. I once gave a carefully referenced, 30-plus slide presentation on the subject at a humanities conference, showing first how vague the concept and directives on affirmative action were from the outset, how this alone spelled trouble as no one could be sure what the law required, and then how Supreme Court decisions such as Griggs v. Duke Power (1971) shifted policy from nondiscrimination to racial realignment, presuming an unstated ideal no one could certify was attainable. This, I observed, was the source of common words like underrepresented group, which logically and conceptually presuppose correct representation. Based on this I laid out the reasons why (1) it was not working, if the intent was to increase the representation of black faculty on campuses; (2) one reason it could not work was that government programs cannot “give” people motivation and skills; (3) the number of officially designated underrepresented groups would expand, because federal law had created a spoils system able to be taken advantage of; and finally (4) the results would drive groups apart instead of bring them together. It would breed hostility from white males when they realized their legal disadvantage, and it would breed hostility from blacks when the programs failed. Awarding freebies to some at the expense of others always does this. Always.

I might as well have been talking to the walls.

Afterwards — most of the audience having sat quietly with a constrained chill — I tried to open up a dialogue with a woman who had challenged my motives during the Q&A session. Without looking me in the eye she snapped, “I’ve heard it all before!”

Eventually I ceased talking to female academics.

Before long I was encountering reasons to believe that purposeful deafness to basic logic when it went up against a dominant narrative was the order of the day on topics other than that one. These included many features of history, where academic historians have a blind spot over what they brand as “conspiracy theories”; they include globalization, which we are assured by economic “experts” is a good thing; they include the origin of life and human origins (evolution), involving myriad claims about states of affairs that are scientifically untestable; they include man-made climate change over claims which should be testable and rationally decidable, but where we now have scientists resigning their positions over the oppressive conditions this official narrative has created.

Challenge any of these narratives, and you won’t be answered with reason. You’ll get snarky, condescending responses. You’ll be treated as uninformed, unintelligent (or “uneducated”), or worse. A decision to challenge a fake narrative can be career-ending.

A more interesting question is, How did all these fake narratives, the basis for the real fake news of mainstream media, government, and academia, get started? What purpose do they serve? In the case of dominant media, one has to go back a full century. One learns of Oscar Callaway, then a Senator from Texas, writing in 1917 on the controlled press following the loss of his Senate seat due to his opposition to U.S. entry into what became World War I. His observations were entered into the Congressional Record:

In March, 1915, the J.P. Morgan interests, the steel, shipbuilding, and powder interest, and their subsidiary organizations, got together 12 men high up in the newspaper world and employed them to select the most influential newspapers in the United States and sufficient number of them to control generally the policy of the daily press.… These 12 men worked the problems out by selecting 179 newspapers, and then began, by an elimination process, to retain only those necessary for the purpose of controlling the general policy of the daily press throughout the country.

They found it was only necessary to purchase the control of 25 of the greatest papers. An agreement was reached; the policy of the papers was bought, to be paid for by the month; an editor was furnished for each paper to properly supervise and edit information regarding the questions of preparedness, militarism, financial policies, and other things of national and international nature considered vital to the interests of the purchasers…. This policy also included the suppression of everything in opposition to the wishes of the interests served.

The effectiveness of this scheme has been conclusively demonstrated by the character of the stuff carried in the daily press throughout the country since March, 1915. They have resorted to anything necessary to commercialize public sentiment and sandbag the National Congress into making extravagant and wasteful appropriations for the Army and Navy under false pretense that it was necessary. Their stock argument is that it is “patriotism.” They are playing on every prejudice and passion of the American people.

Callaway, who had been attacked in the press for his lack of “patriotism” (rather like the critics of Bush II’s war), wanted an official investigation. Nothing was done, and the whole thing fell down the memory hole. Media consolidation has continued ever since. It took a quantum leap when Bill Clinton signed the 1996 Telecommunications Act. This act eased restrictions on media cross-ownership, so that one conglomerate could own multiple concerns. It was part of neoliberal so-called deregulation. What it did was allow was the dominant corporate actors to strengthen their control over information through buyouts and mergers. Today over 90% of mainstream media, which includes newspapers, television networks, cable stations, web concerns, magazines and their websites, Hollywood production companies, and much more, is owned by six megacorporations.

It’s all about the attempt to control narratives as much as possible. The purpose of fake narratives is to create an artificial reality — often an economic reality where things are rosier than they really are, by, e.g., presenting an “unemployment rate” that excludes you from the labor force if you haven’t looked for work in a month. Numbers can be made to look impressive even if they don’t mean much. A fake narrative now is how the Obama administration has overseen a “recovery” with massive job growth, etc.

Economics, however, is now mostly mass psychology. Its purpose is to make the visible national elites look good, just so long as they have the favor of the globalist elites, of course. Obama had that. Trump will not, so that even if his policies bring about a jobs renaissance, we will likely hear nothing except downsides. The fake news story about Russian hackers as well as repeated accounts of how Hillary Clinton “won the popular vote” have already done plenty to delegitimize the Trump presidency before it has even starts.

This isn’t over, however. Until the Internet era, media corporations could rely on their narratives for a controlled public. Alternative media has changed the rules of the game. People can get their news from DrudgeReport.com or Breitbart.com or NewsWithViews.com instead of the Clinton News Network (CNN), or MSNBC, or ABC, or even FOX.

Mainstream media have lost control. They want it back! Hence their fake news about “fake news.” If nothing else, it is embarrassing to a multi-billion dollar operation like CNN to be proven wrong over and over, rendered almost irrelevant, by little outfits run on shoestring budgets out of home offices by guy with websites and a handful of researchers and writers most of whom work for free!

But that’s what we’ve got!

Information has never been more widely available than it is today. It might be a good idea to make use of it, because I’ve got a hunch a crackdown of some kind is coming. That, however, is another article.

© 2017 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved




CNN and democrats failed to destroy Trump

“I win an election easily, a great ‘movement’ is verified, and crooked opponents try to belittle our victory with FAKE NEWS. A sorry state!” -Donald Trump

“Intelligence agencies should never have allowed this fake news to ‘leak’ into the public. One last shot at me. Are we living in Nazi Germany?” -Donald Trump

Russia, Russia, Russia…the Democrat controlled media has found a fake news story they believe will stick, and they’re not going to let it go. What is their bottom line? Two things…destroy Donald J. Trump by delegitimizing his win, and start a war with Russia.

The Democratic socialists still believe that Comey and Russia stole the election from Hillary Clinton. They still believe they won! They’ve protested in the streets and laid the blame on just about everything and everyone but themselves.

They cannot believe that the American electorate turned out in droves to absolutely destroy their candidate and give the presidency to an outsider who hates globalism! As long as Donald J. Trump is in office, the leftist media will try their best to destroy him.

Accepting Defeat with Grace

George Washington Carver said, “Ninety-nine percent of the failures come from people who have the habit of making excuses.” 

To bear defeat with dignity, to accept criticism with poise, to receive honors with humility—these are marks of maturity and graciousness. Obviously, this quote by author, William Arthur Ward has totally been ignored by the Democratic socialist left.

While the election may be over, Hillary Clinton supporters are not taking the results well. Can you guess who isn’t on their blame list? Of course, the unlikeable Hillary Clinton whose supporters cannot accept defeat, are now blaming Russia.

Who is Really Colluding with Russia?

Here’s the exchange caught on an open mic. Think maybe Putin hacked the 2012 election for Obama? Ahem.

And what about the uranium deal brokered through government agencies by then Secretary of State, Hillary Clinton. Leaders of the Canadian mining industry, who have been major donors to the charitable endeavors of former President Bill Clinton and his family, built, financed, and eventually sold off to the Russians, a company that would become known as Uranium One. The sale gave the Russians control of one-fifth of all uranium production capacity in the United States. Even the NYT’s reported this story!

Uranium One’s chairman used his family foundation to make four donations to the Clinton Foundation totaling $2.35 million, and then another half million for a Moscow speech by Bill Clinton for a Russian investment bank with links to the Kremlin that was promoting Uranium One stock.

To top it off, the outgoing Obama Administration just approved a large shipment of uranium to Iran…from Russia! [Link]

Tell me who is actually in bed with the Russians? 

Warmongers, McCain and Graham

Through an endless barrage of ugly propaganda, the U.S. government and the mainstream American socialist press have put the world on course for a potential nuclear showdown with Russia. This risk has been undertaken all because of fake news and media hype regarding Vladimir Putin.

Two Republicans, John McCain and Lindsey Graham, and a Democrat, Amy Klobuchar, all voiced their support for action to be taken against Russia for “meddling with the presidential election” in November. There is no proof! They are insane! Do we really want a nuclear war with Russia?! 

McCain, Graham, and Klobuchar are claiming that there is support from 99% of both Republicans and Democrats for actions against Russia, and particularly against Vladimir Putin personally.

The US has expelled 35 Russian diplomats as punishment for alleged interference into the presidential election. It will also close two Russian compounds used for intelligence-gathering, in Maryland and New York, as part of a slew of retaliatory measures. President Barack Obama had vowed action against Russia amid US accusations it directed hacks against the Democratic party and Hillary Clinton’s campaign. The US State Department declared the 35 Russian diplomats from the Washington DC embassy and the consulate in San Francisco “persona non-grata,” giving them and their families 72 hours to leave the US.

President Obama’s actions are obviously designed to strangle Trump’s presidency while it is still in the cradle. He took this audacious action with less than one month left before turning the keys of the White House over to the new president, and put Trump in the position to either reverse the actions or let it stand. The socialist media will make it difficult for our new president either way he goes.

 

BuzzFeed and CNN

The political establishment went nuclear on President-elect Donald Trump with a double-barreled blast of “leaked” “intelligence” reports by CNN and BuzzFeed. The documents contain explosive bull dung, and unverified opposition research that alleged intel ties between Russia and Trump, and also claims Russia holds sexual blackmail material over Trump.

If these journalists were true journalists who wanted the truth, and not leftist socialist journalists itching for anything to destroy Donald J. Trump, then they would have found that the original documents did not conform to CIA or UK intelligence requirements. 

So, scrape BuzzFeed and CNN off the bottom of your shoes and move on.
This tripe has been around for months, but guess who decided to fetch this garbage from across the pond and make sure it was taken to the FBI?!

Senator John McCain Deeply Involved

Oh yes, there you have it, Senator McCain, who disowned Trump before the election, admitted he handed this 35-page dossier document outlining claims of Kremlin blackmail to FBI. He claims that he received it and gave it directly to FBI Director James Comey because he was “unable to make judgment about accuracy.” Right John, we really believe that! 

McCain actually sent someone on a plane to the UK to retrieve this made-up piece of slander so he could give it to the FBI. He later made the statement, “Comey already had it. I wasn’t the first guy that gave it to him. I was wearing my citizen hat, my good citizen hat, sensitive material, who knows if it’s true, potential problem.” Oh yeah, great citizen that you are Senator…you’re a lout, and you know it.

Rick Wilson, Buzz Feed and CNN … claimed Trump wouldn’t say anything bad about Putin because Putin is blackmailing Trump with this garbage, and the media is using it to say that Putin hijacked the election, and that’s why Hillary lost.

Remember, Buzz Feed published the entire 35-page dossier of memos. None of it was verified. None of it was established. None of it was approved. None of it was confirmed. They admitted this when they published it. It’s totally made up. It is a series of memos written by a former spook at MI6, the U.K. version of the CIA. And it turns out that the guy who was actually commissioned to do this, works for an outfit hired by Planned Parenthood. The guy is embedded deeply in liberal Democrat politics. The whole thing is made up.

According to a report from the Wall Street Journal, former British intelligence officer Christopher Steele prepared the dossier. In hiding, Steele is now claiming he fears for his life.

If anyone was blackmailable it was Hillary. Hillary cheated Bernie Sanders, the DNC emails were hacked, the Clinton Foundation monies are questionable, Benghazi, Syria…and on and on. [Link]

The media is dangerously close to implosion. They’re used to being able to use innuendo and allegations to destroy people, and it’s not working against Donald J. Trump. Trump not only survives, but actually grows stronger and more powerful after each one of these attacks. They are just days away from losing everything because they cannot get Trump. Everything they’ve used against Trump has been totally ineffective, and Trump and his team know this. 

Russia Categorically Denies Involvement

Russia has denied any involvement with hacking and reports on Trump. And, so far, she has ignored the slaps in her face from the Obama administration, and for that, we can thank Putin. “The information is not true and is nothing other than a total fabrication,” Kremlin spokesman Peskov said, responding to allegations Moscow had a compromising report on Donald Trump. “You have to react to this with a certain humor, but there’s also a sad side to this. Hysteria is being whipped up to maintain a political witch hunt.”

Washington Post, 3-25-14) And Hillary Clinton actually compared Putin to Hitler on March 5, 2014. (Washington Post) Of course their words belie their actions with Russia.

Decades ago, the left always took the side of the Soviets over any Republican, and they also hated American intelligence. Today, they hate the Russians and love American intelligence. Why? Because it’s all about what suits them for their political purposes.

President Trump Responds to Fake News

Trump’s January 11th, 2017 press conference made total mincemeat out of the main stream media. If you missed this gargantuan slap down of CNN, you need to listen. President-elect Trump directly called BuzzFeed a “failing piece of garbage,” and further rightly calling CNN “fake news.”

We now have a strong leader, a leader with chutzpah who never cowers when the fake news folks attack. The media’s tactics won’t work this time. Trump will use social media and press conferences to counter their lies. It’s so nice to see a leader with a spine of steel who speaks the truth.

Conclusion

The idea that the Russians tampered with this election is still out there, and it’s not going to stop. The entire left, which includes the media will keep trying to convince people of it, even when there’s not a shred of evidence and that’s been proven. It didn’t happen, but they will keep lying about it, and that’s not to say the Russians do not try. We believe the Russians did get into the Democrat National Committee computer and did get into John Podesta’s email and did release what they found, but that didn’t spread disinformation. Everything they told us, or Assange told us, that we learned about in Podesta’s email account, everything happened to be true!

The Russians didn’t run a disinformation campaign, and they certainly didn’t tamper with voting machines. If anyone tampered with them, it was George Soros and the Democrats. The Russians had nothing to do with the election that mattered regarding the results. So, all this pontificating regarding Russian hacking is fake news that the brainwashed folks who listen to the MSM will believe.

 

Global Government in Peril.

Remember these five things:

1. Putin hates the New World Order. [Link]
2. Great Britain exited the European Union – Brexit won. [Link]
3. Marine Le Pen has reawakened France and may win. [Link]
4. Italy on track to leave EU, bows PM hopeful [Link]
5. Hungarian referendum, EU humiliated as 95% say no. [Link]

God’s Word tells us there will be a “Globalist Order,” but the people have pushed back, and we very well may have a reprieve because of the sacrifices of those who love freedom.

Very shortly, President Donald J. Trump will move into our White House. I can hardly wait. Please continue to pray for him for wisdom and protection.




Third world refugees bring their third world mentality with them

The burning question facing every European country in 2017: can their countries and cultures survive endless refugee immigration from the ever-burgeoning Third World?

The salient question being ignored vs. not being asked in America, Canada or Australia: how will these homelands survive the projected 100,000,000 (million) refugees flooding into America within 30 years; 10,000,000 projected for Canada and another 10 million projected for Australia?

As each refugee that vacates Africa, India, Mexico, South America, Indochina, the Middle East or any other overpopulated country—that same arena of humanity adds another 80,000,000 (million) net gain, new babies annually. Those countries and cultures either refuse to engage birth control or have no access. Therefore, they refuse to or cannot become responsible for their own numbers. Those people follow ancient religions that refuse to step into the realities of the 21st century: Catholic Church, Islam, Hindus and other Christian sects.

As a result, our planet falters as the Third World adds one billion more humans every 12 years on their way to adding three billion more of themselves by 2050 or 33 years from now. These verifiable facts cannot be disputed as reported from population projections by the United Nations.

Millions of those people cannot read, write or perform simple mathematical equations. In other words, illiteracy drives their fecundity rates that can never be solved because no country on Earth can educate another 80 million people annually without commensurate teachers.

The dilemma produces massive deleterious results for those human beings with understandable widespread compassion. Despite the outcries to reach out with aid, the refugee line grows, grows fast and grows endlessly. Which means that NO amount of outward migration saves any of those countries or their civilizations.

Yet, notice all those refugees deluge into Western countries with no end to the line. Therefore, every Western country, as its immigration numbers increase, faces an ultimate decline into Third World illiteracy, poverty and tribalism.

When you consider those Third World cultures commingling, combining or interfacing with First World cultures—Western cultures cannot survive the sheer numbers. None can survive the cultural fracturing. An average citizen can observe Europe today and see it. Despite watching Europe’s maelstrom or digesting the supporting mathematics, a scant few world leaders comprehend the final consequence: total degradation of European, Canadian, Australian and American societies.

The only exceptions: Geert Wilders in Holland, Hungary and Poland’s presidents and Ms. Marine LePen in France. Beyond them, Justin Trudeau of Canada proves himself totally uninformed on multiple levels as he invites endless immigrants. America, the same as we add 1,000,000 (million) legal refugees annually. The U.S. Congress remains blind to our fragmented future. Australia injects immigrants by the hundreds of thousands annually.

Sweden, United Kingdom, Holland, Germany, Spain, Belgium and Norway will not survive their barbarian hordes. They won’t survive as to water, energy and resources. They won’t survive as to sociological impact as they see their cultures vanish into Islamic caliphates.

America won’t survive as to 138,000,000 (million) more people that wreak havoc as to opposing worldviews, languages and cultures.

If Western countries fail to stop all immigration, the certain calamity each nation faces—guaranteed violence and social chaos from immigrants, especially Muslims, total annihilation of Western cultures and loss of each country’s native language. Each country faces fragmentation into tribal units. Without intellectual horsepower and skills from those refugees, each Western country faces a new welfare class that proves intractable and growing to such a point, the entire welfare system collapses from unsustainable numbers.

This short video shows you the violence in the streets of Europe.

Why do Western leaders commit their countries to cultural, linguistic, environmental and national suicide? Is there some grand scheme to turn their countries into Third World countries? If so, the big question is: WHY?

Why aren’t the talking heads at Fox News and CNN or NBC, CBS and ABC discussing our predicament? What about NPR and PBS?

This future avalanches toward us at 1,000,000 legal refugees annually, with no end of the line in sight.

We need a national discussion on the direction of our country; at present, racing at breakneck speed over a demographic, cultural and environmental cliff.

Peter Drucker said, “A time of turbulence is a dangerous time, but its greatest danger is a temptation to deny reality.”

If you don’t want a Paris, France, San Bernardino, Orlando or Fort Lauderdale event in your community, it’s time to call for a total “Immigration Shutdown Now.”

Call your senators and House rep: 1 202 224 3121 or 1 888 995 2086. Demand a stop to all immigration and stop to any Syrian immigration.

Definition of slogan: “Immigration Shutdown Now means the American people want a total shutdown on all legal and illegal immigration. That means we want all illegal immigration stopped by arresting, prosecuting and jailing employers of illegal aliens. We deport all illegal aliens by taking their jobs away and as we catch them. We want English mandated as our national language. We demand a cessation of Muslim immigration in order to protect our culture, language and way of life. We can’t save the world but we can save or destroy our civilization. We demand a stable population that allows everyone to live, work and thrive into the 21st century. Especially our children.” FHW

(Permission to republish this population graph by Roy Beck, www.NumbersUSA.org )

Muslims cannot in any way become Americans. The Koran forbids it. Their entire context of religious-political Sharia Law demands subjugation to their religion with no allegiance to the U.S. Constitution. The Koran forbids women’s rights, marital choice, free speech, gay rights and religious rights. Our way of life remains completely out of bounds to Islam. This 4-minute video explains our plight.
That’s why you need to take action. Send this series to everyone in your network. Educate them. Urge them to take action by joining these websites to become faxers of prewritten letters and phone callers. We must force Congress into an “Immigration Shutdown Now!”

Share these videos all over America:

Take five minutes to see for yourself.

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacity.org

United Kingdom: – Australia: Sustainable Population Australia

To obtain buttons, jerseys, mugs with the logo visit: “Immigration Shutdown Now

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Will the globalists stop Trump before he’s sworn in?

America’s Fate

The powers that be (PTB) and all of their lackeys and brainwashed sheeple were literally blindsided when Hillary Clinton loss the election. By controlling the media coverage of the election with a constant barrage of false accusation and vicious attacks on Trump and never a negative remark about Clinton, manipulating the polls by polling a majority of democrats, using Hollywood to esteem Clinton while condemning Trump, giving Clinton the questions and answers during the debates, programming the voting machines to only vote Clinton, shipping busloads of illegals from one voting booth to another to vote for Clinton, using names of dead people as Clinton voters, paying people to report false accusations on Trump, transporting tens of thousands of unemployed cross country at $15 an hour to disrupt, harass and attack at Trump gatherings, they had done everything money, power and corruption could do to assure a Clinton win.

And yet, to their utter shock, Trump had still garnered such a tremendous national following that he won by such a huge margin it eclipsed all of their attempts against him.

The PTB, orchestrated by Satan himself, have been preparing their global takeover for over a hundred years. They have amassed incalculable riches, ascended to unthinkable heights of power and obtained unimaginable intercontinental control. The PTB have no intentions of relinquishing one dollar, one degree of power, one inch of control, especially to one man.

Therefore, they will do everything within their power to halt the actual swearing in of Donald J. Trump as President of the United States, even at the risk of starting a civil war, and if need be, his assassination. At best, if he is sworn in and through all of their controlled sources, cheerlead by the media, the PTB crash every social, public, civic and economic institution around him, leaving him a failed disgrace while simultaneously affirming that only they, the PTB, are qualified to rule.

Until Donald J. Trump is sworn in as President of the United States, Obama will retain the power of Commander and Chief. If we attack or are attacked by Russia, or civil war erupts, or there’s a terror attack, or an EMP attack, or a natural disaster, or any other reason he can declare a State of Emergency and he will retain the authority of Commander and Chief.

For those who remember, the constitutionally required procedure for Barack Obama’s inauguration was not completed (see below). Thus, he was never sworn in properly and legally. The first oath was flubbed and the second swearing was done in private without a Bible.

Barak Obama is a Manchurian Candidate. I say that because we still don’t know him. Especially now that the Birth Certificate he presented the public was recently authenticated to be a fraudulent document on nine points, determined by leading experts from around the world: Sheriff Joe Arpaio: Obama’s Birth Certificate is Forgery Press …

Therefore Barak Obama is most likely not a legitimate president of the United States, which negates and nullifies every illegal, unconstitutional act he has perpetrated during his past eight years in office: The Very Strange Case Of Obama’s Oath Of Office – Rense I have excerpted the pertinent facts from this article, below:

“For a couple of smooth-talking constitutional experts, Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr. and President-elect Barack Obama sure had a hard time getting through the constitutional oath of office…

The chief justice seemed to say ‘to’ rather than ‘of,’ but that was not the main problem. The main problem was that the word ‘faithfully’ had floated upstream…

“The chief justice gave it another go, getting closer but still not quite right: “faithfully the office of president of the United States.” This time, he omitted the word ‘execute.’ Mr. Obama now repeated the chief justice’s initial error of putting ‘faithfully’ at the end of the phrase.

Yes, indeed these two “smooth-talking constitutional experts” couldn’t manage to recite the brief oath as it was written.

Here’s how the media reported the second rite: …After a day’s worth of chatter over whether the president had been properly sworn into office…(i)n 25 seconds, President Obama became president again. Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr. re-administered the oath to Mr. Obama on Wednesday evening, one day after the two men stumbled over each other’s words during the inauguration ceremony at the Capitol. For their do-over, the two men convened in the White House Map Room at 7:35 p.m. for a brief proceeding that was not announced until it was completed successfully…Only hours after aides told reporters there was no reason to administer the oath again, they concluded it was easier to do it on the first day, rather than have someone challenge the legitimacy of his presidency…Mr. Obama raised his right hand and did not use a Bible….only nine people witnessed the do-over. There were four aides, four reporters and a White House photographer…” (NY Times, Jan. 22, 2009).

This second-time-around doppelganger oath was the real oath, since the flawed first one, done in the sight of millions and upon the Bible of assassinated President Abraham Lincoln was a “challenge (to) the legitimacy of his presidency…”

What appears to be the authentic inauguration took place in a basement, and was an elite rather than a populist rite, with just nine witnesses. It occurred in former President Franklin Roosevelt’s secretive, war-era “map room.”

Hence, the absence of a Bible per se does not invalidate the oath, but the peek-a-boo nature of the inaugural Bible may be deliberate, in that its momentous presence at the botched inauguration is all the more glaring in its inexplicable absence at the real inauguration.

Let us recall that the second oath was performed in secret: “…the two men convened in the White House Map Room at 7:35 p.m. for a brief proceeding that was not announced until it was completed…”

I have already made my conclusions; I’ll now let you make yours.

Purchase Al Duncan’s New Book The Master Plan.




Rapid passage of tax reduction

Corporations, individuals, and markets anticipate rapid passage of President-Elect Trump’s tax reduction plan, which reduces almost all taxpayers’ burdens and brings down the top rate from 40% to 33%. The plan also reduces corporate taxes from 35% to 15%. It eliminates the estate and gift taxes, and it causes millions of Americans on the lowest end of the tax scale to pay no income tax at all.

The only way to achieve economic revival with the reasonable likelihood of between a 3 and 5% GDP growth annually is by implementing President-elect Trump’s major rehaul of the tax code at the earliest possible moment. The mid-term 2018 elections, particularly the ten senate seats now held by Democrats in states that voted for Trump, will in no small measure hinge on whether President Trump has succeeded in bringing about the tax reforms he promised during the campaign. If the reforms are delayed beyond the first 100 days, it will be more difficult to pass them later and results stemming from the reforms if not passed at the outset will arrive potentially too late to be felt by the 2018 elections.

Consequently, delivery of the President’s tax reduction package to Congress with rapid passage by the House and Senate must be job one. Some have advocated a bifurcated approach, where corporate tax deductions would be pushed through first and individual income tax reductions follow sometime thereafter. That is unwise because popular support for corporate tax reductions can be expected to be far less than for a combined individual and corporate tax reduction plan. Moreover, if only a corporate plan is offered, the opposition will rally on the proposition that the President did not really intend to deliver promised benefits for individuals and is but a tool of Wall Street. While that would be a false charge, it nevertheless will gain currency if the corporate plan is introduced without a simultaneous introduction of the individual plan.

With the planned corporate and individual tax reductions implemented, the American people and industry will enjoy profound increases in income that will fuel a dramatic revitalization of the economy. For the first time in years, most Americans will retain more income and experience a higher standard of living with more resources to spend and save. Businesses, particularly small and medium sized businesses, will undergo a cathartic release of pent up demand for introduction of new goods and services and will increase market activity together with hiring. More people will be employed, more choices will be supplied to consumers, and more innovation will arise, fueling a major expansion. There will be a palpable increase in the GDP with greater revenues entering the treasury. As Art Laffer has long explained, tax cuts of this magnitude are likely to increase tax revenues beyond current levels in years following the implementation of the cuts.

The tax reduction package, while enabling a major economic revival akin to the boom experienced following passage of Reagan’s Economic Recovery Tax Act, must be accompanied by substantial and sustained deregulation. In particular, the Trump Administration needs to back passage of legislation that will prevent implementation of any proposed regulation by the regulatory agencies unless first adopted as law by Congress and signed into law by the President. Moreover, the agencies have in recent years used unilateral promulgation of guidance policies to circumvent the rulemaking process. The Administration needs to impose a moratorium on promulgation of guidance documents. In that way, a halt to expansion of regulation will occur in large measure, affording the President’s team the chance to deregulate in earnest, removing all regulations that impose costs that exceed benefits and that encumber market entry and development.

Close attention needs to be paid to rulings made by the regulatory agencies in the rulemaking and adjudicatory contexts. Obama administrative agencies have spent the last eight years championing an anti-market agenda that has ruined many small and mid-sized companies without proof of actual harm stemming from alleged rule violations. President Trump should order his new agency heads to revisit Obama Administration regulatory decisions and reverse them wherever they have imposed sanctions on individuals and corporations that have not been proven to have caused actual injury to others or where the benefit said to be achieved is outweighed by the burden imposed.

In the end, neither the Constitution nor the market will experience restoration without replacing the administrative state with a return to direct congressional action, thereby causing the unelected heads of the agencies who are largely unaccountable to the courts, the Congress, and the American people to give up the law making powers (rulemaking powers) Congress has delegated them since the 1930’s in favor of a return of law making to Congress, as the Constitution prescribes.

Historically most new Presidents who have failed to push through the great bulk of planned legislation within the first year of their presidencies have been hard pressed to do so in subsequent years. President Trump will advocate passage of many pro-market and pro-defense reforms in the first hundred days. It will be critical for him to move first on rapid passage of tax reform together with repeal and replacement of Obamacare. Republicans in the House and Senate must avoid petty bickering and grand standing to support these reforms in unison. The margin for victory is thin in the Senate, and every Republican vote will be needed to ensure passage of the reforms.

© 2017 Jonathan W. Emord – All Rights Reserved




Ending the politics of division

They call it diversity, but what they really celebrate is racial divisions. The war tactic of divide and conquer is as old as war itself. It continues to be a primary tool of all who hate freedom, liberty, real diversity and equality, simply because it works… It is one of the most powerful political tools in the leftist arsenal.

When it comes to “racial hate groups” in America, none is better known than the Ku Klux Klan (KKK). A white supremacist organization whose entire agenda is based on advancing the interests of all “whites” in America, based solely on “race” and nothing else.

The KKK has been around since the late 1800s, with an on-again off-again rise and fall history that saw its peak in the 1920s with an estimated 5-6 million members. The current KKK was re-established in the 1940s and today, boasts only 5-8 thousand members nationwide. We very rarely see any headlines in the country related to any KKK activities, violence towards other ethnicities or even public rallies. It is an idea whose time has long passed in the most culturally diverse nation on earth.

But just as the politics of division still use Nazi or Hitler references to invoke hatred and division between anti-American and pro-American elements in the USA, references to the KKK persists for the same reason. It’s a method of stamping an ugly well-known label on political opponents to silence their political views and render them as nothing more than politically incorrect haters.

Meanwhile, one of the most racist hate groups in America operates in the open with total immunity from public or legal scrutiny.

The Congressional Black Caucus [Link]

There is nothing shocking, illegal, unethical or unconstitutional about Democrats caucusing with other Democrats, or Republicans caucusing with other Republicans in Congress. But can you even imagine an attempt to establish a Congressional White Caucus that would caucus exclusively with white members of congress only and focus upon matters of interest only to white’s, to the overt exclusion of all blacks?

If there were a Congressional White Caucus, the press would publish pictures of that group that look like this…

But press images of the “Black Caucus” look like this…

The only difference between the two groups above is – one is demonized by the media, while the other is glorified by the media. Both are dangerous “race based hate groups!”

Racial divisions are not a natural element of a free people in the most racially diverse nation on earth. Social divisions based upon race or ethnicity alone are unnatural and thus, they must be manufactured, indoctrinated, seeded and perpetuated in the social psyche to exist. They must be groomed and passed from generation to generation to exist in perpetuity. Without these conscious efforts, such divisions would not exist at all.

So, why is a Congressional White Caucus “racist” but a Congressional Black Caucus isn’t?

It follows the flawed thinking that racism is a one-way street. That it is only possible for white’s to be racist against blacks. It is not possible for blacks to be racist against white’s. Black Lives Matter… but no other lives do.

In reality – what the KKK is to the exclusively white agenda, the Black Panthers, Black Nationalists, Black Lives Matter and Black Caucus is to the exclusively black agenda. They are two sides of the same coin, both based upon racial division – both perpetuating and promoting hatred towards the opposite race, for political gain.

All races and ethnicities lose as political agendas drive racial divisions from all sides. The only difference between the white KKK and these black organizations is the color of their skin. Both have neo-Nazi behavior patterns, both seek to harm the other – and both are willing to use any method available, including acts of intimidation, terrorism and violence, to achieve division between the races.

They are able to exist only so long as both sides perpetuate the hate. Both exist because someone wants them to exist. Someone needs them to exist… That someone is politicians!

The Political Power of Racial Divide

Political power in any democratic society rests in the ability to control entire voting blocs of people.

Political power is gained via the voting booth. The ability to control what happens in the voting booth is vital to political power. Huge sums of money are raised via racial divisions, by groups like The Black Caucus Foundation. That money is used to perpetuate racial divisions in America, all for the purpose of promoting racial tensions and controlling racial voting blocs in America.

Facts are seldom part of the equation… it does not matter that it was Republican Abraham Lincoln who freed the slaves with his signing of the Emancipation Proclamation. It does not matter that it was Republicans in congress that supported and passed the Civil Rights Acts, as many congressional Democrats stood opposed. Democrats controlled both chambers of Congress at the time, as 80% of Republicans voted for the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and 40% of Democrats voted against it.

It does not matter that black slavery ended in America centuries ago, or that Civil Rights for all passed Congress over fifty-years ago, thanks to Republicans, or that it was largely Democrats who owned slaves in this country to begin with…

The ongoing rhetoric designed to separate Americans down racial lines continues and may even be worse today than in 1964 when the Civil Rights Act passed.

In 2008, Barack Hussein Obama was not elected President of the United States because he had a résumé full of past leadership experience, had success of any kind in his history, or because he was in any way uniquely qualified for the most powerful political office in our land. His campaign and the election was based upon “making history” by electing a person based solely on his presumed race. An act that will likely be recorded in history as not only an enormous error on the part of American voters, but the most racist event since the days of Jim Crow.

Just this week in D.C., The Congressional Black Caucus has gone after President-elect Donald Trump on alleged “racial” grounds, which have no foundation at all in Trump’s history. They testified against Trump nominees in Senate confirmation hearings with false accusations of “racist” tendencies, which are easily debunked by the public record of those nominees.

Meanwhile, the Black Caucus insisted on hanging an anti-law enforcement painting on congressional walls, three times, until Congress was forced to remove the painting for good. The Black Caucus threatened violence in response.

The Congressional Black Caucus does not work to “end racism” in America – it works to promote racism in America. It also works to promote hate towards the Rule of Law and Law Enforcement, as well as divisions between the “haves and have-nots,” between the sexes, between homosexuals and heterosexuals, between Democrats and Republicans, between Christians and Muslims, Jews and atheists – and between those who believe in a fundamental Right to Life and those who believe in a constitutionally protected right to kill.

In sum, The Congressional Black Caucus is a divisive “hate group” no different, no better than the KKK. It should not be allowed to exist. If there was a Congressional White Caucus, it would no doubt appear on the Sothern Poverty Law Center list of dangerous racial hate groups – So should the Congressional Black Caucus appear on that list!

So long as this “black caucus” and their fellow orgs exist, they will continue to create racial divides in this country, for their own political power, at the expense of every race and ethnic group in America. A racism free government will not have either a white or black caucus…

It is time to shut down the (private) Ku Klux Klan and the (government) Congressional Black Caucus. Unless and until both are a thing of the past, racial divisions and tensions will remain a horribly destructive part of our future.

When we are no longer a country with a racist agenda, public policy, elections or governmental bodies based solely on race, we will be country free from racism and not a moment before! As long as these “race based groups” exist, racism will exist, as will great political divisions.

END THE POLITICS OF DIVISION!

LEAD BY EXAMPLE – CLOSE DOWN THE CONGRESSIONAL BLACK CAUCUS IMMEDIATELY!

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved




Obamacare: how badly will congress screw up fixing that disaster?

I had no idea the background or history of health care insurance until I began doing research when Hildebeast was First Lady with co-president, Billy Clinton. I was strictly a consumer under Kaiser Permanente. Hillary was pushing for an earlier version of Obamacare and the American people said a resounding, NO. As the decades have gone by I have learned more than my share about how badly government interference has ruined that industry.

on my radio show (from a constitutional perspective) is that those who had no insurance before Obamacare but now do, are terrified they will no longer have coverage once reforms are signed into law. One of my family members falls into that category so it touches very close to home.

No American is denied medical treatment in this country. From county hospitals to local clinics, there are resources available. There are all kinds of outstanding programs across this country that do nothing but get medical treatment to those who simply cannot afford it or health care insurance:

We know millions have been forced into health care plans under Obamacare that are absurd, further fleecing their wallet: Mandatory maternity coverage for a 21 year old male college student and women in their 50s and 60s long past child birth desires or mother nature. That mandatory coverage is expensive under some Obamacare plans. Or, worse:

I know time is at a premium for Americans, but all the so-called reforms being worked by Republicans will be worthless if they do not address how and when the problem started.

What took away affordable health care coverage? I urge you to read the articles below because they explain how the destruction started and solutions. If not today, then bookmark this column and read soon as you can.

Ron Paul: How To Solve The Healthcare Crisis, June 19, 2009. In this piece the former Congressman and physician of more than 30 years touches on something so many of us have also tried to get into the discussion that directly affects health care costs:

Go to this web site and click on the link: General Lawful Money of the United States PPT

The free market had nothing to do with our health care crisis

The False Narrative Of “Repeal and Replace” Is Preserving Obamacare

Obamacare Reset: A Free Market Vision for Health Care Reform, Acton Institute

20 powerful ways to replace Obamacare

Memo to Congress When Replacing Obamacare – Health Insurance Is Not Health Care

Audit finds 22 of 23 taxpayer-backed ObamaCare co-ops lost money in 2014) (Obamacare’s Largest Co-Op Collapses, Marking 4th Failure of the Year) Less competition keeps costs higher.

This Nashville Deli Is Closing in Part Because of Obamacare

Just the tip of the iceberg:

17th Obamacare Co-Op Exits Due to “Hazardous Financial Condition”, Only 6 Left, September 14, 2016
 ‘Wake Up, America’: Small Business Gets Hammered by Obamacare Costs, Jan. 30, 2014, The Blaze
 Incompetence, Mismanagement Plague California’s Obamacare Insurance Exchange: “Covered California would not provide a tally of expenses, but the agency ended up asking the federal government for an extra $155 million. That put the cost of Covered California at more than $1.06 billion federal tax dollars.” Those federal dollars are borrowed DEBT.
 Insiders Detail Culture of Secrecy at California’s Obamacare Exchange

 Obamacare Insurance Premiums to Jump, up to 51%, May 25, 2015, Breitbart
 CBO Now Says 10 Mil Will Lose Employer Health Plans Under ObamaCare, January 27, 2015, Investors.com. While there were many contributing factors to a Trump win, I firmly believe Obamacare was one of the main reasons. It affected everyone regardless of party but was passed in Congress without a single Republican vote. And, premiums are still skyrocketing:

Because Of Obamacare, 123-Year-Old Major Health Insurance Provider Set To Close Its Doors, May 6, 2015, Western Journalism
 Mercy Health Fires 347 Workers Due to Obamacare, June 25, 2015, Breitbart
 7 Companies That Have to Lay Off Employees to Deal With Obamacare, August 23, 2013, Policy.mic
 22% of Obamacare Enrollees Dropped Coverage this Year: “One factor that impacted the decline was cutting off 423,000 enrollees who were unable to provide proof of citizenship. Non-citizens are prohibited from purchasing insurance through the Obamacare exchanges.”

9 Companies Exit Nebraska’s Health Insurance Market, October 11, 2013, Fox News.com
 Obamacare Architect Jonathan Gruber: Abortion of ‘Marginal Children’ a ‘Social Good’ – Eugenics
 Contrary to goals, ER visits rise under Obamacare: “Three-quarters of emergency physicians say they’ve seen ER patient visits surge since Obamacare took effect — just the opposite of what many Americans expected would happen.” No 3rd Party Payments

Farewell to abomination

“When the righteous are in authority, the people rejoice; But when a wicked man rules, the people groan.” (Proverbs 29:2). Have you been groaning for the past eight years? As I sit down to write this message, Obama has less than a week left to occupy our White House. For some of you, by the time you hear this program, he will, Lord willing, already have left. I dearly HOPE that this will be the last time I need to speak about Barack Hussein Obama, but I feel it is necessary to bring closure to what has arguably been the most devastating eight years our country has ever endured at the hands of a single enemy within.

I remember the day he was chosen. Millions rejoiced and danced in the streets. The press labeled him the “new messiah,” because of the way millions seemed to worship him. As I watched the events unfold on televison that night, I?was reminded of the Israelites dancing around the golden calf, a false idol, as our rebellious country shook it’s collective fist at God Almighty. “At last,” the ‘liberals’ rejoiced — “we have an advocate who will do away with the last vestiges of our American heritage, and help us remake America in our own image.”

His first order of business was to make phone calls to leaders of Islamic countries around the world. No one knows what was said in those conversations, but immediately after that, he called a meeting of the joint chiefs to order “a new mission” for how our military would proceed going forward. He has since proven himself to be a loyal ally and adherent to Islam. He even wears a sacred ring on his finger, inscribed with the words, “There is no other god than allah.”

Time does not permit to even begin to address ALL the ways this single individual has harmed our nation. But let’s take a few minutes and reveiw the Obama legacy.

After a world-wide apology tour, bowing down to Islamic kings, princes and leaders, he got to work. He filled his staff with devout Muslims. Perhaps you are not aware of this. Let me clue you in: John Brennan, current head of the CIA is a Muslim. Obama’s top advisor is Valerie Jarret, a Muslim born in Iran where her parents still live. She wrote her college thesis on how she wanted to change America into a Muslim-friendly nation.

Hillary Clinton’s top advisor, even as Secretary of State, was Huma Abedin, whose family is part of the Muslim Brotherhood. The Assistant Secretary for Policy Development for HOMELAND SECURITY is also a Muslim. The Homeland Security Advisor HIMSELF is a Muslim. Another Obama advisor has been Salam al-Marayati, founder of the Muslim Public Affairs Council. And are you aware Obama has a “Sharia Czar?” That would be Imam Mohamed Magid of the Islamic Society of North America.

Nancy Pelosi appointed Representative Andre Carson as the first Muslim lawmaker on the House of Representatives Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence. Carson receives intelligence on the threat of Islamic militants in the Middle East. He has suggested that US?schools should be modeled after Islamic madrassas, where education is based on the Qu’ran. And you may remember Minnesota congressman Keith Ellison, as he took HIS oath of office on a copy of the Qu’ran.

Before Obama took office, intelligence reports and training manuals for the military showed clear evidence of the threat of Islamic terrorism. But Obama took care of that, literally ERASING from every official document, every instance where Islam was linked to terror. Many have wondered, why, in the face of clear evidence, on a CONTINUAL, DAILY BASIS, why Obama would steadfastly refuse to utter the words “Islamic terror.” BECAUSE, You see, to do so would be to blaspheme Islam, an offense punishable by death.

But what about the rest of his legacy? In his farewell speech, he claimed “the American people are much better off today than before I took office.” According to the Independent Journal Review, he claimed, “healthcare costs are rising at the lowest rate in fifty years.” But today, Americans are facing another round of cancelled insurance plans and premium increases. In some states, premiums increased more than 100% this year.

He also claimed, “race relations are better than they were 10, or 20 or 30 years ago.” Tell that to the citizens of Chicago, St. Louis, Baltimore, Milwaukee or any number of other cities where Obama has done his best to inflame racial tension, division and hatred.

Obama also claimed, “We shut down Iran’s nuclear weapons program without firing a shot.” In point of fact, in addition to billions of dollars given to the Iranians, the Obama administration just recently agreed to another shipment of uranium to Iran — 116 metric tons — enough to build ten nuclear bombs. In addition, his “Deal” with Iran includes a stipulation that they are allowed to “self monitor” their nuclear program. In other words, we are “taking their word for it,” even as they continue to shout “Death to America,” and are vowing to wipe Israel off the map.

He claimed, “No foreign terrorist organization has planned and executed a terror attack”?on American soil while he was in office. Time does not permit to list all the Islamic attacks on American soil, because they have gone on constantly. But let us remember all the murders committed by Muslims here in America as fathers killed their own children in “honor killings.” And in 2009, the founder of a Muslim TV station in Buffalo, New York who beheaded his wife because he found out she was seeking a divorce.

Then there was the attack on the military recruiting station in Little Rock Arkansas in 2009. Another Islamic “honor killing in Glendale, Arizona in November of 2009, when a father ran his daughter over with a car for being too “westernized.” Three days later, a Muslim gunned down thirteen unarmed soldiers in Fort Hood, Texas while shouting praises to allah. Ashtabula, Ohio, 2013: a Muslim walked into a church service with a Quran and shot his father to death while praising allah. Three weeks later, the Boston Marathon bombing.

And let us never forget Colleen Hufford, who was beheaded at her job in Moore, Oklahoma by Islamic co-worker Alton Nolen. Or the two New York police officers ambushed by Muslims in Brooklyn that same year. How could we forget what happened in Garland, Texas, when two people were killed by Muslims at a community center, where an event was taking place that featured cartoon drawings of Mohammad? Then there was the Islamic suicide attack at a recruiting center in Chattanooga, Tennessee. Need I mention San Bernardino in 2015?? Orlando Florida last June? Or St. Cloud Minnesota, where a Muslim brutally stabbed ten people at a shopping mall after first asking them if they were Christians. ISIS itself claimed responsibility, calling the attacker, “a soldier of the Islamic State.” And most recently, the carnage that took place at the Fort Lauderdale airport. These are only a few of the instances of Islamic terrorism in our country since Obama has been in office. I’d be here all day if I were to attempt to list them all. You see, Obama LIES. In Islam, it’s known as Taqiyya.

He also singlehandedly increased our national debt more during his eight year tenure than all other US presidents combined. His family vacations alone cost American taxpayers $85 Million.

We have an all time record high of Americans who are no longer in the work force. Average household incomes have dropped substantially. Under Obamacare, the average family plan now costs $18,000 a year, substantially more than most people pay for their mortgages…. and because of absurdly high deductibles, most never receive anything of value from their mandated insurance policies. We have a record number of Americans on welfare and 45 million Americans living in poverty.

Obama has also fomented hatred between citizens and police and even today, in our nation’s capitol, the Obama democrats are proudly displaying a painting which depicts police officers as pigs. He has also worked to weaken, feminize and homosexualize our military. This past July, the Pentagon issued a comprehensive manual detailing protocol for service members undergoing a sex-change transition, providing them with extended time off and a host of other special benefits. The manual also mandates how heterosexual service members are required to submit to the new rules and accept the special privileges afforded to “transgenders.” Incidentally, those with Obamacare insurance will find they are covered for sex-change operations, while the elderly and military veterans are often denied coverage for critical and necessary healthcare. Need I mention his attempt to force transgenderism into all our public schools, allowing boys to use the girls’ restroom and shower facilities and vice versa?

Further, Obama has undermined our Constitution, writing his own laws using his magic pen and phone, and allowing the Supreme Court to make laws on their own out of thin air, to fit his “new world order” agenda. He has promoted socialism, using his skills as a Community Organizer, skills honed by the likes of Bill Ayers and his mentor, Saul Alinsky. He’s alienated our allies around the globe while bowing down to Islamic leaders worldwide. He’s erased our borders to allow a free flow of illegal immigrants into our country. These illegals are then transported and dispersed nationwide, and given free housing, healthcare, welfare and a myriad of other government benefits, all paid for by you and me…. while WE go without. He’s flooded our cities with Muslims. And he has used the IRS and the EPA?to attack those who object to his tyranny.

One of his favorite things to do is to bask in the spotlight and rub elbows with celebrities, and of course, raise funds. I do not recall any other “president” in my lifetime handing out so many Presidential Medals of Freedom. Here is just a short list of some of the recipients who received Medals of Freedom from Obama:

Meryl Streep • Barbara Streisand • Robert DeNiro • Tom Hanks • Cicely Tyson • Stevie Wonder • Gloria Estefan • James Taylor • Bruce Springsteen • Warren Buffet • Oprah Winfrey • Ellen DeGeneres • Bill Gates • Harvey Milk • Gloria Steinem • Angela Merkel • Madeline Albright • Stephen Hawking • Billie Jean King, and most recently, Joe Biden. Can anyone say “PAY TO PLAY?!”

As we prepare for Donald Trump to take office, I?am encouraged; finally, we will have someone in the Oval Office who is actually an American, legally, and at heart. He has lived the American dream, and he has accomplished REAL things in the REAL world. He has not spent his entire life as a politician, nor has he spent his life as a professional anarchist or Community Organizer. I truly believe he wants to unite this country and lead us out of the pit of socialism and tyranny we have all had to endure for so long. He can’t do it alone, but he has surrounded himself with the best and the brightest of advisors, not because they have passed the Muslim Litmus Test, or because they made large contributions to his campaign, but simply because they are the best ones for the jobs.

Having said that, I don’t believe Trump knows much at all about Christianity. But neither is he a Muslim or a socialist, and he is willing to identify the enemy and protect and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic. I honestly do not believe that was true of his predecessor.

I still have some concerns and reservations about Trump, don’t get me wrong. He has a lot to learn, but there is hope. As Christians and as Americans, we need to hold him accountable as he has promised to drain the swamp in DC. Now is not the time to withdraw, saying “peace, peace, when there is no peace.” For we know from Scripture, it is when people are saying “Peace and safety,” that destruction will come suddenly. We should never look to ANY government or leader to be our “messiah.” GOD is our king, and He has instructed us to not be cowardly, but rather to stand up and as HIS Church, once again be a restraining influence, salt and light in a world ruled by darkness.

It’s going to be hard work for all of us. The battle is only just beginning. The devil’s team is not ashamed or hesitant to spread his lies. And like trapped wild beasts, they are now about to lash out and fight for the false gods they worship.

As a new day dawns on America, I pray we are ready to stand against the attacks of the enemies within that are surely coming. It is because the Church has been so apathetic that we have suffered the Lord’s wrath for so long. If we repent and turn now, back to God, He promises to hear our prayers and heal our land. I pray we will have the courage and the willingness to be true Christians, unashamed to represent and glorify HIM, and that we may all be part of the healing process that is so needed in our country…so that when we meet Jesus face to face, He will know us, and we will hear those joyous words, “well done, thy good and faithful servant.”

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066. Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 187.

© 2017 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved




CAL. Gov. Brown Raises Gas Tax By 50% To Cover PERS




Obama’s scorched earth exit policy

As the countdown to inauguration day moves forward, across America the anticipation grows. Americans can’t wait to see the tail lights of those moving vans pulling away from the White House – hopefully with less stolen goods in tow than when the Clintons vandalized and pillaged the people’s house.

But the biggest problem that will confront President Elect Trump on January 20th is the scorched earth policy Obama has implemented since November 9th. One reports, “Obama is inflicting damage on anything that could help the transition of incoming President Trump, such as friendly relations with world leaders. Right now, Obama is fueling so many international fires that President Trump will likely spend his first 100 days in office simply putting them out.”[1]

Obama “is now attempting to provoke Russia into military conflict. He has now begun expelling Russian diplomats from the USA as a cover story for the democrats’ completely fabricated “Russian hacking” conspiracy theory regarding the hacking of email accounts belonging to Jon Podesta and the DNC.”

And on the domestic front, he is conducting a war on the freedom of the press. He is using “the full resources of the corrupt sectors of his regime to wage cyber warfare against independent journalism in order to halt the only remaining free press from warning Americans about what Obama is actually doing…the DrudgeReport.com website, which has remained a highly effective thorn in the side of the Obama regime, was taken offline for 90 minutes by a coordinated DDoS attack believed to have come from the U.S. government itself.”[2]

Add to this the blizzard of regulatory handcuffs, poison pills and trip lines he has imposed across the Federal bureaucracy and most egregiously enacting rules preventing States from defunding Planned Parenthood. Would to God that this lame duck would remain immobile till January 20th. It reminds me of the spoiled child who steals toys from another child, and when the parents catch on, the thief then incapacitates or damages the toys before they are returned to their rightful owner.

On the positive side of developments “On January 20, Trump is set to inherit dozens of vacant federal judgeships: 103 of them, to be exact. That’s in addition to the Supreme Court seat left open by the late conservative justice Antonin Scalia.”[3] Regarding other appointments we have seen twenty-seven who have been vetted and chosen, nine of which will not require Senate confirmation hearings.[4] And one of the most positive developments of all in my view is the news from Alabama. If Alabama Senator Jeff Sessions is confirmed as Attorney General by the Senate, then Alabama’s Governor will have the privilege of naming a replacement to fill his seat. Reports we hear on the ground in Alabama give high probability that choice will be Chief Justice Roy Moore. Imagine that, a true Constitutionist in the Senate.

All of this process reminds me of a far greater appointment system that is related to a far greater sovereignty than these united States. It is the appointment process conducted by the King of kings and Lord of lords in the Kingdom of Our Lord Jesus Christ. His Kingdom is far greater, far more powerful and it alone is the eternal Kingdom that shall never be defeated nor destroyed.

In contrast to the kingdoms of this world it is the ultimate and eternal Kingdom. By comparison any position of notoriety, or prominence in the Federal government is ultimately a small thing by contrast with a position in the Kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ. How can one obtain such a high honor, what are the criteria for those noble positions, what is the appointment process?

This morning we embark upon a new study in the New Testament Epistle which God inspired Paul to write to his disciple Titus. In the opening verse of this Epistle we have that appointment process revealed, what the criteria for those noble positions are as well as how one can obtain such a high honor in the Kingdom of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Rev. David Whitney – All Rights Reserved




What the politicians you elected have done to America Pt. 2

We have allowed politicians to do things to America that should have never be allowed. This is why Donald Trump won. He believes in America first where the majority of politicians in D.C. believe in globalism which demands wealth redistribution to less fortunate nations. These fools believe that the earth can only maintain a population of 500,000,000. I guess they don’t think God thought of this before He started this project. Just a thought on that, you could put the present entire world population in the State of Texas have the population density of Paris, France. That fact alone blows their theory out of the water.

But these people have adopted what is called a ‘sustainable development’. Watch for the usage of that word ‘sustainable’, it will become a part of our thought process from here on out. One of their plans to control population is something they call ‘soft kill technology’. This is attained through medicine, vaccines and not addressing the root of a disease but only treating the results of the disease. The other is through food. Yes, I said food. What food could do this you may ask? Genetically Modified Organisms or GMO’s. Over 90% of our corn and soy grown in the United States are GMO. Potatos, wheat, tomatoes, apples and many other ‘foods’ are now GMO. They are genetically engineered with Roundup to be resistant to Roundup. The basic ingredient in this is what was called Agent Orange in Viet Nam. My brother died from exposure to this while he served as a Sea Bee in Nam. Many others were affected by it and still suffer to this day.

Bill Gates Foundation is involved in vaccines that are designed to cripple and kill: He was a seemingly nice guy in the first half of his life. An average American who made his fortune by selling hardware and software worth of billions, becoming a worldwide icon and a living example of the American Dream.

But, in the second half of his life, he teamed up with the world’s “elite” in an attempt to reduce the world’s population by billions… and he means business!

He soon became one of the most infamous depopulation activists, lecturing on genocidal vaccines, conducting vaccination campaigns that crippled and killed countless people in the third world countries, designing GMO mosquitoes that could carry and inject deadly viruses, and he’s constantly finding new methods of achieving his sick plans.

I am, of course, talking about Bill Gates, the man who recently pushed the population control agenda one step further: he announced the development of a remote-controlled contraceptive microchip, which can be implanted under the skin and last up to 16 years.

How does it work?

After the microchip is implanted, it will start releasing a daily dose of the controversial contraceptive levonorgestrel, which is a hormone used to prevent pregnancy.

According to Gate’s Foundation, a woman can choose when to deactivate (or reactivate) the chip using a wireless control, but considering the dark past of Bill Gates’ involvement in depopulation, we would be crazy to trust them![1]

Gates is very involved in the depopulation of the earth: “In a recent TED conference presentation, Microsoft billionaire Bill Gates, who has donated hundreds of millions of dollars to new vaccine efforts, speaks on the issue of CO2 emissions and its effects on climate change. He presents a formula for tracking CO2 emissions as follows: CO2 = P x S x E x C.

P = People
S = Services per person
E = Energy per service
C = CO2 per energy unit

Then he adds that in order to get CO2 to zero, “probably one of these numbers is going to have to get pretty close to zero.”

Following that, Bill Gates begins to describe how the first number — P (for People) — might be reduced. He says:

“The world today has 6.8 billion people… that’s headed up to about 9 billion. Now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, health care, reproductive health services, we could lower that by perhaps 10 or 15 percent.”

You can watch this yourself here. [2]

They have employed Electro-magnetic field (EMF), smart meters, even mobile phones. Smart meters have been pronounced unhealthy by many doctors some claiming that there is ‘no evidence whatsoever that smart meters are in any way safe for humans.’ “Dr. David Carpenter MD, a graduate of Harvard Medical School and a physician who has worked in the area of electromagnetic fields (EMFs) and public health for over 18 years, has a few choice words for power companies that are forcing smart meters down the throats of their customers all over the United States.

Dr. Carpenter adamantly insists that there is no evidence whatsoever that smart meters are in any way safe for human beings. He goes on to say that there is, in fact, ample evidence that demonstrates “convincingly and consistently” that exposure to radiofrequency radiation (RFR) at elevated levels for long periods of time increases the risk of cancer, damages the nervous system, and adversely affects the reproductive organs.

Dr. David Carpenter MD, a graduate of Harvard Medical School and a physician who has worked in the area of electromagnetic fields (EMFs) and public health for over 18 years, has a few choice words for power companies that are forcing smart meters down the throats of their customers all over the United States.

Dr. Carpenter adamantly insists that there is no evidence whatsoever that smart meters are in any way safe for human beings. He goes on to say that there is, in fact, ample evidence that demonstrates “convincingly and consistently” that exposure to radiofrequency radiation (RFR) at elevated levels for long periods of time increases the risk of cancer, damages the nervous system, and adversely affects the reproductive organs.”[3], [4], [5], [6], [7], [8]

There is also the Codex Alimentarius Commission which is supposed to set standards concerning our food. They even have a nutritional labeling code but the United States refuses to force the labeling of GMO products. Many food producers do voluntarily but this last session of Congress a bill, HR 1599, called “The Dark Bill” which prevents mandatory GMO labeling was passed. I thought Congress was supposed to act in the best interest of the people. The FDA is supposed to see that all foods are safe and no study done by independent researchers have ever concluded that GMO’s are safe. All conclude they are bad for human health. Only studies done by the manufacturers of GMO’s have come to the conclusion that GMO’s are safe.
These are the only studies the government pays attention to. Think about this, Monsanto, one of the largest producers of GMO seeds only serves organic food in its cafeterias. “Food companies would not have to disclose whether their products include genetically modified ingredients under legislation passed by the House Thursday.

The House bill is backed by the food industry, which has fought mandatory labeling efforts in several states around the country. The legislation, which passed 275-150, would prevent states from requiring package labels to indicate the presence of genetically modified organisms, or GMOs.

So far, Vermont is the only state set to require the labels. That law will take effect in July 2017 if it survives a legal challenge from the food industry. Maine and Connecticut have also passed laws requiring the labeling, but those measures don’t take effect unless neighboring states follow suit.

The country’s largest food companies say genetically modified foods are safe and that labels would be misleading. They say a patchwork of laws around the country would be expensive for companies and confusing for consumers.

“The reality is, biotechnology has time and time again proved safe,” the bill’s sponsor, Kansas Republican Rep. Mike Pompeo, said on the House floor. “We should not raise prices on consumers based on the wishes of a handful of activists.”

Advocates for the labels say people have a right to know what is in their food and criticize the legislation for trying to take away states’ ability to require the labels.

“What’s the problem with letting consumers know what they are buying?” asked Vermont Rep. Peter Welch, a Democrat.”[9]

This has been being put on Americans a little at a time all in the name of safety for Americans but it is really small steps to control everything we do and slowly reduce the earth’s population to what the elitists believe to be ‘sustainable’. The biggest thing they talk about is we can’t grow enough food for all these people. People across the world are starving. Yes they are but not because we can’t grow enough. It is because of dictatorial governments that won’t allow free markets and these governments demand to have absolute control over the people. In the 1970’s The United States had 6% of the farmable land in the world. Russia had 30%. Russia couldn’t feed itself but we fed the world. The difference? Free Market economy. Trump wants to bring that back and the American people agreed.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

 

Footnotes:

1. Bill Gates Foundation announces.
2. Vaccines and Bill Gates.
3. Harvard medical doctor warns against smart meters.
4. Is your Smart Meeter at your home making you sick?.
5. Customers believe smart meters cause health issues.
6. Smart Meters making some metro detroiters ill.
7. Customers says OGE smart meters making them sick.
8. Concerns grow, consumers are getting sick from wireless smart meters.
9. House passes bill to prevent mandatory GMO food labeling.




Top Bishop: Europe Will Soon Belong To Muslims




Choice, charter schools and the disappearing american dream pt. 1

How the “CHOICE” Fix Won’t Fix Common Core

Is There Such A Thing As A Parallel School System? Looking at the plans puzzling together for a Trump Presidency, education is front and foremost on many parents’ minds. Parent warriors have become concerned to the point of being totally stressed over the appointment of billionaire Betsy DeVos for Secretary of Education. Why is this?

President-Elect Trump promised a vision of life without Common Core—

• A day of looking forward to our kids not being manipulated with the behavioral conditioning processes of teacher-trained Skinnerian techniques;
• A day without government data mining our children and inputting their private behavioral data over to the Feds.

Is our battle over yet? Can we rest assured that Donald Trump will keep his promise to rid our schools of all of the Common Core baggage? Are solid academics on the horizon, again?

Unfortunately this just doesn’t seem to be happening. President-Elect Trump has jumped off the TRUMP TRAIN and he has jumped on the phony CHOICE TRAIN. Keep in mind that Vice President-Elect Mike Pence is a pro-“CHOICE” Governor, and he muffled the true spirit of academic freedom by cleverly rebranding the Common Core standards in Indiana:

“Indiana governor Mike Pence has made a serious miscalculation on what could easily become the sleeper issue of the 2016 presidential campaign, Common Core. After dramatically withdrawing Indiana from participation in Common Core, Pence was poised to become a hero to the grassroots movement resisting this egregious bid for federal control of America’s traditionally independent and locally run education system. Instead, Pence has created the illusion of quality and independence, while installing second-rate standards that are little more than Common Core rebranded.” [Source]

And on the charter school “CHOICE” agenda Governor Pence has pushed charters:

“But Pence has a robust record on the issue. As governor, he pushed through the most significant increase in charter school funding in years, according to Chalkbeat Indiana. Pence worked with the legislature to create a $10 million grant fund that would offer an extra $500 per student to charters that post better outcomes than traditional public schools. And if Pence had his way, the funding would have been even more robust—he initially pitched a $1,500 per charter school student increase.” [Source]

Since the election, every new word coming from our President-Elect is beginning to sound a bit too familiar. It reminds us of the Senator Ted Cruz S 306 legislation that we parents fought when Sen. Ted Cruz was running for President against the TRUMP TRAIN. Not quite the words we wanted to hear from Mr. Trump. This sort of government-sponsored CHOICE sticks in our throats because we know the outcome–more oppression over our children and more Common Core for ALL. [Source]

Do we want this kind of “CHOICE”?? No! This is a false CHOICE, and it is not the pathway that will lead our children to educational excellence. Phony CHOICE is not the answer to American exceptionalism. Government-controlled CHOICE is globalism, not Americanism. That scrap of money tied to the child will determine future ambitions and pathways. It is linked to the government’s similarly aligned obsession to create “human capital” – i.e., the government determining the worth or worthlessness of your child as a commodity in the future workforce. Do elected officials realize just how offensive this is to America’s parents? Our children are not “human capital”!

This sort of government-controlled CHOICE is a trap, Mr. Trump. “CHOICE” is a pretty cozy word that assumes freedom. Little do parents understand the tentacles of federal strings that accompany federal assistance. Or, maybe they haven’t thought of it in those terms. But, yes, CHOICE is accepting federal assistance. And with that comes the “Have To’s”, where all children, parents, teachers, and schools will be forced into the federal government’s obsession with domineering over the lives of our little children.

Many advocates of this CHOICE appear to think that killing public education is OK. Betsy DeVos, President-Elect Trump’s new pick for Secretary of Education, thinks so. “Detroit Public Schools, she argued, should simply be shut down and the system turned over to charters, or the tax dollars given to parents in the form of vouchers to attend private schools.” [Source]

She believes that our public schools are an

“…antiquated, top-down model of education in this country that originated in the 1800s in order to “educate the masses.”

And her CHOICE:

“is beginning to transform to a student-centric model that respects every child’s unique learning style.” [Source]

Well, isn’t this interesting. This is the exact personification of COMMON CORE! ESSA, The Every Student Succeeds Act passed by Congress this past year, legislated this and more. Every child must meet Common Core standards, with digital individualized career plans and diagnostic supports that will help Johnny and Suzy attain government-determined “proficiency” in collectivist style mental health and globalist attitudes, values, beliefs, and dispositions.

But this isn’t why the citizens voted for you, Mr. Trump. We want you to STOP COMMON CORE!

Pending Education Secretary DeVos also explains her views that

“Educational choice is an essential part of the solution to our nation’s education challenges, including the greater issue of education inequality in America. The idea that no child should be defined or limited by his or her ZIP code or family’s income is deeply rooted in our movement’s commitment to social justice. Every parent should be free to choose the best educational environment for their children and low-income and minority children are too often the ones without choice. The only way to truly improve and innovate our nation’s system and help these students is through educational choice. The public is recognizing that true choice will break open our nation’s closed education system, encouraging innovation and education entrepreneurs to develop new ways for children to learn and reach their full potential.” [All emphases added]

DeVos’s version of CHOICE will certainly “break open,” or better defined, “smash down” the public school system. Is the destruction of local public schools what American citizens voted for? The biggest problem with this DeVos thinking is that Common Core does not allow or encourage academic attainment, nor opportunity for advancement. If her CHOICE is initiated, Common Core remains – because of ESSA. Didn’t we all just vote to get RID of Common Core?

Here is how it will work. DeVos’s fake CHOICE will saddle every school with Common Core that forces individual children to have an individualized personal “plan” to meet those government standards, no matter which ZIP code or school they will attend. And this is the ominous end goal for little Johnny or Susie. It is a new way to learn, but it isn’t academics. Social justice is equated with “individuality,” giving way to the forced struggle for ”equity” and molding children into cookie-cutter drones. Inequality in ZIP CODES sounds like re-distribution of wealth, with CHOICE being wielded as the useful tool to get American education nationalized. But that also means a leveling of wealthy ZIP codes to be the same of the inner city. Now, that’s equality. That’s what socialized CHOICE looks like, and this is what Betsy DeVos is all about!

But is this what President-Elect Trump is all about? Is anyone honestly talking to him about the direful impacts of her freedom-diminishing sort of CHOICE? To date there has been NO discussion of the effects of this CHOICE for every child, not to mention the dreadful longterm effects this will have on communities, taxes, local control, and the market value of local homes and properties.

Common Core + Government CHOICE ? true freedom of choice. It is a pending disaster…the disappearing American dream.

Others driving the CHOO-CHOO CHOICE Train

Jeb Bush announced that the DeVos pick was “outstanding…a passionate change agent to press for a new education vision.” Of course he would say that. She is Chairwoman of the American Federation for Children (AFC), a charter school promotion group, and she is also a board member of Bush’s non-profit Foundation for Excellence in Education (FEE). Bush and his foundation have served as champions for the Common Core standards. [Source]

Oh course, “low energy” Jeb’s vision is totally Common Core, artificial CHOICE, and pro-charter schools. When Jeb served as Governor of Florida he was a prominent supporter of the individual data-mining performed on children, with Florida becoming the national model for the collection of personally identifiable information of children. Jeb is also a leader in the change agent/Common Core enablers. His connections, plus his opinion of DeVos for Secretary of Education, give him an inside track to legislation and a soft welcoming chair in future Secretary DeVos’s office. [Source]

Congressman Messer (R-IN), who introduced the Scholarships for Kids Act in 2014, is also a CHOICE enabler. Congressman Messer’s bill is the companion to the bill introduced by Senator Lamar Alexander, who is Republican Chairman on the Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee and formerly served as Secretary of Education under President George H.W. Bush.

Senator Alexander, along with Speaker Paul Ryan, pushed through the Reauthorization of No Child Left Behind called ESSA, Every Student Succeeds Act, which codified the Common Core/mental health agenda nationally, effectually making President Obama’s Flexibility Waivers law, thus further diluting a real academic education. Note how Senator Alexander stated this about the 2014 Scholarship for Kids Act:

“This is the most ambitious proposal ever to use federal dollars to enable states to expand school choice, and is a real answer to inequality in America, giving more children more opportunity to attend a better school. I look forward to working with Congressman Messer to get this bill through Congress and signed into law.” [Emp. added.]

Of additional concern,

The Scholarship for Kids Act, introduced in the Senate by Senator Lamar Alexander and in the House of Representatives by Rep. Luke Messer, would re-direct existing federal education funding (Title I) to provide up to 11 million scholarships for low-income children. The scholarships created under this bill would follow K-12 low-income children as they attend either the public or private school of their parents’ choice. The money for these scholarships, up to $24 billion a year, would come from existing funds directed towards schools, meaning no new spending and no funds cut from education. [All emphases added] [SOURCE]

Readers, notice that the money goes directly to schools, bypassing state legislatures’ budgets. This is a states’ rights question for sure. The Messer/Alexander bill actually allotted more money than President-Elect Trump’s proposed $20 billion for “CHOICE”. Also remember that Rob Goad, aide to Rep. Messer, has been tapped by the Trump campaign to advance this same CHOICE agenda. This pile of money may grow. The Scholarship Act has not been passed but shows the direction of this sort of CHOICE thinking.

The Messer bill aligns to Senator Ted Cruz’s bill to include homeschools. Let’s look at what the Messer proposed bill would also require: state Common Core standards and tests, provides that parents are able to use that money to pay for private school tuition and fees, supplement their public school or charter school budget, attend a school outside of their district or purchase tutoring services or homeschooling materials. It further

Requires participating states and their local educational agencies to continue to: (1) work toward state academic content and achievement standards; (2) conduct annual assessments of student progress toward those standards; and (3) issue annual report cards of student progress, disaggregated by specified student subgroups, toward those standards.

“No child should have to go to a school where they won’t have a meaningful chance to learn,” said Congressman Luke Messer. “This bill empowers parents with the personal freedom to choose the best learning environment for their child regardless of income. Quality education is the great equalizer in the game of life, and bills like this one, which offer parents a choice, level the playing field.”

Questions for Congressman Messer:

• Has Congressman Messer ever explained to taxpayers what “leveling the playing field” means?
• Has he explained to school board members and homeowners that pay taxes for public schools how this is a massive redistribution of wealth?
• Has he explained that with his fake CHOICE, Title I CHILDREN are not just poor children, and that SCHOOL WIDE encompasses the entire school to have access to CHOICE not just certain poor children?
• Has he explained how the exodus of children out of public schools will eventually kill public education and destroy local districts?
• Will he admit that teachers will no longer be hired by the local school district?
• Will he try to evade questions about the apparent coming dissolution of elected school boards?
• Has he answered penetrating citizen questions about how taxes would be collected and where they would be sent when local neighborhood schools collapse?
• Has he addressed the terrible effects this will have on property values when the playing field is leveled, wealth is redistributed, and equity becomes the commitment to social justice agenda of changing the complexion of your entire ZIP code?

I don’t think so. So what is this CHOICE all about? Is it about the change necessary to end representative government to move toward globalism? I fear so. . . .

© 2017 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved




Choice, charter schools and the disappearing american dream pt. 2

Why the Mantra of “Separation of Church and State” Will Not Matter Under a Trump/ DeVos CHOICE Agenda… and they know it.

Will CHOICE explode over the issue of the separation of church and state? No, CHOICE sidesteps the issue. Here’s why.

At this year’s American Federation for Children Policy Summit, Education Secretary-elect Betsy DeVos boasted about the growing momentum for her “education revolution.” Rob Boston, a spokesman for Americans United for Separation of Church and State, stated this about DeVos:

“It’s very alarming,” referring to DeVos as a “four-star general in a deceptive behind-the-scenes war on public schools and church-state separation.”

“People support school vouchers for different reasons. Some make a free-market argument because they are opposed to public schooling. Others want to prop up sectarian teachings with taxpayer money,” Boston said. “DeVos has a foot in both camps, which does not bode well for our public schools.” [Source]

The question is certainly one that must be answered. What is the result of a Trump/DeVos government-controlled CHOICE (versus true free choice) agenda? DeVos believes the church has been displaced by public schools. She believes not just in funding Christian schools, but wants to reform the whole system to bring “greater Kingdom gain.” In essence, DeVos wants all children to be baptized in Common Core for a new world order globalism kingdom.

Perhaps what Rob Boston doesn’t know is that when Title I money “follows the child” and is deposited in an Education Savings Account (ESA), there is no beneficiary to the religious or private school since the money goes to the parent. An Arizona Court of Appeals ruled that a separation of church and state exists. The idea of giving money to religious schools does not meet the legal standard, so this is bypassed when government funds are deposited into an ESA belonging to the parent.

The Nevada Supreme Court ruled that ESAs belong to the individual parent and thus are not “public funds” subject to that church-state limitation. Here is an excerpt from the decision:

Once the public funds are deposited into an education savings account, the funds are no longer “public funds” but are instead the private funds of the individual parent who established the account. The parent decides where to spend that money for the child’s education and may choose from a variety of participating entities, including religious and non-religious schools. Any decision by the parent to use the funds in his or her account to pay tuition at a religious school does not involve the use of “public funds” and thus does not implicate Section 10.”

In this situation the child could still considered a Title I FEDERAL CHILD under federal guidelines in ESSA, particularly if that child has been determined Title I by the local school district labeling the child. Therefore when ESSA states that public school CHOICE means “direct student services” it means that the services follow the child, which are Title I Common Core mental health support services. The questions then become:

• Must the social, emotional, behavioral baggage of Common Core be implemented as mandated in ESSA in every school that accepts a CHOICE child?
• Does this also mean that an ombudsman will oversee the implementation of these psychological services in every private, religious, and homeschool?

The law is the law. Perhaps President-Elect Trump should push to repeal ESSA! Otherwise this phony CHOICE comes with tentacles – governmental intrusion into private family homes and reaching deep into the religious schools of America’s children.

So, is the next frontier in education the Education Savings Accounts (ESAs)? Aligning the Stars for the DeVos Common Core CHOICE agenda.

What has been achieved so far to make Common Core CHOICE happen:

• Common Core standards mandate directly to the child, bypassing local control.
• Title I At-Risk students are identified under Common Core as disadvantaged—not poor.
• Title I SCHOOL WIDE blankets an entire school—all kids are Common Core disadvantaged.*
• Title I Per Pupil Expenditures in ESSA sets up the “equitable” money following the child.
• FERPA weakened privacy through President Obama’s EO 12866 by allowing 3rd party vendors access to Personally Identifiable Information (PII).
• State longitudinal data systems tracking students with a national unique ID in which psychometric dossiers are collected and shared.
• IDEA (special ed) uses CHILD FIND to identify normal children with disabilities. (Progressing)
• IDEA’s remediation of social, emotional, and behavioral state standards identify the child with mental health coding.
• Psychological treatment named in ESSA means hiring more psychologists, psychiatrists, etc.
• Psychometric dossiers on children are then transferred to the Feds, NCES/IES. (Progressing)
• IES monitors, evaluates, and creates algorithms on children, teachers, and the curriculum is matched and cross-referenced to identify weaknesses in meeting the government’s Common Core standards.
• 3rd party vendors research and validate curricula, tests, and software directed to Common Core. Corporations profit from Common Core.
• IDEA coding sets up MEDICAID billing for mental health wrap-around “direct student services” for which the psychological techniques are named in ESSA legislation.
• ESSA further expands charter schools as a replacement for all public schools. When this government-sponsored CHOICE is implemented local public schools will fail.

Achieving “future shock” of disappearing representative government—but achieving CHOICE for all children.

Both Senator Cruz’s S 306 and Congressman Messer/Senator Alexander Scholarship Act legislation meet the criteria for the DeVos CHOICE plan.

Betsy DeVos will have the total support of the Heritage Foundation, sponsor of the agenda of the “controlled” political Right for several generations, to plot the next steps to move forward with the Charter/CHOICE globalist plans. The Heritage/DeVos plan will eliminate representative government, shut down PARENTS’ and citizens’ voices in education, delete a citizens’ right to have their vote represented, and remove the local school board as the community’s taxing authority. Regional workforce industry clusters will be developed to gather taxes, or taxes will be directly sent to the state. Teachers will be hired from the state level.

This dark and foreboding future for American’s parents and their precious children—not to mention the crumbling apart of local towns and communities—is exactly as President OBAMA planned with his equity agenda. This is further complicated with the smearing of the lines between the Democrats and Republicans. They are both working off the same game plan to destroy our Constitutional Republic and representative form of local government. [Source 1], [Source 2], [Source 3]

I am able to call ESSA, and the set-up for what was named in the prior legislation in 2013, the “same-game plan” because when the Democrats were in power, Senator Tom Harkin (D-IA) sponsored SB 1094. The Per Pupil Expenditure was referred to as FEDERAL SCHOOL CHOICE, whereas in the 2015 ESSA legislation it is called PUBLIC SCHOOL CHOICE. [Source]

Here’s the “same-game plan” (Republicans and Democrats in bed together) that you can expect with the passage of any forthcoming Heritage/DeVos Common Core CHOICE legislation:

• Legislation to make Title I funds portable to cover ages 0-21, to be used as a scholarship for every child in any public, charter, private, religious, or homeschool.
• Set up an ESA, education savings account, for government accountability and oversight over every family receiving federal financial CHOICE assistance. The federal camel will have its nose under your family’s tent.
• Define exact government criteria to receive funding for all educational uses and “quality” evidence-based curricula (i.e., it all must be aligned to Common Core standards.)
• Demand testing/curricula align with Common Core for national evaluative purposes, based on the national assessment test, the NAEP.
• Defined “direct student services” will mandate that public school CHOICE be used as mental health specialized student support services for meeting government standards. This will include all children from birth to age 4, universal daycare, K-12, and through 2 years of free community college, which means hiring or contracting psychological personnel for support services.
• All schools eventually bill Medicaid for support services—which is ObamaCare ages 0-21.
• All schools—whether charter, private, religious or homeschools—become “chartered” under authorized charter management as an ombudsman named in ESSA.
• Schooling is nationalized under the banner of Common Core CHOICE government schools.

Was this Mr. Trump’s promise? Could this possibly be what parents want? Is this what American citizens want?

There is a seductive carrot and a sharp stick for this CHOICE plan. Officially, a family would be able to receive $12,000 per year (split between federal, state, and local taxes), multiplied by 18 years, which is a lot of money to ignore. A $216,000 jackpot awaits those parents who will give up their children to the government’s sci-fi agenda of wonky inferior Common Core and experimental psychobabble. BUT, no one is sure if parents can turn their backs on the money once their child is determined to be Title I and needing IDEA psychological support services by Special Education scavengers looking to mislabel normal children as disabled to get “free” money, i.e., CHILD FIND. This serves a warning to parents who decide to jump on the CHOICE TRAIN: because your decision may be forever for your child’s future.

My final say about this Common Core CHOICE TRAIN: You are bound to lose, not money, but your children. And, Americans, you are about to lose your FREEDOMS. Because this is government-controlled CHOICE from start to finish, a diabolical plan that will put tentacles of control into the private thought life of every single American child. Big Brother is looming. . .

*A Final Note: President Obama and former Secretary Duncan removed Title I poverty levels in schools in which the 40% guideline of free and reduced lunch children was lowered to “0”% by illegally “waiving” the No Child Left Behind federal law. The criteria of a Title I child could be “At-Risk” or “becoming” At-Risk of not meeting Common Core. The Title I guideline called Schoolwide is a net that covers ALL children in a school whether FAMILIES are poor or wealthy. ALL children would become Common Core disadvantaged. In reality, ESSA codifies the Schoolwide agenda and prepares a nation for “NO REAL” CHOICE for every child when the expansion of Per Pupil Expenditures mandate Common Core to every private, religious, and homeschool.

Source HR 5 2013 Republican legislation:

“SCHOOLWIDE Programs: The bill eliminates the 40 percent poverty threshold for SCHOOLWIDE programs, allowing all Title I schools to operate whole school reform efforts. This change, included in the Obama administration’s waiver package, will allow low- income schools greater flexibility to consolidate programs and focus their efforts on raising the achievement of all students.” [Emp. added.]

© 2017 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved




Coddling millennial snowflakes pt. 2

Social Emotional Learning in Public Education

At its convention in Washington, D.C. (2016), America’s “largest, richest, brass-knuckled labor union,”[1] the National Education Association, recently passed two new mental health-related resolutions.[2] While addressing mental health in public education isn’t new, the burgeoning “field” of mental health in schools is.

In general, mental health researchers name five key competencies.[3] While allegedly fostering them, “safer schools” aggressively nurture a culture of shame. For example, to atone for human violence toward the planet, “well” children are shamed into Earth servitude. Kids whose families enjoy affluence, while less fortunate counterparts merely scrape by, are made to feel discomfited. Should a shy girl decline to share a school restroom or shower with an anatomic boy identifying as female, it’s the girl who’s labeled “at risk” for demonstrating “intolerance.”

Given the unexpected outcome of our 2016 Presidential election, edu-clinicians at all levels pulled out all stops by extending recess periods, offering yoga, meditation, and mindfulness work (K-8). Up to and including college level, schools staged “cry-in’s,” “group screams,” and “walk outs.” Some provided nap- and crying- rooms equipped with therapy dogs, coloring books, Play-Doh, and healthy snacks. Disappointment, students learn, is to be coddled and/or acted out in civil disobedience.

Social Emotional Learning (SEL) [4]

Through school-linked services (i.e., afterschool programs; wellness, health, and family resource centers), school-community coalitions advocate for social-emotional learning in classroom settings.[5] SEL teaches skills for setting personal goals aimed at working well with others, feeling sympathy/empathy, identifying problems and, while making ethical choices, initiating help-seeking and help-giving behaviors.

Schools are not in the mental health business, yet they are deemed essential partners in the two-fold mission (1) to promote mental health of youngsters and (2) to reshape thinking about mental health.[6]

• Promote Mental Health

With upsurge of SEL, one might reasonably expect augmented resilience. To the contrary, well over half of students in urban schools suffer learning, behavior, and emotional problems.[7] In reality, personal pathology is rare.[8] Notwithstanding, at great expense, onsite mental health clinics continue to pop up; and the vast majority of American schools extend access to mental health services beyond special education to all students.

Because the same entities purporting to promote “mental health” also normalize categories that traditionally qualified as disorders—i.e., homosexuality and bi-, pan-, trans- gender identification/ fluidity—it’s no wonder nearly three-quarters of schools studied reported social, interpersonal, or family problems as most frequent for boys and girls alike.[9]

Reshaping Attitudes Toward Mental Health

With appearance of suicide education in the 1980s, mental health services have continued to multiply.[10] The expressed intent is school-community intervention to (1) nurture overall child development and (2) curtail obstacles to learning. To “reshape feelings” at the national level, health professionals promote urgent, large-scale, systemic reform initiatives.

In 2002, President George W. Bush created the New Freedom Commission on Mental Health. Congress appropriated funds for early mental health screening but, truth be told, personal pathology is by no means the primary obstacle to learning. Low-bar standards, trumping academics with unmanageably exhaustive behavioral objectives, permissive policies, experimentation with flavor-of-the-month strategies, politically correct nepotism, and countless unnamed variables no doubt fuel the problem.

Mental Health Screening

DSM-1V[11] criteria for mental illness lack clear, empirical support data, and dubious diagnostics force answers likely to yield false positives. Under auspices of “gun violence,” President Obama quietly unleashed a cache of federal dollars toward ordering mental health testing for youngsters. With no evidence supporting reduced suicide attempts or mortality as a result of its extended use,[12] the Columbia University-based program called TeenScreen was used to detect depression in students at risk of suicide, anxiety disorders, and drug/alcohol abuse. Last month it was announced, “The National Center will be winding down its program at the end of this year.”[13]

All too often, voluntary, informed, and written parental permission for administering mental health screening is bypassed. Even for religious reasons, parents in Nebraska and West Virginia are denied the right to refuse screening.[14] Flexibility as to who administers and scores tests should raise further concern. There are reported instances of underhanded methods used to coax kids into “voluntary” participation.

An inadequately trained administrator is tempted to view common emotional and behavior problems as “symptoms” to be designated as disorders.[15] Comprehensive search for some “hidden” anomaly suggests need for mental illness to be “ferreted out and captured like a rabid animal.”[16] Once “caught,” the culprit is tagged, but applying labels from the constantly expanding list (i.e., attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, oppositional defiant and/or adjustment disorders, learning disabilities, and depression) tends to skew public policy. Case in point: Since 1995, the number of children diagnosed as bipolar has increased by forty percent. Predictably, there are increasingly more referrals than can be served.

Diagnosis and Remediation

Assessments invite misdiagnoses coupled with expensive, sometimes unwarranted interventions.[17] In actuality, “connecting kids with treatment” is code for prescribing psychotropic drugs, resulting in dangerous, “off-label,” prescriptions (not intended for pediatric use), over- and/or mis-medication. Remarkably, in 2012, multiple prescriptions for children exceeded spending on antibiotics or asthma medications.[18]

Most pscho-active medicine is no more effective than placebos yet, when used by minors, antidepressants pose calculable risk. Disturbingly, the Bush commission linked mental health examinations with “state-of-the-art” treatments using specific medications (e.g., antidepressant and anti-psychotic drugs) for specific conditions.[19]

As drug coercion becomes a condition for public school attendance, noncompliant parents fear they will face charges and/or unwelcomed intervention of Child Protective Services. Despite protest, the NEA continues to urge affiliates to support legislation at all levels (community, state, and national).

Follow the Money

There’s good reason why schools typically don’t assign high priority to mental health services. Simply put, school-financed student support services do not reflect the school’s essential mission. Nevertheless, the Federal Department of Education and Centers for Disease Control persistently advocate for federal initiatives that advance “full-service” schools.[20]

Among the top five funding sources is Medicaid. Wraparound mental health services effectively rob from Peter to pay Paul. Given the political-pharmaceutical alliance that operates for monetary gain, conflict of interest is to be expected. By way of example, TeenScreen advisory board members served in leadership positions for at least two entities heavily funded by drug-company “educational grants.”

Cradle-to-Grave Monitoring and Intervention

Results of routine, comprehensive mental health screening for every child, preschoolers included, are integrated with electronic health records. Longitudinal national electronic databases, including treatments and personal family information, can be accessed by insurance companies, federal and state agencies, special interest groups, and eventual employers. Even fictional “mental disorders” follow a child for life. Without parental consent, DNA data collected on newborns through KIDSNET in Rhode Island are linked to educational databases.[21]

In conclusion, the late President Ronald Reagan got it right: “The most terrifying words in the English language are ‘I’m from the government, and I’m here to help.’”

© 2017 Debra Rae – All Rights Reserved

Footnotes:

1. Forbes magazine.
2. Resolution B-66 advances competencies relating to decision-making, self and social awareness/management skills. Resolution C-5 showcases comprehensive school health, social, and psychological programs/services, pre-K through higher education. Education Reporter, Number 367, August 2016. 3-4.
3. Durlak, Weissberg, Dymnicki, Taylor & Schellinger, 2011.
4. Http://smhp.psych.ucla.edu (Accessed 19 November 2016).
5. Greenberg et al., 2003; Hawkins, Kosterman, Catalano, Hill, & Abbott, 2008.
6. E. Marx and S. Wooley with D. Northrop (Eds.). Health is Academic: A Guide to Coordinated School Health Programs (New York: Teachers College Press.1998).
7. University of California at Los Angeles, 2003.
8. Howard S. Adelman, Ph.D. and Linda Taylor, Ph.D. “Mental Health in Schools and Public Health.” Public Health Reports 2006 May-June 121(3). 294-298.
9. Foster et al., 2005.
10. Education Reporter, Apr.-May 1987.
11. Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.
12. Education Reporter, Number 309, October 2011. 1,4.
13. Teenscreen shuts down. (Accessed 12 December 2016).
14. Education Reporter, Number 359, December 2015.
15. Adelman, 1995a; Adelman & Taylor, 1994; Dryfoos, 1990.
16. Alliance for Human Research Protection, The Brown University Child and Adolescent Behavior Letter, 8-01-04.
17. Lyon, 2002.
18. Education Reporter, Number 316, May 2012.1.
19. Education Reporter, Number 316, May 2012.1,4.
20. For example, grants programs for the Integration of Schools and Mental Health Systems.
21. Howard S. Adelman, Ph.D. and Linda Taylor, Ph.D. “Mental Health in Schools and Public Health.” Special Report on Child Mental Health, Volume 121, May-June 2006. 294.




The perfect storm descending upon America: Immigration

Part 1: Immigration onslaught. Part 2: Sociological impact.
Part 3: Environmental impact. Part 4: What you must do.

Every morning, noon and night, you hear the weather report forecasted in your specific area. Meteorologists warn you of approaching tornados, rain squalls or blizzards. They warn you of breezes or high winds. You know the temperatures in order to dress correctly or not to drive that day.

Because of those forecasts, you make daily choices with knowledge and understanding. You protect yourself and your family.

Do you ever notice the evening news with cars piled up in 20 car crashes because they drove into a blinding snow storm? What about a cluster of 18-wheelers that drove into a fog bank only to create multiple deaths? As you look at the traffic standing still in your city, why did all those people drive their cars into such a gridlocked mess?

As you sit there watching the evening news, you wonder, “Why did so many people make such stupid choices…why did they drive into a blinding snow storm…why didn’t they pull over and park it…why didn’t they stay home?”

But what about your future, the future of your community, the future of your state, and ultimately, the future of your country—if you don’t get to see a forecast about the “Perfect Storm Descending upon America” in the form of endless immigration?

Sheer Enormity of the Immigration Storm

In this four part series, you will see exactly what you and your family faces in the next three decades of the storm of “endless immigration” brought to you by your U.S. Congress, your senators, your House reps and ultimately, the president of the United States.

While no one can change the weather, each of us can change the future of our country by stopping the “immigration tsunami” bearing down on all 48 states.

As a forecaster, I can tell you this: once this immigration storm hits, no one escapes its accelerating and multiple consequences.

The 1965 Immigration Reform Act drives this “perfect storm” bearing down on the USA. At that time, Congress increased legal immigration to 1.2 million annually. That single act added 100,000,000 (million) people to the USA in 40 years. If allowed to continue, it will ad 138 million more people within 33 years. We stand 28 million into that 138 million in 2017.

Let’s look at the numbers. According to the Pew Research Center, NumbersUSA.org, U.S. Census Bureau and the Fogel/Martin Population Projections—legal immigration expects to jump U.S. population by 100,000,000 (million) people, net gain by 2045 or sooner. That’s immigrants, their birth rates and their chain migrated relatives. The other 38 million will be US births by US mothers at two children per woman on average. The baseline population was 300,000,000 (million) in 2006.

Dr. Steve Camarata of the Center for Immigration Studies, www.cis.org, tells us that 500,000 illegal aliens violate our borders annually. If you take 33 years times 500,000 people, that adds another 16,500,000 (million) more people. That would take us from the projected 438 million to 454.5 million in 2050.

That equates to doubling the size of our 40 most populated cities within the United States. That means New York City jumps from 8.3 million to 16.6 million; Los Angeles increases from 11 million to 22 million; Chicago from 5 million to 10 million and on down the line.

Florida expects to jump from 18 million to 36 million. Texas increases from 26 million to 36 million. California accelerates from 38 million to 58 million.

How do you water, feed, warm, transport, house, provide jobs in an increasingly robotic world, and provide resources for in excess of another 154.5 million people?

With all the problems we face today such as 47.7 million Americans subsisting on food stamps, or 8.7 million unemployed, or our inner cities rotting into chaos, or our air pollution rates exploding off the charts, or our gridlock traffic immobilizing our cities, or our water pollution like Flint, Michigan and dozens of other US cities—-how in the living daylights will we survive the first part of this storm?

My long time colleague, Dr. Albert Bartlett, www.AlBartlett.org , said, “Can you think of any problem in any area of human endeavor on any scale form microscopic to global, whose long term solution is in any demonstrable way aided, assisted or advanced by further increases of population, locally, nationally or globally?”

Of course the answer: nothing will get better. Everything will get worse. No one will be immune. Everyone will suffer.

Part 2: Sociological impact. How will we deal with 100 million people from 190 different countries with 190 different cultures and 190 different languages? How will we deal with ethnic strife, linguistic chaos and cultural tensions? How will we stop from being pulled apart with so many people pulling in their own directions? Answer: it’s not going to be pretty.

Share these videos all over America:

www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacity.org ; www.thesocialcontract.com

In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, “Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself.

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck
This 10 minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

America: www.CapsWeb.org ; www.NumbersUSA.org ; www.Fairus.org ; www.CarryingCapacityNetwork.org

Canada: www.immigrationwatchcanada.org
United Kingdom: www.populationmatters.org
Australia: www.population.org.au Sustainable Population Australia

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




Is terrorism tax coming to America?

France Taxes It’s Citizens To Pay For Terrorist Attacks Committed By Muslims

U.S. Democratic Party leaders seem to have a proclivity for duplicating European governments’ policies, laws and tax rates. A perfect example is Obamacare and the push to move towards “single-payer plans.” So it’s not hard to imagine American lawmakers attempting to again emulate France’s politicians when it comes to finding rationales for picking citizens pockets for more cash in order to buy more votes.

French citizens are now paying an extra 1.60 euro ($1.69 US) on their property insurance policies to help increase the funding to assist victims of terrorist attacks which have recently hit the country.

The de facto tax increase officially began on New Year’s Day and requires French insurance policy holders to contribute 5.90 euro ($6.21 US) instead of 4.30 euro ($4.53 US) on each monthly premium payment.

France’s workers are the most taxed in the European Union and the United States. French salaries are taxed at 57.5 percent on average, compared to a European figure of 45.2 percent. Figures from the Molinari Institute show that average tax rates in the UK account for just 35.29 percent of income, while the figure for Germany is 52.36 percent. The lowest taxed nation in the EU is Cyprus, where the average rate is 23.85 percent.

French government officials had claimed they started the Guarantee Fund for Victims of Terrorist and Other Criminal Acts (FGTI) to prevent insurance companies from developing side industries that might profit from acts of violence.

More than 200 people have died in France as a result of terror attacks in less than two-years, with hundreds injured, some seriously. The French city of Marseille has an estimated 30 to 40 percent Muslim population and has been ranked as the most dangerous city in Europe.

“French progressives claimed they were afraid the marketplace wouldn’t provide such coverage, and I imagine they saw an excellent way to tax families without having to worry about them squawking about their taxes increasing during a bad economy,” said George Pollack, a former counter-terrorism team member in the United States. “I wouldn’t be surprised to see our own liberals try this scheme and complain that anyone against the tax is not patriotic,” Pollack predicted.

According to American Military News:

• Within the last two years alone, over 200 people have died at the hands of Islamic extremists. On November 13, 2015, 130 French citizens were murdered by seven violent jihadists that were stationed in populated areas and executed a coordinated series of attacks around Paris.

• On Bastille Day in July of 2016, 86 people were murdered and another 434 were injured when a 19-ton cargo truck drove through the crowded streets in Nice where people were celebrating the holiday.

• The Bastille Day and November Paris attacks cost the country between 300 and 400 million Euros each.

• Another 17 people were killed and 22 injured when a group of Islamic Extremists stormed the office of a satirical magazine called Charlie Hebdo with guns and shot at the employees because the magazine had run a cartoon depicting the prophet Mohammed.

The Bastille Day truck attack in Nice which left 86 dead this summer cost between 300 and 400 million euro, approximately the same as the November 13 attacks in Paris, which killed 130 people.

“The French government has some nerve with this latest tax. Their political elite allowed hundreds of thousands of unvetted Muslim refugees into their country. And when some of them kill French citizens or destroy property, the French taxpayer is expected to foot-the-bill. It’s comical to everyone except the liberal-left,” said U.S. military and police veteran Nelson Glover.

The French city of Marseille has an estimated 30 to 40 percent Muslim population and has been ranked as the most dangerous city in Europe.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved




To be or not to be a career politician

The Founding Fathers of America understood the importance of not being a career politician. It was the humble attitude of first president George Washington that set the proper tone of how government office should be first approached and then be walked away from. Washington displayed a humble appreciation, first for being asked to militarily lead the fledgling republic to victory over Britain. Then later as our republic’s first commander in chief. Washington was universally loved and could have remained president for life, he stepped down at the end of his second term.

Washington then gladly returned to private life on his estate with his wife Martha and operated successful businesses. He didn’t crave power. Thus, it was not a struggle for him to walk away and enjoy the benefits of what he and his colleagues developed. In other words, Washington and the other framers sought to govern on behalf of the people, not for the advantage of an overlord progressive government that seeks to dominate us from cradle to grave.

Our nation’s founding father George Washington believed that “We the People” would function much better with a closer relationship with God than with government. He along with the majority of his fellow founders, with perhaps the exception of alexander Hamilton disdained the immoral concept of a massive centralized overbearing government.

The book of Proverbs shares with us that “the fear of the Lord is the beginning of knowledge.” The American Patriots Bible points out that the Founders certainly understood the obvious truth and from the beginning stressed the important relationship between a sound education based upon Biblical moral absolutes and the future of the nation.

In 1776, the future president John Adams said, “statesmen…may plan and speculate for liberty, but it is religion and morality alone, which can establish the principles upon which freedom can securely stand.” That mindset was widely held among the Founders who helped shape the political, educational, and legal foundations of the new nation. Men such as Daniel Webster, Benjamin Rush, Samuel Adams, and George Washington echoed these same sentiments. They believed as do I that the strength of the republic was dependent upon the morality of her people, and that faith in our creator must undergird it. They saw the education of young minds being at the heart of it all.

I will never forget my own Dad telling me that what is taught to one generation dictates the direction the nation takes in the next. That has never proven more true than right now. Since the 1960s the progressives have been working via indoctrination centers, known as government schools, colleges and universities to gain control of the moral compass of society. They fanned out and gained control of the media, movie industry, and in some cases even mainline Christian denominations have tumbled into spiritual darkness and fell asleep at the wheel.

In fact, in recent decades Christians allowed their societal authority to be snatched away by the sheer influence of those who utterly disdain the concept of our constitutionally limited republic. Those haters also revile capitalism, the middle class, our Bill of Rights and most of all, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob who shed His grace upon America.

But alas, another new age of awakening has dawned in our beloved republic. Outgoing president Obama and his ilk tried their best to place knockout blows against America. Obama’s legacy has left a dwindled middle class, a hollowed out American military, the spread of Islamic terrorism via ISIS, diminished race relations, illegal immigrants, American hating Muslim refugees, dwindling manufacturing productivity and no regard for the separation of powers.

But guess what, at the end of the day and despite Obama’s mission of destruction our America will once again assume her rightful place as the respected leader of the free world. Many people (including yours truly) have and continue to pray. I believe God has heard our prayers and will heal our land. It will not be easy as America transitions back toward greatness. But the needed effort will be worth it. Not only will our children and children’s children thank us, but more importantly they will thank God almighty who I believe will openly bless our republic. Lastly, America the beautiful will soon again be that beacon of liberty and light to the world. God Bless You, God Bless America and May America Bless God. I am also proud to announce more growth for The Edwards Notebook commentary which now Blows Away the Myths and Reveals the Truth on www.aweradio.org/ every evening at 6:00 PM ET.
Don’t miss a page from The Edwards Notebook commentary overnights on the Captain’s America-Third Watch, simply the best Live overnight radio show broadcasting across the United States from flagship radio station AM 860 The Answer. Also via the internet on Conservative radio, iHeart, Freedom in America Radio, Net Talk World and more.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved




The Ft. Lauderdale shootings

There was another mass shooting in a gun-free zone: this time in the Ft. Lauderdale airport in Florida. As I have said repeatedly, the most dangerous place in the world to be is in a gun-free zone. An example is the heavily gun-controlled city of Chicago. In a place where very few good guys are legally allowed to possess a firearm, some 762 people were murdered during 2016. That’s over two per day.

And true to form, the mass shootings in Ft. Lauderdale make no more sense than any of the other mass shootings in this country–except that they took place in a gun-free zone, of course. Here’s what we’ve been told:

A 26-year-old Hispanic guy flies all the way from Alaska to South Florida. But after he arrives in Ft. Lauderdale, he decides to go into an airport bathroom, take out the handgun he had lawfully checked onto the plane, and without saying a word start shooting people in the baggage claim area, killing five. After he runs out of bullets, he calmly lies down on the floor and waits for authorities to take him into custody. Authorities never fire a shot.

The man was a U.S. veteran who was a member of the Alaska Army National Guard and had served a tour of duty in Iraq. Now get this: last November, the man walked into an FBI office in Anchorage and told them that the Army had forced him to submit to mind control programs that included pumping him full of ISIS videos. He also said that the military was trying to force him to fight FOR ISIS. He further said that he was sickened and guilt-stricken at the numbers of innocent children in Iraq that the U.S. military was killing through all of its drone, missile, and bombing attacks, to the point of it affecting his emotional stability. Of course, we are told he was dismissed as a wacko and drummed out of the Army.

His family testified to the mental and emotional changes that this man had undergone after his tour of duty in Iraq. By the way, he worked as a security guard and carried a handgun in the performance of his duties.

As happens so very often in these mass shootings, initial reports from eyewitnesses said there were multiple shooters at the scene, but authorities later declared the man acted alone. This happens in almost every mass shooting.

Again, nothing about this story makes any sense. But I get it: this was another “deranged” madman, so nothing has to make sense. How convenient. Or, as many Muslim-hating “Christian” writers and talking heads are now saying, the guy was a Muslim terrorist. So, THAT explains it. Brains in neutral; think no further.

Based on a photo of the alleged handgun used by the shooter, the gun looks to be a Walther PPS 9mm. This gun has a single stack magazine and holds seven or eight rounds. These are not high-capacity magazines by any stretch. Early reports said that the shooter did NOT reload. Later, however, reports said he did reload.

By the number of people hit, it seems obvious that the shooter did reload at least once–if he was the ONLY shooter, that is. If the shooter only reloaded once (as some eyewitnesses say), this was still an extraordinary display of handgun accuracy. A total of thirteen people were shot, and five of them were killed. That means this man fired sixteen shots and thirteen of them hit a person and five of the thirteen were kill shots. That was very good shooting given the fact that people were not standing still. They were moving and moving quickly. They were panicked; they were running; dodging; weaving; diving; seeking cover; etc. Granted, one of the five killed was elderly, which would have impaired her mobility. But unless some of the others had physical handicaps, they would have certainly been able to move fast enough to make themselves difficult targets. You handgunners know how difficult it is to be accurate with a short-barreled handgun when shooting in a no-stress environment at a stationary target. Throw fast moving targets and the stress of shooting at live human beings into the mix, and accuracy becomes extremely difficult.

For a real-life comparison, an investigative study by the New York Times found that in actual, real-world shootings, from a distance of zero to six feet, police officers hit the bad guys only about 40% of the time. Did you get that? Trained police officers from a distance of zero to six feet (that’s called bad breath range) only hit their targets four out of ten times.

See the report: A Hail Of Bullets, A Heap Of Uncertainty

If this shooter in Ft. Lauderdale was truly alone, his accuracy ratio was MUCH higher than trained police officers, and he would have been shooting at much greater distances. If he reloaded once, his accuracy was 81%. If he reloaded twice, his accuracy was 54%. As you can see, we are supposed to believe that this man was much, much better with a handgun than professional police officers. And before you cite the man’s military training as making the difference, unless the soldier is in Special Ops or has a duty-specific need for advanced handgun training, the primary weapon a soldier or Marine is trained with is the battle rifle, and their training with a handgun is minimal. Of course, the presence of a second or third shooter at the Ft. Lauderdale airport would significantly help explain the number of killed and wounded.

If the shooter truly acted alone, it is much more plausible that he reloaded more than once–which brings to surface another problem. In the length of time that an active shooter is calmly walking around shooting people and taking time to reload his handgun, how is it that NO airport security personnel managed to get there in time to engage the shooter? By the time any police officer or security personnel arrived, the shooter was out of bullets, had dropped his handgun, and was lying prostrate on the floor waiting to be taken into custody. Come on! You folks have flown in and out of these big international airports. They are crawling with armed security. But somehow, this man was able to calmly walk around shooting people, even taking enough time to ostensibly execute several reloads, and NO ONE arrived in time to engage the guy.

Ladies and gentlemen, neither scenario makes any sense. NONE!

Watch this though: as sure as anything, more restrictions (or even a total prohibition) will be placed on the transporting of firearms on commercial airliners (except for government employees and their bodyguards, of course). Plus, this shooting also provides momentum for the anti-gun zealots in Washington, D.C., (in both parties) to squelch a certain effort by pro-gun members of Congress to pass a national concealed carry reciprocity bill that appeared inevitable given the results of the November elections. All bets are off now.

Here we go again. The one common denominator of all of these “random” mass shootings is more and more gun control and less and less freedom.

This will also fuel the accusations by anti-gun leftists against our military combat veterans that they are mentally ill. A PTSD diagnosis of combat veterans is a tool of big-government toadies to deny veterans their Second Amendment liberties. No doubt, this shooting will be used as justification for denying more combat veterans of their right to keep and bear arms. They will say this shooter in Ft. Lauderdale was just another mentally ill war veteran, and, therefore, they will tend to adjudicate more and more war veterans as being mentally ill.

But the vast, vast majority of our combat veterans are NOT mentally ill. What they are is grief-stricken and guilt-ridden at the acts of horror that they have both witnessed and been forced to participate in by a blood-thirsty, conscienceless Congress and war department. This is easily understood when one recognizes that we are losing far more combat veterans to suicide than we are to enemy fire.

“Confirming once again that war, to those who are sent to fight them, is absolute hell, newly released Pentagon statistics show that suicide–not combat–is the leading killer of US troops deployed to the Middle East.

“According to a report in USA Today this week, of the 31 troops who have died as of Dec. 27 in Operation Inherent Resolve, 11 have taken their own lives. Eight died in combat, seven in accidents and four succumbed to illness or injury.

“These new numbers confirm a trend that’s been in place since the beginning of the prolonged occupation of the Middle East.

“Earlier this year, the DoD released a similar report from 2014 that revealed some startling numbers. In all of 2014, a total of 55 US troops, in both hostile and non-hostile situations, lost their lives in foreign occupations. The number of soldiers who killed themselves was nearly 5 times that amount.

“According to the DoD report, in 2014, there were 269 deaths by suicide among active component service members (compared to 259 deaths by suicide in 2013).”

“In war, human lives become units to be traded as a commodity to aid in the expansion of the State. When they are no longer deemed useful, these human lives are then tossed out like yesterday’s garbage.

“Treating human beings in such a brutal and inhumane manner is not without consequence.

“Not only are active duty soldiers tragically ending their own lives at an increasing rate, but once they finish their service, these numbers skyrocket.

“In a 2012 report put out by the Veterans Administration, it was estimated that up to 22 veterans a day kill themselves. That is 8,000 lives a year–almost one per hour.”

The report goes on to say:

“If you really want to ‘support the troops’ you’ll stop supporting wars of aggression in distant lands in which Americans are forced to kill people who pose no threat to the US.

“If you really ‘support the troops’ you’ll stop blindly standing up for your government whose proven track record shows that they do everything but support the troops.

“If you really support the troops, you’ll educate yourself on who is behind these wars, why they are waged, and how US foreign policy actually creates enemies. ISIS would not exist had the US not remained hell bent on overthrowing the Assad regime for the benefit of special interests in DC.

“Pledging blind obedience and unquestioning support for wars that one’s government illegally wages at the expense of our sons and daughters, brothers and sisters, and mothers and fathers, is the antithesis of what a free person should do–and anything but ‘supporting the troops.’”

See the report: The Biggest Killer Of US Troops In The Middle East Is Not ISIS — It’s Suicide

As for the Ft. Lauderdale shootings, it has all of the earmarks of another MK-Ultra-type false flag event. It might absolutely scare us silly if we really knew how many Manchurian candidates the government has walking around out there.

Folks, I do NOT trust federal authorities (or their puppets in the mainstream media) to tell us the truth about much of anything. Most everything the federal government tells us is a deliberate, bald-faced lie.

The reports about mind control programs conducted by the U.S. military and CIA are well documented. It makes sense to me that this man could have been truly subjected to mind control programing that included being programmed to commit acts of terrorism on behalf of ISIS. After all, our military Special Ops and CIA have been actively and deliberately working on behalf of, and in support of, ISIS for years.

It also makes sense to me that this man could have been overwhelmed with feelings of guilt and shame at the reality of watching hundreds–maybe thousands–of innocent little children being killed in the U.S. bombing raids in Iraq to the point that–coupled with the mind control programming he had been subjected to–he wound up doing exactly what the U.S. government had programmed him to do. Eyewitnesses may have also truly seen a second or third shooter: a specially trained killer whose job was to make sure the patsy fulfilled his assignment and to also make sure there was a sufficient death toll. A man who then simply disappeared like a ghost into thin air leaving the mind-controlled patsy to take all of the blame. These highly skilled, professional killers have no problem disappearing after a killing, because they have all of the backup they need from whichever government is sponsoring them.

Just how many of these mass killings are indeed the work of wicked and murderous assassins within our own government who manipulate distraught, disillusioned, mind-controlled patsies in order to saturate the country with more and more fear and anger, we will never know.

Each time one of these tragedies happens, liberals are left with more and more fear and anger against guns; and conservatives are left with more and more fear and anger against Muslims. All the while, the New World Order neocon globalists who are the masterminds behind these brilliant conspiracies achieve their desired objectives with the attitudes and reactions of both liberals and conservatives.

Conspiracy or no conspiracy, this much is an absolute fact: gun-free zones are great places to get shot.

[If you appreciate this column and want to help me distribute these editorial opinions to an ever-growing audience, donations may now be made by credit card, check, or Money Order. Use this link.]

[I also have many books and DVDs available for purchase online. Go to Chuck Baldwin Live Store]

© 2017 Chuck Baldwin – All Rights Reserved




Government control not gun control

The perpetrator in the latest U.S. gun rampage is Esteban Santiago, a 26-year-old Iraq war veteran who just one month ago told Federal Bureau of Investigation agents that he believed U.S. spies were controlling his mind. While blaming government mind-control is not a suitable alibi for many, I believe government gun control is.

Following the tragic shooting in Ft. Lauderdale on Friday, Barack Obama told George Stephanopoulos of ABC News, “We’re heartbroken for families who have been affected,” and, “These tragedies have happened far too often during the eight years that I’ve been president.”

Despite numerous attempts by this administration, their cronies, and their ilk to eradicate what the Second Amendment acknowledges as the God-given right to self defense and arms, Obama has admitted his own failures to protect American citizens.

So, since government gun control is an absolute failure, I thought I would call on more government-control, NOT more gun-control. We need to regulate the government from its insubordination to its God-given duty of “securing the rights of the people.” This insubordination called “gun control” has proven to be far more lethal to American life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness than the criminals from which it claims to protect.

I know this to be a fact: the plurality of American people are disgusted with the attempts of government to dominate their right to self defense. They have not only voted at the ballot box, but convincingly their wallets are talking. Gun manufacturers and retail stores cannot keep up with the demand for guns and ammo. Even the once extremely common .22 rim fire ammunition is as scarce as a dollar in the social security trust fund.

The promulgation of emotional ignorance has always been the tool to convince people to give up this right of self-preservation in favor of trusting that criminals will give up their crime and that government can boundlessly protect you.

As seen in every single mass shooting, the government is completely incapable of protecting the citizenry from these kinds of attacks. If the people do not protect themselves, there is no protection. All “gun-control” laws do is fight or obstruct the people from protecting themselves. This is why state leaders have an obligation to declare any and all federal gun-control laws to be null and void, and boldly declare to the people of their states that they will honor and protect the people’s right and duty to defend themselves.

Agreeing with this godly precedent and our Second Amendment, Declaration signer Richard Henry Lee stated, “To preserve liberty, it is essential that the whole body of the people always possess arms, and be taught alike, especially when young, how to use them.” (Federal Farmer No. 18, January 25, 1788)

I believe today more than ever that our leaders should be advocating, endorsing and sponsoring the protection of our God-given right to life, liberty, and property.

Like John Kennedy I believe that, “Today, we need a nation of Minutemen, citizens who are not only prepared to take arms, but citizens who regard the preservation of freedom as the basic purpose of their daily life and who are willing to consciously work and sacrifice for that freedom.”

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and his Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved




Masculine men and feminine women

I love my wife.

That may sound corny, but I really do love her. Although my bias is obvious I would not hesitate to place her in the top 10% of all over-sixty women in America.

I’m talking about her beauty…her physical attractiveness…not simply the fact that I have grown to love her more with each passing year. Michele is a real head-turner. Without the benefit of plastic surgery, Botox, or heavy make-up, she is just a petite, sweet, attractive little package of love.

I tell her that regularly. It matters to her that her husband of 37 years appreciates all she does to keep herself looking attractive. I never pressured her into staying thin…or keeping her hair attractive…or looking sharp when we go out together. She just does it. I often tell her I would love her no matter how she looked…but her beauty sure makes it a lot easier.

She knows I am kidding. But she also knows that there is truth in humor.

Michele and I have two daughters. They are both thirty-ish and they take after their mom. It is a work of nature, really, because I raised both of them to be Tom-boys. Heck, what else is a football coach supposed to do with two young daughters? We raised them to be strong women and much of their strength was developed through the ups and downs of athletics.

Both of them were accomplished athletes. The elder, Abby, played four years of softball at Hillsdale College, while her baby sister Maggie was a four year starter in centerfield for Marietta College. But in the rough and tumble life of athletics we always encouraged them to be ladies.

“Being a jock doesn’t mean you have to act like a man,” I often cautioned them. “Discipline, hard work, and success have no gender. Down and dirty on the field doesn’t mean rude and manly off of it.”

Today, they are both happy, successful stay-at-home moms, with strong, manly husbands. I love the women in my life. I especially love them because they are…well…women.

I was counting my blessings the other night and thanking Jesus for the wonderful women He has given me. (Michele and I also have three granddaughters.) As odd as this may sound I am most proud of how feminine the women who surround me are. Their femininity makes their strength less noticeable. I credit their Mom with teaching them to be ladies.

I was struck yesterday by the word “feminism” as I was reading a story about how much Trump “hates women.” What does that word even mean, I wondered out loud? What does being a feminist have to do with being feminine? Why is it that the one thing that so many feminists lack is femininity?

Calling most feminists feminine is an oxymoron…sort of like putting a boat in “dry dock.” Why is it so hard for my mind to equate femininity with feminism?

So I went to the dictionary to see if I could make sense of the nonsensical. A quick online search revealed this.

Feminism—the belief that men and women should have equal rights and opportunities.

I’m for that. Michele is for that. So are Abby, Maggie, and most people I know. So I looked up femiNIST and found it that refers to someone “who supports equal rights and opportunities for women.” That sounds like me.

Where is the disconnect I asked myself? Why do I, and all of the women in my life, support equal rights and opportunities for women, yet not feel comfortable with the label “feminist?”

So, stubborn as I am, I went deeper into the English language and researched the word feminine—“having qualities or appearances TRADITIONALLY associated with women especially delicacy, prettiness, soft, delicate, gentle, graceful.”

Bingo. The war on women that is currently being waged in America is not so much a war against females as it is a war against tradition. Feminists don’t want to be women; they want to be women with the qualities of men.

But men are supposed to be masculine. What does the dictionary have to say about someone who is masculine?

Masculine—having qualities or appearances TRADITIONALLY associated with men; especially strength and aggressiveness. Virile, macho, rugged, brawny, robust, manly, vigorous.

Where does one sign up to be a masculinist? When is the march for masculine rights?

Once again we have been snookered by the wordsmiths.

There has been a real role-reversal in the American society. Men are acting like women and women are acting like men. No wonder Americans are so confused.

Men and women are CREATED equal but it would be foolish to believe that their talents and skills are equal. Equality is true at birth and is supposed to be true in the eyes of the law. But it is mere foolishness and folly to think that there is no difference between men and women.

Why do we teach such malarkey to our children?

Five years ago I overheard a conversation our Abby had with one of her college friends shortly after giving birth to their first child.

“I can’t even explain the feeling,” I heard her say. “Giving birth to my daughter was the greatest thing I have ever done in my entire life.”

We waste so much of our time trying to be something we are not. Life would be so much easier if we simply played the roles that nature spelled out for us.

Men to be Masculine and women to be feminine was God’s idea. “Male and female created He them…”

Why do you think they call them role models?

© 2017 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserve




Satan’s culture killers

I have come to believe that the whole left-wing, secular humanist, utopian project is satanic to the core, and that R.J. Rushdoony was right, many years ago, when he called it nothing less than a concerted effort to overturn God’s created order and replace it with an order created by moral imbeciles.

The project has scored its greatest successes in screwing up our culture. If you can’t hold onto the culture, you can’t hold on to anything: no amount of political victories will save you.

“Male and female created He them” (Genesis 1:27) is a Biblical statement foundational to human life, and “progressives” have a really big problem with it. They have made it their favorite target—because if they can destroy the foundation, that’s a big chunk of their work done and promotions all around in Hell.

Consider: in New Jersey, a woman who asserts that she is now a man, because she’s been surgically mutilated and shot full of hormones, has sued a Catholic hospital for declining to remove her uterus. The hospital administration considers this woman’s hysterectomy to be part and parcel of a “gender reassignment” caper, and they won’t do sex-change operations because they object to it on moral and religious grounds. And here comes the lawsuit.

This is a predicament straight out of The Screwtape Letters. If the Catholic doctors perform the hysterectomy, they are saying, tacitly or explicitly, “You are still a woman.” That leaves them open to being called haters and biggits, etc. How dare they contradict some intensely disturbed individual’s self-identification? But if they go along with the delusion, then they collide with the fact that a man doesn’t have a uterus for them to remove.

“Facts? You’re talkin’ facts? Well, we don’t do facts anymore! Facts are an instrument of oppression!” And so on.

It gets confusing; and as the author of confusion, Old Nick is highly pleased. His whole kingdom is based on confusion. He doesn’t do facts, either.

And then there’s the wholesale moral corruption of the culture, another treasure of progressivism.

The Fox TV network gets a lot of heat from libs because it produces Fox News, which libs say tricks ordinary dumb and stupid people into becoming conservatives who, if not snookered by these “fake news” programs, would just naturally and inevitably believe whatever liberals told them. But at the same time, Fox TV cranks out the same kind of culture-killing garbage as the other networks.

This month Fox TV debuted a new “comedy” featuring a six-year-old boy who is supposedly “transgendered.” That is to say, he insists he’s a girl, he sometimes wears bondage gear, and talks about “my vagina.” Richly amusing, eh? Presenting a child in such a way, as a sexual object, can easily be classed as child abuse—maybe even kiddy porn. Beats me how they get away with it.

But there is rejoicing in Hell, because thousands of people, under the impression that they are merely consuming real cutting-edge “entertainment,” are giving their tacit approval to a form of pedophilia. Some of them aren’t even aware they’re doing that. “Waddya mean? It’s just a TV show!” We might also wonder what this child actor’s parents are thinking. “Wow! Our little boy’s a TV star!” And Down Below, the enemy is tickled pink.

Oh, but nobody who’s all grown-up believes in the Devil anymore! The more fool them.

This is the fundamental transformation of America that really counts. We can probably repeal Obamacare, we can probably secure our borders, probably cut taxes, and maybe even chase some of the thieves and globalist kooks out of our government.

But if we can’t secure our culture, revive our Christian faith and moral standards, wake up and see that the foundational statements in the Bible were put in there by God to do us good—well, if we can’t do that, then probably none of the other stuff will matter in the end.

I have discussed these topics, and others, on my blog, http://leeduigon.com, throughout the week. Please stop by and read! All it takes is just one click to get you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved




Obama’s legacy is america’s legacy

Find out just what any people will quietly submit to and you have the exact measure of the injustice and wrong which will be imposed on them. -Fredrick Douglass

Legacy: Anything handed down from the past, as from a predecessor. 

Over the last couple of weeks, we have been hearing much of Barack Obama and his legacy. In other words, we have been hearing about what state he has left America in.

I can sum up his legacy for you in short order here:

 He is a narcissist, usurper-in-chief, (Isaiah 14) dictator wannabe
 He is a liar-deceiver-a fraud-an imposter (2 Corinthians 11:14)
 He is a thief (John 12:6)
 He is a racist
 He is a sodomite (Romans 1:24)
 He is a Communist- Muslim sympathizer, a Marxist, and a devil worshipper (See Rules for Radicals)

Barack’s Master [YouTube Video]

 He is a terrorist

ISIS is the modern day version of Hitlers SS

 He is, literally in everyway, is America’s enemy!

But American already knew this (Leviticus 26:17).

He has warred against American freedoms, our God, our rights, our Constitution, our veterans, our patriots, our unborn, our families, etc. He is the enemy to everything that we, as Americans, stand for. This is his legacy.

When the White House attacks [YouTube Video]

Recently, a self proclaimed law professor on Fox News explained in one sentence what is wrong with this country. He said, “The president can do whatever he wants, he is the president” (Psalm 94:20).

So it stands true, that they will always do whatever you let them get away with.

Lord Acton was correct when he stated, “Power tends to corrupt, and absolute power corrupts absolutely.”

Remember, today’s conservatives are yesterday’s liberals. The law professor (sworn to the bar, not the Constitution mind you) I mentioned was talking about how Barack Hussein Obama Soetoro Sobarkah, the foreign agent in the people’s White House who has 47 different social security numbers and a fake birth certificate, somehow can do whatever he wants.

Foreign enemy within attacking

Treason [YouTube Video]

I guess somewhere, I have yet to read it anywhere in any founding document, some people have gotten the idea that any president can do whatever he wants to. That is not true! As long as the people believe it to be so, it must be true, right? That is not true. Apparently, what this law professor said was true because the people in this country have given Obama a free hand to do whatever he wants to do. I guess that is all he has to do is call it an “executive order,” and like a magic wand, it somehow becomes law.

Executive orders [YouTube Video]

It seems that this law professor, along with the American people, have not taken the time to understand that government in this country is limited to the confines of constitutional law, which are found in our Constitutional Republic, and can run off the powers that have been delegated to them by the people, who elect them as representatives on their behalf to exercise that authority.

America’s legacy is Barack Hussein Obama’s legacy. Americans have tolerated a foreigner within to destroy at will (Deuteronomy 28:36).

Americans have tolerated this criminal to advocate what God clearly condemns (Jeremiah 2:5), and disobey the God of Israel by giving a free hand to him who said at the offset of his unlawful incumbency that he would “Fundamentally transform America.” Instead of taking responsibility and throwing off this criminal administration (Article 2, section 4 & Article 3, section 3 of the united States Constitution) and indicting every one of them, Americans let him do it.

If it is not so, then I ask, How can two walk together unless they be agreed? (Amos 3:3) This is America’s legacy.




It’s up to us, the John Does of America

Pro-Life Supreme Court Judges

Odd way to start an article on the choice of supreme court judges? Well, not really, because it is up to all of us. It’s up to us to be the John Does who speak up for life…life of the unborn. It is ultimately the most important decision our new President will make, and it’s a decision that will affect America for decades to come. We need to be the catalysts who ensure pro-life Supreme Court Judges.

The movie, Meet John Doe, with Gary Cooper and Barbara Stanwyck, is just one of the many famous Frank Capra movies that were so successful. Mr. Smith Goes to Washington is another famous Capra film starring Jimmy Stewart and Jean Arthur about a newly appointed United States Senator who fights against a corrupt political system. Mr. Deeds Goes to Town, with Gary Cooper and Jean Arthur, is another wonderful Capra film, but it’s the John Doe movie that represents the common man.

Truly, the common man elected this outsider, Donald J. Trump, who will not play the globalist games or buy into the one-world-order agenda put forth by both Republicans (the Rockefeller Kingmakers) and the Socialist Democrats for far too many decades. This outsider has promised us pro-life supreme court justices, and we need to help him achieve that goal in spades!

Pro-Life Coalition Letter

A remarkable 90 pro-life groups have signed onto the a fabulous coalition letter, drafted by Andy Schlafly and loyalists and friends of Phyllis Schlafly’s who were early Trump supporters. The letter with the pro-life group signees has been delivered to both President-elect Trump in New York, and Vice President-elect Pence in Washington D.C.

Please review the letter, because it contains an Appendix which includes six candidates on President-elect Trump’s list of 21 Supreme Court Justices who lack any pro-life record and have even shown an unwillingness to take a pro-life position publicly.

On January 1st, 2017, Fox News Sunday read from the coalition letter, and the segment was aired again later on Sunday. This widely viewed news show also used Andy Schlafly’s superb analysis of the candidates, which you can read here

Andy Schlafly believes that media and the senators will push for a woman simply because all four women on Trump’s list are not pro-life. Two true pro-life judges are Jennifer Elrod and Edith Jones who could be interviewed for the job, and I’d certainly like one of them to replace Ruth Bader Ginsburg. However, my personal opinion leans toward a strong Constitutional originalist and pro-life male candidate to replace Antonin Scalia. The three women presently on the court are far left liberals appointed by Socialist Democrat presidents.

Trump promised the American people in the last debate, and even afterwards, that he would pick only pro-life nominees, and not just from his list whose nominees came from the Federalist Society and Heritage Foundation. [Link

It is up to us, the John Does of the country, the common man who elected Mr. Trump, to stand up and fight for life. Our force is greater than we know…just look at what we have accomplished already with the outsider who is now our 45th President. We won the battle, but the war wages on, and we cannot rest on our laurels now. We can shut down the DC capital switchboard as we’ve done before. Let your voices be heard, loud and clear! Pro-life Supreme Court justices for the unborn…this is the rallying call!

The Origin of Eugenics

The history of population reduction, of the falsely alleged “genetically inferior,” via eugenics goes back farther than most Americans are aware, and it involves many of our past leaders. So, let’s do a short refresher course of Planned Parenthood and the elitists who promoted and funded eugenics.

Margaret Sanger (1922), was the first president and founder of Planned Parenthood. The origins of Planned Parenthood date to October 16, 1916, when Sanger, her sister Ethel Byrne, and Russian immigrant, Fania Mindellopened the first birth control clinic in the U.S. in the Brownsville section of the New York borough of Brooklyn.

Dr. S. Adolphus Knopf, a member of Margaret Sanger’s American Birth Control League (ABCL), which along with other groups eventually became known as Planned Parenthood.

Black Genocide)

Politicians Behind Black Genocide

According to the New American Magazine, a documentary called Maafa21, which details how the elite have been targeting African Americans since the days of slavery, has some juicy info in it regarding the politicians behind Black Genocide. Maafa21 begins in the mid-1800s with Francis Galton, (cousin of Charles Darwin) the British statistician who coined the word “eugenics,” or “selective breeding as proposed human improvement.” 

From there, Maafa 21 weaves a chilling tale of the efforts of racists in the United States to eliminate African-Americans from the population. Hitler credited American eugenicists with influencing his European agenda. Through the 20th century these influential bigots planned tactics such as injecting a sterilizing agent into public water supplies. The documentary explains how their racist efforts continue to the present day, and provides a legitimate explanation of the relatively unchanged size of the black population as compared with other races in the United States.

Funding Eugenics

The Rockefeller Foundation was established in 1912, and immediately began giving money to eugenics research organizations. (Edwin Black’s War Against the Weak) Eugenics was a pseudo-scientific and social science movement that emerged in the late 19th century, and gained significant traction in the first half of the 20th century.

The vast wealth and fortunes of the major industrialists and bankers in the United States flowed heavily into the eugenics organizations, promoting and expanding this racist and elitist ideology. Money from the Ned Harriman railroad fortune (father of W. Averell Harriman), with millions given by the Rockefeller and Carnegie family fortunes were subsequently “devoted to sterilization of several hundred thousand of American ‘defectives’ annually, as a matter of eugenics.” [Link]

Powerful American Bigots

Link] (Source: Lodi News-Sentinel – Oct 10, 1966)

In 1965, former Republican President, Dwight Eisenhower, complained that the United States was spending money to slow the population growth of responsible families while at the same time providing financial incentives for ignorant, feebleminded and lazy people to have more babies. He said that history would rightly condemn the United States if we didn’t link welfare to family-planning. At that time, Eisenhower was the co-chairman of a Planned Parenthood fund-raising campaign along with former Democratic President Harry Truman.

LBJ Birth Control Cited: “President Johnson has been the major force in shaping a virtual revolution in government thinking to help meet the global population crisis.” Planned Parenthood- World Population (Source: Pittsburgh Post-Gazette – Oct 11, 1966)

Remembered for the Vietnam War, the War on Poverty, and the Great Society, Johnson was also the first U.S. president to back federal support for birth control in social welfare and public health programs (at the urging of a Republican representative from Texas, George H. W. Bush). Margaret Sanger died midway through Johnson’s presidency in 1966.

John Ehrlichman, who was an assistant to President Richard Nixon, wrote that Nixon once told him that African-Americans could not really benefit from federal programs because they are genetically inferior to whites. Later, Nixon would label birth control a national priority and sign legislation to make it available as a service of the U.S. government. Then in March of 1972, the Commission on Population Growth and the American Future which Nixon had created three years earlier with the help of Congressional Democrats, began calling for the nationwide legalization of abortion.

Nixon stated, “A majority of people in Colorado voted for abortion, I think a majority of people in Michigan are for abortion, I think in both cases, well, certainly in Michigan, they will vote for it because they think that what’s going to be aborted generally are the little black bastards.” [Link]

The Bottom Line

In a 2009 New York Times Magazine interview, Supreme Court Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg told Emily Bazelon that, “…I had thought that at the time Roe was decided, there was concern about population growth and particularly growth in populations that we don’t want to have too many of.” The “Populations” Ginsburg and the rest of the Political Elite referred to is clearly defined in Maafa21.

Trump reminded America during his third debate with Hillary Clinton that he is not afraid to stand up for the unborn, spelling out what partial birth abortion really is…the murder of fully developed babies in the womb.

Abortion, an unjust, murderous procedure, should of course be illegal. Donald Trump has said that if he is elected president, he will appoint Supreme Court justices who would overturn Roe v. Wade and return the issue to the states where it belongs.

abortion is a racist institution.

So, tell me, who are the racists? Certainly not our 45th President, Donald J. Trump

Yes, it’s up to us, the John Does of America, to stand up for life. The bottom line is that we need true pro-life justices. What greater right do we have than the right to life?




Now we get it. Putin good, America bad

Now before you turn all red faced and apoplectic from the title, we’ll explain. Our last week’s article was entitled “Putin Needs to be Injected With a Large Dose of Estrogen“. In the 11 years we have been writing a weekly column, we have never received so many vitriolic, vile and openly hostile responses to one of our articles. The “hate America” crew and 911 Conspiracy Theorists came out of the woodwork to attack the entire premise of the article, which was Putin just isn’t a good guy and is in fact an existential threat to American sovereignty and security.

A couple of the “crew” were from Canada, but most of the arguments of the dissenters were focused on the idea that Putin had every right to invade and claim Crimea for Russia because George Soros, with American involvement, put $5 Billion into destabilizing Ukraine. And correspondingly, Putin had every right to invade Ukrainian territory because the people in the eastern part of Ukraine were of Russian descent.

Many of the critics to the article used language fit for a teenage boy’s locker room. Many of them were rude and impugned our character and intelligence. Some said they would never read our articles again. A woman critic named Nancy claimed she had an advanced degree “in something” (didn’t say) but her use of the English language was guttural, if not sewer like, at best, belying her claim of being well educated. One critic stated that the “neocons want war with Russia so that it can join the New World Order.” Most of this “hate America” crew are devotees’ of the discredited Conspiracy Theorist Paul Craig Roberts who believes the Tsarnaev brothers didn’t set off the pressure cooker bombs in Boston.

But the argument that it is OK to invade another country because the inhabitants of that country share common ancestry with the aggressor, doesn’t wash. If that were the case, then Mexico could invade southwestern America, or vice versa, because many of the inhabitants of Southwestern America share a heritage with native Mexicans. Without national boundaries there is no sovereignty. An invasion of another country, for whatever reason, is an act of war by any definition. 

Now we don’t claim to be a world expert on geopolitical issues. However, there is enough information to know that the major superpowers are playing a geopolitical push and pull chess game with smaller countries and not just in Eastern Europe. Europe and the U. S. were trying to pull Ukraine away from Russia and into NATO. Russia didn’t like that as Ukraine was part of the old Soviet Union.

None of the criticisms justify Vladimir Putin to march into sovereign territory and claim it by force of arms. In a predictable response to Putin’s military overtures in Eastern Europe, opposite military pressures are mounting against Putin. As we speak, NATO battle groups are being sent to the Baltic’s and Poland that include U. S. Special Forces. Do they want a war? NO! They want to deter a war.

But let’s get back to George Soros. George Soros’s involvement in the Ukraine was to benefit George Soros by manipulating the political process, the currency and taking over or buying outright, strategic companies like the Ukrainian State Gas Company, Naftogaz. George Soros is a currency manipulator extraordinaire and could care less where the chips fall, just so long as “the chips” benefit George Soros and his radical socialist ideologies, as implemented by his Open Society Foundations and his billions of dollars. He buys off everyone and anyone to that end, including American puppets. George Soros has engineered the downfall of whole countries. George Soros profited big time when England joined the EU and the Pound fell like a rock. George Soros is doing everything in his power to manipulate America into a socialist nation, including massive meddling in the political process. But this article and our last were not about George Soros. They were and are about Putin’s Russia and Obama’s America.

During the Russian-Separatist aggression in Ukraine, an attempt was made by the countries of Ukraine, France, Germany and Russia to stop the fighting in Eastern Ukraine under the Minsk Protocol Agreement signed in September of 2014. The Russian-backed separatists, fully armed with Russian heavy hardware, immediately started violating the Agreement. So again in February of 2015 the countries got together to hammer out the provisions of a Minsk 2 Protocol. Minsk 2 was repeatedly violated over the next year. Separatists’ violations only began to decrease after Russia entered the Syrian conflict.

Putin will continue to agitate the situation in Eastern Ukraine and the fighting will not stop until Ukraine prevails or Russia claims Eastern or all of Ukraine for Russia. Let’s not be fooled here. Russia, under Putin, is the continuing provocateur in all cases of the conflict, as he expands Russian boundaries to the edges of the old Soviet Union.

As we stated in last week’s article: “Putin openly lamented the breakup of the Soviet Union and from his actions it appears he has designs on restoring Soviet power as a dominant force in all of Asia and parts of Eastern Europe. Russia’s invasion into the Georgia provinces of Abkhazia and South Ossetia, are a peek behind the Putin curtain of his vision of Soviet dominance. The annexation of Ukrainian Crimea and invasions into Eastern Ukraine in 2014 added to Russian boundaries, in Putin’s desire to restore the power, influence and grandeur of the Soviet Union. Putin has his eyes set on the Baltic nations of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania as well, which were once part of the USSR.”

On January 5th 2017, members of the Intelligence Community testified before Congress that they were 100% certain that Russia was behind the hacking of the DNC and John Podesta’s e-mails, with the motivation of affecting the outcome of the 2016 presidential election. Further, they stated that the Russian hacking was known by or instituted by the highest levels of the Russian Government, meaning Putin. Are they lying? We don’t know, but why would they ALL lie? Here is the link to the report. You decide.

Senator John McCain called Russia’s interference into America’s election process an act of espionage and was therefore an Act of War. We fully agree with Senator McCain even though that Act of War may have saved America’s freedom, sovereignty and prosperity from the clutches of a perpetual Progressive – Socialist ideology under Hillary Clinton.

But the push-pull chess game by superpowers is not a new phenomenon. It’s been going on for millennia. When England was the major superpower and it claimed territory around the world for England, it was playing a geopolitical chess game for territory, natural resources, finance and control of merchant shipping, in an overt act of open imperialism. The boundary lines of many nations that exist today were shaped and re-shaped by English rule, under the threat of the powerful British Navy. The boundaries of India, Pakistan, Israel, Syria, Lebanon and Iraq resulted from British partition. Wars are still being fought over these British-engineered boundaries.

For years, other countries, including the United Nations, have been playing a push and pull chess game with Israel and Palestine, with most countries, including the United Nations and now Obama’s America, vehemently opposed to Israel, a Democracy and supposed American ally.

Today, China is expanding its powers throughout its region of influence, including taking over portions of the South China Sea by building military bases on manufactured islands in international waters. It continues to threaten to re-claim an independent and sovereign Taiwan. Once again, China, a superpower, sensing weakness in American resolve, is pushing the limits of its boundaries and claiming land and sea it does not rightfully own under international law, while Obama does nothing. China engages in cyber attacks against American business interests and our government, with no counter actions by the Obama Administration. In other words, there is no price to pay for any other country engaging in acts of cyber war against America. That ladies and gentlemen is national weakness and an invitation to national suicide.

Meanwhile, Commander-in-Chief Obama has ordered every carrier task force back in port. There is no carrier task force at present, prowling international waters to respond to acts of aggression by other nations, leaving America in a perilous military readiness condition. Was this by accident, or by Obama’s premeditated design to weaken America around the world just prior to leaving office?

Russia and China, both superpowers, are pushing the limits of their sovereignty as far as they can go without starting World War 3, because America, under Obama, has failed to project its power to stop them or make them pay a price. As we stated in our previous article: “Either subdue the bully or the bully will own you, or enslave you, or kill you.” Had President Kennedy not militarily challenged the Soviet Union under Khrushchev, there would still be Soviet missiles in Cuba aimed at America. If Trump does not stop or hold-in-check these bully superpowers, the future of a free, sovereign and prosperous America is in grave doubt, along with world peace.

We’ll admit that America’s foreign policy leaves a lot to be desired, especially under Obama, but at least we aren’t invading sovereign territory with military force, with the exception of those flagless, radical Islamic barbarians that attack us, hiding in other countries.

Ukraine did not attack Russia. It was the other way around. However, the “hate America” critics to our last article seemed to put a halo over Putin’s head. Their distorted logic is, Putin’s OK, because America has done the same thing and is just as bad, or worse.

Nevertheless, the facts in our last article were indisputable. Putin did invade Crimea and claimed it for Russia by force, in violation of international law. Putin did invade Ukraine and now occupies territory in a sovereign nation, again in violation of international law. (One critic stated unequivocally that there was no such thing as international law.)

Putin did join with Bashar al Assad of Syria, another brutal bully and despot, to crush the Syrian opposition. Putin’s Russia is also an ally of the largest exporter of world terror on the planet, Iran and openly defies American interests. Putin, the alpha male, easily ran circles around Obama, the omega male. Putin is a bully, a thug, a narcissist, a killer, a murderer, an assassin, a brute and a despot. He is, without any doubt, an existential threat to world peace and to American sovereignty and security. America ignored Hitler and his defeat came at great cost. How long will America wait before it openly challenges the bully Putin?

It would appear that our recent article on Putin has brought out a number of people who reside on the extreme edges of the “Bell Shaped Curve”, some of whom resorted, unprofessionally, to expletives undeleted. This apparent “hate America” crew, appear to elevate all foreign leaders and their national interests above American interests, while demeaning American interests. Is America perfect, of course not?

The main point of our last article, in our opinion, is that Putin is no “clean cut Russian boy.” In fact he is very dangerous. It seems strange that some people are having such a hard time understanding that. Still, the criticisms to our last article continue to drift in. Hopefully, THIS article will inhibit any further criticisms, but we aren’t holding our breath.

Regardless of the vitriolic criticism of and attempts to emasculate our last article on Putin, we stand by it ….. without apology. This will be our last word on the subject and we will move on to other subjects in subsequent columns. In the words of one French philosopher: “let … que mes critiques manger le gateau.”

[Even though we write about national and international issues, our organization’s major focus is being advocates for America’s rural landowners. If you are a rural landowner, you owe it to yourself to check out the NARLO website HERE. The information and services we provide to rural landowners is without equal.]

[EDITORS NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

© 2017 Ron Ewart — All Rights Reserved




The nature of constitutional law

The advent of constant constitutional infringements against the people and their states over the past years has caused an increasing number of Americans to return to the Founding documents for guidance. Some 240 years after our founding as a free independent nation, it is once again in style to be a “constitutionalist” in the model of our Founding Fathers. 

However, being a constitutionalist circa 2017 isn’t as easy as one might think. Although the Constitution and Bill of Rights were written and ratified in simple English, as opposed to legalese, many struggle to glean the truth when working to reestablish and enforce the Rule of Constitutional Law – So few words, so many interpretations of what those simple English words mean. 

Because interpretations are most often driven by political agenda, by policy makers, law professionals, the news media and political activists from the full spectrum, an endless debate over the meaning of words has often placed the grasp of the Founders intent out of reach for average Americans who rely on “experts” to interpret for them, that which they can easily interpret for themselves.

Natural Law vs. Common Law

In the effort to know, understand and uphold the U.S. Constitution, the first step is the most important step. You cannot head east by setting your first foot down headed west. 

The Declaration of Independence established the basic foundations for everything. 

The opening preamble to the Declaration reads as follows;

IN CONGRESS, JULY 4, 1776
The unanimous Declaration of the thirteen United States of America

When in the Course of human events it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them, a decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.

The preamble establishes both the purpose of the declaration, “to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station;” our independence, and under what legal foundation, “to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them;” 

From this moment in history forward, everything the Founders created in the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights that followed, was erected upon this founding principle and set of laws, “the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God.” The modern term for this set of laws is Natural Law, a set of inalienable universal laws which apply to all of mankind, endowed by our Creator, existing as part of the natural condition and beyond the authority of legislators, magistrates or governments.

Today’s law professionals will tell you that you have “constitutional rights” and that our “Common Law” courts exist to protect these rights. If this were true, our Constitutional Republic would not be on the brink of extinction today.

What Americans have is “natural rights” that are “endowed by our Creator” – which are protected by the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Common Law is “the part of English law that is derived from custom and judicial precedentrather than statutes, often contrasted with statutory law.” Because Common Law is derived from custom and judicial precedent, it is the mortal enemy of Natural Law, which means, the mortal enemy of Natural Rights as well.

The Basis of Natural Law

By definition – Natural Law is a body of unchanging moral principles regarded as a basis for all human conduct; an observable law relating to natural phenomena. This is the basis for all “inalienable natural rights,” beginning with but not limited to Life, Liberty and the individual pursuit of Happiness. The Bill of Rights is not a set of additional specific rights, it is additional protections for certain specific inalienable natural rights.

Thus, any statue or even constitutional amendment which is at odds with any fundamental natural right, is “unconstitutional” and unenforceable on its face. But according to modern Common Law lawyers, these unconstitutional acts enjoy “federal supremacy.”

The source of information of Natural Law for our Founders was Vattel’s Law of Nations, which is not an international “treaty” or law, but rather a world renowned “treatise” on the broad subject of Natural Law. We know this because our Founders recorded such reference in their writings. Common Law professionals seek power using legal customs and precedence to undermine constitutionally protected natural rights. 

In recent years, these British Law practices have been used by U.S. Courts to undermine the Constitution and subvert the Natural Rights of the people and their states, making Common Law a mortal enemy of Natural Law and the U.S. Constitutional Republic.

The Natural Born Citizen example

Natural Born Citizen is a requirement for both President and Vice President of the United States, with good reason. For the past eight years, there has been an ongoing debate over what those three simple English words mean, even though all three words appear in every English dictionary and Vattel’s Law of Nationsspends an entire Chapter (XIX) explaining the Natural Law concept of Natural Born Citizen.

Attempts to amend Article II requirements for the Oval Office by way of Common Law arguments and precedence are responsible for all the confusion over those three simple words. To put a fine point on the matter, every Common-Law citizen is a “naturalized citizen,” the opposite of Natural Born. Only a citizen via Natural Law is a Natural Born Citizen.

The Common Law Threat

Founder Thomas Jefferson said it best in a letter to William Jarvis, Sept. 28, 1820 – “You seem . . . to consider the judges as the ultimate arbiters of all constitutional questions; a very dangerous doctrine indeed, and one which would place us under the despotism of an oligarchy. Our judges are as honest as other men, and not more so . . . and their power [is] the more dangerous, as they are in office for life and not responsible, as the other functionaries are, to the elective control. The Constitution has erected no such single tribunal, knowing that to whatever hands confided, with corruptions of time and party, its members would become despots.”

Jefferson concluded in a letter to Thomas Ritchie, Dec. 25, 1820 – “The judiciary of the United States is the subtle corps of sappers and miners constantly working under ground to undermine the foundations of our confederated fabric. They are construing our constitution from a co-ordination of a general and special government to a general and supreme one alone. This will lay all things at their feet, and they are too well versed in English law to forget the maxim, ‘boni judicis est ampliare jurisdictionem’ [good judges have ample jurisdiction]. . . . A judiciary independent of a king or executive alone, is a good thing; but independence of the will of the nation is a solecism, at least in a republican government.”

It has only gotten worse since Jefferson made these statements! Not only has the judicial branch failed to uphold and preserve the Constitution, it has become its greatest threat, acting in concert with the Executive branch in subversive fashion.

Draining this Swamp

The 2016 election that hoisted anti-politician Donald J. Trump to President-elect was a nationwide voter revolt against the ongoing destruction of our sovereign Constitutional Republic.

In May of 2016, Tim Harrington and I released what became the most critical FIVE STAR rated book available in 2016 – TRUMPED: The New American Revolution. This 14 chapter fast read defines the swamp in great detail and how to drain it… Many who thought it was a campaign book for Donald Trump fast learned that the book is far more than that. 

It’s an expose’ on who created the swamp, when, why and how they created it, and what the American people must do to drain it. The election of Donald Trump buys the American people a little time and opportunity to do that… But without understanding the swamp, they will never succeed in draining it.

We are a Constitutional Republic only so long as the American people know what that is… where its foundations come from… their role in protecting and preserving it and how to drain the swamp.

Without this critical knowledge, they will not drain the swamp, nor will they continue to be a free sovereign Constitutional Republic of, by and for the people of the United States.

The Nature of Constitutional Law is to prevent men from ruling over mankind via British Common Law tactics of custom and precedence. The nature of Common Law is to undermine Constitutional Law and eliminate all Natural Rights.


JB Williams is a writer on matters of history and American politics with more than 3000 pieces published over a twenty-year span. He is co-author of the just released book – TRUMPED – The New American Revolution – with co-author Timothy Harrington, published by COFBooks.com. He has a decidedly conservative reverence for the Charters of Freedom, the men and women who have paid the price of freedom and liberty for all, and action oriented real-time solutions for modern challenges. He is a Christian, a husband, a father, a researcher, author and writer as well as a small business owner. He is co-founder of action organizations The United States Patriots Union, a civilian parent organization for The Veteran Defenders of America. He is also co-founder of The North American Law Center, a citizen run investigative legal research and activism organization focused upon constitutionally protected Natural Rights under Natural Law. Williams also co-hosts TNALC Radio every Sunday evening at 5:00 PM ET with TNALC Lead Counsel Stephen Pidgeon and he receives mail at: jb.uspu@gmail.com

Web site 1: www.PatriotsUnion.org

Web site 2: www.VeteranDefenders.org

Web site 3: www.COFBooks.com

Web site 4: www.TNALC.org

Web site 5: www.patriotvoice.net/TNALC

E-Mail: JB.USPU@gmail.com




A monetary litmus test for Mr. Trump Pt. 2

Second, if the Board of Governors and the Federal Reserve regional banks are to be “abolish[ed]”, so too must Federal Reserve Notes disappear. For “Federal reserve notes, to be issued at the discretion of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System for the purpose of making advances to Federal reserve banks * * * and for no other purpose, are authorized”; and only “[t]he Board of Governors * * * shall have the right * * * to grant in whole or in part, or to reject entirely the application of any Federal Reserve bank for Federal Reserve notes”. 12 U.S.C. §§ 411 and 414. (Conversely, if Federal Reserve Notes are to be retained, the Board and the Federal Reserve regional banks must continue in operation as the mutually complementary sources of those Notes.) Federal Reserve Notes, however, make up the great bulk of the circulating currency of the United States. The questions then arise: If Federal Reserve Notes were “abolish[ed]” as the necessary consequence of “abolish[ing]” those components of the Federal Reserve System which could be “abolish[ed]” (that is, the Board of Governors and the Federal Reserve regional banks), then what currency would most Americans use in their day-to-day commercial and other private transactions? And in what currency would taxes and other public dues, and various governmental expenditures, be paid at every level of the federal system?

D. Some individuals argue that, in order to reinstate sound money in this country’s economy, it would not be necessary to “abolish the Fed”, as long as Congress repealed the statute which provides that “United States coins and currencies (including Federal reserve notes and circulating notes of Federal reserve banks and national banks) are legal tender for all debts, public charges, taxes, and dues”. 31 U.S.C. § 5103. Were this provision stricken from the United States Code, these people contend, anyone could use any currency for the payment of debts; and everyone (in the exercise of rationality) would sooner or later take advantage of that freedom to choose currencies more stable than Federal Reserve Notes. The ensuing competition among currencies would work a reversal of Gresham’s Law, in the long run driving Federal Reserve Notes out of general circulation. This notion, unfortunately, is ill informed.

In law and fact, today no one is required to employ only Federal Reserve Notes as “legal tender” in any private contract. Anyone can contract for payment in any legitimate currency, including gold and silver, to the absolute exclusion of Federal Reserve Notes. Confusion arises on this score because many Americans seem to be possessed by the notion that Congress has outlawed so-called “gold-clause contracts”. Indeed, Congress did so in 1933. But that prohibition has been set aside with respect to private obligations issued after 27 October 1977. See 31 U.S.C. § 5118(a) and (d). And the States cannot disable themselves from entering into enforceable “gold-clause contracts”. See U.S. Const. art. I, § 10, cl. 1. (But the government of the United States has statutorily crippled itself in that regard. See 31 U.S.C. 5118(b) and (c).)

The problem with competition among currencies for private parties and the States is that, in order to take advantage of economically sound and constitutional currencies as alternatives to Federal Reserve Notes, Americans must have at hand mechanisms which will enable them to employ those currencies efficiently in their day-to-day transactions within the free market and with the States’ governments. Such mechanisms do not now exist to any worthwhile extent. The “member banks” in the Federal Reserve System, for example, do not provide their customers with the option of opening “gold accounts” or “silver accounts” through which ownership of aliquots of precious metals can be transferred from one account-holder to another by checks, electronic transfers, and so on, in the same manner as Federal Reserve Note balances. Until the “member banks” do provide that option, or States in significant numbers establish gold and silver depository-banks of their own (as Texas is doing), no real competition between gold and silver, on the one hand, and Federal Reserve Notes, on the other hand, can take place.

E. In the absence of gold and silver currencies circulating side-by-side with Federal Reserve Notes in open and fair competition, Americans are compelled by circumstances to depend upon those Notes (and bank-deposits payable therein) as their only practical currency. So, if the Federal Reserve System should collapse, and Federal Reserve Notes should become next to worthless through hyperinflation, America’s economy would tumble into the black pit of chaos. The Globalist International is, of course, preparing for that eventuality—and may even be plotting to bring it about during the first years of the Trump Administration. However such chaos may arise, when it does the Globalist International, through the International Monetary Fund or some other monetary machinery of “the new world order”, will impose upon this country a new fiat currency—controlled, of course, by the Globalist International. This will shackle Americans more tightly to “the new world order” than ever they have or could have been chained through the Federal Reserve System.

In order to avoid this dire fate, the Trump Administration must set competition among currencies in motion well before the present economic crisis degenerates into a full-blown monetary and banking catastrophe which prevents such competition from even starting. With the benefit of contemporary computer technology, it would be easy enough, through a gradual process mediated by the free market, to establish economically sound and constitutional alternative currencies of gold and silver as viable competitors against Federal Reserve Notes. In the short term, the introduction of such alternative currencies would to a large degree obviate, or at least mitigate, the immediate danger that a collapse of the banking system could (almost surely would) leave Americans with no functioning currency at all, until the Globalist International proffered one at the cost of this country’s sovereignty. In the long run, the introduction of such alternative currencies would bring the full force of the free market to bear against the Federal Reserve System, leading to its gradual self-abolition, as the “member banks” found themselves compelled by economic pressures beyond the Globalist International’s ability to resist to replace Federal Reserve Notes with the alternative currencies as their customers’ preferred media of exchange. And requiring the “member banks” to establish gold and silver accounts for their private customers and perhaps the States as well would not run afoul of the statutory prohibition in 31 U.S.C. § 5118(b) that “[t]he United States Government may not pay out any gold coin”, for the self-evident reason that neither the private “member banks”, nor the States, nor even the private Federal Reserve regional banks are “[t]he United States Government”.

F. My NewsWithViews commentary “Presidential Questions” describes how a patriotic President could use 12 U.S.C. § 95(a) to compel the banks in the Federal Reserve System to make sound and constitutional alternative currencies available to their customers. (The same statute could also be employed, for example, to require the banks to abide by the principles of the Glass-Steagall Act; to punish financial gambling by compelling the banks to write off many of the fantastic “derivatives” on their books as the unenforceable wagers they really are; to impose accountability on the extremely dangerous profession of central banking by passing through from the banks as institutions to their officials as individuals the responsibility to make up the losses their customers may suffer from the banks’ negligence or intentional wrongdoing; and even to prohibit the banks from advancing the agenda of “gun controllers” through discrimination against businesses that deal in the firearms necessary to secure “the right of the people to keep and bear Arms” which the Second Amendment declares “shall not be infringed”.)

That, in the present economic and political circumstances confronting this country, 12 U.S.C. § 95(a) should be bent to those and other worthwhile purposes needs no elaborate explanation. It suffices to remind the readers of this commentary that, at the height of the monetary and banking crisis of the 1930s, Congress extended to President Franklin D. Roosevelt the authority now to be found in that statute, which mandates that,

[i]n order to provide for the safer and more effective operation of the National Banking System and the Federal Reserve System, to preserve for the people the full benefits of the currency provided for by the Congress through the National Banking System and the Federal Reserve System, and to relieve interstate commerce of the burdens and obstructions resulting from the receipt on an unsound or unsafe basis of deposits subject to withdrawal by check, during such emergency period as the President of the United States by proclamation may prescribe, no member bank of the Federal Reserve System shall transact any banking business except to such extent and subject to such regulations, limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, with the approval of the President. Any individual, partnership, corporation, or association, or any director, officer or employee thereof, violating any of the provisions of this section shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall be fined not more than $10,000 or, if a natural person, may, in addition to such fine, be imprisoned for a term not exceeding ten years. Each day that any such violation continues shall be deemed a separate offense.

What deserves emphasis is that, if President Trump hopes to defend his Administration successfully against dirty dealings, defiance, domination, and even destruction by the Globalist International, he must rein in the Federal Reserve System by employing in a determined, definitive, and decisive manner the very tools Congress provided to President Roosevelt. For no better tools are available. And he must act right now, not later on. The Globalist International will afford him no other option. He must, as it were, bite the bullet today, or else bite the dust tomorrow. All that is needed is for President Trump “by proclamation [to] prescribe” an “emergency period”, and to extend his “approval” to the necessary and sufficient “regulations, limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed by [his] Secretary of the Treasury”. Neither Congress nor the Judiciary need be called upon to take any action.

First, President Trump must seize the initiative—acting, rather than reacting. He cannot wait for the present economic crisis to burst forth in a cataclysm for which the “mainstream media” will unfairly but unrelentingly hold him personally accountable. Rather, he must unstintingly and unsparingly assign the blame for the hard times ahead to the individuals and institutions actually responsible for these troubles. The American people are entitled to know the malefactors’ names, to see their faces, and to review the rap-sheets that record their wrongdoing.

Second, President Trump must announce, in no uncertain terms, that his Administration will no longer tolerate privileged sanctuaries from which bankers and their cronies on Wall Street can launch future campaigns of financial aggression and looting against the American people, and then within which they can shelter from their impoverished victims’ legal and political retaliation, retribution, and justifiable demands for restitution. Under the Trump Administration, no banks, bankers, or Wall Street financial casinos and speculators can be deemed “too big to fail” or (especially) “too big to jail”. Or “too big to be subjected to constant and close surveillance” in order to deter failures born of negligence and to punish criminal offenses—for if average Americans who pose no conceivable threat to this country’s economy can be exposed to the NSA’s interminable probing into every last one of their innocuous e-mails, surely the operations of the bankers and speculators who have already gutted this nation’s economy through their incompetence and crooked deals, and absent strict supervision can be expected to continue to blunder and cheat, deserve no less microscopic examination.

Third, through the contemporary equivalent of President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s “fireside chats”, President Trump must go over the heads of the “mainstream media” to explain in detail to the American people what he is doing, why he is doing it, and especially the source of his authority for those actions.

Fourth, one may expect the bankers to whine that President Trump’s employment of legislation as draconian as 12 U.S.C. § 95(a) will disregard—indeed, will put paid to—the vaunted “independence” of the Federal Reserve System. That “independence”, however, is purely mythical. Under the Constitution, Congress could have licensed the Federal Reserve System to devise and put into effect “monetary policy” only if Congress enjoyed the power to set the terms of “monetary policy” itself. And Congress could not have delegated this power, in whole or in part, to the Federal Reserve System in such a manner that it could never rescind that delegation, in whole or in part, whenever and to whatever degree it saw fit. So the Federal Reserve System could never claim “independence” from Congress—or from the President, exercising the authority Congress extended to him in 12 U.S.C. § 95(a). Moreover, even if under color of some aberrant legal theory Congress could have purported to delegate its authority over “monetary policy” completely and irrevocably to the private banks in the cartel—a notion at war with the principles enunciated in the Supreme Court’s decision in A.L.A. Schechter Poultry Corporation v. United States, 295 U.S. 495, 529-537 (1935) (“[s]uch a delegation of legislative power [to private cartels] is unknown to our law and * * * utterly inconsistent with the constitutional prerogatives and duties of Congress”)—in fact it has never done so. Quite the contrary: Section 30 of the original Federal Reserve Act wisely provided that “[t]he right [of Congress] to amend, alter, or repeal this Act is hereby expressly reserved”. An Act To provide for the establishment of Federal reserve banks, to furnish an elastic currency, to afford means of rediscounting commercial paper, to establish a more effective supervision of banking in the United States, and for other purposes, Act of 23 December 1913, CHAP. 6, 38 Stat. 251, 275. And the terms of 12 U.S.C. § 95(a) make it pellucid that the latter statute is an amazingly foresightful exercise of the authority Congress so reserved.

Fifth and last, President Trump must premonish the bankers that, if they refuse to coöperate to their utmost in implementing “such regulations, limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, with the approval of the President”, then one and all they will be held personally accountable under the statutory directive that “[e]ach day that any such violation continues shall be deemed a separate offense”. The bankers might rightly consider this the very zenith of bad news; but neither they nor their megaphones in the “mainstream media” would be able to dismiss it as “fake news”.

If President Trump passes this litmus test, then in the fashion of the Big Bad Wolf the Globalist International can huff and puff and threaten to blow America’s economic house down to its heart’s content. But, with 12 U.S.C. § 95(a) as a Sword of Damocles hanging over the bankers’ heads, Mr. Trump and “the Deplorables” whose welfare he has promised to champion can weather that storm of bluff and bluster, and lay the indispensable monetary groundwork to “make America great again”

Click here for part —–> 1, 2,

© 2017 Edwin Vieira, Jr. – All Rights Reserved




Left’s mission accomplished: blacks torturing whites

Upon hearing that 4 blacks kidnapped and tortured a disabled white man, I wanted to say to the Left (Democrats, mainstream media, Hollywood and Black Lives Matter), “Mission accomplished.” The 4 pieces of pond-scum forced their white hostage to say f*** Trump and f*** white people.

Folks, make no mistake about it. While some on the Left claim to be upset, this is exactly the hate and violence they hope to generate throughout Trump’s entire presidency. A farmer does not plant corn and then is surprised when stalks of corn begin to grow. The Left has been planting seeds of racial hate and division ever since white America elected Obama. Why? Because the Left needed to be able to scream “racism” whenever anyone opposed Obama (their Trojan Horse) implementing their far-left-radical socialist/progressive agenda.

Leftist billionaire George Soros gave Black Lives Matter $33 million to wreck havoc in our streets; sowing seeds of racial paranoia, fear and hate. The Leftist Ford Foundation pledged $100 million to Black Lives Matter to sow lies about cops and whites. And what did BLM do? BLM declared it “open season” on killing cops and white people.

Leftist Hollywood idiot director, Quentin Tarantino planted hate in blacks at an anti-cop rally calling cops murderers of blacks.

Obama irrigated fields of discord planted by the New Black Panther Party when his DOJ allowed the hate group to illegally offer a $10k bounty for George Zimmerman.

Despite evidence confirming that Michael Brown was shot while attacking a police officer, Leftist media relentlessly nurtured the lie that the black youth was shot while surrendering with his hands up, yelling, “Don’t shoot.”

The Democrat Party doubled down using their “white-cop-murdered-Brown-lie” as fertilizer to feed their seeds of hate planted in the minds of black Americans. The Democrats despicably invited Brown’s mom to speak at their national convention.

As a decent human being, you are probably asking, “Lloyd, why would Democrats sow lies to grow racial hate in black Americans?” Answer: The more the Left can get blacks hating and fearing cops and whites, the more blacks will vote for Democrats. The more Democrats in government, the more the Left can force its wacko agenda on Americans.

When voters blew the Left’s mind by selecting Trump over Hillary, the Left tripled down on their sowing seeds of hate and fear, fertilizing their seeds with fowl smelling evil lies. Upon Trump winning the WH, the Left immediately hired Trump protesters to riot, paying them $1500 per week.

How could the Left relentlessly sow seeds of fear and hate 24/7 and not expect a harvest of attacks on innocent whites and assassinations of police? Do not be fooled folks. The Left is ecstatic that they are reaping exactly what they planted; black rage and violence against cops, whites, Trump, his voters and America.

Will this horrific incident of blacks torturing a disabled white man cause the Left to abandon lying, sowing seeds of hate, fear and violence? Quite the opposite. The Left is fast and furiously seeking new ways to broadcast their seeds of destruction to greater audiences. This is the satanic evil we are dealing with folks.

All one needs to know about the Left is implementing their socialist/progressive, anti-God, anti-America and anti-traditional-values agenda trumps everything. National security, national race relations and American lives are deemed acceptable collateral damage.

Meanwhile, these evil people receive high marks for compassion. The reality is Leftists have no regard for individuals, viewing them as mere pawns for furthering their agenda. Leftists stomp the life out of anyone preventing them from shoving their evil agenda down the throats of the masses.

Now is the time to call-out the Left and defeat them.

Lloyd Marcus, Proud Unhyphenated American
Chairman – CampaignToDefeatObama.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved




Are the CFR conspirators trying to overthrow Trump

In a previous article I explained how the CFR globalist conspirators created the Central Intelligence Agency only to protect and advance their own interests, and how the Agency has never worked for the American people.[1]It seems that currently they are using their CIA to overthrow President-Elect Donald Trump.

Granted, this is not the first time the CFR conspirators have used the CIA to overthrow world leaders who don’t comply with their wishes. Just a few years after they created the CIA in 1948, they used it to overthrow the Prime Minister of Iran and the President of Guatemala.

Initially, the CIA was structurally divided into four different directorates: Intelligence, Support, Administration, and Plans, each one headed by a Deputy Director. Eventually the Directorate of Administration disappeared, and the Directorate of Science and technology was created. As is everything related to the CIA, however, the name “Directorate of Plans” was intentionally highly misleading. It actually had to do with the armed branch of the CIA, the one devoted to covert military operations of sabotage, subversion, terrorism, and psychological warfare.

After the end of World War II, Allen Dulles served as a government consultant in matters of intelligence. In 1948, after the CIA’s “failure” to forecast Colombia’s Bogotazo riots of April 9, 1948, Dulles was appointed to chair a three-man commission responsible for assessing the U.S. Pintelligence system and the CIA’s failure to predict the Bogotazo.[2]

The Dulles Report of 1949 (also known as the “Dulles-Jackson-Correa Report”) was a hatchet job on CIA Director Admiral Roscoe Hillenkoetter. It held Hillenkoetter responsible for what it considered a major and ongoing failure in intelligence coordination.[3] It is interesting to see that the common explanation for CIA’s alleged “failures” —not connecting the dots for lack of inter-agency communication— was an excuse invented less than a year after the Agency was created and the CFR conspirators have consistently continued using it ad nauseam. One of the latest examples was the 9/11 Commission Report.

Hillenkoetter was a professional military man, the first CIA Director and the third Director of Central Intelligence of three short-tenured directors of a transitional organization called the Central Intelligence Group —the first two had been Admiral Sidney Souers and General Hoyt Vandenberg. When in the spring of 1947 the Central Intelligence Group was renamed Central Intelligence Agency, Admiral Hillenkoetter, who was not under the control of the CFR conspirators, became CIA’s first Director.

As a result of Dulles’ biased report and his conspiratorial activities behind the curtains, supported by undersecretary of State Robert Lovett (CFR-controlled, Skull & Bones) and Robert Blum (CFR), an aide to Defense Secretary James Forrestal (CFR),[4] in October 1950 Hillenkoetter was substituted by General Walter Bedell Smith, a CFR member.[5] A year later, in 1951, Dulles was made CIA’s Deputy Director for Plans, the CIA’s clandestine arm in charge of covert operations.

Two years later, in 1953, CFR agent President Dwight D. Eisenhower appointed Allen Dulles Director of Central Intelligence and CIA Director. Finally, the CFR conspirators were in full command of the aberrant monster they had created: the CIA. The very same year he was appointed CIA Director, Dulles and his Wall Street masters used the CIA to overthrow the Iranian nationalist leader, Prime Minister Mohammed Mossadegh.

In 1928 the Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, the Royal Dutch-Shell, and the Anglo-Iranian Oil Company had formed a powerful oil cartel. But Mossadegh nationalized Iran’s oil production, breaking the oil cartel. This action sealed Mossadegh’s fate. Some American oil companies, in which Dulles was directly involved, feared their interests had been threatened by Mossadegh’s nationalist views. In 1953 Dulles used the newly created CIA’s covert action branch to overthrow Mossadegh by a CIA planned and executed coup d’ètat. The CIA had used its covert action capacity not to protect the interests of the American people, but the interests of the CFR conspirators.

The Iranian operation was so successful, that they repeated it a year later. In 1954 the CIA planned and executed Operation Ajax, the coup d’ètat that overthrew Guatemala’s democratically-elected head of state President Jacobo Arbenz. The reason for this was not because Arbenz threatened the American people but because, a few months after being elected, he nationalized some unused land owned by the United Fruit Company.

Allen Dulles and his brother John Foster Dulles were partners in the Wall Street law firm of Sullivan & Cromwell. Among their important clients was the Rockefeller-owned United Fruit. With John Foster Dulles heading the State Department and Allen Dulles heading the CIA, they were the czars of Eisenhower’s foreign policy, and they made sure that the interests of Sullivan & Cromwell clients weren’t ignored.

The Guatemalan coup, which cost American taxpayers $20 million (a considerable amount of money at the time), was perhaps a setback for American interests in Latin America, because it reinforced the image of an imperial U.S. forcibly affecting the destinies of her Latin American neighbors. It was, however, a total success for CIA director Allen Dulles and his powerful CFR masters.

The Mossadegh and Arbenz operations were so successful that the CFR conspirators have repeated the same procedure again and again with good results. Some years later they repeated it again in Chile.

In 1973, after a long process of destabilization carried out by both the CIA and Fidel Castro, democratically-elected Chilean President Salvador Allende was overthrown by a coup d’ètat. The Agency had run a powerful propaganda campaign against Allende, directed at convincing the conservative middle classes that Allende was a Stalinist would-be despot and a tool of Moscow and Castro. On his part, Castro carried out a propaganda campaign directed at convincing the Left that Allende was not radical enough.

It was not a coincidence that John McCone (CFR), a former CIA Director, headed ITT, one of the U.S. corporations actively involved in the coup. Also, war criminal Henry Kissinger (CFR) played an active role in the coup against Allende.

But the CIA’s nefarious activities have not been limited to actions abroad. Despite the fact that the CIA is not supposed to act in US territory, CFR agents infiltrated inside the Agency have used it to overthrow at least two American presidents: John F. Kennedy and Richard Nixon, and were very close to overthrowing President Reagan to bring their secret agent George H.W. Bush into the White House.

What is new, however, is that the CFR conspirators are currently using the CIA in a desperate effort to overthrow not a sitting US president but a President Elect. Now, in order to fully understand why the CFR conspirators are planning such an unprecedented thing we need to really understand what really happened in the past presidential election.

If you believe what the mainstream media and the disinformers of both sides of the Repucratic coin are trying to make us believe, the past election was a victory for Republican candidate Donald Trump over Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton. Moreover, it was a victory for conservative Americans in their fight against liberal, progressives.

 Nothing could be farther from the truth.

The result of the past election was not a victory for Donald Trump. Actually, it was a calamitous defeat for the forces behind the New Gay World Order, particularly the CFR conspirators and their minions.

To top it off, Trump’s election by the American people has coincided with the Brexit, the growing collapse of the European Union, Russia’s strong opposition to their New Gay World Order, the CFR’s failure to overthrow Assad in Syria to give control of the whole Middle East to extremist Muslims, the refusal of Philippine’s President Duterte to play their game, and the Colombian people’s rejection of a Peace Accord with the murderous, corrupt FARC guerrilla.[6]

No wonder the CFR conspirators are so nervous and concerned about their future. It seems, though, that they still refuse to accept the reality of their defeat and are desperately planning to avoid at all costs that Donald Trump becomes the next president of the United States — even if to avoid it they have to push America into a nuclear Armageddon. The CIA, Obama, and their lapdog John McCain, a traitor and one of the most despicable characters of American politics, are working hard to push America into it.

Currently, the same people who told us that Saddam Hussein was stockpiling weapons of mass destruction in Iraq are now desperately trying to delegitimize Trump by claiming that the Russian government influenced the results of the election. Moreover, impostor Barry Soetoro has declared that he plans to stay in Washington D.C. with Michael in order to create a “shadow government” to fight President Trump.[7] Now, given the fact that Soetoro is a mentally-retarded moron, one has to conclude that his “shadow government” will be fully under the control of the Invisible Government controlled by the Wall Street bankers, oil magnates and CEOs of transnational corporations ensconced at the Council on Foreign Relations in Manhattan.

Nevertheless, we should not be surprised by the globalist conspirators’ knee-jerk reaction. They have plenty of reasons to be scared to death.

It is evident that one of Trump’s goals is to disassemble the New Gay World Order machinery the globalist conspirators have so carefully been assembling during the past hundred years. An investigation of Obama’s true place of birth may bring him to a long vacation in a federal prison and will automatically invalidate all his executive orders and maybe even his nominations to the Supreme Court. An investigation into Hillary’s shady deals through her Foundation may send her to join Obama. An investigation of McCain’s activities at the Hanoi Hilton may uncover his dirtiest secret. An investigation of the roles of George W. Bush, Dick Cheney and other CFR members in the 9/11 events may bring stiff penalties to them and their accomplices. Even worse, an investigation of the treacherous role of the Council on Foreign Relations may result in its destruction.[8]

Obviously, the CFR conspirators cannot risk these possibilities. For them, preventing a Trump presidency is a matter of life or death.

During a 1992 interview with Sarah McLendon, at the time a senior journalist of the White House press corps, George G.W. Bush told her: “Sarah, if the American people ever find out what we have done, they would chase us down the street and lynch us.”[9] Well, currently a large majority of the American people has found out, and apparently the CFR conspirators have not yet realized that the only person who stands between them and the lynch mobs is Donald Trump. He is their only chance they have to solve this problem in a legal, civilized way.

So, the traitorous CFR conspirators should tread carefully, and not underestimate Trump and his allies. The fact that he has already selected for this cabinet several prestigious retired military officers indicates that he is prepared for any contingency, including an attempt at coup d’etat.

The best the CFR conspirators should do is accept their defeat, keep their agents and puppets under a tight leash, and avoid an incident that may bring them dire consequences.

Servando is the uthor of Psychological Warfare and the New World Order and I Dare Call It Treason, and the DVDs Treason in America and Partners in Treason, all of them available at NewsWithViews.


Footnotes:

1. Servando Gonzalez, “Ban the CIA. Now!” NewsWithViews.com, December 23, 2006.
2. For an in depth analysis of the Bogotazo and Fidel Castro’s role in it see Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the New World Order.
3. In his study of the first years of the CIA, The Central Intelligence Agency: An Instrument of Government to 1950 (University Park, Pennsylvania: The Pennsylvania State University Press, 1990), Arthur B. Darling, the Agency’s first official historian and a scholar of honor and integrity, heavily criticized the Dulles-Jackson-Correa report. When Allen Dulles became CIA Director in 1953 he restricted access to Darling’s study, which was not made public until 1990.
4. Forrestal eventually became one of the CFR’s strongest critics, but at the time of the Hillenkoetter affair he was still under the control of the conspirators. Like many CFR critics, Forrestal committed suicide under strange circumstances.
5. In honor to truth, at that time even some CFR members were not fully under the control of the CFR conspirators. I think General Bedell Smith was one of them.
6. According to some analysts, the main reason why the “No” won the plebiscite was because of the several mentions of special treatment for LGBT people. See Nicholas Casey, “Colombian Opposition to Peace Deal Feeds Off Gay Rights Backlash.” The New York Times, October 8, 2016. Given the fact that the initial document allegedly was created in Cuba, I have the feeling that it was actually written at the CFR.
7. See Roberet Jonatan, “President Obama Creating an Anti-Trump Shadow Government, Author Ed Klein Claims,” Inquieitr.com, December 19, 2016.
8. In 1956 FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover (not a CFR member) received hundreds of letters from concerned citizens and members of Congress, accusing the Council on Foreign Relations of treason and promoting communism through its agents infiltrated in the U.S. government. Hoover ordered an investigation but, soon after, President Eisenhower (CFR) dictated an order prohibiting the FBI from investigating federal government employees. For the whole story see “Warning! How the FBI’s Criminal-Espionage Investigation of the CFR Was Foiled. [Link]
9. Robert Morrow. “Jeb Bush, Oliver North and the Murder of CIA Drug Smuggler Barry Seal in 1986.” Daily Kos. May 13, 2013.


 

 




A monetary litmus test for Mr. Trump Pt. 1

PART 1 of 2

Recently, various analysts and commentators in the alternative media have darkly speculated that, rather than presenting a real opportunity to “make America great again”, Donald Trump’s ascendency to the Oval Office actually provides the Globalist International with the perfect opportunity to take a giant stride in the direction of a “new world order” in which America will be reduced to a mere satrapy in a grandiose scheme of totalitarian “global governance”. Their negative appreciations of the situation and prognostications generally follow these lines:

(i) The world is now confronted by an ever-intensifying economic crisis which is insoluble within and through the present international arrangements of fiat currencies, fractional-reserve central banking and allied financial dealings, politically orchestrated “free trade”, and so on.

(ii) When this crisis finally explodes in a worldwide catastrophe—whether in the form of an economic contraction in comparison to which the Great Depression of the 1930s will appear as a period of prosperity, of the hyperinflation of major currencies such as the Federal Reserve Note which will dwarf the Weimar inflation of 1923, or of one followed by the other—entirely new arrangements will have to be made.

(iii) The onset of such a catastrophe could be the result of chance. Or it could be brought about by the Globalist International, which now controls all of the world’s major financial institutions through the engineered collapse of which the cataclysm could be triggered at almost any time.

(iv) In either event, although in fairness Mr. Trump cannot possibly be blamed for any of the circumstances which are leading up to and will cause the catastrophe—for which, self-evidently, the Globalist International should be condemned as fully responsible, its political puppets having been in power throughout most of the Western world since the end of World War II—the Trump Administration will be held at fault. Not only that, but the surge of national populism which elected Mr. Trump will be discredited. And the mass of Americans who supported him will be left disconsolate, depressed, and politically disarmed in the face of the Globalists’ taunt that “we told you so”—leading to the ascendancy of the Globalist International’s candidates in the next Congressional and Presidential elections; and then to the enactment of legislation, ratification of treaties, and signing of “executive orders” and other decrees necessary and sufficient to secure the final victory of globalism over Americanism.

(v) Some analysts and commentators even go so far as to impugn Mr. Trump as actually nothing less than a “Manchurian Candidate” deviously put up by the Globalist International in order to preside over the catastrophe as its own front-man. Others argue that, although the Globalist International was truly surprised by Mr. Trump’s election, it immediately realized that it could turn his Presidency to its own advantage by accelerating the arrival of the inevitable catastrophe during the next few years, and will set about to do so soon after Mr. Trump is inaugurated. The latter scenario, of course, depends upon the accuracy of the Globalist International’s apparent assessment that, being only an amateur in the fields of Ponzi economics and criminal politics, Mr. Trump will prove unable to foresee, let alone to thwart, the Globalist International’s machinations.

To be sure, if Mr. Trump is a “Manchurian Candidate” after all, that is the end of the matter. America is likely doomed, unless “the Deplorables” realize—and take decisive action based on their realization—that (in the words of the Declaration of Independence) “a long train of abuses and usurpations, pursuing invariably the same Object [has finally] evince[d] a design to reduce them under absolute Despotism”; and therefore “it is their right, it is their duty, to throw off such Government, and to provide new Guards for their future security”. At that juncture “in the Course of human events”, though, all bets will be off. For no one can predict whether “the good People” of America will prove able to secure for themselves, “among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them”, but which the Globalist International is intent upon wrenching from them.

Without far more evidence than anyone has adduced to date, I am unwilling to entertain the “Manchurian Candidate” thesis, or to conclude that a “Declaration of Independence situation” now confronts this country with the desperate choice to do or to die. Yet I am no less disinclined simply to abide events, merely hoping for the best. The political-scientific method is to apply a litmus test to determine what Mr. Trump’s political pH actually is with respect to the economic crisis. Such a test is mandatory, because this is THE problem which his Administration must solve, or go under, taking the United States with it.

In every major country throughout the world, the main source of the Globalist International’s power has been, and remains, its stranglehold over money and banking—embodied, in the United States, in the Federal Reserve System. The present economic crisis has arisen, not only because (as sound economic theory teaches and repeated experience has confirmed) the Federal Reserve System—indeed, all central banks—are unworkable in principle, but also because in practice the Globalist International has systematically employed that System—indeed, all central banks under its thumb—to loot most of the people of every country in which such banks have operated, for the benefit of minuscule minorities of those country’s populations, and will continue to do so until some irresistible force puts an end to its depredations. Moreover, perforce of the Federal Reserve System’s monopolistic position and claimed “independence” from political supervision let alone control, the Globalist International has been, and remains, able to threaten every American President and Congress with the specter of financial and then general economic chaos and attendant social upheavals should the government fail to satisfy the bankers’ incessant and insatiable demands for all sorts of abusive special privileges—from the prohibition of “gold-clause contracts” and the seizure of private citizens’ gold during the Roosevelt Administration, to the repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act’s safeguards during the Clinton Administration, to the first big ($700 billion) “bail out” of financial institutions supposedly “too big to fail” during the Bush Administration, to the “too big to jail” policy which effectively immunized those institutions during Mr. Obama’s residence in the White House, to whatever the bankers’ menaces can pry out of the Trump Administration in the future. Therefore, in order to deal with the economic crisis—and to disarm the Globalist International of its most potent weapon—the Trump Administration must bring the Federal Reserve System to heel, immediately if not sooner. Whether Mr. Trump can muster the foresight, the insight, the prudence, and the courage to do so will be his critical litmus test. The question, then, is “What should he do?”

A. Some people imagine that President Trump can improve the performance of the Federal Reserve System by appointing new members to the System’s Board of Governors. Inasmuch as the theory of central banking under which the Federal Reserve System operates is hopelessly flawed, this suggestion is no less ridiculous then the expectation that a new set of chemists could improve the performance of a laboratory even though they were still required to conduct their experiments according to the erroneous precepts of the Phlogiston Theory.

B. Numerous voices have called for an “audit” of the Federal Reserve System. What the speakers have in mind would not be an “audit” in the commonplace sense of that term, looking to ferret out run-of-the-mill institutional waste, fraud, and abuse—such as whether the Board of Governors and the Federal Open Market Committee have spent inordinate amounts on plush oriental carpets for their offices, or on lush lunches catered by posh French restaurants in the District of Columbia. Rather, the purpose would be to examine why those bodies have settled on certain “monetary policies” rather than others, and what the consequences of those policies have been—apparently with the “auditors’” goal being to establish that the Federal Reserve System has been incompetent, ineffective, counterproductive, or in some other way deficient as an instrument of “monetary governance”. That such an “audit” would serve that end is, however, a naïve hope.

First, the necessity for such an “audit” is not apparent. “The Chairman of the Board [of Governors already] shall appear before the Congress at semi-annual hearings”, at which “[t]he Board shall * * * submit a written report * * * , containing a discussion of the conduct of monetary policy and economic developments and prospects for the future, taking into account past and prospective developments in employment, unemployment, production, investment, real income, productivity, exchange rates, international trade and payments, and prices”. 12 U.S.C. § 225b(a) and (b). In addition, the Board is already required to “place on its home internet website * * * a repository of information made available to the public for * * * not less than 6 months following the date of release of the relevant information”, including various reports, annual financial statements, and “such other information as the Board reasonably believes is necessary or helpful to the public in understanding the accounting, financial reporting, and internal controls of the Board and the Federal reserve banks”. 12 U.S.C. § 225b(c). Do these requirements not amount, in their own ways, to a rather extensive on-going “audit”?

Second, even an arguably more comprehensive “audit” of the Federal Reserve System would prove next to nothing, in light of the broad statutory language with which Congress has seen fit to license the Board and the Open Market Committee to “maintain long run growth of the monetary and credit aggregates commensurate with the economy’s long run potential to increase production, so as to maintain effectively the goals of maximum employment, stable prices, and moderate long-term interest rates”. 12 U.S.C. § 225a. One need not be overly cynical to conclude that a mandate of this verbal elasticity could and would be stretched so as to rationalize any and every “monetary policy” which the Board and the Committee might have imagined to be advisable under the ever-changing economic situations to which they have been required to respond. What “smoking gun” of gross impropriety, then, could an “audit” of how the Board and the Committee have implemented this statute be expected to disclose? For each and every decision of “monetary policy” there might be (likely would be) a dozen or more ostensibly plausible reasons “pro” and an equal number “con”, as well as equal numbers of entirely different conclusions which the Board and the Committee could have justified with seemingly valid arguments. Thus, such an “audit” would simply provoke endless disputations over the efficacy or inefficacy of this or that policy—all of the debate larded to the gagging-point with the sort of Keynesian claptrap, complex econometric obfuscations, and bureaucratic gobbledygook extolling the Board’s and the Committee’s “expertise” which would leave the general public thoroughly befuddled. Certainly less expensive, and probably no less useful, than such an “audit” would be to conduct an on-going seance aimed at “channeling” the opinions of former officials of the Federal Reserve System who have passed on to the afterlife—for their spirits at least could inform the public as to how they have been rewarded, or (more likely) punished, for their implementations of the central bank’s “monetary policies” during their earthly incarnations. Perhaps the rumored success Hillary Clinton has claimed in “channeling” Eleanor Roosevelt would qualify her as the medium best suited to deliver these messages.

C. Not a few individuals want to dispense with an “audit” and instead simply “abolish the Fed”. To be sure, “abolish[ing] the Fed” in some manner will ultimately be necessary at some point on the road towards eventually imposing sound economic as well as thoroughly constitutional principles on “monetary policy” in both the District of Columbia and the several States. But the slogan “Abolish the Fed!”, with its implications of totality and immediacy, cannot be taken seriously.

First, contrary to popular usage, there is no monolithic “Fed” to “abolish”. The Federal Reserve System is a complex cartel, the three main components of which are: (i) the Board of Governors; (ii) twelve private Federal Reserve regional banks; and (iii) numerous private “member banks” (including National and State banks) scattered throughout America. Whatever the final fate of the Board and the regional banks, the “member banks” cannot be “abolish[ed]” outright without depriving this country of necessary banking services. Foe part two click below.

Click here for part —–> 12,

© 2017 Edwin Vieira, Jr. – All Rights Reserved




Repeal, but don’t replace Obamacare

Let me get this straight…We’re going to be “gifted” with a healthcare plan we are forced to purchase, and fined if we don’t, which purportedly covers at least 10 million more people, without adding a single new doctor, but provides for 16,000 new IRS agents, written by a committee whose chairman says he doesn’t understand it, passed by a Congress that didn’t read it, but exempted themselves from it, and signed by a Dumbo President who smokes, with funding administered by a treasury chief who didn’t pay his taxes, for which we’ll be taxed for four years before any benefits take effect, by a government which has already bankrupted Social Security and Medicare, all to be overseen by a surgeon general who is obese, and financed by a country that’s broke. —Donald J. Trump

Healthcare is Not a Right

Last year, a man at my local meat market stopped taking his blood pressure medication because he could no longer afford it when his employer switched to a cheaper insurance plan. Obamacare literally priced him out of his life. He died two months later.

Now that 2017 is here, and Obama is leaving office, the real stranglehold of Obamacare is hitting the American middleclass with huge cost increases and heavy deductibles.

Please President Trump, repeal Obamacare, but do not add another boondoggle to our already ridiculously huge government. NO REPLACEMENT OF OBAMACARE IS NECESSARY!

What is wrong with allowing the free market to handle healthcare?

Past major laws and other policies implemented by the Federal and state governments have interfered with the health care marketplace to the point where our people are not only suffering, but dying. Is that the intent? Nearly every law regarding healthcare that has been passed since the early 1900s should be repealed, not just Obamacare!

Is Any of Obamacare Good?

President Trump has rightly stated that competition across state lines would create more competitive insurance markets, and that pre-existing conditions should not disqualify care under new health plans.

But why are we allowing young people to be carried on their parents’ insurance until age 26? The percentage of youth who actually become ill between college graduation and age 26 is so miniscule as to be almost unchartable. 

Most young people don’t need much care. Lots of younger men don’t even bother with annual checkups, and many don’t do more than that — and it’s not just because they think they’re invincible.

Young women are more likely to see a doctor at least once, and the yearly exam can cost up to $500. But even with what you might shell out for birth control, it can still be cheaper than the total cost of insurance — which may not cover the doctor you want to see, anyway. So why not find a doctor you like and pay in cash for simple, one-office treatments?

 

How much have our insurance rates gone up simply because parents across the country are now insuring their children until age 26? And the big question…why aren’t these young people responsible for themselves?

Illegal Aliens Increase Costs

Between 1983 and 1992, health care costs rose almost 10% annually. Prescription drug costs rose 12.1 percent a year. Home health care prices increased 18.3 percent annually. (Perhaps there were only 10 to 15 million illegal aliens in our country 30 odd years ago, but I believe we’re at 50 to 60 million today).

Congress expanded Medicaid to include illegal immigrantschildren (through CHIP, Children’s Medicaid), and pregnant women

Because of the U.S. Emergency Medical Treatment and Active Labor Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C.), most hospitals may not refuse anyone treatment for an emergency medical condition because of citizenship (illegal aliens)legal status, or ability to pay. An example of the cost conflict between federal government, state and local government, and private institutions, is that the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) brings injured and ill illegal aliens to hospital emergency rooms, but does not pay for their medical care. Almost $190 million, or about 25 percent, of the uncompensated costs Southwest border county hospitals incurred, resulted from emergency medical treatment provided to illegal immigrants. 

Emergency rooms on our southern borders have gone bankrupt and closed. Whether anyone wants to admit it or not, the cost to American taxpayers for medical treatment of illegals, and now the so-called Syrian refugees and Somalis, has exacerbated and exponentially increased our own healthcare costs. [Link], [Link], [Link]

Anchor baby births alone have cost Americans billions of dollars each year. Breitbart documents that one is born every 93 seconds. Medicaid alone paid $2.2 billion last year to partially reimburse hospitals for unpaid illegal alien delivery bills, double estimates from news reports.

The amount not reimbursed to hospitals is in the tens of billions. A staggering 84 hospitals in California alone, have been forced to close their doors because of unpaid bills by illegal aliensLos Angeles emergency rooms are full of illegal aliens. Hospitals which manage to remain open, pass the unpaid costs onto the rest of us, which translates into more out-of-pocket expenses and higher insurance premiums for Americans. 

In fact, at one hospital in Dallas…Parkland Memorial Hospital (yes, the same hospital where JFK died after his assassination in 1963), a staggering 70% of all babies born are to illegal aliens. Nationally, 400,000 anchor babies a year — 1 in 10 of all births — are illegal alien offspring.

Special Interests Lobby Politicians

If we don’t advertise alcohol or cigarettes, because of their inherent dangers, why are drug companies allowed to advertise, especially when so many deaths occur each year from pharmaceutical drugs? [Link] When you hear the side effects, why would anyone take those drugs?

 

Congress Creates Crisis

Since the early 1900s, medical special interests have been lobbying politicians to reduce competition. We know that by the 1980s, the U.S. was restricting the supply of physicians, hospitals, insurance and pharmaceuticals, while subsidizing demand. Free enterprise has given way to government control in “partnership” with a few large or politically well-connected companies.

Here’s a quick look at the history of government messing with our healthcare…

In 1910, under Republican President Taft, limiting healthcare competition was started after the American Medical Association (AMA) lobbied the states to strengthen the regulation of medical licensure and allow their state AMA offices to oversee the closure or merger of nearly half of medical schools and also the reduction of class sizes, controlling supply and demand.

In 1912, Teddy Roosevelt ran as an independent progressive candidate, with many liberal reforms, including national health care. Back then however, healthcare was fairly cheap.

In 1925, prescription drug monopolies began after the federal government, led by Republican President Calvin Coolidge, started allowing the patenting of drugs. And guess what…these drug monopolies have been promoted by government research and development subsidies targeted to favored pharmaceutical companies.

By the 1930s, advances were happening in medicine. The FDR administration pushed for health insurance, and against the advice of insurance professionals, Blue Cross began offering private coverage for hospital care in dozens of states. 

During the early 1940s, FDR asked for a Bill of Rights which included medical care. Truman later offered a national health program plan, proposing a single system that would include all of American society, but it was denounced by the AMA and was called a Communist plot by a House subcommittee. 

In 1945, buyer monopolization began after the McCarran-Ferguson Act led by the Roosevelt Administration exempted the business of medical insurance from most federal regulation, including antitrust laws.

In 1946, institutional provider monopolization began after favored hospitals received federal subsidies (matching grants and loans) provided under the Hospital Survey and Construction Act passed during the Truman Administration.

In 1951, The IRS declared group premiums tax deductible. Employers then started to become the dominant third-party insurance buyer during the Truman Administration. 

Federal responsibility for the sick and poor was established as a government responsibility in the 1950s rather than a responsibility of families or churches. The price of hospital care doubled.

In the early 1960s, when the administration of John F. Kennedy discussed a plan for government health care that would cover people of Social Security age, the American Medical Association (AMA) fought back, along with the insurance and pharmaceutical industries, with a well-funded campaign–complete with a commercial featuring actor Ronald Reagan, who was determined to talk to America about an “imminent threat.”

During Lyndon Johnson’s tenure, nationalization of healthcare was started when the democrat house and senate passed his Medicare/Medicaid bills, and we’ve seen massive cost increases every year since. Most of us have paid into Medicare all our lives, it is not an entitlement, neither is Social Security. We paid for it, we want it back!

In 1974, The Nixon Administration also strengthened buyer monopolization after the Employee Retirement Income Security Actexempted employee health benefit plans offered by large employers (HMOs) from state regulations and lawsuits (brought by people denied coverage). 

The proliferation of managed-care organizations (MCOs) in general, and HMOs in particular, resulted from the 1965 enactment of Medicare for the elderly and Medicaid for the poor. Literally overnight, on July 1, 1966, millions of Americans lost all financial responsibility for their health-care decisions.

In the 1980s, under Reagan, there was a shift towards privatization and corporatization of healthcare. Medicare shifts to payment by diagnosis (DRG) instead of by treatment. Private plans quickly follow suit, with growing complaints by insurance companies that the traditional fee-for-service method of payment to doctors is being exploited. I can remember when I would go to a physician with a problem, and he could diagnose my symptoms without weeks of various expensive tests.

In 1984, prescription drug monopolies were strengthened during the Reagan Administration after the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act permitted the extension of patents beyond 20 years. (*The government also allowed pharmaceuticals companies to bribe physicians to prescribe more expensive drugs.*)

Under President Clinton, health care costs rise at double the rate of inflation throughout the 1990s.

During the 2000s, health care costs continue to rise, and Medicare is seen as unsustainable.

In 2003, the Medicare Modernization Act added Medicare Part D to cover prescription drug coverage. It also changed the name of Medicare Part C to the Medicare Advantageprogram. The number of people using those plans tripled to 17.6 million by 2016. Those costs rose faster than the cost of Medicare itself.

In 2013, full nationalization of healthcare was given to us through Obamacare. And we already know the results of this giant government debacle. [Link]

Physicians have openly stated that Obamacare was never about health care, but about achieving another Progressive goal of massive wealth redistribution.

Our Loss of Freedom

In 2015, U.S. health care costs were $3.2 trillion. That makes health care one of the largest U.S. industries, equaling 17.8 percent of Gross Domestic Product. Compare that to 1960, when health care only cost $27.2 billion, just 5 percent of GDP.

“Would socialized medicine lead to socialization of other phases of life? Vladimir Lenin thought so when he declared, “Socialized medicine is the keystone to the arch of the socialist state.”

The ultimate objective of the Democratic socialists is to nationalize the entire health care industry of the United States, thus completely taking over one-sixth of the U.S. economy. Their goal all along has been to implement a single-payer system, where the federal government alone collects all fees for health care services, pays all costs, and has complete control. And sometime down the road under ObamaCare the government will (control the food) tell you what you can and can not eat. They are using the Marxist Hegelian Dialectic to accomplish exactly that.

Prior to Obamacare, most citizens were happy with their healthcare, other than the rapidly escalating costs. Claims that US healthcare is substandard are hogwash. Almost half of those who are now insured are on the Obamacare Medicaid expansion.

For an in-depth overview of America’s healthcare, see Discover the Networks, a Guide to the Political Left.




A free market in health care

Legally compelled health insurance, Obamacare, is an enemy to freedom of choice and free enterprise. Free choice and free enterprise are essential to achieve the best and highest uses in all markets, including medical care. Only when patients are empowered with knowledge and choice can they pursue their own best interests. Only when patients are able to pursue their own best interests will competition come to medical care, causing prices for services to come down.

Congress violated the Commerce Clause of the United States Constitution and fundamentally reoriented the relationship between the federal government and the individual when it presumed to compel every American into the health insurance market and to compel every American to subscribe to a certain set of health insurance offerings. The Trump Administration and a majority in both houses of Congress are intent on repealing Obamacare, but what, if anything, should replace it?

At the outset, everyone should recognize the abject failure that is Obamacare. Advocates of the system promised that it would cause 50 million uninsured individuals to become insured, that it would prevent rates from skyrocketing, and that it would have no adverse effect on choice of doctor. Among its many failings, Obamacare has fallen far short of the number of enrollees required to make it sustainable (only about 11 million are enrolled), has been rejected by most physicians and hospitals, has caused health insurance rates to skyrocket, and has caused many individuals to lose their preferred choice of doctor.

In my book, Restore the Republic, I offer a market based alternative to the existing system, a system that empowers patients. The following reforms need to be made to ensure that the 11 million enrolled can have options to choose from other than a system that is not working and cannot survive.

Congress should require all hospitals and physicians to reveal prominently their fees and drug and device charges, enabling competition in price. Congress should create tax free medical savings accounts and medical IRAs with no contribution caps, available to each taxpayer. Congress should exempt from any federal income tax all individuals who are diagnosed with a terminal illness or who are in hospice care. Congress should provide a $1.50 federal individual income tax reduction for each $1.00 spent by a taxpayer on the cost of medical care of a family member or relative. Congress should provide a $1.50 business tax reduction for each $1.00 spent by an employer on the cost of an employee’s health insurance or medical care. Hospitals and physicians should be given a dollar for dollar tax deduction for all services provided to the indigent.

There should be no legal limits or mandates on the mix of coverages available for health insurance. A person should be able to decline from buying health insurance, buy health insurance with only a limited menu of coverages, or choose only to buy health insurance for catastrophic care without suffering any adverse consequence. The death tax should be eliminated; there should be no tax on the transfer of an estate from parents to children or relatives due to death.

By creating transparency in medical care pricing, removing the federal government from dictating health insurance and the nature of health care, and creating tax incentives protective of free choice, Congress will not only replace Obamacare but will inspire the growth of a true free market in medical care, where price competition exists and where patients are empowered. The one size fits all approach of mandated care will be replaced with a cornucopia of health care options. The relative level of risk assumed by an individual will remain his or her choice. Young people who wish to invest their resources in growing a business will not be compelled to sacrifice their dreams to buy costly health insurance. They will be free to assume the risk, to gamble, and to accept the consequences if the gamble fails. That is freedom. Freedom entails risk, but the truth is not even the government can shield the individual from risk without depriving the most productive of their freedom and their resources.

Further reforms would involve reducing licensing law restrictions in the states that prevent experienced health care practitioners from expanding the availability of health care options at lower cost to patients. For example, a surgical nurse of a certain number of years experience ought to be able to counsel patients as to treatment options within the area of her experience, if certified by a hospital or medical group or accredited university or institution, without need for state licensing. A person with a graduate level degree in nutrition science, clinical nutrition, or another related specialty ought to be able to recommend parenteral and enteral nutrition and nutrition management of disease, if certified by a hospital or medical group or accredited university or institution, without being licensed as a dietitian or physician.

A physicians assistants with years of experience, if certified by a hospital or medical group or accredited university or institution, ought to be able to act independently within his or her area of expertise to diagnose, treat, and prescribe. Those changes will ease the growing shortage of physicians, will expand patient choice, and will reduce the cost of medical services.

There are many more market based alternatives that can and should be available to patients. A free market in health care, replete with transparent pricing, patient choice, and the right to keep one’s own earnings and choose whether and how those earnings will be invested and spent on health leads to better health, prosperity, innovation, and competitive pricing in health care. Only if America abandons the failed notion of government planned markets and mandates and reembraces a free market in health care will the nation experience a renaissance in affordable and abundant health care options.

© 2017 Jonathan W. Emord – All Rights Reserved




Fake news everywhere: who do you trust?

FOX News Network is one of the worst. Sure, they have their anchors who draw big numbers but those big names have refused to tell the American people the truth either by complete omission or by bashing the messenger. The biggest example is the continuing cover up regarding the Marxist in the White House and his fake presidency. Sheriff Arpaio and his investigator, Mike Zullo, held a final press conference three weeks ago regarding Barry Soetoro aka Obama and his fake birth certificate. Two different forensic document examiners with credentials a mile long on two different continents both came to the same conclusion: The birth certificate Barry presented to the American people is a forgery.

click here.

Links:

Sick Of Internet Hoaxes And Half Truths
2 – The Governor of Vermont Is An Idiot —Paul Craig Roberts

Taking Politics Out of Solutions is now available. The most important issues destroying America are presented along with constitutional solutions neither the Republicans or Democrats will pursue. Get your copy now. Excellent discounts for 2 or more books, or bulk orders.]




Rita Cosby, former W.H. Press Secretary discusses liberal media and Trump

[Acknowledgement] Special thanks to Emmy Award-winning news correspondent, best selling author and talk show host – as well as friend of NWV news writer Jim Kouri and the National Association of Chiefs of Police – Rita Cosby for her invaluable help in getting the material for this news story.

On this Sunday morning’s “Rita Cosby Show” on WABC Radio in New York City, former George W. Bush White House Press Secretary Ari Fleischer trained his dislike toward the liberal media, by noting that he’s never seen such hostility towards an incoming US President before and saying… “Donald Trump will go into office on Day One with a Trump Derangement Syndrome… When George Bush won after the recount, there was hostility, but it wasn’t this pronounced as now. It became even more pronounced as the Bush administration went along, to the point where it became that derangement syndrome.”

Fleischer continued, “You know Donald Trump is a fiery fellow. I mean he’s earned a piece of this. But I’ve never seen the left go so nuts, so early, so hard, and lament this, I regret this.” In regards to the divisiveness he’s seeing in the country, “I am a bit surprised by it. You know, you hope that at some point people are just gracious.”

Fleischer also predicts that incoming White House Press Secretary Sean Spicer will face very harsh treatment at the hands of the media. “It’s going to be very difficult, and it’s going to test his patience, and he’s going to need a healthy amount of patience because on the one hand he must represent the President, that’s his job. And on the other hand, he’s going to have to suffer daily being turned into a human piñata by the press corps, because that’s what they do. And that’s why it’s a burn-out job.”

Fleischer continued, “It’s going to be harder for Sean than it has been for almost all his predecessors, and that’s because of the media’s hostility to Donald Trump. The media has made no secret of its hostility to Donald Trump, and Donald Trump’s returned the favor. And so Sean is the man caught in the middle.”

In regards to how to make relations better, Mr. Fleischer suggested each side needed to make a move. “Donald Trump has his role to play in this as well. I think it is very important that Donald Trump engages in a civil fashion that can help bridge some of these wounds in our country, as he pledged to do in his 60 Minutes interview, and we need to hold his feet to the fire to make sure he does that. But it needs to be reciprocated as well by his political opponents.”

The FULL AUDIO from the 8 minute Interview is in the following (**) LINKS: ** [LONG LINK] ** [SHORT LINK]

ARI FLEISCHER EXCLUSIVE – TRANSCRIPT – KEY HIGHLIGHTS

On the Negativity on the part of Democrats towards Trump:

00:34 AF – “You know Donald Trump is a fiery fellow. I’m mean he’s earned a piece of this. But I’ve never seen the left go so nuts so early so hard, and lament this, I regret this.”

On the Negative Reaction towards Trump’s Inauguration:

00:55 AF – “I am a bit surprised by it. You know, you hope that at some point people are just gracious.”

On the Divisiveness in the Country:

02:00 AF – “Donald Trump has his role to play in this as well. I think it is very important that Donald Trump engages in a civil fashion that can help bridge some of these wounds in our country, as he pledged to do in his 60 Minutes interview, and we need to hold his feet to the fire to make sure he does that. But it needs to be reciprocated as well by his political opponents.”

07:35 AF – “When George Bush won after the recount, there was hostility but it wasn’t as pronounced as now. It became even more pronounced as the Bush administration went along to the point where it became that derangement syndrome. Donald Trump will go into office on Day One with a Trump Derangement Syndrome.”

On Incoming White House Press Secretary Sean Spicer:

12:03 AF – “It’s going to be harder for Sean than it has been for almost all his predecessors, and that’s because of the media’s hostility to Donald Trump. The media has made no secret of its hostility to Donald Trump, and Donald Trump’s returned the favor. And so Sean is the man caught in the middle.”

12:42 AF – “It’s going to be very difficult, and it’s going to test his patience, and he’s going to need a healthy amount of patience because on the one hand he must represent the President, that’s his job. And on the other hand, he’s going to have to suffer daily being turned into a human piñata by the press corps, because that’s what they do. And that’s why it’s a burn-out job.”

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved




Trophy hunter killed in fall while stalking innocent animals

Radio Host, producer, TV personality and national columnist Jerry Newcombe alerted us to this news item that took place Saturday. The story he sent absolutely made my day. It was a classic case of poetic justice, which we are seeing more and more of these days. CHEERS!

Italian trophy hunter, Luciano Ponzetto, posed happily on-line with his trophy kills, beautiful animals who posed no threat and were simply going about their lives before being cruelly cut down by a REAL beast.

Photo Caption: Luciano Ponzetto with Lion he mercilessly killed.

This heartless murderer, who killed innocent animals in order to cut off their heads and display them in his home would proudly announce that he was a big game hunter, as if that were a status symbol. This made him feel like a man and a conqueror. This coward was neither.

There was nothing big or grand about this misfit mental case. No animal stood a chance with him since he was armed with high powered weapons that would tear them apart on impact. So this was a totally one-sided “conquest.”

Ponzetto had just returned from another cruel hunting trip in Canada and was hunting with friends in Colle delle Oche near the northwest city of Turin on Saturday.

During this latest killing spree, according to The New York Post, when he made each kill, this deranged creep would pose with the dead animal, with a sickening victory smile on his face…see photo.

For his hunt in Italy, Ponzetto slipped on ice and fell 100 feet down a canyon splattering onto the rocks below. He died instantly from the fall. Pity. The magnificent animals he cut down in cold blood did NOT die instantly, but suffered intensely for a period of time that seemed to be an eternity for the animals, something these sickos seemingly take pleasure in.

His body was recovered by helicopter and taken to a local hospital even though nothing could be done since he was already dead.

It is to be noted that these mentally unstable people actually enjoy causing living creatures to suffer. They seem to enjoy that feeling of ‘power,’ the same as the Nazis who tortured their captives. In countries like Venezuela, young soldiers are taught that when they torture someone, causing them to suffer, they become a man.

What is shocking, is that this sick maniac, Luciano Ponzetto was…now sit down…a veterinarian (!), and states that he “loves animals.” Yea, he loves them dead with their heads hanging on the walls of his den. And people brought their pets to him? Surely they did not know who and what he actually was.One cannot love animals who takes pleasure in bringing unspeakable suffering to them.

It is too bad that this jerk did not linger while suffering after he fell down that canyon. The animals he murdered for his own ego certainly did.

At the Brooklyn Zoo in New York, there is an exhibit of scary animals. Then visitors are ushered into a dark special enclosure, where they are to see the most dangerous animal on earth. It is a spooky encounter. Everyone was ushered into the dark room uneasily. After a time, the light came on and all were standing in front of a mirror, to see the most violent dangerous animal on earth. Yes, the human…us.

The death of this Italian trophy hunter is not a case where the world was deprived of a life, but rather freed from the despicable life of a man with no heart that the world is better off without. Karma has struck once again.

Final Note: Animals are God’s creatures. They have the same feelings and emotions we have; They experience pain, anxiety, fear, love, happiness and grief, exactly as we do. The next time you are injured and in excruciating pain, remember that animals feel the same full impact that we feel. Luciano Ponzetto should be buried in asbestos undergarments. Where he is going he will need them.

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

© 2017 Rev. Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved




Rebuilding of the republic – God is at work in America

The year of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ 2016 has come to a close. As we look back over that year we might label it the year of Family Destruction.
The doubling down against the God ordained family government was palpable in 2016. Added to the wrecking of our economy which caused many families to fall from middle into lower class, Obama increased the national debt burden to a crushing load causing multiple generations to become debt slaves. Health care has become increasingly unaffordable thanks to his evil designs. Dr. Laurence Kotlikoff, Professor of Economics at Boston University tried to wake up our leaders in testimony before the U.S. Senate. He stated emphatically that “Americas fiscal insolvency and it’s generational consequences means our country is broke. It’s not broke in 75 years or 50 years or 25 years or 10 years. It’s broke today. Indeed, it may well be in worse shape (currently almost $19 trillion in debt) than any developed country, including Greece.”[1]

The Marxist agenda to destroy the family has been clear since the origin of that Satanic cult. We now know what Obama meant when he promised to fundamentally transform America – he meant the destruction of the family. What we came to realize in 2016 is that the redefinition of marriage was only the beginning of that destruction. We can see this most clearly in his abuse of his power against schools forcing transgendered bathrooms upon them. For his goal to be realized it would mean that the reality of what God made, male and female, “is redefined by law under the guise of transgenderism and gender identity theory.” This would accomplish the Marxist goal of the destruction of the family.

It would undo the foundation of our society and crush liberty under its heel because the family is the basic institution of liberty. “There would be no legal definition of men and women in the traditional sense and the idea that fathers and mothers have separate but equal roles to play concerning the raising of children would thus be irrelevant and have no real meaning.”[2] By redefining family you are claiming that its God ordained power and purpose in society are irrelevant and you are stripping real families of all legal status.

This agenda is adding to the other factors of destruction already powerfully at work in our land. For example,

Actress Jennifer Lawrence, in an ABC interview with Diane Sawyer, 11/25, 2013 stated. “I don’t know if I ever will get married. And I’m okay with that. I don’t feel like I need anything to complete me. I don’t really plan on getting married:… I definitely want to be a mother.”

So Ms. Lawrence envisions single motherhood without every getting married. She “is among the foremost actresses of her generation and her opinions and choices in many spheres are likely to be trend setting. But with regards to marriage and family formation, she is simply reflecting social trends already underway in America. Divorce rates in America remain relatively high and family formation through marriage is declining.”[3] In fact the divorce rates don’t tell the whole picture as many men and women are never bothering to marry in the first place so their breakup is never statistically seen. “About a quarter (24%) of never-married young adults ages 25 to 34 are living with a partner, according to Pew Research analysis of Current Population Survey data.” Where to from here?

Those who know God’s Word, know that Satan is a destroyer. He never cre-ates anything, he only destroys that which God creates. So it is clear that Obama is of his father, his father the Devil.

We face a unique opportunity as disciples of Jesus Christ in this day. The de-struction leaves a gaping void. A civilization will implode if the family is successfully destroyed. Just as with the Fall of the Roman Empire, when all the destruction was complete, the only thing which remained was the disciples of Jesus Christ who with intact families gathered in congregations throughout the Empire to worship and serve the Lord Jesus Christ.

Subscribe to NewsWithViews Daily Email Alerts

Email Address *
First Name
*required field
What emerged from the ashes of that Empire as the only stable institutions were family government and church government. We have that same oppor-tunity today as the crumbling of the American Empire is also underway. In Exodus 40 as we complete not only our series On the Mountain with God, we find here in teaching which relates to the building project our Lord has placed before us in 2017, to rebuild what is desperately needed in our land.
The power and resources for rebuilding in our day all relate to what took place at the close of the book of Exodus. This is exactly what we need in our time in this point in the history of God’s work in America.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Rev. David Whitney – All Rights Reserved




What the politicians you elected have done to America Pt. 1

For the last decade I have been stressing how we, the American people have failed to pay attention to the quality of people that we are sending to Washington. Our Founders believed that the system of government they established required men of high character that would abide by the Constitution that they established and the people ratified. As far back as 100 years ago we elected Woodrow Wilson who was no lover of our Constitution. He was what was called a ‘progressive’ which changed to liberal because it proved to be a negative label and then back to progressive by Hillary when liberal became negative. He felt the Constitution was cumbersome and was one of the first to believe that it was a ‘living, breathing’ document that changes with the times: “The trouble with the theory [of limited and divided government] is that government is not a machine, but a living thing. This is where the living and breathing constitution comes from. It is modified by its environment, necessitated by its tasks, shaped to its functions by the sheer pressure of life.”[1] He also commented: “Living political constitutions must be Darwinian in structure and in practice. Society is a living organism and must obey the laws of life, not of mechanics; it must develop. All that progressives ask or desire is permission-in an era when ‘development,’ ‘evolution,’ is the scientific word-to interpret the Constitution according to the Darwinian principle; all they ask is recognition of the fact that a nation is a living thing and not a machine.”[2]

But a true constitutionalist does not agree as basic laws never change. The late Antonin Scalia stated: “That’s the argument of flexibility and it goes something like this: The Constitution is over 200 years old and societies change. It has to change with society, like a living organism, or it will become brittle and break. But you would have to be an idiot to believe that. The Constitution is not a living organism, it is a legal document. It says something and doesn’t say other things.” He also stated: “It is difficult to maintain the illusion that we are interpreting a Constitution, rather than inventing one, when we amend its provisions so breezily.”

When we have people that ignore the Founding Principles of America we begin to go down a path that is not scripted by the Founders. They established a system of government that gave us the right to pursue life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness. Wilson began us on a path that gravitates towards government control of relieving social problems.[3] Our Founders believed in limited government and the people be allowed to fair for themselves.

For the last hundred years we have str ayed far from the path the Founders put us on. Wilson got us going in the wrong direction and Franklin Deleno Roosevelt engrained in the American people the socialist agenda. He believed that the government was what was needed to spark the economy and began programs that ‘put people to work’. But these programs were complete failures as the nation stayed in a depression for almost his entire four terms. Though the nation was in the depression when he was elected he did nothing necessary to get out of it. Warren Harding experienced the same market crash in the early twenties and he did what government should do under those circumstances, he cut peoples taxes 50% and cut government spending 50%. Within eighteen months the economy was booming and people were working. Under FDR’s programs from 1933 to 1941 not a lot of progress was made. He raised taxes and punished companies that didn’t invest in their companies because they didn’t know where the economy was going.

Our Founders designed a system that worked on very limited government involvement in business. The free market system will always fix itself unless government interferes as it did in the 1940’s, in the 1970’s with Jimmy Carter and under the Obama administration. They all did the same thing, spend, spend, spend and tax. tax, tax. All it did was make the problem worse. Obama has issued an average of 60 new regulations a day to businesses adding expenses, $44 billion just on his latest issue of regulations, and time to running a business.[4], [5] The Founders wanted as little government interference as possible. We have, over the last hundred years, began to use public money, taxes, to pay for things that our Constitution does not have provisions for, The Department of Education, Medicaid, Medicare just to name a few. Thomas Jefferson stated in 1808: “The same prudence which in private life would forbid our paying our own money for unexplained projects, forbids it in the dispensation of the public moneys.”

We have politicians that believe that the government should pay for abortions. Even Jefferson knew that this isn’t something that government should do: “To compel a man to furnish contributions of money for the propagation of opinions which he disbelieves and abhors is sinful and tyrannical.”

With all of this happening you have to ask why can’t we see what is happening? Keep in mind that this has been going on for at least a hundred years. It has accelerated under Obama exponentially but as I’ve been saying, we don’t pay attention to who we put into office. Case in point in the 2012 the approval rating for Congress was 9% yet we returned over 90% of them to D.C.! We have to keep in mind that when the economy crashes it was caused by these people. They are supposed to represent the people that have elected them but what the majority of them do is represent the Party they are in. We have been trying to get these politicians to close the border since Reagan was president but it has never been done. They have voted to build a fence/wall but have never voted to fund it. These are people of very low character. They are in both parties but the Democrat Party is rife with them.

There are reasons for this and all we have to do is understand that most of the people in Congress are globalist. This means that they pass laws that benefit the global community at the cost of the American people. That is why our trade deals benefit everyone but America. There is a United Nations resolution, Agenda 21 which has been revised to Agenda 2030.

There are many things that this resolution calls for that Americans will not accept outright. So they have been instigating them a little at a time. It’s like putting a frog in a pan and slowly raising the temperature until you’ve boiled the frog to death. The object is to slowly initiate the agenda a little at a time and then one day we wake up and we have a One World Order and America id history.

The fact that too many people pay no attention to what is going on makes this process really easy. I will go over their goals and then look at what has happened in America so we can see how they, a shadow government, have been implementing this agenda without the majority of us knowing about it at all. This is why there was so much resistance to Donald Trump. He is for the American people AND upholding the Constitution. He’s a populist. ALL the other candidates in the Republican Party that he ran against are globalists!

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved




Saudi Arabia Warns Trump on blocking oil imports




Who is checking the fact checkers?

Ever since private emails from the Clinton campaign and Democratic Party exposed massive crime and corruption inside those organizations during the 2016 election, so-called “fake news” has become a hot topic with propaganda networks and social media outlets promising to police and censor what they deem to be “fake news” in the future.

To accomplish this, they intend to use “fact checkers” to identify “fake news” and remove it from public view, in a system Goebbels would be very proud to call his own.

But who is checking the so-called “fact checkers?”

SNOPES

Snopes is the brainchild of husband and wife team Barbara and David P. Mikkelson, launched in 1995 at the pinnacle of the “MoveOn” from the Bill Clinton impeachment era. As reported by Daily Headlines – “Snopes main fact checker is Kim Lacapria, who was formerly with Inquisitr, a site known for publishing fake quotes and hoaxes. Lacapria was a huge disaster as a writer with many of her stories getting just 10 to 20 shares. She is a vitriolic far left wing blogger. While at Inquisitr she described herself as an openly left leaning liberal.”

David P. Mikkelson was accused of embezzlement in a divorce proceeding and arrested on charges of fraud and corruption. Mikkelson’s wife is reportedly a “non-voting Canadian.”

Yet, Snopes has been quoted as a reliable “fact checker” even recently, including by a few ill-advised or downright corrupt Federal Judges. For anyone to rely on such an overtly unreliable operation is either gross ignorance or an intentional misinformation op.

FACTCHECK

FactCheck.org is a creation of Annenberg Project, which of course, begs the question — who and what is Annenberg Project?

For starters, Annenberg Project is Barack Hussein Obama’s first community organizing employer in Chicago, as exposed by Thomas Lifson at American Thinker in 2008. Obama was a star student under the Chicago Annenberg Challenge, working in concert with lifelong cohorts William Ayers and Bernadine Dohrn of Weather Underground fame.

On a broader view, Annenberg is a well-funded national community organizing operation highly active on college campuses. FactCheck.org is a subsidiary of Annenberg, designed to help control the public dialogue on behalf of Annenberg community organizing interests by simply labeling any information not favorable to their community organizing efforts as “fake” or “false.” Again, Goebbels would be proud.

A glimpse into the quality of fact checking by Annenberg is seen in their fact checking opinion of Snopes, which is almost comical. Essentially, these orgs are part of a closed-circuit left-leaning community organizing info-op that grant each other credentials based on utter nonsense. That’s the same system they use to check facts.

EXAMPLE: Snopes continues to promote the claim that “Russia hacked the 2016 elections” despite open disclaimers by the same Intel Agencies on that matter. Lead Snopes “fact checker” Brooke Binkowski is a San Diego backpack reporter who has spent most of her ink time on the subject of border security and illegal migration, writing for the Voice of San Diego.

Of course, the cyber-intercept of damning unsecured emails on the Clinton and DNC servers – leaked to the public by Wikileaks ahead of the election, now inappropriately referred to as “hacking the election,” isn’t actually “hacking” in traditional terms. But if you read Snopes and FactCheck data on the matter, you will see the hair-splitting mind-numbing journalistic gymnastics they go through to perpetuate the “fake story” against Russia, as the real story, crime and corruption in the DNC, remains off-topic and irrelevant according to these “fact checkers.”

Someone lies, then someone confirms the lie as “fact-checked” and true, and then someone confirms the credentials of their fellow fact checker. The cycle is complete and the lie stands as fact.

This circus has escalated in the “Russian hacking case” to Chairman of the Senate Arms Services Committee, John McCain, placing the United States on a war footing by accusing Russia of committing an “act of war” for allegedly exposing political corruption to American voters in a fashion that once made Woodward and Bernstein famous. Fortunately, not all Senators are as nuts as McCain and Graham.

So, who is checking the fact checkers? Who can be trusted as the gatekeeper of truth and justice in America? Snopes? FactCheck? Annenberg? The DNC? The RNC? ABC, CBS, NBC, FOX, CNBC, PBS, NPR… anyone?

The only person you can rely on to check your facts is YOU! Of course, even YOU are not reliable if your facts are driven by an agenda, or if you are unwilling to do your homework. In a self-governed nation created of, by and for the people, only the people themselves are qualified to decide what is or isn’t true. To rely on anyone else is to become a willing victim of mass disinformation.

© 2017 JB Williams – All Rights Reserved




Is anarchy on the horizon?

As I begin to draft this article, it has been one year since the January 2 standoff in Malheur National Wildlife Refuge in Oregon caused by decades of persecution by the federal government that led Western farmers and ranchers to a breakpoint. On January 4, 2016 Oregon rancher Dwight Hammond and his son Steven began their second prison sentence entering the Federal Correctional Institution on Terminal Island, a low security prison in L.A. Harbor. They were prosecuted as “terrorists” under the federal Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act of 1996 for controlled burns on their property in 2001 and 2006 that got out of control and spread to around 150 acres of federal Bureau of Land Management land (on which the Hammonds own/have grazing rights). The fire caused no real damage and no threat to lives, homes or property of other citizens. The example below is an example of many of these “controlled burns” by federal agencies started in defiance of common sense and agency protocols, under conditions, that even the complete greenhorn would understand to be inherently dangerous and ripe for catastrophic results. But Hammonds ended up in prison…

CLINTON CRIME CESSPOOL RECEIVES $130 MILLION

In February 2016 the Forest Service started a fire in North and South Dakota that got out of control and millions of dollars in damage which the government refused to pay and no one was held accountable. But then in March I discover the reason the federal government was kicking ranchers off their land was on behalf of Russia. The New York Times carried the story. It seems the Clinton Foundation was pocketing massive payoffs from Russia for Mining Rights in Wyoming and Oregon and the Hammond Ranch was part of the deal.

In fact, the BLM acknowledged that the 2001 fire for which the Hammonds were prosecuted had actually “improved range conditions” on the public lands. Ammon Bundy, one of the sons of Nevada rancher Cliven Bundy came to Oregon to support ultra-conservative protests against federal land-use restrictions against Dwight Hammond resulting eventually in the Malheur National Wildlife Refuge. Environmental groups have long urged the federal government to seize Cliven Bundy’s cattle, which the controversial Nevada rancher has let graze freely for years in defiance of federal land-use restrictions. His 2014 standoff with the government over his refusal to pay grazing fees energized rightwing land-use protesters across the region.

Harney County sheriff David Ward refused to exercise the standoff’s constitutional right tell the Feds to get lost. Thus far, no one had been killed at Malheur but a trip to an adjoining county to seek that sheriff’s support was stopped by authorities and completely out of control use of force by Federal thugs who do not respect the rule of Law nor follow their of office shot Lavoy Finicum. Earlier Oregon’s dumbed down Governor Kate Brown said the Militia at Malheur was “intolerable” but said that federal officials told her to limit her comments to avoid escalating the situation but said she’s been paying close attention and has been in contact with officials in Burns. Where was her courage? Why didn’t she take this opportunity to bring up the Tenth amendment and State’s rights? A local T.V. station recently sent a reporter to Burns to see how they were doing. The public education simply doesn’t teach Civics or the constitution any more so I got the idea there were some divisions (just like with the election of Trump) from lack of a proper education on such important matters. One person did say they have tried to moved on.

Eight people ended up getting arrested at the Malheur Refuge. Ammon Bundy and his co-defendants have pleaded not guilty to conspiring to impede federal employees from carrying out their work at the refuge through intimidation, threats or force. Five defendants also were charged with possession of a firearm in a federal facility. Two face an additional charge of theft of government property. They prayed and went to trial on September 12, 2016. Defense lawyers signaled a push for change of venue, wider jury pool in federal conspiracy case. The jury consisted of of 12 people and eight alternates. Four jurors were from the metropolitan Portland region. Three are from the Eugene/Springfield areas and others live in St. Helens, Klamath Falls, Baker City and Hood River. On Oct. 27, 2016 all Malheur defendants involved have been found “Not guilty” after many months of trial. The bailiff tackled Bundy’s lawyer taking him to the ground and one Voice from KOIN radio was heard saying he was stunned how they could “trash” the Malheur refuse and get off… Yes, the jury found them Not Guilty.

WHAT SAY YE PRESIDENT ELECT DONALD TRUMP

Some of the sophisticated snobs on the East Coast see our land as a “vacation play ground” but do not have a clue what has taken place on this side of the country where United Nations Regional administrators never accept defeat so they come back time and time again as they’ve done with the Hammonds who have refused to sell their land to the BLM. Year after year forests in Western U.S. burn due to lack of proper forest management by the BLM and no accountability but the Hammonds went to prison as “terrorists.” I trust other disenfranchised Americans will make sure President -elect Trump will hear about these upcoming February trials and we’ll see what he twitters about this injustice. The standoff in Oregon is attracting other supporters and I see many deaths ahead if Trump doesn’t put a stop to it.

Yes, the jury found some “not guilty” in Portland, Oregon but prosecutors plan to pursue a second Oregon standoff trial for seven others accused of participating in an armed occupation at the Malheur National Wildlife Refuge and then we learn Nevada Rancher Cliven Bundy is accused of leading a group of more than 200 armed followers to stop federal agents who were rounding up about 400 of Bundy’s cattle on federal lands. Bundy is accused of allowing his cattle to graze on public lands for more than 20 years while refusing to pay grazing fees and ignoring court orders to remove them. Bundy and others could face life in prison if they are convicted of felony charges, including conspiracy, obstruction, extortion and assault on law enforcement officers. According to the Las Vegas Review Journal and AP, their next trial date is for February 8, 2017 and includes 18 others charged in the 2014 standoff near Bunkerville, Nevada.

THE GREEN PLAGUE

The root causes of these abuses by our Federal Government is probably due to some overpaid, unqualified, college-educated hypocrit with some degree in land management declaring that the pounding of cattle hoofs caused dust bowls during dry months and mud during the rainy ones. One can’t fine cattle and sheep, nor jail them, so the ranchers must take the blame. The Environmental fanatics (Greenies) then force BLM to crack down on grazing. This caused the Sagebrush Rebellion then, and will also cause another one now over the same land.

TRUMP BEATS HILLARY AND ANARCHY BEGINS

After watching the post-election George Soros-financed riots, I began to wonder what more rotten things are being cooked up for the coming inauguration. Soros, along with some similarly satanically-controlled people, had their professionally prepared signs reading, “Drop Trump” appearing miraculously soon after Donald Trump whipped Clinton. Think about it. It was obvious to me, at least, that an order for those signs all saying the same thing had been placed many weeks in advance.

And then after The Donald beat Hillary, the poor losers claimed Hillary won the popular vote. But, again, if common sense is applied, Hillary had problems getting people to fill the seats in the small arena in which she spoke while Trump was packing his huge arenas leaving people outside who couldn’t get inside.

Project Veritas exposed the “election rigging” actions of Clinton and the Democrat National Committee (DNC) In one hidden video released by Project Veritas, Democrat operative Bob Creamer admits that Hillary Clinton directed illegal coordinated campaign expenditures by paying to have activists in Donald Duck costumes holding signs demanding to see Donald Trumps’ tax returns. Creamer can be seen saying, “In the end, it was the candidate Hillary Clinton, the future president of the United States, who wanted ducks on the ground. So, by god, we would get ducks on the ground?” He later admitted the Democrats have been rigging elections for years.[1]

As he apparently realized how damning that admission was, he followed it by saying, “don’t repeat that to anybody.” Project Veritas repeated it to anyone with both Internet access and the willingness to hear it. In an earlier Project Veritas hidden video, another DNC operative admits the Left paid for and organized violence to create a path to the White House for Clinton which they called “conflict engagement.” One operative would brag of “conflict engagement in the lines at Trump rallies” and proudly sways, “We have mentally ill people that we pay to do s**t, make no mistake. We’re starting anarchy here.”

DISCUSSION ABOUT ASSASSISNATION

Paul Schrader, who was involved in writing or directing many movies took to Facebook on November 11 to fan the flames of the violent protests. He wrote: I have spent the last five days meditating on Trump’s election. Upon consideration, I believe this is a call to violence. I felt the call to violence in the 60s; and I feel it now again. Now if they are aiming to cause violence, will that take place before Donald Trump is sworn in on January 20th which would mean the fraud currently in the White House could call for Martial law and remain in office. www.newswithviews.com/Vieira/edwin198.htm Of course, Schrader is used to playing the role of director. Rather than take part in any violence himself – which might get him hurt or killed and would almost certainly lead to his arrest – he is content to do what he does best: direct from a safe distance.

Schrader is not alone in calling for violence. Monisha Rajesh, who has written for both THE GUARDIAN and THE TELEGRAPH, woke up to the election news and appears to have at least temporarily lost her mind. She took to twitter and in a string of angry tweets, she wrote, “Just woken up, checked Twitter, felt the swirling sickness of Brexit, but this far worse. The whole world is f**ked.” She followed up with a tweet to photographer and travel writer Mark C O’Flaherty, saying “It’s about time for a presidential assassination.” O’Flaherty replied, “Haaaaa- that’s all we’ve talked about for the last hour.” Both accounts have since been deleted.[1] (P.19)

A SPECIAL TYPE OF IGNORANCE

Soros also funded much of the Black Lives Matter movement as a tool of social revolution. The Craigslist ad began to run as early as October and Soros was recruiting young folks 30 and younger- preferably minorities- offering $15/hour, $1500/month plus benefits and then he made arrangements for busses to pick these rioters/protests up and deliver them to certain rallies.[1] Of course these are the “politically correct” millennials indoctrinated in the communist public school system for decades.

While it was happening in all the big cities across the country controlled by Democrats, I am only familiar with the state of Oregon and especially Portland. I had an old high school friend call me from Eastern Washington to ask me what all the crazies in Portland, Oregon were doing with protests that went on for days and much damage to businesses. While right-wingers participated in the electoral process seeking to bring about change, the anti-Trump riots as seen in Portland protested. The local NBC affiliate reported that “at least seventy-nine demonstrators either didn’t turn in a ballot or weren’t registered to vote in the state’s Vote By Mail.” That means that most of the 112 rioters arrested did not even bother to vote in the very election they were protesting.

The report says: Following Tuesday’s presidential election of Donald Trump, thousands of people took to the streets in downtown Portland for five straight nights. The activity included at least one night that the police declared to be a riot, with more than $1 million in property damage. The bulk of the arrests happened on Friday and Saturday evenings as protesters faced off against police.

KGW compiled a list of the 112 people arrested by the Portland Police bureau during recent protests. Those names and ages provided by police, were then compared to state voter logs by Multnomah County Election officials. (1)
Records showed 39 of the protesters arrested were registered in the state but didn’t return a ballot for the November 8 election. Thirty-five of the demonstrators taken into custody weren’t registered to vote in Oregon and were, no doubt, bussed into the city.

GOING GREEN MOTTO

If the communists wanted to expand its Luciferian agenda, long ago they chose Oregon due to its low- church attendance compared with the rest of the country. In September 1998 we were “blessed” with a visit from V.P. Al Gore at the dedication of Portland’s Light rail which was rated #1 in public transportation in 2011. A few years later found a Russian-flagged ship full of global-warming “scientists’ and journalists” on a mission to study melting ice in Antarctica stuck in record levels of ice and had to be rescued at taxpayer expense by fossil fuel-guzzling vessels. In order to program Portlanders to choose bikes over cars, in 2012 Portland was getting $2 million from the Feds for bike improvement paths and to buy bikes for its “Portland Bike Sharing” program which is now in full swing and has become known as the city of Bicycles and Thefts. But, “peddle power” has its limits even in bike friendly Portland, Oregon. Police are now giving out tickets to those who ride their bikes on the sidewalks and skate boarders are told they can skate outside of the downtown area but they are not wanted downtown.

THE INDOCTRINATION BEGAN

Way back in 1976 I was reading doom and gloom stories about how our automobiles were becoming terrible polluters and ultimately we’d have piles of junk to desecrate the landscape and that they were no longer a wondrous method of freeing man from his immobility. Do you remember when Obama was paying people “Cash for Clunkers” And now I hear Uber’s “rent a car” idea is expanding to allow our cars to work for us while we are at work or they are in our driveway or a parking lot.

A CULTURE OF VIOLENCE

In 2014 Portland was determined to be one of the best vacation spots and the New Age environmental pollyanas were attracted to Oregon. They participate in Naked Biker events – one of several around the world and the largest with thousands participating in conjunction with the Gay Pride Parade on Father’s Day. On Valentine’s Day in 2015 Portland held a “cuddle convention.” Portland is #2 in Vegan friendly cities. In 1992 HUD gave $3.6 million to be used for rental and housing for groups for the mentally ill, developmentally disabled, the homeless and recovery drug abusers; however, today Portland is overrun with homeless setting up homeless camps next to wealthy neighborhoods and recently one such person who ended up in Salem, Oregon said Portland had given them bus tickets to leave. And recently Portland was declared a “Sanctuary” city.

[1]. 12/19/2016 New American magazine

© 2017 Betty Freauf – All Rights Reserved




The family unit has to be destroyed

It’s Christmas morning and all through the house, not a sound can be heard, not even a mouse. The kids are all grown up, and at the same time the number of those who belong to the family has grown and now the worries have multiplied ten-fold and leave us to moan occasionally.

I have often referred to myself as “blessed” but then again at times I feel I have been “favored”. I know that must sound prideful, but when I look at my family of children I can’t think of a better word.

This family was raised under the umbrella of God knowing he was an important part of our family. Did we always go to church – NO, but then we were a military family for years, always somewhere new and a new church didn’t always feel that comfortable or you just hurt after making more new friends and having to say good-bye again. Sometimes it was just easier to minister at home through actions and words.

Ours for years was an unhappy home a great deal of the time. Their father might not like me saying that but it’s true and somehow the kids managed to overcome it all and become upstanding citizens and now they also have found a great Dad in their new “Pop”. I want you to know I include Pop’s kids in this also and what a combined family we are.

I like to take most of the credit for my children turning out so well, but I know God had a very heavy hand in it – he had to, for the outside sources want the American family structure destroyed.

As I proudly tell you about the kids after watching us all gathered at our annual Christmas Eve family time, the word pride does not cover what I feel for my children and their spouses, grandchildren and their dates or fiancé’s and those 4 beautiful great-grandchildren dancing (running) about the rooms.

When I first started researching education I had not a clue what I was doing – I just knew there was something very wrong and it was definitely hurting our children. What a surprise when I discovered some of those participating in this ugly game of “dumbing down” were our own country’s elected or those who had always wished they were but had the money to back up their evil without being elected.

Control of the world is a very large task and it takes many busy hands and mouths working in basic alignment to try and pull something like that off. Senator McCarthy and others have tried to warn us of the looming agenda of some wanting to “rule the world”. Even JFK, in all seriousness just months before his assassination told us in part:

“For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence–on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice, on guerrillas by night instead of armies by day. It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific and political operations.

Its preparations are concealed, not published. Its mistakes are buried not headlined. Its dissenters are silenced, not praised. No expenditure is questioned, no rumor is printed, no secret is revealed.”

At the time, most Americans including myself, really didn’t hear the words or if they did, had no understanding of what he was speaking about. We do now!

Most of you have heard of John Dewey and his Marxist idea of raising children. Basically, they were to all be the same – in growth, play and learning to work at keeping them mindless, but easily “taught” as in Skinnerian’s idea that a young child could be trained like a caged rat or dog to dance to the tune of their “trainers”.

The educational reformers of the late eighteenth and nineteenth centuries dealt with the two distinct aspects of children’s problems. One concerned the claims of childhood as a specific and independent stage in human growth. This problem arises from the efforts of adults subjecting growing children to ends foreign to their own needs and basically pressing them into molds shaped, not by the requirements of the maturing personalities, but by the external interests of the ruling order. Rousseau protested against this when he wrote: “Nature wants children to be children before they are men. Childhood has ways of seeing, thinking, and feeling, peculiar to itself, nothing can be more foolish than to substitute our ways for them.” So very, very true.

In the Communist Manifesto, we are told of specific goals that are expected to be completed – not by any real-time period as Communists have a great deal of patience. Those of the greatest concern to me and should be to you are those laid out which play with the character of our children and their relationship to God, family and friends.

Over and over throughout the document, the two things that stood out to me were to (1) preserve the Communist Party/Country’s at all cost and (2) leading the children to an ungodly life acceptable to all and to be supportive of everything they had formally been taught was immoral or disrespectful:

• 17. Get control of the schools. Use them as transmission belts for socialism and current Communist propaganda. Soften the curriculum. Get control of teachers’ associations. Put the party line in textbooks.
• 19. Use student riots to foment public protests programs or organizations which are under Communist attack.
• 24. Eliminate all laws governing obscenity by calling them “censorship” and a violation of free speech and free press.
• 25. Break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in books, magazines, motion pictures, radio, and TV.
• 26. Present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as “normal, natural, healthy.”
• 27. Infiltrate the churches and replace revealed religion with “social” religion. Discredit the Bible and emphasize the need for intellectual maturity, which does not need a “religious crutch.”
• 28. Eliminate prayer or any phase of religious expression in the schools on the ground that it violates the principle of “separation of church and state.” (It was the Communist/Socialist individuals who came up with “separation of church and state”)
• 29. Discredit the American Constitution by calling it inadequate, old-fashioned, out of step with modern needs, a hindrance to cooperation between nations on a worldwide basis.
• 30. Discredit the American Founding Fathers. Present them as selfish aristocrats who had no concern for the “common man.”
• 31. Belittle all forms of American culture and discourage the teaching of American history on the grounds it was only a minor part of the “big picture.” Give more emphasis to Russian history since the Communists took over.
• 40. Discredit the family as an institution. Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce.
• 41. Emphasize the need to raise children away from the negative influence of parents. Attribute prejudices, mental blocks and retarding of children to suppressive influence of parents.
• 42. Create the impression that violence and insurrection are legitimate aspects of the American tradition; that students and special-interest groups should rise up and use a united force to solve economic, political or social problems.

This represents over ¼ of the Manifesto being directed at faith, children, family, and morals. How do you think they have done with their “social justice” and continued emphasis on stating the need for more funds in education for the “low-income” but the low-income are not equally treated or educated – just an end to a means.

As a result of the past election, has America woken up enough to understand what has been happening in the back ground? Do you understand the purpose of the United Nations? The goal pertaining to the UN is one of the most significant since it basically lays out the whole plan and most have missed it until recent years with Obama at the helm: 11. Promote the U.N. as the only hope for mankind. If its charter is rewritten, demand that it be set up as a one-world government with its own independent armed forces.

We have warned you about the North American Union and presented to you a self-absorbed Jesuit Pope who is in alignment with the United Nations and presents welcoming arms to Sharia Muslims telling us Chrislam is right and we are wrong.

The alarmists like Al Gore, Prince Charles and their minions keep telling us their concern about global warming is all about man’s stewardship of the environment. But we know that’s not true. When the top United Nations official confirms what most of us have known is a farce from day one, why argue?

At a news conference, last week in Brussels, Christiana Figueres, executive secretary of U.N.’s Framework Convention on Climate Change, admitted that the goal of environmental activists is not to save the world from ecological calamity but to destroy capitalism. As she so proudly put it, “This is the first time in the history of mankind that we are setting ourselves the task of intentionally, within a defined period of time, to change the economic development model that has been reigning for at least 150 years, since the Industrial Revolution,” she said.

Referring to a new international treaty environmentalists hope will be adopted at the Paris climate change conference later in 2015, she added: “This is probably the most difficult task we have ever given ourselves, which is to intentionally transform the economic development model for the first time in human history.”

Now you know the true meaning of “redistribute the wealth”!

It is imperative that we as a country emphasize to Mr. Trump that we could care less about moving Israel’s embassy, but that we want the United States to get out of the UN entirely. We are being ripped off to the tune of billions of dollars a year carrying the largest financial load and at the same time those from within are working to bring about the demise of this country and yet no change to the poor countries we were told the UN was going to heal in over 60 years and trillions of $$.

Hopefully, Americans will take on a little researching of their own. I know I was also one of the ones who used to think that Reagan walked on water until I began doing research. There were things that happened from 1981 through 1989 that should be viewed as crimes against the American people, and until we can take an objective view at history we will never learn from it.

Harcourt-Brace and Pearson Publishing trying to re-write our History books cannot change the true History of this country – only that which is being fed into our children’s minds.

It wasn’t bad enough to discover Reagan had signed 2 education treaties with Russia, but that it was during his presidency that something like Rex 84 would surface and who saw it coming? I am no fan of Oliver North who worked along with George H.W. Bush and Bill Clinton during the Iran Contra mess to begin heavily bringing drugs into this country and then have them all come out “smelling like roses”.

Have you ever heard of Rex 84? Rex 84 was short for “Readiness Exercise 1984.” Rex 84 was prepared by Oliver North and there were things that happened from 1981 through 1989 that should be viewed as crimes against the American people, and until we can take an objective view at history we will never learn from it.

From 1982 to 1984, Colonel Oliver North assisted FEMA in drafting its civil defense preparations format. Details of those plans emerged during the 1987 Iran-Contra scandal and they included executive orders providing for suspension of the Constitution, the imposition of martial law, internment camps, and the turning over of government to the President and FEMA.

There is no statement in Rex 84 or any Executive Order written by G.W. Bush or Obama that excludes American citizens. Do you think all the citizen news and pictures showing FEMA camps and trains carrying supplies and ammunition to those camps are lies? To your detriment.

The total ruination of the education system is laid out to muddle the minds of our children and take away their reasoning powers. The awful new math is confirmation of that. Who ever heard of tell a child “we don’t care if you get the answer right or right – just that you did the problem the way we told you to”?

Some friends and myself are launching a new website which is going to take a great deal of our time but it will be focused on exposing all the backroom room underhanded and nefarious plans, deals, negotiations, treaty’s, legislation and deceit which will be presented in direct correlation to the using of the United Nations for the sole purpose of destroying this country and creating a New World Order/One World Government.

Keep your eyes out for www.unitednationsdanger.org

Those telling the truth are always accused of sounding insane when telling what the insane are actually doing.

© 2017 Diane Kepus – All Rights Reserved




Good riddance – Megan Kelly has cheapened journalism

I write this in exasperation at encountering news on the internet, television, and radio all about Megan Kelly moving from Fox News to NBC. Why is this news? On what basis is fame awarded to those who only read, announce, or chatter about the news made by other people who actually do something other than “observe” what others do and report or comment on it? Why, for the first time, have those whose role it is to report the “news,” become the “news”?

This particularly applies to Megan Kelly. She, and more and more other television “journalists,” think and act like they are the story; they are the celebrities; and those who actually make the news by doing things are just props for the “reporters” to put on a show in which the reporter is the star. For Kelly, as a “reporter,” its “all about her,” as the reporter, instead of who she is reporting on.

It wasn’t always this way. Once upon a time many years ago, I was what is called “an award winning investigative reporter” for a large circulation newspaper in one the most corrupt urban areas of the country. Among other things, I wrote a series of more than twenty parts on corruption, drugs, gambling, bookie joints, whore houses, public housing and other corrupt “poverty programs” that made organized crime, government officials, and “poverty program pimps,” rich by payoffs and graft.

Death threats began after the first installment of the series appeared. By the third day, I was ordered into the managing editor’s office. Two FBI agents informed me they believed the death threats were serious Thereafter, although death threats continued as the series went on day after day, I had 24-hour FBI-supervised protection, Where I went, they went. As I slept, they guarded. A corrupt mayor and a number of other government figures ultimately went to prison for corruption. That was professional journalism, and I was proud to be a small part of it.

But that was a long time ago and far, far way from contemporary television broadcast journalism, epitomized by Megan Kelly. Today, purported professional journalist Megan Kelly has become a celebrity broadcast journalist whose career move is reported on endlessly by other “journalists” in a breathless worshipful manner that used to be reserved for teenage readers of fan magazines. “Will she or won’t she?” “What will Megan do”? “Megan Kelly announces she will…! Provoking the question: Knowing how Megan Kelly has cheapened journalism, why should anyone care where she sells her soul?

This celebration of purported journalist Megan Kelly in endless purported “news reports” by other purported journalists takes place even as she almost nightly cheapens the profession of journalism.

Kelly has cheapened professional journalism by cheapening herself, to the present and future injury of other women who really are or want to be ethical professional journalists, but don’t want to be hired, promoted, or judged on an “eye-candy” standard of sexual attractiveness, allure, or suggestiveness.

Consider: What is the lesson of Kelly’s career actions for other women, especially young women, if they want to get ahead and be respected as a professional journalist ?

First, following the Kelly model, what a woman needs to do to get ahead in television journalism is to pretend to be a professional journalist but dress on television “news programs” like a high class call girl on her on her way to an assignation as soon as the broadcast ends.

And do such other things as Kelly has done to promote herself, such as: Going on the Howard Stern Show and chatting all smiles with Dirty Howard about matters sexual. Giggle without objection as Kelly did when drooling Howard complimented her leeringly as “a great piece of ass.” Carry on with Howard as Kelly did in titillating banter about sexual acts and practices like a low class hooker being probed, so to speak, by Dirty Howard, and enjoying it. Really high class, professional journalist conduct by Kelley to get ahead.

Or, following the Kelly model, do a “come-and-get-it” soft-porn photo spread for GQ or similar magazine, as Kelly did, while simultaneously insisting all you want to be recognized for is your professionalism as a journalist and not as a woman trying to get ahead on her sexual attractiveness and attributes.

Most importantly, exploit your position, as Kelly did on Fox as its eye-candy news queen, to make yourself famous by doing something really cheap but self-promoting, as Kelly did in ambushing Donald Trump in the first presidential campaign debate with an accusation posing as a journalistic question regarding Trump being abusive of women by, inter alia, calling Rosie O’Donell a “pig.” ( That apparently is being abusive of women even if true about Rosie O’Donnell, at least to the degree that Rosie O’Donnell is one, although it isn’t clear that she “identifies” as one.)

Kelly gained fame by her cheap ambush of Trump, but by the same act she lost all credibility personally as an objective journalist, and cheapened the profession. But that doesn’t mean Kelly won’t get ahead at NBC, which, especially through MSNBC, has evidenced that it has even less journalistic integrity than Kelly, and will say or do anything if it is self-promoting, no matter how cheap.

In sum, Kelly has cheapened journalism by the way she has sought advancement by figuratively selling sex. There is a word for that when the sale is literal rather than figurative. That word sometimes fits when the sale, replete with come on, remains figurative. That word, in my opinion, fits Megan Kelly, and fits the kind of “journalism” of which she is the exemplar.

Megan Kelly’s is not the kind of professional journalism that should be celebrated by “journalists” as “news” in story upon story about Meagan Kelly’s career change. Cheap is as cheap does, and Kelly does it cheap, indeed. All that needs be said of her are words that are ancient, but wise, and fitting for Megan Kelly: “Go, and sin no more.”

© 2017 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved




Inauguration Day: Trump must become most protected president in U.S. History

When Donald J. Trump takes his oath of office as President of the United States only weeks from now, the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria warns it will use his inauguration on January 20, 2017 to declare war on the United States and its allies. ISIS is calling that important ceremonial event “Bloody Friday,” according to the National Association of Chiefs of Police on Monday.

According to the political insider Josh Brernbaum, in addition to launching an attack on Trump’s inauguration, ISIS has recruited multiple English-speaking jihadists — many of them women — to reach out to the infidels with their death threats.

“ISIS is angry over the results of the American election that brought to power a President who they believe will give no quarter in the war on Islamic terrorists. They are also angry that in the waning months of his administration, President [Barack Obama] is taking credit for what others are doing in Mosul (Iraq) and Aleppo (Syria). He has also allowed U.S. military presence in Afghanistan to fester,” said former counter-terrorism operative Milton Sedgewick, now working as a security contractor.

Security services in European countries are also facing a new paradigm: an upswing in the number of female jihadists who are recruited by ISIS to engage in terrorists acts, according to Homeland Security News Wire.

Security surrounding the inauguration of Donald Trump is proving to be the most challenging in recent history, according to senior officials involved in its planning, largely because of the same forces of political rancor that shaped the race for the presidency.

On top of the daunting threats to any inaugural ceremony, the three dozen agencies responsible for security at the Jan. 20 festivities are preparing for the possibility of large numbers of protesters flooding the capital, along with what may be nearly 1 million supporters of Trump. For example, there is talk of one group of anti-Trump “potheads” who are claiming they will handout thousands of marijuana “joints” for protesters to smoke while protesting the inauguration.

The agencies are worried about the possibility of confrontations between groups of Americans still deeply divided over the election — and at a moment when millions of people around the world will be turning their attention to Washington. At the very least, officials said, protests would put additional pressure on the region’s already-stretched security apparatus.

And in 2009, Obama’s inauguration was the first transfer of power in the post-9/11 era — and the first in which an African-American was taking the oath of office. Obama faced a rash of racist threats, as well as concerns about a terrorist plot that ultimately proved unfounded but sent the president-elect and top aides scrambling on the eve of his swearing-in.

Even so, Obama did not face the kind of large protests expected to greet Trump when he officially arrives in Washington. The 2009 crowd of nearly 2 million people, a record, included few, if any, protesters and did not lead to a single arrest, according to Christopher T. Geldart, the director of homeland security for the District of Columbia.

A vast overlapping patchwork of intelligence analysts, military personnel, and law enforcement officers numbering in the tens of thousands will be working to protect the inauguration and related activities.

In total, more than three dozen different agencies spread out across the capital will be working to prevent the occasion from becoming a platform for individuals or groups looking to do harm. Their work, begun months ago, has taken on a new urgency since Election Day and will soon include the imposition of a security perimeter around the Capitol, the Mall, and large parts of the city.

Soldiers and airmen from the South Dakota National Guard are preparing for joint support of the 58th Presidential Inauguration in Washington, Jan. 20, 2017, according to Air Force Master Sgt. Christopher Stewart.

“They will join hundreds of National Guardsmen from across the country to assist with security, crowd control and traffic management throughout the national capital region when President-elect Donald J. Trump takes the oath as the 45th president of the United States,” Sgt. Stewart wrote. “This joint service security group is preparing with refresher training on the safe and secure movement of civilians prior to, during and after inauguration events.”

“The purpose of the training is so that the two branches can blend together and work together as a cohesive team,” said Army Sgt. Kurtis Brown, 235th Military Police Company team leader. “For a joint operation like the Presidential Inauguration we all want to be on the same page.”

Soldiers and airmen intermixed and practiced moving as squads and platoons. They also practiced various formations while using specialized equipment.

Beneficial Training

Instructors from a local air ambulance service provided medical training on Dec. 3 that was focused on medical issues civilians might develop at the inauguration.

“The practice was needed and beneficial to all of us, said Air Force Lt. Kristopher King,” 114th Security Forces chief of information protection. “It’s a great opportunity to make sure everyone is speaking the same language and using the same techniques.”

The costs of security alone are expected to exceed $100 million.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved




Extreme vetting or destruction

Whether sovereign citizens or the federal government wants to admit it or not, despite the election of pro-American Donald Trump for president, our republic is still under major attack. The onslaught is in full operation from both external and internal enemies who have or continue their mission to destroy our nation, they are working to change her either into a communist utopia or an irritating abusive Muslim enclave. Liberal FOX News contributor Juan Williams on a recent episode of the Five talk show was uttering his usual progressive drivel. The topic of discussion was refugees coming into America. Greg Gutfeld, Dana Perino, Eric Boling, Kimberly Guifoyle all agreed that Trump’s call for extreme vetting is reasonable.

Especially, considering the circumstances America is in due to Obama’s evil mission to get as many illegal immigrants and Islamic terrorists as possible into the USA before he leaves office. The one exception was the progressive Juan Williams who firmly believes in Obama’s open borders policy.

The majority of Middle East refugees being brought in are young Islamic men who are true believers in the concept of converting the people or destroying the society they immigrate to. A much smaller number are women and children who are also bigoted believers. Of course, Mr. Obama has refused to allow many Christian refugees from the Middle East into our country. He does not care that the Middle East Christians are more persecuted than their Islamic counterparts. The Muslims are hell bent on killing Christians and Jews, or raping little boys like they do in Afghanistan. I’ll never forget when an American soldier got in trouble for protecting a little boy from being raped by adult Muslim men. The reason given was that is part of their Muslim culture. YIKES

Again, Mr. Obama’s goal is to bring in as many Muslim refugees into our republic as possible. He hopes to have so many Muslim refugees in America that pro American Donald Trump cannot be able to reverse the changes he hopes will be inflicted upon our republic. This dastardly mission is chronicled in the book Stealth Invasion: Muslim Conquest through immigration and the resettlement Jihad. Let us never forget, that Obama proclaimed that “America is no longer a Christian nation.” Now he is flooding America with Christian, Jewish and black people hating Muslims to try to make his sick vision a reality.

Obama is so full of hate for our exceptional nation that he will be the first retired president to immediately go to political war against efforts to rebuild, restore, reinvigorate America and protect our borders.

The election of Donald J. Trump is a great accomplishment. But unless “We the People” who agree with his message and goal of making America great again and do not keep the pressure on our representatives to work with Trump, our hope of a renewed republic will be dashed. Then the progressives who want America permanently removed from greatness could possibly get their way. Because of a lack of Biblical based moral instruction over the past four decades, many Americans are now far less inclined to do the right thing. My Dad used to tell me when I was a little boy that the government is a reflection of “We the People.” Thus, over the past eight years the government that is constitutionally mandated to protect us from enemies both foreign and domestic has done the opposite. The wayward people lacked wisdom and elected a progressive enemy as president. They have also elected at least one hundred congressmen and women who are card carrying communists who hate America and the concept of personal liberty as much as Obama does. If you are wayward morally and are not at the very least rooted in common sense you will make awful choices, including destruction of the republic you live in.

The American government has been filled with many individuals who like the individuals who voted for them do not know right from wrong. They have been no more inclined to protect our borders than foxes elected to protect a chicken farm. Many in government have been working with president Obama to fill our nation with those who would destroy our nation after slitting our throats, if given the chance. Also, globalist republicans like John McCain and Lindsay Graham have sabre rattled against Russia for supposedly hacking into our nations election process. But those two sidewinders have yet to raise their voices against murderous minions being unleashed throughout our republic.

Chamber of Commerce, globalist republicans like governors Nikki Haley of South Carolina, John Kasich of Ohio and Rick Snyder of Michigan all support Obama’s mission to fundamentally transform America even if it means bringing harm to you and I via non vetted refugees that hate our way of life.

If you don’t believe me, please tell me why they have supported Obama’s mission to push more and more Islamic Somali American hating refugees into Columbus and Minneapolis. As a result, there are have been numerous terror recruitment problems in both of those cities.

Our America has been granted a chance to reverse from the Obama, United Nations and the democrat party plot to irreparably harm our republic. I also believe we shall soon overcome and witness a true revival fortunes and greatness in America. May God Bless you, God Bless America and may America Bless God.
Don’t miss a page from The Edwards Notebook commentary overnights on the Captain’s America-Third Watch, simply the best Live overnight radio show broadcasting across the United States from flagship radio station AM 860 The Answer. Also via the internet on Conservative radio, iHeart, Freedom in America Radio, Net Talk World and more.

© 2017 Ron Edwards – All Rights Reserved




Why our CO2 emissions do not increase atmosphere CO2 Pt. 2

Over 4000 people, including hundreds of scientists, read my article “Why our CO2 emissions do not increase Atmosphere CO2”. As I write this (January 3, 2017), there are 112 comments.

One well-respected scientist wrote to me:

Your article is (in my opinion) the BEST commentary yet that I’ve seen on this topic. I cannot see any way to shorten it. Your analogies are fantastic.

This article brings the (atmospheric physicist) scientific level of understanding down to the level of a 6th-grade education.

Just science, facts. No politics, no hysteria, and no hype. I love it.

I appreciate that comment because that is my writing goal. However, I have a scientific goal as well. That is to prove the arguments to support alarmist Claim #1, namely, that “Human CO2 emissions caused all or most of the observed rise in atmospheric CO2,” are wrong.

The discussion in the 112 comments shows I have proved by logic that their 4-step argument to prove Claim #1 is invalid. Also, I proved the arguments that use carbon isotopes to prove Claim #1 are wrong.

All alarmist arguments for Claim #1 include the classic mathematical error of having more unknowns than equations. Therefore …

There exists no scientific basis to claim that human CO2 caused all or most of the increase in atmospheric CO2.

The comments by one Icarus62 and my replies best illustrate the core of the debate:

Icarus62:

It couldn’t be simpler: We’ve emitted twice as much CO2 since the preindustrial as remains in the atmosphere today. Therefore, nature had been a net sink of CO2 from the atmosphere over this period and we’re responsible for 100% of the 120ppm rise. Agreed? It cannot possibly be otherwise.

Berry:

Dear Icarus62, Thank you again for your comment. “It could not be simpler,” said the Aztec priests. “We simply cut out beating hearts and roll heads down the temple steps … and it rains.” They all believed it.

What is missing? The scientific method and good physics are missing. You are using what Richard Feynman called Cargo Cult science.

Icarus62:

1. Anthropogenic sources have emitted ~2,000Gt of CO2 since the preindustrial.
2. Atmospheric concentration has risen by ~850Gt / 120ppm.
3. The remaining ~1150Gt is no longer in the atmosphere – it has been sequestered by the land and oceans.
4. Hence the land and oceans have been a net sink for atmospheric CO2 over this period, and 100% of the 120ppm rise in atmospheric CO2 is anthropogenic.

This proves your argument wrong. If you disagree, please let me know which of these four items you dispute, and why. Thanks…

Berry:

Dear Icarus62, Thank you for your comment because it is directly on point. You have presented the key 4 steps of the standard argument that human CO2 caused 100% of the rise in atmospheric CO2.

They are the same 4 steps that I present and rebut in my article above. The 4 steps fail because of invalid wording in steps 3 and 4. The phrase “land AND oceans” should be “land OR oceans.” The fact that (land + oceans) is less than 0 does not prove (land is less than 0) AND (oceans is less than 0).

Land can be a net sink even while oceans can be a net source for atmospheric CO2. Therefore, step 4 is invalid.

The 4-step argument does not prove human CO2 drives atmospheric CO2. That is because there are other scenarios where oceans can drive atmospheric CO2, while still meeting all the constraints of steps 1-3 after the “and” in step 3 is changed to “or” as required by logic.

My Fig. 1 above is a scenario were land absorbs all the human CO2 while oceans absorb and much CO2 as they emit. In that scenario, atmospheric CO2 remains constant. Steps 1-3 (with the “or”) do not exclude this scenario.

A second scenario can be where land absorbs all human CO2 emissions while oceans add CO2 to the atmosphere. (Simply change the ocean input in Fig. 1 from 44 to 46.) Steps 1-3 (with the “or”) do not exclude this scenario.

As you can see, there are an infinite number of scenarios that prove the 4-step argument is wrong.

You are not the first to challenge me with this 4-step argument. Keith Pickering, writing for Peter Gleick and company, challenged me with the same 4 steps. Keith acknowledged that I would win if I could produce even one scenario that showed his argument wrong. I did and Keith provided no counter argument.

Icarus62:

Your comment is not a valid rebuttal. I can replace “the land and oceans” with “the natural world” and the logic is still the same – it’s immaterial how that 1150Gt of anthropogenic CO2 that is no longer in the atmosphere has been partitioned between land and oceans. The natural world (land + oceans) has been a net sink of CO2 from the atmosphere since the preindustrial and there is no scenario in which we can be responsible for less than 100% of the 120ppm rise in atmospheric CO2.

To take one of your scenarios as an example:

If the land had absorbed 2,000Gt CO2 since the preindustrial, while the oceans had added ~850Gt to the atmosphere, the net natural change would be -1150Gt, i.e. a net sink. 100% of the 120ppm rise in atmospheric CO2 would be due to us, because in the absence of our emissions, the natural world would have caused a decline to 130ppm, instead of the increase to 400ppm we have observed. Not a physically realistic scenario, but it does demonstrate why your argument is wrong.

Berry:

Dear Icarus62, Thank you again for your comment.

You make an invalid assumption. You assume the “natural world” does not adjust to human input of CO2. Only a very small adjustment by the “natural world” will easily compensate for all human CO2 emissions.

If humans add CO2 to the atmosphere, land will absorb more CO2 and oceans will reduce their CO2 transfer to the atmosphere. That is because transfer rates are controlled by partial pressures of CO2.

Nothing in the 4-step argument excludes that ocean temperature can control the rate of change of atmospheric CO2. Since the 4-step argument cannot exclude this alternative, the 4-step argument is NOT proof that human CO2 caused all the rise in atmospheric CO2.

Further, the 4-step argument does not exclude the Fig. 1 alternative that shows atmospheric CO2 can remain constant if atmospheric CO2 is at equilibrium with ocean temperature. In Fig. 1, the “natural world” is a net sink but atmospheric CO2 remains constant.

Remember, to be proof, the 4-step argument must exclude all possible scenarios where atmospheric CO2 can remain constant in the presence of human CO2 emissions. The 4-step argument does not accomplish that proof.

The 4-step argument is a case of having more unknowns than equations. For example, if there were an equation that proved land and oceans emissions would not adjust to human CO2 emissions, then that would be sufficient to be a proof. But there is no such equation. So, the 4-step argument is based on an invalid assumption.

Icarus62:

The ‘4-step argument’ explicitly states that the natural world has adjusted by absorbing around half of our CO2 emissions, thus becoming a net sink. Any scenario in which we’re not responsible for 100% of the rise in atmospheric CO2 is logically ruled out. I illustrated this with one of your scenarios above (land = -2000Gt, ocean = +850Gt, net natural change = -1150Gt CO2, thus 100% of the 120ppm increase in atmospheric CO2 is due to anthropogenic emissions, and none of it is due to nature).

Berry:

Dear Icarus62, the 4-step argument incorrectly assumes the natural world absorbs only enough human CO2 emissions to account for the excess in its argument. That is illogical because it does not allow the natural world to absorb any more than this amount.

What physics would constrain the natural world to absorbing only enough human CO2 to support the unfounded alarmist hypothesis?

None! It is a hand-waving argument with no physical basis, and no support from the argument itself. If the natural world can absorb about half, the natural world can absorb all human CO2 emissions.

The 4-step argument assumes the natural world cannot absorb more CO2 than an amount specified in the assumption. And, lo and behold, the 4-step argument concludes its own assumption is correct. That is a perfect case of garbage in, garbage out. Sorry. That proves the 4-step argument is a religion and not a science.

The 4-step argument still has more unknowns than equations.

Maybe Icarus62 will return but my argument will prevail.

There exists no scientific basis to claim that human CO2 caused all or most of the increase in atmospheric CO2.

My article references Murry Salby’s videos and book. My lake analogy conveys the same correct physics that Salby puts into differential equations.

Alarmists claim Salby’s calculations do not “conserve carbon.” They are wrong. Salby’s calculations conserve carbon, just as my lake example conserves water.

Alarmists claim I needed to included ocean acidification, land and ocean absorption limits, etc., to refute their hypothesis. My response is as follows:

1. The alarmist hypothesis claims human CO2 causes all the observed rise in atmospheric CO2.
2. The alarmist hypothesis includes only data on human CO2 emissions and atmospheric CO2.
3. I showed their hypothesis fails by including all data in their hypothesis.
4. I do not need to include data that alarmists did not use in their hypothesis.

There is no end to the illogic of climate alarmists.

What if we could do an experiment to prove whether human CO2 increases atmospheric CO2?

We could stop all human CO2 emissions and see if atmospheric CO2 goes down. Fat chance of pulling off that experiment.

We could increase human CO2 emissions and see if atmospheric CO2 increased its slope – or rate of increase – as the alarmist hypothesis predicts.

Then:

• If atmospheric CO2 increases its slope, the alarmists win.
• If atmospheric CO2 does not increase its slope, the alarmists lose.

Well, we did that experiment. It is at the end of my article. Here it is again.

After 2002, human CO2 emissions increased its slope by three times. At the end of 2012, human CO2 emissions were three times where they would have been if we continued “business as usual.”

Atmospheric CO2 scaled did not change its slope.

The alarmist hypothesis made an incorrect prediction. Therefore, the alarmist hypothesis is wrong.

Human CO2 emissions do not significantly increase atmospheric CO2. As the alarmists like to say, “the science is settled.”

Soon-to-be President Trump is correct. Our CO2 emissions do not cause global warming or climate change. We do not need to restrict our CO2 emissions.

© 2017 Edwin X Berry, Ph.D – All Rights Reserved




2017: the year of pandering, pussyfooting, pharisaical preachers

[NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

It’s been going on for decades, of course. I’m talking about America’s pastors. For the most part, they have become little more than glorified errand boys for corporatism, elitism, legalism, and statism. They watch FOX News too much. They watch Joel Osteen and John Hagee too much. They worry about their 401k’s too much. They worry about their reputations too much. They worry about being disliked too much. They worry about offending major donors too much. They worry about falling out of the smiley side of the political establishment too much. They play golf too much. They belong to too many civic clubs. They try to be liked too much. Like Barack Obama, they take too many vacations. They play and socialize too much and study too little. They are too afraid of being controversial. They are too afraid of being unpopular. And worst of all, they are too afraid of TRUTH.

The televangelist pied pipers of apostasy are blind guides leading a blind church into a deep and horrible ditch. Joel Osteen refuses to use words such as “sin,” “sinner,” “hell,” “judgment,” “wrath,” “homosexual,” “lesbian,” etc. His perverse and pernicious brand of prosperity theology has warped a generation of gullible and undiscerning Christians. John Hagee has made a fortune pandering to the Zionists in Tel Aviv. He has sold millions of dollars worth of books and DVDs promulgating the false doctrine that Jews have a special covenant with God and need not come to Christ for salvation. He has also blatantly said that Jesus did not even come to be the Messiah and that the Jews cannot be blamed for rejecting a Messiah that never was.

But the Judaizing of the church in America has just begun. I predict that 2017 will see a tsunami of Zionistic thought and theology immersing the church. Ultra-Zionists in Congress such as John McCain, Lindsey Graham, and Ted Cruz are preparing to launch a fresh Israel-First political campaign like this country has never seen. And I predict that Donald Trump will likewise launch his own Israel-First campaign from the White House. And given that a majority of preachers and Christians in this country are already laboring under a false and fictitious Israel-First theology in their hearts and minds, they will be wide open to entertaining and promoting this new political, economic, and military push–all of which will benefit the international Zionist bankers who bankroll their toadies in the cloakrooms of Washington, D.C., and newsrooms of New York City.

Already, these pandering, pussyfooting, Pharisaical preachers are beginning to compromise the cardinal doctrines of the Christian faith. This past Christmas, Atlanta megachurch pastor Andy Stanley said in a message that “the story of Jesus’ virgin birth is not crucial to the Christian faith.

“‘If somebody can predict their own death and resurrection, I’m not all that concerned about how they got into the world,’ Andy Stanley said in a Dec. 4 sermon at North Point Community Church, which draws 36,000 attendees across six locations in suburban Atlanta. ‘Christianity doesn’t hinge on the truth or even the stories around the birth of Jesus. It hinges on the resurrection of Jesus.’”

See the report: Megachurch Pastor Ignites Debate After Suggesting That Christianity Doesn’t Hinge On Jesus’ Birth

Surely, Andy Stanley knows that the resurrection of Christ is not possible without the virgin birth of Christ. And he must also know that Christianity does indeed hinge on the virgin birth of Jesus Christ. So, why would he say such a thing? Like the vast majority of these megachurch pastors, he is pandering to self-interest. One doesn’t attract 36,000 parishioners in modern self-absorbed America by preaching like John the Baptist.

And speaking of John the Baptist, ex-con Jim Bakker and prophecy geek Tom Horn are promoting a new book that suggests President-elect Donald Trump is a modern-day John the Baptist for a soon coming Messiah. I kid you not! They are saying that Trump’s election could be the precursor for Christ to return in September or October of this year.

These guys never miss a trick! How many millions of dollars will they make on this book? Of course, when November and December of this year roll around, I’m sure they will be offering another prophecy book with more “signs” and “moons” and “sabbaths” and “miracles” that point to other dates for Jesus’ return. And that book will net them another million or two. P.T. Barnum sure knew what he was talking about when he said, “There’s a sucker born every minute.”

In the first place, I’ve never heard Donald Trump say one word that even suggests he has a personal relationship with Christ. I don’t know his heart, of course. I’m just saying he has never made any kind of public affirmation of a personal faith in Christ. In the second place, for supposed preachers to suggest that the hedonistic, womanizing, foul-mouthed Donald Trump is a modern-day John the Baptist is the height of spiritual idiocy. What kind of president Trump will be is yet to be seen. I sincerely hope he will be a good one. But to compare him to John the Baptist, the mighty prophet and forerunner of our Lord who was filled with the Holy Spirit from his mother’s womb, borders on blasphemy.

News flash: when Christ returns, He will not need anyone’s help–not Jim Bakker’s, not Tom Horn’s, not Kenneth Copeland’s, not Benny Hinn’s, not Donald Trump’s, not ANYONE’S.

And speaking further of pandering preachers: one of Trump’s “spiritual advisers,” Jerry Falwell, Jr., recently said that the moral (or immoral) convictions of Rex Tillerson, Trump’s pick for Secretary of State, aren’t relevant. That’s right. He said they aren’t relevant.

Tillerson is a major promoter of Planned Parenthood, the nation’s largest abortion provider. He is also a major promoter of the homosexual agenda. It was Tillerson who led the Boy Scouts of America to accept homosexuals.

See the report here: Jerry Falwell Jr.: Rex Tillerson’s Position On Social Issues Not Relevant

Of course, Tillerson is also a loyal fellow traveler of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and a major globalist. But New World Order, globalist issues NEVER make the radar for Christian leaders such as Jerry Falwell, Jr.

All over America, pastors are pandering to power, wealth, success, and position. Had Hillary Clinton been elected, she would have chosen several of the same kind of people for her new cabinet as Trump has selected for his–people such as Tillerson. The difference is because Donald Trump is the one doing the selecting, preachers, radio talk show hosts, conservative writers, etc., for the most part, say absolutely nothing against these appointments. But if Clinton was the one making these selections, they would be screaming their heads off.

Folks, the word for that is PANDERING.

If scripturally illiterate people want to pronounce a President-elect as their new messiah and savior, so be it. But supposed men of God and students of the scriptures should know that America’s real problems are spiritual, not political. They should know that America’s remedies are spiritual, not political. They should know that NO politician or political party can ever provide salvation–not even temporal salvation.

Will Donald Trump accomplish some good things in office? I hope so. Will he also do some very BAD things in office? I fear so. Will his administration be a net positive or negative for America? Right now, no one knows. We all pray it will be the former, of course.

But what we do know is that it is the pastors and men of God in this country who are the ones charged with the responsibility of speaking truth to power (regardless of political party), of standing boldly and uncompromisingly for the Biblical Natural Law principles of liberty, and of being honest truth-seekers and truth-tellers.

For far too long, churches and Christians have looked to politicians, political parties, and political celebrities to lead the country out of darkness. This they cannot do. Light and darkness are spiritual realities, NOT political ones. Jesus said that His disciples were the “light” of the world, NOT the kings, governors, potentates, emperors, or even presidents of this world. So, why does the church look to the likes of these to lead them out of darkness? Maybe it’s because all they see around them are pandering, pussyfooting, and Pharisaical preachers.

Then again, if people truly want truth-telling men of God to bring light to their country and communities, why do they continue to sit in the dark shadows of pandering pulpits?

P.S. As I said, I predict that 2017 will be “The Year of the Zionists.” It is as clear as crystal to me that the old covenant, Pharisaical, Zionist false doctrines will be enveloping the western church in an unprecedented manner during the course of this year. In truth, THIS could be the beginning of the great “falling away” that leads to the “man of sin” who will deceive the “very elect.”

Equating the modern State of Israel created in 1948 to Biblical or prophetic Israel is the devil’s greatest deception upon the church. As long as the church–and our country–lies buried under this delusion, the light of Christ and His truth can never shine on this nation.

I preached the “Israel First” doctrine for most of my life, but the more I taught it, the more dissatisfied I became with it. A few years ago, I began a systematic search of the Bible with an open mind and discovered that the promise to Abraham in Genesis 12:3 was fulfilled in Jesus Christ and in those who believe in Him, as clearly explained in Galatians 3:16.

The misapplication of Genesis 12:3 to the modern State of Israel has produced untold death, carnage, and war. And sadly, it is Christians who are the loudest cheerleaders for all of these global wars of aggression. And the reason for this “spirit of war” is the egregious misinterpretation of Genesis 12:3 that inaccurately applies the promise to Abraham to the modern State of Israel.

Let me be clear: I’m NOT talking about race–the Jewish race or any other race. I’m talking about false theology. Many rabbis and Jews are as opposed to the false teachings of Talmudic Zionism as anyone.

I urge readers to watch my seven-message, two-DVD sermon series entitled “The Church And Israel.” This message series has helped thousands of people come to a better understanding of what the Bible truly teaches regarding Israel–past, present, and future. It is by far my most requested DVD package. If you watch these messages with an open heart and mind, I believe the Holy Spirit will reveal truth to you that will change your life. And you do remember what Jesus said, right? “The truth shall make you free.”

Order “The Church And Israel” DVD combo here.

[If you appreciate this column and want to help me distribute these editorial opinions to an ever-growing audience, donations may now be made by credit card, check, or Money Order. Use this link.]

[I also have many books and DVDs available for purchase online. Go to Chuck Baldwin Live Store]

© 2017 Chuck Baldwin – All Rights Reserved




We are losing our children – where are the fathers?

I don’t know how we cannot see it. Even those who were raised in “Christian” homes seemed to be wandering aimlessly in the moral cesspool known as America. The Scriptures warn us that “When there was no God in Israel everyone did what was right in his own eyes.”

Young American Christians are afloat in a sea without a compass. We have failed to train them to navigate the rough waters of the debaucherous American culture. If today’s parents don’t lose their children in high school they are sure to lose them in college.

It is my experience that for most of the Millenials I come in contact with “religion” is not the guiding factor in the moral decisions that they make. We have taught them to FEEL, not to think. Emotions are a poor foundation upon which to build moral values.

It is time to wake up and look around. We are losing our children to the world. Do you understand that? Whatever we are doing in our churches is not working. Why is it that our children are rejecting the values of their parents? Why is it that the Millenials are cancelling out the votes of their grandparents? Why are time-honored values no longer valued? How did we reach the point where following Biblical values became old-fashioned?

In California, Democrats passed a law SB 1322 decriminalizing under age prostitution and Governor Jerry Brown sign it. Not one pastor stood publicly against it, not one. The apathetic public ‘that keep voting these low life scoundrels in office’ stood by and did nothing as well. We truly get the government we deserve.
We treat symptoms in America. Make a visit to your family doctor and you will see what I mean. Our medical professions have been trained to treat symptoms and that no matter what your malady; the pharmaceutical industry has a drug to treat it. Just watch the commercials on your favorite cable channel and you will understand what I am saying. Does “an erection lasting longer than 4 hours” ring a bell?

The foundational institution upon which the American Republic was built is crumbling. America is sick because the family is sick. Fatherhood has become a trial-by-error- proposition. You aren’t a man when you can make a baby…you are a man when you can raise one. Fatherhood is on life support.

Our churches have failed us. Although their intentions may have been noble, our pastors have trained the family to depend upon the church and church programs to pass Christian values to the children. Youth ministries and youth programs have taken the responsibility of “training up a child in the way he should go” off of the shoulders of the fathers.

Very few fathers today have any idea how to pass their values to their children. It isn’t learned through osmosis, or passed to the children in the DNA. The transference of values has to be intentional.

What can possibly be responsible for the startling statistic which shows that nearly 75% of Christian kids leave the church when they go to college? What has happened to us that even in families where a father is in the home that so many young adults reject the values they were raised with?

Could it be they were never taught those values in their home? Is it possible that the fathers trusted the church and its flashy programs to instill those values in their kids? Maybe the Dads were ill equipped for the successful transference of fundamental moral values to their kids.

What in the name of all that is righteous are we being taught in our churches? What does it prosper a man to gain the whole world and lose his children? The “church” is hemorrhaging young people. The consequences will have an eternal impact.

Only fathers can make their family great. Only great families can make the church great. Only great churches can make America great. It is time for fathers to get back in the game.

Let me ask you Dad, when was the last time you sat down with your son and explained to him that a real man honors women? Have you told him that an honorable man will not take advantage of a young woman hungry for male affection? Have fathers instructed their sons that the job of a man is to protect the weaker sex?

And how about your daughters? Have you relinquished the moral training of your daughter to your wife? Have you looked your daughter in the eyes and explained to her chastity and WHY it matters? Have you told how important her character is to you and to the Lord?

Have you explained to your children the value of fidelity, purity, and integrity? Have you equipped them with the tools to stand firm against the deluge of sewage that they will face when they go to college? Have you given them a firm foundation upon which to stand or have you trusted the “youth pastor” at your church to train your children?

Every experience in life has the opportunity to teach life-lessons to your children. Only the enduring values passed from the father to the family have that chance to endure.

Our 6 year old granddaughter loves to sit and watch old Andy Griffith shows. She loves the interaction between Andy, Barney, Opie, Aunt Bee…and even Otis the drunk. Watching them with her makes me slip back into the good old days of Father Knows Best, Leave it To Beaver, Donna Reed, and all of the family shows that I grew up on.

It dawned on me the other night as we sat watching a rerun together that all of the moral values being taught in those TV shows were values that were emanating from Dad. Although church was mentioned, I can’t remember one show where the strongest influence in the family was a pastor.

Man up Dad. Your kids will learn their values from someone. Shouldn’t that be you?

There was a reason why it was Father Knows Best…not Pastor knows best. Put down the remote. Your family, and this nation, is counting on you.

© 2017 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved




The long way back to sanity

The American people won a great victory in the 2016 election, repudiating the utopian statist vision of “fundamental transformation” of their country. We have won that battle, but we still have a long, hard war to win: the wackos who embrace that vision are not about to give up on it, nor are they restrained by anything we might recognize as morality.

When they finally got the Supreme Court to impose same-sex pseudomarriage on America, the Left gleefully announced the culture war was over, and they’d won. Well, not so fast, there.

There is still a culture war, and we must win it. Liberty and prosperity won’t survive in just any culture medium, and certainly not in the kind that Democrats have been brewing up for us. If we give up on the culture, we might as well give up on everything.

At the last minute of 2016, a federal judge in Texas ruled that Obamacare cannot force the public to pay for “gender reassignment” surgery. Obamacare includes a “gender fluidity mandate,” boldly proclaiming that one’s sex is not a biological fact, but only “a state of mind.” If not for that judge, we would have gone into 2017 burdened by yet another load of rank insanity.

It’s already a heavy burden. As it is, New York City now recognizes 31 different “genders” and has made it a law—well, not a real law that elected representatives voted to enact, but rather a regulation stuffed down our throats by bureaucrats—that persons trying to do business in the city had better recognize them, too, or else. Can you even remember 31 “genders”? There’s stuff on this list that a normal person never even heard of.

If your city, state, or county has anything like a “human rights commission,” your city, state, or county is over-budgeted and has more of your money than is good for you. This madness in New York is the work of the NYC Commission on Human Rights.

Back in May the commission invented a whole new crime—“misgendering”. Businesses are now required to use the “correct gender pronoun” preferred by whatever addled wacko comes strolling into the shop, and heaven help you if you don’t. Employees who “persist” in “misgendering” are to be fired. So you have to remember, somehow, all these crazy newfangled pronouns like “hir” or “ze,” or get nailed for “misgendering.”

In December, 2015, the commission first unveiled this plan, announcing a maximum $250,000 fine against business owners and employees guilty of “misgendering.” We have not yet heard whether anyone has actually been slammed with this, but the regulation lets the city yo-yos do it if they want to.

Go ahead, anybody, I dare you—explain how any of this makes the world a better place.

This is the madness that needs to be rolled back. It’ll take more than four years, more than eight years, to do it, but it must be done. And it’ll be hard, too: because the loonies who’ve been pushing it are firmly entrenched in our schools and universities, our government bureaucracies, our legal system, our publishing industry, and what we like to call our entertainment industry. They will not give up their liberal/progressive dream of controlling every aspect of everybody else’s life. They’ve been working on it since the 19th century and they’re not about to abandon it now.

If you think a free, stable, prosperous republic can be maintained in a culture of radical moral uncertainty, please think again.

The issue is ultimately a religious one. Marriage and the family, liberty of conscience, the rights of private property, equality before the law (rather than “protected categories” of citizens sticking it to the rest of us), truthfulness, compassion—these are Christian values: these are the blessings of God’s laws. Christianity is their context; the Bible is their voice. They could not be born, and certainly not maintained, in any but a Christian culture.

Our country’s founders knew that.

Do we?

I have discussed these topics, and others, on my blog, http://leeduigon.com, throughout the week. Please stop by and read! All it takes is just one click to get you there.

© 2017 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved




Putin needs to be injected with a large dose of estrogen

“Either subdue the bully or the bully will own you, enslave you, or kill you.” -Ron Ewart

Vladimir Putin, President of Russia, or dictator if you will, is the ultimate alpha male, loaded with testosterone, insane as a bull elephant in musk and crazy like a fox. He is the mirror image of most despots in the persona of a Hitler, a Lenin, a Stalin, or even Mao of China. He’s obsessed with himself and obsessed with power, as are all despots.

Born in St. Petersburg in 1952, the youngest of three children, he began his early career as a foreign intelligence officer in the KGB in 1975. In his sixteen years with the KGB, Russia’s spy agency, he rose to the rank of Lieutenant Colonel. He moved to Moscow in 1996 and joined then President Boris Yeltsin’s administration. Rising quickly through the ranks, he became acting president when Yeltsin resigned. During his first presidency, Putin’s popularity rose with the rise in oil prices as the Russian economy grew for eight straight years. But that was not to last.

Putin’s rise to power would appear to be a carbon copy of most despots and dictators. Raw, or irrational ambition drives them to high positions of power. As evidence of this ambition, at age 12, Putin began to practice sambo and judo because he wanted to emulate the intelligence officers portrayed in Soviet movies.

Putin studied law at Saint Petersburg State University and graduated in 1975. His thesis was on “The Most Favored Nation Trading Principle in International Law.” It is easy to construe that Putin was thinking internationally at an early age. While at the University, he was required to join the Communist Party. Like Hitler, he later rejected Communism.

He studied German in high school and speaks German fluently. This served him well when he was assigned to East Germany in 1985 as an intelligence officer, under cover as a translator.

But it is what despots and dictators do after they become powerful that defines their character and eventually their legacy. Putin openly lamented the breakup of the Soviet Union and from his actions it appears he has designs on restoring Soviet power as a dominant force in all of Asia and parts of Eastern Europe. Russia’s invasion into the Georgia provinces of Abkhazia and South Ossetia, are a peek behind the Putin curtain of his vision of Soviet dominance. The annexation of Ukrainian Crimea and invasions into Eastern Ukraine in 2014 added to Russian boundaries, in Putin’s desire to restore the power, influence and grandeur of the Soviet Union. Putin has his eyes set on the Baltic nations of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania as well, which were once part of the USSR.

Sensing weakness in American President Barack Obama, (Obama being the very definition of an omega male as opposed to an alpha male) Putin joined forces with Iran and Syria’s President Bashar al Assad to wipe out the militants and insurgents backed by the United States. After Obama did nothing to respond to his so-called redline in the sand when Assad used chemical weapons against his own people, Putin brokered a deal that embarrassed America and rubbed Obama’s nose in it. Putin’s Russia was one of the countries supporting the Iran Nuclear Agreement, which benefited both Russia and Iran, but not America.

Every step of the way, Putin has used American weakness, as projected by Obama, to further his own territorial and power ambitions. Putin has exploited Obama’s refusal to protect American interests abroad. It began early in Obama’s presidency when he halted the missile defense shield in Poland. (Source)

Putin has played Obama like a neophyte in a poker game. When Putin went into Crimea, Obama should have sent a Carrier task force into the Black Sea to militarily counter Putin’s annexation plans, but he didn’t. Crimea became Russian territory by force of arms in violation of international law. When Putin sent his troops into Eastern Ukraine, Obama should have immediately sent heavy arms and aircraft to Ukraine. He didn’t. Putin’s troops are still in Eastern Ukraine waiting for summer to push deeper into Ukrainian territory.

Putin is also making advances in Turkey, a member of NATO and a key ally of the United States in its battle with ISIS. Russian intelligence is already operating in Turkey. How long will it be before Turkey’s President, Recep Tayyip Erdogan, tells America to get out of Turkey in favor of a Russian alliance?

Putin is no dummy but he is a bully, a thug, a narcissist, a killer, a murderer, an assassin, a brute and a despot and he is way more dangerous to world peace, stability and security than the manufactured crisis of man-caused global warming, or even ISIS, Al-Qeada, or the Islamic Caliphate. He has no compunction against silencing his critics.

His ambition to restore the old Soviet Union threatens the free world just as much as Hitler’s ambition for world domination that cost the lives of over 50,000,000 to 80,000,000 soldiers and innocents before and during World War II. With our allies, America can crush ISIS, Al-Qaeda and the Islamic Caliphate. But attempting to tame the bully Putin could easily ignite World War 3 and possibly bring an end to civilization, as we know it, if not handled deftly.

There is no love lost between China and the United States. Our alliances are purely based on trade and economic interests. In fact, most of Asia despises the U. S. with the exception of Japan and South Korea. If America challenged Russia militarily, a Russian-Chinese military alliance is a distinct possibility. A military conflict between these three superpowers could result in a biblical Armageddon.

But what are the consequences of not confronting the bully Putin? The consequences will be Russia becoming the primary world power, with America capitulating to every Russian wish, request, or demand because we fear a military confrontation.

Putin is grabbing up resources wherever he can. He has claimed vast regions of the artic for oil. Putin cares not one whit about climate change. Although Russia is economically weak, Putin knows that to become a superpower, he must become an economic power. But Putin has a hard road to follow to improve the Russian economy, TO-WIT:

“Following the collapse of the Soviet Union, the first decade of transition from a centrally-planned economy to market economy was disastrous for Russia: nominal gross domestic product (GDP) fell from USD 516 billion in 1990 to USD 196 billion in 1999, which represented a plunge of over 60%. In an attempt to address the economic turmoil and follow the recommendations from the IMF, the Soviet government began to privatize many Russian industries during the 1990s. Important exceptions were, however the energy and defense sectors. The Russian economy experienced two major shocks in 2014, narrowly avoiding recession with moderate growth of 0.6%. The first shock was the sharp decline in oil prices during the third and fourth quarter of 2014, exposing Russia’s extreme dependence on global commodity cycles”.

“Tentative signs that Russia could soon exit its recession continued in the final quarter of 2016 after the economy contracted at the slowest pace in the third quarter since the slump began nearly two years ago, according to preliminary GDP data. Following sluggishness in domestic demand in the first three quarters, business survey data and industrial production in October signaled a strengthening of economic activity towards the end of the year. Lack of policy support is nevertheless still constraining Russia’s path towards recovery. The Central Bank has decided to keep interest rates on hold, at least until the first quarter of 2017, and the government’s 2017 draft budget set ambitious consolidation targets for the next three years. The government expects to drastically reduce the fiscal deficit by 1% of GDP each year on the back of spending cuts and increased revenues. The latter will be achieved through higher taxes on the extraction of minerals and oil, dividend payouts from state-owned companies and higher excise taxes.” (Source)

Mitt Romney was right when he said in the presidential debate of 2012, that Russia poses an existential threat to American security and sovereignty. If Putin is successful in converting Russia to a true super power, it could very well be the real and disastrous legacy of Obama’s eight-year failed presidency ….. unless Trump re-asserts American power, economically, diplomatically and militarily around the world. Hopefully, Trump will be able to outsmart Putin or negotiate him into an inescapable corner. Having said that, we have serious concerns about Trump’s unwillingness to label Putin a thug, a bully and a despot.

Short of assassinating Putin (yes, we know, America doesn’t assassinate the leaders of its enemies any more) and with all due respect to the fairer sex, we could send in a covert operative to inject Putin with a large dose of estrogen, or hire a Russian cook to put estrogen in his food every day. Something must be done to counter the vast amounts of testosterone surging through his alpha male veins, or America will be stuck with this bully until he dies from natural or man-made causes, or catapults the planet into World War 3 in just another quest by one more megalomaniac to dominate the world.

Climate change and ISIS are pinpricks compared to Putin. He has the power to set the planet on fire, if America lets him. For some reason man seems destined to repeat history time after time, even with potentially irreversible threats, in open view, starring him in the face. Our leaders always let a megalomaniac go too far before they stop him.

This festering international problem now rests in the hands of the Trump Administration. If Trump doesn’t stop this bully now, there may be no stopping him and America could be reduced to third-world status, or the world plunged into the final war of humanity that only ends with the extinction of the human race. Yes, it is that dire! This isn’t 1941, it’s 2017 with a proliferation of nuclear weapons all over the planet with the power to erase the human race for several millennia ….. if not forever!

Some of our readers are curious about NARLO’s “The Dynamic Impetus” for 2017.

[EDITORS NOTE: The opinion in this article is the opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

© 2017 Ron Ewart — All Rights Reserved




Trumpcare is no solution for Obamacare

President Barack Obama has scheduled an upcoming meeting with congressional Democrats to discuss saving the Affordable Care Act — or Obamacare — from President-elect Donald Trump and congressional Republicans.

With Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell’s call to make repealing and replacing Obamacare “step one” in the GOP agenda this year and House Speaker Paul Ryan’s design to “privatize” Medicare, Obama, Pelosi and their ilk are a bit frantic, and are urging fellow Democrats to hold events to warn voters in their district about the GOP plans.

Many claim that the Obama scheme is a disaster and a very bad idea for America’s future. They say it will bring much debt, suffering, sickness and death for you and for your family. They feel that we need to use unconstitutional government power to replace this broken scheme.

I agree that Obamacare is a bad plan and an unconstitutional plan. But these are not the same thing.

To say that something is a bad idea and to say it is unconstitutional is to say two different things. Let me explain…

Suppose you invite me to your house for dinner and while I’m there I notice that your window treatments are shabby and that your furniture does not match your wall colors. So, the next day, while you’re not at home, I break into your house and change the windows and the walls. For the sake of argument, let’s say I actually make it look better than it did before I broke in. I’m still guilty of the crime of breaking and entering and trespass.

Do you see that even if it was a good idea to change the décor, it was a crime because it was outside of my authority to do it?

So all the talking heads and millions of others that are screaming that the government takeover of the health care system is a very bad idea are right. But even if it was a good idea, it would be a criminal scheme all the same, because the Constitution provides no authority for the federal government to involve itself in “health care” or in “health care financing” or in “insurance” of any kind. Furthermore, to replace the current system of health care with a “better idea” will still remain unconstitutional; therefore, illegal and criminal.

The operative clauses to look up here are Article One, Section Eight, of the Constitution, as well as the Tenth Amendment. It will only take you about six minutes to read and understand that Obamacare, or any variation of it, is more than just a bad idea for the health care of Americans. It is a dangerous and tyrannical trespass into American homes and lives.

All the smoke and mirrors about what “Obamacare” costs, or newly appointed head of the Department of Health and Human Services Tom Price’s plan to fix the current problems we see with the Affordable Care Act, are irrelevant.

Simply put, there is no right way to do a wrong thing. To repeal Obamacare is the correct Constitutional solution, but to replace it means we will still have a unconstitutional Federal Healthcare system. Trumpcare is no solution for Obamacare.

Learn more about your Constitution with Jake MacAulay and his Institute on the Constitution and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Jake MacAulay – All Rights Reserved




Islam in the hands of the Globalists: submit or else?

“Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death.” — Adolf Hitler

Yesterday, The Clarion project brought us “Perhaps the Most Barbaric ISIS Execution Video Ever.” 

Is it not amazing how these videos are conveniently distributed, as well as done professionally with jib arms and duel cameras? Of course, it would not be complete without sound effects, which are all inclusive.

The message of those who are behind these barbaric acts, namely the “New World Order” minions, is “Submit to Islam or else!” 

On a global scale, this is why these acts of terrorism are condemned. Yet, often the terrorists are not condemned, as the representatives advance the agenda. It works for their end aim: Order out of Chaos (Psalm 9:17; Deuteronomy 28:15-67).

Order out of Chaos

On April 8, 2016, representative for California’s 43rd district, Maxine Waters, implied that Americans are bigots for opposing sharia law.” 

Chancellor of Germany Angela Merkel, “Time” magazine’s 2015 “Person of the Year,” was responsible for slapping the German flag and saying “Islam belongs to Germany.” She knows exactly what she is doing by opening the flood gates to illegal Muslim immigrants, and said, “Refugees had not brought terrorism to Germany.” She is right, she did. 

On December 22, 2015 it was reported that “Germans concerned They’ve Lost Control of Muslim Invaders.”

On the 28th, a headline read, “Muslim Refugee’s set on Fire man Sleeping on Bench in Berlin.” 

The list goes on and on….

Tyrants of the Year

“Islam is not a religion of peace, it’s a political theory of conquest that seeks domination by any means.” -Ayaan Hirsi Ali 

Remember, it was the foreign agent, who has been aiding and abetting ISIS, in the people’s White House who said:

“The future must not belong to those who slander the prophet of Islam.”

Headline News: December 27, 2016 “Refugee Admissions Surge 86% Year on Year: Ahead of Trump Inauguration, Obama Rushes Muslim Refugee’s Into US.” 

Do not ever think that this criminal does not know what he is doing (Article 3, Section 3, The United States Constitution).

America, make yourselves sheep and the wolves will devour, and devouring they are. 

Ever since September 11, 2001, it has not ceased to amaze me the lengths that corruption in American government, along with the use of the “Useful idiots” in the media, have gone to use fear as a tool to oppress and control the American people.

After 9/11, it was Congressman Jim McDermott who said,

“You can get people to do anything with fear.”

Of course, he is talking about a diabolical fear, a fear of consequence if orders are not obeyed, which breaks down to the fear of man, which brings about snare, rather than the fear of God (Proverbs 29:25).

After September 11, 2001, Condoleezza Rice said, “The system of terror was essential to Stalinism… Terror was the creation to mold politically the control that they wanted.” 

Oxford English Dictionary defines “terrorism” as “Government by intimidation.” 

Don’t forget what Henry Kissinger said about those who reject the
New World Order, “Terrorists are just people who reject the New World Order.”

Have you taken the time to see what the corrupt in your government has deemed a “Terrorist”? 

Here are a few examples….

 Those that talk of individual freedoms
 Those that are interested in “Defeating Communism”
 Anyone that is opposed to Agenda 21
 Anti-Gay
 Anti-Abortion
 Those concerned about “Illegal Immigration”
 Those that talk about the “New World Order” in a “derogatory” manner
 Those that have a negative view of the United Nations
 Anti-Muslim

Keep in mind, like that of any tyrannical system, a conspiracy, as I just showed you, always contemplated not merely overcoming current opposition but exterminating elements which could not be reconciled with its philosophy of the state.

On December 26, 2016, Barrack Hussein Obama signed and illegal “Ministry of truth” bill. The truth, according to their wicked minds, is what they say it is (Isaiah 5:20).

Operation Northwoods: In the early 1960s, American military leaders drafted plans to create public support for a war against Cuba, to oust Fidel Castro from power. The plans included committing acts of terrorism in U.S. cities, killing innocent people and U.S. soldiers, blowing up a U.S. ship, assassinating Cuban émigrés, sinking boats of Cuban refugees, and hijacking planes. The plans were all approved by the Joint Chiefs of Staff, but were reportedly rejected by the civilian leadership, then kept secret for nearly 40 years. [YouTube Link]

Maybe Americans should take the time to see the history of Islam, which was used to help establish “Nazism” or a “New Order” (Hosea 4:6). 

History shows that Hitler worked with the Muslims to do his biddings for him, in order to eradicate anyone that would “dare” stand in his way, or should I say his “political opposition.” 

Or perhaps, Americans should take the time to see that Prescott Bush’s father (American banker, Wall Street Executive, Treasurer for the first national capital campaign of Planned Parenthood, Senator for Connecticut) to George Bush Sr. and grandfather to George W. Bush was indicted in 1942 for “trading with the enemy” (2 Corinthians 11:14). 

If Americans would simply turn to their forefathers, who were called “Terrorists” by a tyrannical King in England, maybe they would clearly see as to what is taking place this country today. Read what could be called the preamble to the United States Constitution. the Declaration of Independence.

We have been warned America (Ezekiel 33).

President James Madison warned long ago:

“If tyranny or oppression come into this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy.”

Maybe Americans will come to the realization that those who have been calling these things conspiracy theories are the one’s helping cover for the conspirators (Jeremiah 11:9).

All information here is well documented and assessable. Wake-up! (Ephesians 5:16)

America it is for us to send the message, through our actions (Psalm 27), that we will not be submit to tyranny in any sense of the word, and those who advocate lawlessness will be lawfully dealt with (Isaiah 26:9). 

ISIS: The Modern Day of Hitler’s SS [YouTube Video]




Obama: His legacy of damage done to America

“In the face of war,” Obama told the crowd gathered in Springfield for his presidential campaign launch in 2007. “You believe there can be peace. In the face of despair, you believe there can be hope. In the face of a politics that’s shut you out, that’s told you to settle, that’s divided us for too long, you believe we can be one people.”

Within two weeks, our national Obama nightmare fades into history’s dust bin. Obama said, “I will stand with the Muslims if the political winds turn in an ugly direction.”

As a Muslim, he lied as he pretended to be a Christian. He created the greatest racial divide in America since the 1960s. He created Islamic terror like never before by insuring ISIS enjoyed Iraq as a base of operations when he told them of his intention to leave that country unguarded.

As an African-Kenyan-American, Obama lived outside our country until the age of 12. He never inculcated the American way of life or our ethos, but he did become indoctrinated in the ways of Islam. He isn’t and wasn’t and never will be an All-American.

At some point, historians will unravel why he carries a fraudulent Social Security card. It will lead to the unscrambling and exposure to his real origins.

During his eight years in power, he flooded our country with Muslims and concurrent terrorists from the Boston Marathon to San Bernardino to Chattanooga to Orlando to Minneapolis to Ohio State University and more to come.

During his term, three out of four African-American children arrived into this world without a father. They arrived via welfare to be locked into welfare for the rest of their lives as a mindset of entitlement. Welfare turns able-bodied human beings into slaves of the EBT card and handouts. Obama did nothing to change that.

As to race relations, Obama watched Muslim-Americans execute police officers to the tune of 64 deaths in 2016 alone. Obama facilitated “Black Lives Matter” as they marched in New York City, Dallas, Texas and Chicago, Illinois chanting, “Kill cops…when…NOW!”

He facilitated the false narrative from the criminal-thug Michael Brown episode with, “Hands up, don’t shoot!” Obama never spoke to the fact that over 6,000 black Americans shoot 6,000 other black Americans, on average, every year during his term in office. As president, he could have created jobs, educational programs and positive action for America’s inner cities. With his only qualification as a community organizer for being president, he stayed true to his credentials and did nothing.

Chicago became a black killing zone by blacks. This week, four black youths beat and tortured a mentally disabled white boy boasted their heinous act by featuring it on Facebook.

“Chicago, which just had one of its most violent years ever with over 800 black on black murders, was the scene of another horrifying attack this week. A young man, described as law enforcement sources as developmentally challenged, was beaten, kicked, and tormented for half an hour,” Elliott, a witness, explained. “He concluded by alluding to the assault being broadcasted on Facebook and how the victim “had been reported missing from his home in the suburbs” but “is now in the hospital and four suspects are in custody.”

Obama employed at least eight Muslim operatives as aides who advised him in the White House daily. As with all Muslims, their prime directive remains: “Convert or kill all non-believers.”

Obama’s top aide Valerie Jarrett said this in 1977 in the yearbook at Stanford University: “I’m an Iranian by birth and my Islamic faith. I am also an American citizen and I seek to help change America to be a more Islamic country. My faith guides me and I feel like it is going well in the transition of using freedom of religion in America against itself.”

One other aide in the White House, Imam Magid, called the “Sharia Law Czar,” worked tirelessly to install Sharia Law into the American legal system. That law stands diametrically opposed to U.S. Constitutional law and against everything in America’s way of life.

Obama broke more laws by executive action than any other president. If not for the color of his skin to save him from prosecution, he could have been tried for treason and impeached for his illegal amnesties to illegal aliens.

Along with that reality, he did nothing to protect American workers from an average of 500,000 illegal aliens, including terrorists, crossing our borders annually for the past eight years. (Source: Dr. Steven Camarata, www.cis.org)

As to his bogus Obamacare, Barack Hussein Obama proved he lacked the intellectual horsepower or common-sense talents to construct a workable healthcare plan for all Americans. The Washington Examiner reported, “Obama also failed to wrest power from special interests, one of his central promises in 2008. Instead, he handed more power to lobbyists and big business. The drug lobby he campaigned against actually wrote the Obamacare legislation together with the hospital industry, and this helped make the law as bad as it is. The revolving door spun as fast as ever, with more than 100 lobbyists landing gigs in the administration, and untold dozens of Obama appointees cashing out to K Street or Wall Street.”

On so many other realities such as his increasing the national debt from $7-9 trillion to $20 trillion, or allowing 350,000 anchor babies annually to swindle our tax dollars, or his $85 million we paid for his vacations, or his importing terrorists along with Syrian refugees that will make their mark as they set off bombs or gun down our citizens which is guaranteed to happen in 2017 and beyond, or the neglect of our infrastructure, or the chaos of our foreign policy, and the list grows.

Remember Obama being given the Nobel Peace Prize after he attained the White House? He did nothing to merit it. Again, another act of Affirmative Action that led to ISIS and Islamic conquest.

His support of 300 “Sanctuary Cites” for criminal illegal aliens that contributed to the deaths of countless Americans—remains unconscionable.

Now, Americans await President Trump to pick up the pieces and reconstructing our county.

All in all, after eight years, Obama provides us a historical lesson of enormous proportions: we must vote men and women into office who merit our trust by their actions and proven talents. We must not vote via emotions to make someone else feel good. We cannot continue “affirmative action” within the halls of Congress or the White House.

© 2017 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved




President Donald J. Trump and the false charge of racism

Ah yes, racism, the word we’ve come to hear too many times since 2008. Everyone who didn’t love, adore, and worship Barack Hussein Obama was a racist. Now that Donald J. Trump has dethroned the sniveling drooling leftist socialists and put Hillary out to pasture (God willing), the racist caterwauling against Trump has again escalated. The Southern Poverty Law Center has falsely promoted that the KKK is involved with the Trump administration, and the slandering counterfeit New York Times repeats this deceitfulness. The millennials, who never do any research, actually believe this kaka, as do others who listen only to main stream media. 

Trump is No Racist, he never has been, and never will be. I have written about it over and over again. He wants all Americans to succeed, and he’s proven it. But first I want to tell you about my dear sweet friend, Cathy.

Long Time Friends

Forty-five years ago, I lived in western Illinois with my former husband. Across the street was my friend Cathy. Even though we moved away, we remained close friends and always sisters in Christ. Cathy has four wonderfully accomplished children, and ten years ago, her beloved husband passed into glory. My dear friend happens to be a black gal. 

Cathy comes for visits from time to time and hopefully will be visiting again this spring, but in our last conversation she brought up a subject that needs to be discussed, the election, and racism.

I remember her telling me of their family visits to the deep south years ago, and one particular story she told me stuck in my mind. She said they were in a meat market, and the young white employee swept sawdust over their shoes while they waited for their order. They said nothing, because to do so would cause more problems.

 

Growing up with black skin shouldn’t be any different than growing up with white skin, but because of the past, our black brothers and sisters always have their antennae up for those whose bigotry can be sensed. They are attuned naturally to that wave length.

Steve Bannon

Cathy was concerned that Trump’s administration may be racist to some degree because the leftist media, New York Times, Washington Post, Daily Kos, Business Insider, etc., have alleged that Steve Bannon once told a colleague that only property owners should vote. Of course, my friend felt that if this should happen, poor blacks would never have a say in the elections, and that this held racial overtones. There is no documentation that Bannon ever said this. The Supreme Court actually ruled in the 1964 case, NYTs vs. Sullivan, that the media can lie with impunity, and that it’s a first amendment right.

Righteous Indignation: Excuse Me While I Save the World, Andrew noted that the “Democrat-media complex” would tarnish any conservative with “made-up closet KKK status.”

While being targeted is a badge of honor for Steve, lies are lies, and they deserved to be called what they are. [Link]

Originally, Only Landowners Voted

Link]

Kelo versus New London, and the confiscation of one American’s property to give it to another private American based on the notion that the government making that decision will get more tax money from the second American than from the first.

Given that one of the causes of the American Revolution was an unjust tax, the founders understood very well that taxation could become a way for one group to prey on another group. So, while the Constitution empowered the federal government to levy taxes, it limited this power mostly to indirect taxes such as tariffs, duties, and excise taxes. For much of American history, the federal government subsisted solely on those taxes.

This election policy did not mean that some people would never have the opportunity to vote in their lifetime. In fact, it provided another encouragement in regards to working hard, succeeding, and reaching the upper echelon of society. Self-reliance, personal responsibility, and the financial success that would accompany such an ethic, in other words, would also result in the benefit of being able to vote.

It is Trump’s goal to make America’s citizens prosperous, and that means all citizens. And no, we’ll probably never go back to only landowners voting, but with Trump, there will be more American citizens as landowners, with more of an interest in the politics that would affect them.

Make America Great Again

Over and over again during the campaign, Trump has stated that the black community needs jobs, that illegal alien immigration needs to stop, that trade deals are destroying our jobs, and especially jobs for middle Americans, both black and white. The cry of racism against Trump was never a factor until he decided to run as a Republican for the office of President of the United States of America.

“More than anyone else in the Republican field, Trump understands the impact of illegal, cheap labor on the Black unemployment rate,” writes Raynard Jackson, the founder of a D.C.-based political consulting firm. “On this issue, he is more in tune with the grassroots in the Black community than Obama, the NAACP, the National Urban League, and the Congressional Black Caucus—go figure.” This cheap labor will also exacerbate the Black unemployment rate, which is the highest of any group in the country, Jackson adds.

Trump’s Love of All Americans

Trump wants all Americans to succeed, and he truly means all Americans. He has fought discrimination, and given a helping hand to so very many throughout his entire life.

 Trump sheltered black singer, Jennifer Hudson, rent-free after her family was murdered. [Link]
 Trump sued the City of Palm Beach over 30 years ago, when he bought a segregated club, Mar-A-Lago, to open it to Jews and blacks. Mr. Trump filed a lawsuit in U.S. District Court in Palm Beach, alleging that the town was discriminating against Mar-a-Lago, in part because it is open to Jews and African-Americans. [Link]
 Donald Trump showed his true character with Dr. Ben Carson during one of the campaign debates, and Dr. Carson has never forgotten it.
 Donald Trump paid to ensure a Mexican American boy would graduate from college when he saw a news story about his terminally ill mother. [Link]
 Donald Trump sent $10 K to a hero black bus driver, Darnell Barton, after seeing a news story about how he saved a woman from jumping off a bridge. [Link]
 Lynne Patton has been a member of the Donald Trump circle since 2009. She is the vice president of the Eric Trump Foundation and also a senior assistant to Donald Trump Jr., Ivanka Trump and Eric Trump. Lynne even narrated a YouTube video called “The Trump Family I Know – A Black Female Trump Executive Speaks Out,” in which she defended the Trump family against accusations that Donald Trump is racist. 

“The Trump family that I know is, without question, one of the most generous, compassionate and philanthropic families I’ve ever had the privilege of knowing and the honor to call friends,” Patton says in the March video. “They have been incredibly loyal to me and to the countless dedicated people they employ around the world – hiring more minority and female executives than any other company for which I’ve ever worked.”

According to her bio on the Eric Trump Foundation website, Patton is responsible for planning all of the Eric Trump Foundation’s fundraising events. She also helps the foundation’s relationship with St. Jude’s Research Hospital as senior assistant to Donald Trump’s three oldest children.

Conclusion

I called friend and fellow NewsWithViews writer, Lloyd Marcus, because Lloyd is a black man, and he may have had a different take on my friend’s comments, and I wanted his opinion. We both came to the same conclusion however, as I’ve stated above.

How I wish there were honest American media, because then my friend would never have even considered a thought of racism with a statement that hasn’t even been proven as fact. I highly doubt that she knows of the 1964 Supreme Court decision in NYTs vs. Sullivan, where the media is allowed to lie with impunity about public figures. 

President Trump is no racist, and neither are those in his administration. Should anyone show any inclination towards that, our new President has no problem saying, “You’re fired.”




California democrats decriminalize under age prostitution

Pedophiles celebrate New Year’s Day with Golden State’s new child prostitution ‘free-for-all’ Law.

The so-called U.S. Golden State, California, can now add one more progressive action to its list of legal shenanigans including California’s illegal-alien sanctuary cities, transgender toilet regulations, and anti-American education curriculums. Starting on New Year’s Day 2017, minors both girls and boys will be open for business as legal prostitutes thanks to Gov. Jerry Brown and the Democrats. The question good folks are asking ‘why is the church leadership silent?’

Unfortunately, the news media in general are either ignoring this new law that prohibits police officers from arresting streetwalkers who are under the age of 18-years-old or they are claiming it doesn’t encourage youngsters to sell their bodies to adults for sex. But more and more citizens are wondering how politicians can justify passing such a heinous law and still look at themselves in the mirror.

“When my sergeant told a room full of patrol officers about this new addition to our state’s penal code, I thought it was a joke. It wasn’t and many of us cops have teenagers who will now be unprotected by law enforcement,” said California police officer Joseph McCaffrey. “We were simply told that beginning on Jan. 1, 2017, prostitution involving minors will be legal in California, McCaffrey told NewsWithViews.com.

Senate Bill 1322 forbids law enforcement officers throughout the state from arresting sex workers who are under the age of 18 for soliciting or engaging in prostitution, or loitering with the intent to do so.

Senate Bill No. 1322 Mitchell. Commercial sex acts: minors.

Existing law makes it a crime to solicit or engage in any act of prostitution. Existing law makes it a crime to loiter in any public place with the intent to commit prostitution.

This bill would make the above provisions inapplicable to a child under 18 years of age who is alleged to have engaged in conduct that would, if committed by an adult, violate the above provisions. The bill would authorize the minor to be taken into temporary custody under limited circumstances.

This bill would incorporate additional changes to Section 647 of the Penal Code, proposed by SB 420, SB 1129, and AB 1708, that would become operative only if this bill and one or more of those other bills are enacted and become effective on or before January 1, 2017, and this bill is chaptered last.

This bill would incorporate additional changes to Section 653.22 of the Penal Code, proposed by AB 1771 that would become operative only if this bill and AB 1771 are enacted and become effective on or before January 1, 2017, and this bill is chaptered last.

Now girls and boys in California will be free to trade sex for cash without having to worry about being arrested and prosecuted. Also, there is no longer a fear of having a criminal record since prostitution of children is no longer considered a crime in the Golden State.

Progressives’ Sexual Free-For-All?

This shocking legislation was written, proposed, sponsored and passed by progressive Democratic lawmakers who are in total control California’s state government with a two-thirds “supermajority.” In addition, the executive branch of California’s political cesspool is none other than the man known to his detractors as “the space cadet,” Gov. Jerry Brown.

They have rationalized this latest legal outrage as decriminalizing underage prostitution to bring about fair public policy that will help victims of sex trafficking.

According to a video in the Examiner, “[T]he reality is that the legalization of underage prostitution suffers from the fatal defect endemic to progressive-left policymaking: it ignores experience, common sense and most of all human nature — especially its darker side.”

California’s Democrats claim the law will not stop police officer from arresting pimps and human smugglers. Pimping will still be considered a crime whether it involves adult women or young girls. But legalizing child prostitution will only helping increased sexploitation 2of underage girls. Immunity from arrest means law enforcement can’t interfere with minors engaging in prostitution — which translates into bigger and better cash flow for the pimps. Simply put, more time on the street and less time in jail means more money for pimps, and more victims for them to exploit.

Even worse, the news media such as NBC News defends the Democrats for passing this perversion, according to Mike Baker, a former attorney and political strategist. “The backers of this Godless law deny that children will be hurt and say if they [the children] are arrested a stint in juvenile detention will again victimize them.”

“The law is supposed to protect vulnerable children from adult abuse, yet we brand kids enmeshed in sex-for-pay with a scarlet ‘P’ and leave them subject to shame and prosecution,” said an NBC news story.

Baker claims the news media play word games and if Americans just read the new law as written “they will see how evil this whole scenario is.”
Nancy O’Malley, an attorney and national leader on child sex-trafficking issues, said in a statement, “It just opens up the door for traffickers to use these kids to commit crimes and exploit them even worse.” If pimps and human smugglers should be given free rein to write a law helpful to themselves, SB 1322 would be it, according to the criminal prosecutor.

Unfortunately for Californians, SB 1322 isn’t the end of the liberal-left assault on decency. It’s only the latest in a long line of socially destructive legislation. 2017 will see the Golden State subjected to one after another of laws taking effect that are passed by politicians ignorant of human behavior and studies by criminologists. Ivory tower dwellers are preferred by the Democrats over those who bring practical experience in sex crimes investigation but disastrous embodiments of neo-liberalism.

California’s undeterred Democrats have also taken action to make their state’s youth unemployment rate — one of the nation’s highest — even worse by boosting the minimum wage.

Any economist worth his or her salt knows that minimum-wage hikes increase unemployment among young people who are the least skilled and most in need of entry-level jobs. Like so many other liberal policies, this latest minimum-wage legislation will only lead to fewer jobs for our youth.

When a progressive politician begins trying sell a new policy or law, one is best served by reviewing the costs and damage caused by the pride of the Obama administration – the Affordable Care Act of 2010.

And the list goes on. Thanks to other new Democratic-sponsored bills, an estimated 50,000 felons will be voting in the next state election, many from their jail cells; if you go hunting with a buddy and lend him your shotgun, you’ll be breaking the law; state employees will be forbidden from traveling on business to states which prohibit transgender bathrooms. The parade of inane and idiotic legislation in California is virtually unending.

© 2017 NWV – All Rights Reserved




Obama’s pro-terrorist international policy

Since his election in 2008, President Obama has consistently pursued policies that have aided the state sponsors of radical Islamic terrorism around the world and have isolated the staunch U.S. ally and only democracy in the region, Israel. He has released hundreds of billions of dollars and given direct financial aid to the foremost state sponsor of radical Islamic terrorism in the world, Iran. He did so via a direct deal, without Senate approval, in derogation of the Treaty Clause, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2 of the United States Constitution. His deal with Iran has enabled that radical Islamic state to acquire nuclear weapons and through the release of over $100 billion has facilitated that nation’s quest to expand hegemony over the entire Middle East. He has toppled the brutal Libyan regime of Qaddafi only to usher in the Muslim Brotherhood, a terrorist organization. He failed to authorize use of military force to defend the American embassy compound in Benghazi from a radical Islamic terrorist attack that killed four Americans, including Ambassador Christopher Stevens.

He failed to take any action sufficient to prevent Russia, Iran, and Assad’s Syria from obliterating all opposition to the brutal regime in power and failed to do anything to stem a refugee crisis that has carried in its ranks radical Islamists intent on mayhem throughout Europe. He supported the overthrow of Mubarak regime in Egypt, only to give rise to Muslim Brotherhood control of that country and disavowal of support for the United States. And now, in the crowning achievement of his movement to destabilize the Middle East and advance the interests of those dedicated to the destruction of the United States and Israel, he withdrew American objection to UN Resolution 2334 that defines Israeli occupied territories in the West Bank, Gaza Strip, and East Jerusalem as illegally held.

Through his actions, Obama has advanced the cause of international terrorism, diminished the power of America’s foremost ally in the Middle East, Israel, has precipitated war, and has laid the seeds for new armed conflict in the region. Most importantly, he has fostered instability while enormously contributing to the financing, arming, and deployment of radical Islamic terrorists around the world. He has placed the lives of Americans at home and abroad at risk.

Preceding the Six Day War in 1967, Israel found itself under siege as its Arab neighbors conspired to amass military forces on its Western borders, promising destruction of the Israeli state. In response, Israel drove the Arabs back and occupied territories that had been used as staging areas for the attack on the Jewish state. Those areas, the West Bank, Gaza Strip, and East Jerusalem have been occupied by Israel ever since. Historically, any movement to return those territories has been linked to an initial assurance of peace from the Palestinians and a recognition of the state of Israel. But, since 1967, radical Islamists in Palestine have engaged in a relentless campaign of terror against Israel and have consistently demanded elimination of Israel, refusing to embrace the “two state” solution that the United States has advocated. I thank my colleague attorney Eric Awerbuch for his contributions to this report.

Until the leaders of the Palestinian governments, Hamas (in control of the Gaza Strip) and Fatah (in control of the West Bank) repudiate terrorism and recognize Israel’s right to exist, any movement by Israel to return occupied territories to Palestinian control is simply a gratuitous concession that endangers Israeli security. It is that gratuitous concession that the Obama Administration endorsed when it abstained, rather than veto, UN Resolution 2334. UN Resolution 2334 expressly provides that “ . . . the establishment by Israel of settlements in the Palestinian territory occupied since 1967, including East Jerusalem, has no legal validity and constitutes a flagrant violation under international law. . .” The adoption of UN Resolution 2334 shifted the balance of power in the Middle East to the radical Islamic terrorists who seek Israel’s destruction. It gave legal credence to, and greatly emboldened, the anti-Israeli cause by laying a foundation in International law for the determination that the Israeli occupied lands are illegally held. In particular, it pulled the rug out from under Israel and all Christendom when it deemed East Jerusalem unlawfully held except by the Palestinians. It is in East Jerusalem that the most venerated and sacred holy places of Judaism and Christianity are found: the Temple Mount, the Western Wall, and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. Thus, Obama acted against Israel, but also against all of Christendom, when he allowed a ruling that the only lawful claim to the Holy Land of East Jerusalem lay with governing authorities that condemn Judaism and Christianity.

The Obama Administration could have demanded that East Jerusalem not be a part of the resolution, but they did not object to its inclusion, thus aligning the United States with what is a patently anti-semitic and anti-Christian stance, that the Holy Lands of East Jerusalem should be controlled by those who pledge death to Israel, death to the United States, and view any form of worship other than Islam condemnable and prosecutable under the Sharia law. In short, the Obama Administration embraced absolute intolerance for religions other than Islam in the most holy places of Jewish and Christian worship. That, unquestionably, is an act of racism and religious intolerance, because it endorses control by a theocratic dictatorship antithetical to Judaism and Christianity.

The Gaza Strip is controlled by Hamas, which is a terrorist organization. Un Resolution 2334 would, if effectuated, turn the Gaza Strip over to Hamas. Since 2007, Hamas’s military wing, the Izz ad-Din al-Qassam Brigades have rained down on Israel in excess of 3,000 rockets, have murdered Israeli defense force members and civilians, have murdered Americans in Israel, and have sponsored suicide bombings within Israel. Hamas daily condemns Israel, calling for its complete annihiliation, condemns Jews (welcoming the murder of Jewish civilians in speeches and song), condemns the United States (welcoming the murder of Americans), and rejects the two-state solution in favor of obliteration of Israel and expansion of the Palestinian state. Hamas pays for citizens to engage in acts of terror against Israelis and Americans. As an example of how casually and routinely Hamas leaders embrace genocide, in 2012, Ahmad Bahr, Deputy Speake of the Hamas Parliament, said in a prayer broadcast to the Palestinian people: “O Allah, destroy the Jews and their supporters. O Allah, destroy the Americans and their supporters. O Allah, count them one by one, and kill them all, without leaving a single one.” Those sentiments are commonly voiced by Hamas leaders and define a relentless enemy that resides within minutes of Israel’s heart of commerce and governance.

The West Bank is controlled by Fatah, which is likewise opposed to the existence of Israel and is against the two-state solution. There is, thus, no faction with governing control of Palestine that is not dedicated to the twin goals of destroying Israel and rejecting peace through a resolution that would allow the existence of two states, Israel and Palestine.

Obama’s endorsement of this anti-Semitic and anti-Christian UN resolution is also calculated to disable his successor’s ability to improve U.S. relations with Israel and combat terrorism. An affront to President-elect Trump and to Jews and Christians across the United States, the move to deem illegal even Israeli control of East Jerusalem, must now be undone but that process will require considerable effort by the Trump Administration.

Once in power, the Trump Administration must formally repudiate UN Resolution 2334, explaining that it is the official position of the United States government that the resolution does not affect any change in international law or American policy toward the state of Israel because essential preconditions to peace identified in all other international accords between Palestine and Israel have not been met, namely Palestine has not agreed to cease all acts of violence against Israel and Palestine has not admitted that Israel has a right to exist. Only when both of those concessions have been made and when the actions of Palestine match its promises to that effect will UN Resolution 2334 be capable of effectuation (and, even then, it would only invite a negotiated resolution between the two affected parties).

The Trump Administration should define UN Resolution 2334 as a dead letter and, to the extent resorted to by others to obtain control of lands occupied by Israel, will be opposed by Israel and the United States using all force necessary to protect Israeli occupants of the lands in question from any effort to expel them.

The Trump Administration should promptly cut off all American aid to Palestine, explaining that unless and until UN Resolution 2334 is revoked, Palestinians cease resort to acts of terrorism, and Palestinians accept Israel’s right to exist, the United States will not provide any financial help which, invariably, is either directly diverted or aids in the direct diversion of funds used to support acts of terror and solicitations of violence against the Jewish state and Americans.

The Trump Administration should promptly cut off funding for administration of the United Nations, explaining that unless and until UN Resolution 2334 is revoked, the United States will not finance UN administration.

Those measures may not cause UN members to revoke the resolution but will reduce the tendency of states to seek enforcement of it and will squarely align the United States with the position that Israel has a right to exist in peace and that the United States intends to act against any radical Islamic terrorist organization anywhere in the world, including against Hamas and its supporters.

© 2017 Jonathan W. Emord – All Rights Reserved




The rot inside the Dept. of Homeland Security

We have been invaded and continue to be invaded no different than if it were foreign troops. Illegal aliens from all over the world continue to flood across our southern border while the gutless cowards in Congress have done virtually nothing for decades.

Instead of a legitimate president calling up U.S. troops and putting them all across the four border states, the criminal impostor squatting in the White House has made sure the border stays porous while Americans continue to be murdered, raped or robbed by criminal illegals. 

The murder of fewer than 20 Americans at Columbus caused President Woodrow Wilson to call out the entire U.S. Army and the entire National Guard. To put that in perspective, President Wilson put more National Guardsmen along the US / Mexico border than we have troops of every type in Iraq today. He then backed them up with the entire U.S. Army.”

Mexican man charged with rape in Kansas had 19 deportations, removals from U.S., December 30, 2016

Jeh Johnson, the latest pimp to head DHS is just as rotten and corrupt as his boss, Barry Soetoro aka Obama. Thankfully his anti-America backside will soon be gone. THIS is his legacy along with Obama and the U.S. Congress: 39,456 Americans were murdered by illegal aliens in 2016. Illegal aliens have murdered more than 67,092 people inside the USA since 9/11. 94% of the same incumbents reelected in November will shortly be sworn back into office. The same 94% who have allowed this to continue along with activist judges allowed to remain on the bench.

Despite the best efforts of Dr. Edwin Vieira, yours truly and really a small number of those who get it, efforts to reconstitute the constitutional militia in our states to plug the holes in border enforcement has gone no where. Just like Congress, the same gutless cowards keep getting reelected to the state capitols who do nothing but put more Band Aids on a patient hemorrhaging to death on the operating table.

Mexican pirates vs. constitutional militia, May 24, 2010

The Enemy Within: Bribes Bore a Hole in the U.S. Border

Going back to the article above:

“Corrupt C.B.P. law enforcement personnel pose a national security threat,” a Department of Homeland Security report released in May concluded. The report also revealed numerous problems with efforts to root out corruption among Border Patrol and customs agents. The report said the “true levels of corruption within C.B.P. are not known. ”

Instead of wasting $66 BILLION BORROWED dollars last year on the unconstitutional Federal Department of Education, that money would have gone a long way in fighting the illegals invasion and rooting out corrupt employees in DHS, including sadly, a small number in the U.S. Border Patrol who really do a great job despite being hamstrung by Jeh Johnson and the dirty traitor currently sitting in the White House.

Link: Has DHS Opened Your Mail Yet? They Did Mine -That would be me

Taking Politics Out of Solutions is now available. The most important issues destroying America are presented along with constitutional solutions neither the Republicans or Democrats will pursue. Get your copy now. Excellent discounts for 2 or more books, or bulk orders.]




DHS takes child from mother gives custody to alleged sex abuser

The MacLaren Nightmare

What would you think about a four-year-old child who, when you wanted to take them to a relative’s home, became so agitated in not wanting to go, and so visibly scared that they wet themselves? Would you think there was a real problem; perhaps a dangerous problem? Or, would your first inclination be that the child must have been coached? Unfortunately, for one child and her mother that is exactly the position Department of Human Services (DHS) employee Cori McGovern has taken by asserting the mother introduced the ideas into her own child. By taking this position, DHS has taken the child from her mother and placed her with the girl’s father, the exact person the girl so vehemently acted out against being around. It begs the question, how is it that some abused children get lost in the system that is supposed to protect them and wind up being more damaged? One thing is certain, that is exactly what has happened in this nightmare of a case.

According to records, In the Spring of 2015, Christi MacLaren was initially told by her daughter (then four-years-old) that Sean Lenzo (biological father) had rubbed, “magic cream” on her vagina in a really fast motion until bleeding occurred. Next, the young girl claimed Lenzo took a picture of her vagina while it was bleeding, eventually showing her the photo as he laughed. In shock, Christi immediately contacted several professionals that very day. Her main concern was her daughter’s safety and seeking help. Unfortunately, there was no help for Christi and her daughter, only horrific damage according to mulitple witnesses.

“Cori McGovern (DHS) has previously been successfully sued for placing a young girl in the hands of child molesters” — Witness

Lenzo isn’t the only one with a dark history. The caseworker herself, Cori McGovern, has previously been sued and found liable for placing a young girl in the hands of child molesters, resulting in the young child be raped, repeatedly. According to one Attorney who represented one of McGovern’s victims, “DHS settled his client’s case for a large sum of money.” Instead of being fired for placing the child with rapists, and previous actions, DHS simply transferred McGovern to another office in a nearby town. Today, McGovern is doing the exact same thing to another young girl, Christi’s daughter.

Temporary Visitation

Gabriel and Christi with their other daughter

On December 19, 2016 Christi MacLaren, along with her husband Gabriel, and her parents attended a hearing before Jackson County Circuit Court Judge Ronald Grensky regarding Christi’s now six-year-old daughter. The hearing was set because the biological father, Sean Lenzo, refused to adhere to a previous order, and prevented the grandparents from seeing the child. Lenzo also claimed Gabriel was a danger to the young girl. Without any factual evidence or witnesses, Lenzo alleged Gabriel abused Christi.

All the facts and evidence are contrary to Lenzo’s desperate attempts to smear Gabriel. In fact, 38-year-old Gabriel has no criminal convictions EVER, nor any record of domestic abuse whatsoever. Gabriel was a youth group counselor at his church, and has previously worked with the Oregon Youth Authority requiring extensive background checks to be passed before he could be around children. After hearing Lenzo’s unsupported story full of vague details, Judge Grensky sided with Christi, her parents and Gabriel, rightfully allowing visits until the trial date to establish custody is over.

Case History

Sean Lenzo Sean Lenzo

“I don’t want to be with him!” — Daughter

Signs of sexual abuse were witnessed by several people; one being a pre-school principal who stated she heard the young child scream, “I don’t want to be with him” (Lenzo) as the little girl urinated on herself. Claims of self harming by the young girl were also investigated and confirmed by people other than the mother. According to many professionals, these actions are severe symptoms of sexual abuse.

“I recommend all contact (daughter and father) stop immediately, including supervised visits.” –Victoria Bones, Licensed Clinincal Social Worker

Another professional, Victoria Bones, a court appointed expert licensed clinical social worker found that, “It is highly unlikely that the child could react the way she does so consistently and repeatedly” if she had been coached. Bones continued, “I recommend all contact (daughter and Lenzo) stop immediately, including supervised visits.” Bones finished by saying, “to force (child) to continue to have contact with her father is re-traumatizing her in my opinion.” Bones met several times with the young girl. Judge Grensky has never heard this evidence due to the actions of DHS forcing a settlement without a trial.

“Christi MacLaren is a 40-year-old, bright, well educated, married, mother of two who displays no evidence of a mental defect.” –Dr. Jerry Larson M.D. Psychiatrist

Another professional, Dr. Jerry Larson M.D. Psychiatrist stated, “Christi MacLaren is a 40-year-old, bright, well educated, married, mother of two who displays no evidence of a mental defect.” Dr. Larson continued, “I find the DHS (Cori McGovern) action puzzling at best.”

Other experts found disgusting examples of abuse by Sean Lenzo, to put it mildly. Some of the reports are too intense to describe, yet McGovern didn’t only disbelieve Christi, she has essentially not believed any of the experts – professionals who are highly educated and have the ability to diagnose, whereas McGovern does not.

At the hearing on Dec. 19th, Attorneys for both parties began litigating intently. Judge Grensky showed a deep concern to want this case resolved – fast. After previously stating he did not want to hear expert witness testimony, and that he wanted the parents to “work things out”, Grensky did an abrupt 180 degree turn from his previous actions in the case. Thankfully he finally took this case as serious as he should have nearly eight months ago.

Lenzo’s attorney, Jamie Hazlett began questioning Gabriel, the step-father, drilling him over and over again, unnecessarily. Judge Grensky stepped in and stated, “Ms. Hazlett I’m going to be frank with you. Why is that every time we have a problem with a judgment you’re on one end of it. Why is that? I don’t understand, but it’s always you.” Hazlett responded, “Alright well that may be your take on it…” Judge Grensky replied, “It is my take on it.”

Cori McGovern (DHS)

After DHS caseworker Cori McGovern got on the witness stand, Judge Grensky stated to her, “let me be succinct… Now that it looks like that (daughter being kept from mother) may go down the drain, you’re not so happy anymore. That’s the bottom line, right?

McGovern responded, “It is our (DHS) belief that [the daughter’s] behaviors were caused by mother.” McGovern continued, “That she (Christi) influenced, that she coached the child and that (child’s) behaviors – the self harming, the unrealistic fear of her father, that those were being driven by her mother.”

Basically, McGovern said that if Christi sees her daughter unsupervised, that DHS will take custody of the young girl and put her in foster care. Remember, several professionals who have the ability to diagnose, disagree with McGovern and DHS. These are experts that have not been able to testify in front of Judge Grensky. Considering this line of questioning by the Judge, it appears that he has finally taken a keen interest in what should rightfully be done.

“…A review was held and it was decided that there is not reasonable cause to believe that you (Christi) are responsible for the mental injury of (your daughter).” –DHS

How can McGovern declare that the mother is the cause of abuse when McGovern’s own superiors issued a letter dated Sept. 23, 2016 that read in part, “…A review was held and it was decided that there is not reasonable cause to believe that you (Christi) are responsible for the mental injury of (your daughter).” Furthermore, once the letter was written, how is it that McGovern could continue to make these claims against Christi? Is there no chain of command at DHS? Or, do caseworkers get to do anything they want without accountability?

According to McGovern herself, the case DHS had against Christi was closed in April of 2016, five months before her superiors took action at the request of Christi’s attorney Samantha Malloy. So, the question remains, how can McGovern be allowed to testify under oath that Christi is an abuser while McGovern’s own superior, Greg Thomas from Salem, OR., states there is no proof Christi caused abuse?

Christi MacLaren

Christi MacLaren had already taken one mental health evaluation which she passed, but DHS’ Cori McGovern wasn’t willing to accept that report. Instead, McGovern, along with Lenzo’s attorney Jamie Hazlett, pushed for a court order to force Christi to choose one of two “DHS approved” mental health evaluators. Christi, at the advice of her attorney, chose Dr. O’Connell – the doctor DHS wanted. Christi had no funds to pay for the mental health evaluation as she had been fired from her previous place of employment because of the false “founded abuse” report that Cori McGovern had previously made. Christi’s employer was forced to fire her due to insurance liability, preventing Christi from having an income and leaving her scraping to get by with the bare essentials. Eventually, Christi was able save enough to pay for the $1,400.00 exam that took several days to complete. The report from Dr. O’Connell was finally produced just before the Dec. 19th hearing. The result: Christi is a satisfactory parent.

Although Christi has now passed two mental health evaluations, DHS’ Cori McGovern was still not satisfied, claiming on the witness stand that she hadn’t seen it yet, insinuating that she would not accept it because she wasn’t able to talk with the doctor even though the court had already agreed that any communication from anyone regarding the exam would have to be done in writing, as part of the record. Cori McGovern apparently didn’t want to communicate on the record. Did McGovern want to pressure the doctor to give a fraudulent report that bolstered an ill conceived agenda?

Sean Lenzo

Furthermore, Christi has no criminal record while the biological father reportedly has an extensive one, including three felonies. According to one witness, two of the felonies were dismissed through a plea deal, and another felony conviction in California simply just disappeared. Could DHS have a hand in that? Although the felonies may be gone, his acknowledgement of them is not. Lenzo confirmed his drug abuse history during a deposition. According to Lenzo’s Facebook page, he now has a gun which has caused much more fear for Christi and her family. Christi had a previous restraining order against Lenzo because he threatened harm to her and her parents.

“If Sean Lenzo has been convicted of felony drug charges, it would be next to impossible for him to ever possess a firearm.” –Law Enforcement Officer

One law enforcement professional stated that, “If Sean Lenzo has been convicted of felony drug charges, it would be next to impossible for him to ever possess a firearm.” Unfortunately, that doesn’t appear to be the case in this instance.

Backing up to the May 19th hearing, Judge Grensky stated to Christi, after not allowing expert testimony, “All of this is going to be on you (Christi). We’re not gonna be sitting there monitoring every single step of the way.” The Judge ended his statement by saying, “I don’t tell DHS what to do.” Although the Judge’s tone at the recent hearing purportedly leads one to believe he is finally doing the right thing, his prior statement that he doesn’t tell DHS what to do is what has terrified Christi MacLaren beyond belief. She’s concerned that the Judge’s power is not enough to protect her, or her daughter because of the continuous threats by DHS. It’s all been but guaranteed according to McGovern that DHS will take her daughter again if the Judge rightfully gives her custody.

A trial to determine custody of Christi and Lenzo’s daughter is scheduled for January 11-12, 2017 at the Jackson County Courthouse.Christi has spent approximately $37,000.00 in the past two years attempting to protect her daughter. If you can support Christi, we humbly ask that you donate to her GoFundMe account. Attorney bills are piling high and every cent contributed will be graciously appreciated.

Again, please give even the smallest amount. Christi’s family is in desperate need.

If you have any information regarding anyone involved in this article, the US~Observer asks that you contact us immediately. Your information will be kept confidential upon request. You may reach out by going to www.usobserver.com, or emailing: editor@usobserver.com, or calling 541-474-7885. Any information provided is greatly appreciated.

UPDATE: On the evening of December 21st, 2016 the US~Observer received a call from a blocked number. The caller asked, “Why are you pushing on Cori McGovern?” When asked to identify himself the caller stated, “It doesn’t matter.” The caller was told that we wouldn’t talk to him unless he identified himself to which he responded, “Okay, I’ll have to come see you in person, if that’s the way you want it.”

It appears Cori McGovern doesn’t just like to throw her weight around in cases where children are involved. It is more likely than not that she had this “stranger” call to try to intimidate us. We will not be intimidated, and it just made our resolve even greater.

The US~Observer stands on the side of the truth and is backed by experts involved in this case. Article reprinted by request.

Please, click on “Mass E-mailing” below and send this article to all your friends.

© 2017 Joseph Snook – All Rights Reserved




Islam is not a religion

Let us be totally clear; Islam is not a religion qualifying for religious exemptions including Freedom of Religion. It is instead, a violent political ideology with the goal of taking over the world. Islam teaches its followers to murder any and all “infidels,” meaning those who do not accept their manifesto of hate.

They are taught, not to become better people with integrity, but to lie in order to further their ideology. They are taught in their “holy book” The Koran, to kill innocent people in cold blood, plus, they are taught that raping children, including toddlers, is perfectly OK. Indeed they can sexually abuse anyone without consequences. That brutal ideology does not consider these violent sexual assaults illegal or sinful, but indeed permissible. The founder of Islam, Muhammad, married a 7 year old girl.

The most disturbing fact of the followers of that false religion is that they are all pedophiles and are justified by their own (Sharia) laws, the same as NAMBLA, the North American Man/Boy Love Association to make acceptable the rape of boy children, while most of the Muslims are after little girls.

And they are absolutely uncontrollable in their lusts. Obama has thrown open the borders of America to any and all of his fellow Muslims who want to come in as “refugees.” Following their entry, violent rapes have been brought in with them as well as Jihad murders of our citizens, all from within.

In Twin Falls, Idaho, these ‘migrants’ have been forced in by the Obama Administration, allowing them to live in that state, where they all receive welfare, free housing, medical benefits and food stamps.

One family moved into an apartment building. Shortly after moving in, two young Muslims in that family stalked and raped a little five year old girl who lived in that complex, not only brutally tearing her little vagina which would be exceedingly painful, but then had to further abuse that innocent child by urinating on her. These people are sub-human.

And who is protecting those Muslim savages? The Obama appointed U.S.Attorney for Idaho Wendy J. Olson, who has threatened prosecution against anyone in that town who speaks badly of that Muslim family. WHAT?? So this horrific rape of a little girl was set in place by the actions of Obama. The people, however, ran those Islamic thugs out of that apartment building. They probably are still in the U.S. where they will rape again.

Now the big question: What is religion? Religion is based upon God, or a manufactured god. The purpose of any religion, where a deity is worshiped, is to become better people and to do charitable work. That is why religious organizations are given freedom to follow their religions without interference.

Islam, however, is not any of the things associated with religion. It is based upon a hoax by Muhammad who claimed the Angel, Gabriel, had revealed the text of the Koran to him to share with the world.

How’s that again? Gabriel is the Archangel of Israel! So Gabriel has ditched God to assist in the formation of a false religion that will overthrow God? Ridiculous!

Muhammad claims, as true, that he was taken by Gabriel to Israel where he put his feet on the Temple Mount and became familiar with the area. That also is a yarn. Muhammad never set his foot in Israel.

When cornered on this he stated that the trip to Israel was given to him in a vision, a much different story than he told his followers and the world for years. But remember, Muslims are given full encouragement to lie in order to further their cause. The real God says; “thou shalt not lie”. Big difference.

And this created “religion” hates Jews, God’s chosen people, and is dedicated to slaying every Jew that can be found? And the Archangel of Israel will help carry out this dastardly deed? We don’t think so.

True religion encourages morals,Islam does the opposite. Indeed, if a Muslim gets killed by killing innocent people, which is a grave sin, he is considered a ‘martyr’ and ushered directly into Heaven where, it is promised, 72 virgins will be there on silken pillows awaiting each new arrival, where the ‘martyr’ will receive unlimited perverted sex for all eternity. We wonder what the wives and girl friends left behind think about this?

Here is something else to think about regarding that phony 72 virgins promise: When one does go to heaven, he does NOT take his body with him. The body stays here. Only one’s SPIRIT goes to heaven or hell. So how can that “martyr” who is now a spirit and the 72 virgins who are only spirits, have sex? Answer: It would not be possible since sex requires physical bodies to carry out that desire.They all are transparent with only a spiritual body. It would seem that minimal thinking would have figured this out.

In any case, a true God would never be an immoral god. The “god” that Muslims have been conned into worshiping would be just that, an immoral god.

The Ten Commandments teach that one should not kill, something all religions teach….EXCEPT for Islam where murders of innocent people means lifetime tributes to the killer with the photos of the ‘martyr’ and his family prominently displayed in their mosque.

They are so focused on killing that they look for what is called, ‘soft targets,’ meaning targets that cannot fight back such as hospitals, nursing homes, schools and Christian churches. These “holy warriors” are total cowards who kill people where they are assured they will not get hurt in the process.

These misguided people who follow that cult try to con the world by saying that Muslims and Christians worship the same God. NO THEY DO NOT! Muslims worshiped the pagan moon god, Alilah, who had two daughters. This is why the emblem of Islam is a half moon and a star.

Muslims worshiped Alilah but were forbidden to worship her daughters. When Mohammed convinced the world that he had been given a new religion, he changed the moon god name, taking the “i” out of her name to provide the more masculine name, Allah, which came to signify the higher power over the universe.

To give them credibility, Muslim leaders tried to convince the world that we worship the same God, which of course is not true. Indeed that is a lie, which Muslims are instructed to do to further their cause. And by the way, Muslim is not a race, it is an ideology. Muslims are mostly Arabs.That is their race.

It was duly noted that right after the 9/11 attacks in New York City a prominent Muslim cleric bragged on television right after the attacks: “This just proves that OUR god is more powerful than YOUR God.” By the words spoken on TV by that Islamic leader (I saw that interview right after the attacks), his very words on TV PROVED that they do NOT worship the same God as Christians and Jews.

He also bragged that this attack would attract many new recruits to ‘the cause.’ And amazingly, many misfits did join them in the midst of that carnage falsely believing that this would give them purpose, identity (and,as dumb as it is), worth. Yes “worth” by causing havoc, suffering and death, which means to them that this shows power. Such soulless malcontents are very vulnerable and easy to manipulate.

These recruits are being deceived, used, abused and exploited by colossal lies. Muslims, you are better than this. You have been duped into joining this political cult when you, like everyone else, has a seed of greatness within. This means everybody. But that seed must be nourished so it can grow. With that, you can be better than you are and can achieve real recognition and respect in this life without blood on your hands along with grieving survivors of your attacks.

Instead of becoming great people, whom you were created to be, you have been manipulated into sins that anger God, transforming you into wicked men and women totally separated from the true God. See these Words in the actual Holy Book The Bible: “But if ye shall still do wickedly, ye shall be consumed (put to death and sent to the flames of hell with eternal torment), both you and your king (your Islamic leaders).” 1 Samuel 12:25.

If you wonder why you have a hard life and have very little of what you desire and need, here is the answer as written in Jeremiah 5:25: “Your iniquities have turned away these things and your sins have withheld good things from you.” This means that it is your own sins that deny you the good things of life. You only need to renounce these sinful activities and learn about Jesus, the Son of God.

Even though mosques are protected under “religious freedom” in this country, a mosque is not a holy sanctuary but more like a union hall to recruit workers. It is in the mosque where the inside attacks of this country are preached and planned. There is nothing “holy” about it. It is a place of devious planning and instructions for murder and destruction. It is by no means a church and should not be recognized as such.

Muslims can be charming and very hospitable. They are the most dedicated people to their cause that can be found on earth. However, that dedication leads to the wrong path that leads straight to hell.

Muslims have been and are constantly being misinformed. What they are taught in the mosques are lies…which of course is fully acceptable if it advances the cause. Haven’t we heard that before? It is in the Koran, the so-called, “holy book.” That in itself is a lie.

Muslims who have unexpectedly encountered Jesus have left everything behind to follow Him. And you will find no more dedicated Christian than those who have learned the truth. A million Muslims a year have had that experience and have left Islam to follow Christ. The lies that Islam has pushed on unsuspecting recruits has taken them away from any decency and productive lives they might have had by turning them into heartless savages and right into the fires of hell.

There is certainly more on this subject that can be found, but what has been proven here is that Islam is not a religion. Which means that Islam does NOT qualify for protections under the “Freedom of Religion” laws which they have exploited in order to intrude into countries and to set up their mosques which is not to become better people, but to stir those who gather there to hate and slay all Jews and Christians, even though hospitality was extended to them by the very country they invaded.

But what about moderate or ‘good’ Muslims? There may be. But as long as they read the Koran and go to the mosque, they cannot be trusted. If they denounce and get rid of their Koran and disassociate themselves from the mosque, then they might be in a position of trust, but not before then. Meanwhile the open borders must stop for our own survival.

Our leaders must be contacted and persuaded to take all mosques and Islam off the religion protection list. They are NOT a religion.

ANALYZING TODAY’S NEWS FOR TOMORROW’S HISTORY

© 2017 Rev. Austin Miles – All Rights Reserved




Tyrants react to the birth of the king of kings

While angels, shepherds, godly men and women in Jerusalem rejoiced at the birth of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, there were those whose reactions were exactly opposite.

When the Magi came to Jerusalem and asked King Herod the whereabouts of the babe born King of the Jews he was not pleased to say the least.
Matthew 2:3 records, “When Herod the king had heard these things, he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him.”

Herod was notorious throughout the Roman Empire for his murderous response to anyone who might even vaguely threaten his tyrannical regime. He had killed his favorite wife for this reason, he also killed three of his own sons and countless others.

“The historians explained a recurring pattern in the life of Herod. He would hear a rumor that somebody was going to bump him off and take over his throne, but Herod would kill that person first. He would then go into depression. After awhile he would come out of his depression and would build, build, build. He would hear another rumor and would kill that person, then go into another depression. After awhile he would come out of this depression and would build, build, build. This cycle repeated itself a number of times in which numerous people were killed, including one of his ten wives as well as three of his sons! The shrinks diagnosed Herod the Great as a paranoid schizophrenic.”[1]

Herod is the reason for the dark side of the Christmas account, the murder of the innocents in Bethlehem.

Matthew 2:16-18 “Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was exceed-ing wroth, and sent forth, and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligently enquired of the wise men. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, In Rama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children, and would not be comforted, because they are not.”

Some criticize this passage because writers of that day either did not record the event or because those who did, none of their writings were preserved. But the facts of Herod’s history would point to the reality that this act recorded in Matthew is consistent with the deeds of Herod.

“It is true; Josephus does not record the slaughter of the innocents in Bethlehem. He does, how-ever, record a number of ruthless murders by Herod in order to keep his throne secure.

Herod was crowned “King of the Jews” by the Roman Senate in 40 BC in Rome. He was, how-ever, a king without a kingdom. Upon his return to the Land of Israel, he was given a Roman army and was eventually able to capture Jerusalem. The first order of business was to eliminate his Hasmonean predecessors. Mattathias Antigonus was executed with the help of Mark Antony and Herod killed 45 leading men of Antigonus’ party in 37 BC (Antiquities 15:5-10; LCL 8:5-7). He had the elderly John Hyrcanus II strangled over an alleged plot to overthrow Herod in 30 BC (Antiquities 15:173-178; LCL 8:83-85).

Herod continued to purge the Hasmonean family. He eliminated his brother-in-law, Aristobulus, who was at the time an 18 year old High Priest. He was drowned in 35 BC by Herod’s men in the swimming pool of the winter palace in Jericho because Herod thought the Romans would favor Aristobulus as ruler of Judea instead of him (Antiquities 15:50-56; LCL 8:25-29; Netzer 2001:21-25). He also had his Hasmonean mother-in-law, Alexandra (the mother of Mariamme) executed in 28 BC (Antiquities15:247-251; LCL 8:117-119). He even killed his second wife Miriamme in 29 BC. She was his beloved Hasmonean bride whom he loved to death [literally, no pun intended] (Antiquities 15:222-236; LCL 8:107-113).

Around 20 BC, Herod remitted one third of the people’s taxes in order to curry favor with them, however, he did set up an internal spy network and eliminated people suspected of revolt, most being taken to Hyrcania, a fortress in the Judean Desert (Antiquities 15:365-372; LCL 8:177-181).

Herod also had three of his sons killed. The first two, Alexander and Aristobulus, the sons of Mariamme, were strangled in Sebaste (Samaria) in 7 BC and buried at the Alexandrium (Antiquities16:392-394; LCL 8:365-367; Netzer 2001:68-70). The last, only five days before Herod’s own death, was Antipater who was buried without ceremony at Hyrcania (Antiquities 17:182-187; LCL 8:457-459; Netzer 2001:75; Gutfeld 2006:46-61).

Herod the Great became extremely paranoid during the last four years of his life (8-4 BC). On one occasion, in 7 BC, he had 300 military leaders executed (Antiquities 16:393-394; LCL 8:365). On another, he had a number of Pharisees executed in the same year after it was revealed that they predicted to Pheroras’ wife [Pheroras was Herod’s youngest brother and tetrarch of Perea] “that by God’s decree Herod’s throne would be taken from him, both from himself and his descendents, and the royal power would fall to her and Pheroras and to any children they might have” (Antiquities 17:42-45; LCL 8:393). With prophecies like these circulating within his kingdom, is it any wonder Herod wanted to eliminate Jesus when the wise men revealed the new “king of the Jews” had been born.”

So Herod’s wicked deed recorded in Matthew is consistent with the extra biblical data we have regarding his character. The King was threatened by the birth of a baby boy in Bethlehem.

Ever since the birth of Jesus Christ, tyrants the world over have had a similar reaction to He who was born King of the Jews. We have seen that for the past eight years with the current administration in the White House. We have seen that with the abuse of the followers of Jesus Christ who refuse to bow to the Sodomite totalitarians in our land. We have seen that in government run schools where even the word Christmas is banned all the while children are learning prayers to Allah. What is clear for the anti-Christ forces in our country, anything but Jesus will do. You can teach Wicca, Mohomendanism, Hinduism or any other belief system except Christianity. Why is that so? Because the babe born in Bethlehem is still a threat to those modern day tyrants.

Learn more about your Constitution with Pastor David Whitney and the “Institute on the Constitution” and receive your free gift.

© 2017 Rev. David Whitney – All Rights Reserved




Christians elect stupid people then expect them to do good works

The Church and the New America

As America begins a new year and a new president we need to assess what we, the church, needs to do. It is going to require more than voting in the 2016 election and then doing nothing. The church is the most important aspect of this plan. For the last two general elections the church has acted like there was no election. They have stuck their pious noses in the air and declared that neither of the candidates were worthy of their effort to vote. WRONG! God expected us to vote for the one that represented Him the most. Keeping in mind that no candidate will ever be perfect, ever.

The church has been absent in its mandated role in our political arena. I know that many will cry separation of church and state, the church isn’t supposed to be involved in the political arena.

To those who claim this I will ask you to read the Constitution again AND the 1801 letter that Thomas Jefferson wrote to the Danbury Baptist Association when they wrote him because they feared the federal government would do what England had done and that was establish a national church, tax the people to support it and govern what the church taught. You will see in that letter that the only separation of church and state the Founders called for was to keep the federal government out of the operations of the church and the actions of the individuals concerning their religious beliefs. We are instructed by scripture to put godly men in places of authority: Exodus 18:21 Moreover thou shalt provide out of all the people able men, such as fear God, men of truth, hating covetousness; and place such over them, to be rulers of thousands, and rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. We no longer do this and haven’t for decades. We stopped doing this long before the Johnson Gag Order of 1954.

We continually put ungodly men in office and then pray they do godly things. Stupid on steroids! We not only have the right but an obligation, mandate if you will, to put godly men and women in positions of authority. Our Founders did. The Evers vs Board of Education decision of 1947 that began to take our Christian influence out of the public arena is NOT what the Founders intended. In fact the federal government has no Constitutional authority to restrict prays in schools, public meetings or public displays of our Christian faith. Many of the progressive fools that believe that there can be no Christian influence in our halls of government and use only five words out of Thomas Jefferson’s response to the Danbury Baptist association need to hear his comments concerning this subject: “[No] power over the freedom of religion . . . [is] delegated to the United States by the Constitution.”[1] “In matters of religion I have considered that its free exercise is placed by the Constitution independent of the powers of the general [federal] government.”[2] “[O}ur excellent Constitution . . . has not placed our religious rights under the power of any public functionary.”[3] “I consider the government of the United States as interdicted [prohibited] by the Constitution from intermeddling with religious institutions . . . of exercises.”[4] Jefferson had witnessed the government’s intrusion into the religious practices of the people and believed it to be an unhealthy aspect to liberty.

He elaborated on this in a letter to Noah Webster:

“It had become a universal and almost uncontroverted position in several States that the purpose of society is to not require a surrender of all our rights to our ordinary governors . . . and which experience has nevertheless proved they [the government] will be constantly encroaching on if submitted to them; that there are also certain fences which experience has proved peculiarly efficacious [effective] against wrong and rarely obstructive of right, which yet the governing powers have ever shown a disposition to weaken and remove. Of the first kind, for instance, is freedom of religion.”[5]

In doing any research on this subject dealing with our Founders and the church comingling its principles with government, no intelligent person, without an agenda, can come to the conclusion that the 1947 United States Supreme Court came to. The influence of the church in the political arena is a must if we are to keep America as the Founders gave it to us. One example is the display of the Ten Commandments in our courts. Common sense tells us this is appropriate simply because our system of laws is based on Scripture! Even the Supreme Court has decided that the Ten Commandments cannot be displayed in a public court yet on the inside of the huge wood doors of the Supreme Court the Ten Commandments are carved into those doors to let the jurists remember the basis of our laws. John Jay, the first Chief Justice of the United States Supreme Court, stated this: “Providence has given to our people the choice of their rulers, and it is the duty, as well as the privilege and interest, of our Christian nation to select and prefer Christians for their rulers.” I don’t want to nit-pick but I think one of the Founders knows more about the comingling of our Christian faith in our government than an arrogant fool that sits on that court in 1947 or even today.

James Kent, known as the Father of American Jurisprudence, stated: “Christianity, in its enlarged sense, as a religion revealed and taught in the bible, is not unknown to our law.” The Bible used to be the only school book used but now it is banned on the grounds of separation of church and state but islam is readily being taught in our schools. I’m not talking as a part of history, I’m talking the tenants of that political ideology! [6], [7], [8], [9], [10]. The only thing that should be taught about islam is the fact that it is a barbaric, vile and bloodthirsty ideology that has murdered over 270 million people. Is intolerant of any other religion, is deceitful in its practices and allows lies, theft, killing and anything else that helps advance its ideology.[11] It is far from the peaceful religion that it claims to be.

We, the church, have been absent from the political arena for way to long. Some say that the law says we can’t. That ‘law’ violates our religious freedoms, our free speech rights and that makes it unconstitutional. Then these cowards say that Romans 13 tells us to obey the laws but even Peter and John refused a direct order from the powers to be: Act 4:18 And they called them, and commanded them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus. Act 4:19 But Peter and John answered and said unto them, Whether it be right in the sight of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye. Act 4:20 For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard. Oh to have pastors that are more afraid of God than the IRS. When I say the church I mean more than the pastor. Everyone in the pews must remain vigilant too. We have to support the party that supports God.

That means that no Christian can support the Democrat Party as it supports all that God is against, abortion, homosexual marriage, supporting the enemies of Israel while at the same time ignoring Israel. Obama just this week refused to veto a UN resolution condemning Israel for building on its own land. The resolution goes as far as to make it illegal for the Jews to pray at the Western Wall.[12]

We can no longer allow ungodly men to be in places of authority. It is the church that can keep them out IF they vote according to God’s Word instead blindly following a political party. God will hold the church accountable for the condition of America NOT the ones that led it down the wrong path. As John Jay stated we are a Christian nation and we became the greatest, the most powerful and the wealthiest nation in the world following God’s principles. We will only stay there by doing the same thing. We simply have to return to our roots and those roots are deeply embedded in the Word and principles of God. President-elect Trump has said that he wants to reverse the Johnson Gag Order of 1954. When he does, just how many churches will get back into the political arena? How many will be too afraid to offend the political parties and continue to be useless to the kingdom of God?
America is the churches to lose.

© 2017 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

 

Footnotes:

3. Jefferson, Writings, Vol. XVI, p.325, to the Society of the Methodist Episcopalian Church on December 9, 1808.
4. Thomas Jefferson, Memoir, Correspondence, and Miscellanies, From the Papers of Thomas Jefferson, Thomas Jefferson Randolph, editor (Boston: Gray and Bowen, 1830), Vol. IV, pp. 103-104, to the Rev. Samuel Miller on January 23, 1808.
5. Jefferson, Writings, Vol. VIII, pp. 112-113, to Noah Webster on December 4, 1790.
7. Islamic indoctrination being taught in LA public schools.
8. Islam in Tennessee public schools.
9. Islam in public schools across the country.
10. Mandatory Islam Instruction in Georgia Schools Outrages Parents.
11. Must watch, 1400 yrs. of Islam history in a few minutes.

American left hopes Trump will fail in making America great

Watching video on her phone, my wife Mary laughed hysterically at ridiculous answers to man-on-the-street questions. The young interviewees knew everything about the cast of Jersey Shore. They were clueless about who won the Civil War; who is our Vice President and who we fought to gain our independence.

I didn’t know whether to laugh or cry. Clearly, Leftists controlling America’s public education has successfully dumb-down our youths. America history, reading, writing and arithmetic have been placed on the back burner. First and foremost is teaching LGBT indoctrination, how America is destroying the planet and hating ones self for their white privilege. Another top priority is teaching that Republicans are racist, sexist and homophobic.

Now that the Left has created millions of brain-dead zombies incapable of reasoning or thinking for themselves, the Left can be hypocritical with impunity, knowing their followers will consume whatever excrement they feed them.

For example: Remember how the Left (Democrats, Hollywood and mainstream media) went nuts when Rush Limbaugh said he hoped Obama failed? Rush explained that he hoped Obama’s illegal fundamental transformation of America failed. Despite the scumbag mainstream media knowing exactly what Rush meant, they spun it to brand Rush a racist. Democrat operatives masquerading as media shoved microphones into the faces of Republicans, demanding that they denounce Rush, a flaming racist. At the WH Correspondents’ dinner, actress Wanda Sykes accused Rush of treason and said she hoped Rush’s kidneys failed. Obama laughed.

Spineless Republicans criticized and distanced themselves from Rush. Still, the Rush-ster hung tough; standing by his comment. I love that folks. I am so sick of our side allowing our evil shamelessly hypocritical enemies to dictate what we can and cannot say.

The Left’s national narrative was it is unpatriotic and racist, bordering on criminal to say you hoped Obama failed. Then, We the people elected Donald Trump. And look how the Left is responding. I am talking hypocrisy on steroids.

Here are just a few examples of the Left, in essence, saying they not only hope, but intend to do everything in their power to ensure that Trump fails.

Enraged Democrat Rep. Maxine Waters passionately proclaimed, “I will Not work with him! I will fight him every inch of the way!”

Senate Democrats vow to block Trump’s SCOTUS nominees.

Democrats vow to block eight of Trump’s generals.

Democrats have targeted for destruction and vow to block eight of Trump’s cabinet picks.

The Left is using social media to block Trump with #NotMyPresident, #TheResistance and so on.

Democrats that run sanctuary cites which illegally roll-out-the-red-carpet to illegal aliens vow to block Trump from enforcing immigration laws.

Hollywood elitists had the audacity to demand that congress block everything we elected Trump to do.

In an outrageous unprecedented attempt to thwart the will of voters, the Left tried to overturn the 2016 presidential election. Hillary’s minions demanded recounts that failed. Incredibly, Hillary’s hit squad even tried to bully electors of states Trump won to not cast their state’s vote for Trump.

Obama will be the first former US president to stay in Washington DC to actively pursue the failure of the incoming Administration.

For 8 years, the Left said opposing anything our American president wanted to do was racist, unpatriotic and treasonous. The Left knows they can get away with such blatant hypocrisy because they have successfully dumb down millions; created meat-heads who hold TMZ in higher regard than the US Constitution.

Implementing the Left’s socialist/progressive agenda trumps everything. Insidiously, Leftist educators purposely dumb down our kids to create an army of Leftist zombies; students clueless regarding their constitutional rights who reject the principles and values of their parents.

Thomas Jefferson wrote: “An educated citizenry is a vital requisite for our survival as a free people.”

Thus, by the Left creating dumb citizens, the Left is free to repeal our freedoms at will; forcing their anti-America, anti-God and anti-freedom agenda down our throats unopposed.

Foaming-at-the-mouth with outrage, the Left launched a frenzied assault to destroy Rush for saying he hoped Obama’s anti-America illegal agenda failed. Now, those same Leftists are claiming moral high ground trying to block while boldly hoping for the death of our president Trump.

These evil arrogant hypocrites are totally unworthy of our respect.

Lloyd Marcus, Proud Unhyphenated American
Chairman – CampaignToDefeatObama.com

© 2017 Lloyd Marcus – All Rights Reserved